Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 16, 2018.

Registration No. 333-222121

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

One Stop Systems, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation)

 

7373

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

33-0885351

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2235 Enterprise Street #110

Escondido, California 92029

(760) 745-9883

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Steve Cooper

Chief Executive Officer

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street #110

Escondido, California 92029

(760) 745-9883

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Dennis J. Doucette, Esq.

John P. Cleary, Esq.

Christopher L. Tinen, Esq.

Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP

12544 High Bluff Drive, Suite 300

San Diego, California 92130

(858) 720-6322

 

Michael Raymond, Esq.

Bradley J. Wyatt, Esq.

Dickinson Wright PLLC

2600 W. Big Beaver Rd., Suite 300

Troy, Michigan 48084

(248) 433-7273

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  ☐


Table of Contents

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer:  ☐      Accelerated filer:  ☐
Non-accelerated filer     ☐   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ☒
     Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
     Amount of
Registration Fee(3)
 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share(4)

   $ 26,450,000      $ 3,293.03  

Underwriters’ Warrants to Purchase Common Stock(5)

     -        -  

Common Stock Underlying Underwriters’ Warrants, $0.0001 par value per share (6)

   $ 2,300,000      $ 286.35  

Total registration fee

   $ 28,750,000      $ 3,579.38  

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(2) Pursuant to Rule 416, the securities being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of additional securities as may be issuable to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(3) Calculated under Section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 as .0001245 of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price. The Registrant previously paid a registration fee of $3,112.50 with the initial filing of this registration statement on December 18, 2017.
(4) Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(5) In accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, because the shares of the registrant’s common stock underlying the Underwriter Warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.
(6) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. We have agreed to issue warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares), or Underwriters’ Warrants, to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price. The initial issuance of the Underwriters’ Warrants and resales of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants are registered hereby. See “Underwriting — Underwriters’ Warrants.”

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 16, 2018

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2,875,000 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of securities of One Stop Systems, Inc. We are offering to sell 2,875,000 shares of our common stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

We have also agreed to issue Underwriters’ Warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares) to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants. However, we may receive proceeds upon the cash exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $6.00 and $8.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS”.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary – Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

The offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We and the selling stockholder have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an additional 431,250 shares of our common stock, of which 50% will be sold by us and the remaining 50% will be sold by the selling stockholder, to cover over-allotments. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the forty-five (45) day period from the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                       $                   

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholder

   $      $  

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                 , 2018, subject to customary closing conditions.

 

 

Sole Book-Running Manager

Roth Capital Partners

Co-Manager

Benchmark

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2018.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Core expertise high-speed signaling high-density packaging low-latency software flash storage array custom servers storage management software GPU computer accelerators PCIE expansion

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     7  

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     9  

RISK FACTORS

     12  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     30  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     31  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     31  

CAPITALIZATION

     32  

DILUTION

     34  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     36  

BUSINESS

     58  

MANAGEMENT

     77  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     83  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     96  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     98  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     101  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     106  

UNDERWRITING

     109  

LEGAL MATTERS

     115  

EXPERTS

     115  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     115  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we or the selling stockholder may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We and the selling stockholder have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

 

For investors outside the United States: None of we, the selling stockholder or the underwriters have done anything that would permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

One Stop Systems, the One Stop Systems logo, and other trademarks or service marks of One Stop Systems appearing in this prospectus are the property of One Stop Systems, Inc. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision in our common stock. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” “OSS,” “One Stop,” and “One Stop Systems” refer to One Stop Systems, Inc.

Our Company

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“OSS”) designs and manufactures high-speed computing systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications that require fast processing and storage of large information data sets. These applications include artificial intelligence (“AI”), machine learning, seismic exploration, security and defense. Drawing upon years of expertise in designing and manufacturing custom systems for original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), our systems are built using the latest graphical processing unit (“GPU”) and flash-based solid-state drive (“SSD”) storage technologies.

We first began designing and manufacturing custom systems for defense, manufacturing, and telecom customers in 1998 and have always strived to be a leading innovator in our space. When PCI Express (“PCIe”) – the main component-to-component interconnect used in all computers today – was introduced by Intel Corporation in 2005, OSS was the first manufacturer to design and produce PCIe box-to-box interconnection products. Today, we believe we have grown to become one of the largest providers of PCIe adapters and expansion systems used worldwide. When GPU technology and flash-based SSD were first introduced to the market, we began designing systems that maximized the power of these technologies. We now produce computer systems with large numbers of GPU cards and SSDs that allow progressively faster processing capabilities. The more GPUs and flash storage available to a server, the faster it can process, store and retrieve data, resulting in time savings and lower cost in running applications. Military video imaging applications are a prime example of mission-critical use of this technology where the ability to quickly and accurately identify battlefield parameters is paramount. We leverage strong relationships with our market-leading customers and suppliers to position ourselves at the forefront of these industries.

We design, assemble and supply systems that attach to both existing servers through PCIe and systems that have servers included. These systems can be clustered together to create powerful “massive computing” engines that occupy less space and require less power and cooling than conventional systems. We also sell software used to operate large 100% SSD storage systems for defense systems and commercial applications.

OSS sells its products worldwide to industry leading companies like Cisco, disguise (formerly d3), National Instruments, Northrop Grumman, Oracle and Raytheon. We are a strategic partner to technology leaders that include NVIDIA, Intel, Western Digital, and Broadcom. We are investing in new market segments adjacent to our core product lines, including development of HPC storage management software and HPC cloud services. We anticipate continued growth in our target markets, and believe we can increase market share through technology leadership, engineering expertise, supply chain management and product innovation.

Industry Background

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 4.3%, according to Intersect 360 Research. We believe we are uniquely positioned as a leading provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators and flash storage arrays to the high-end of this growing marketplace.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

HPC applications require significant computing capabilities to analyze large amounts of data quickly, and store and retrieve that data as necessary. Companies, financial institutions, governmental agencies and academic institutions are increasingly turning to HPC solutions to analyze vast amounts of data, and more quickly gain meaningful and actionable insights. Two key technologies, GPUs and SSDs, enable our systems to process and store data more efficiently than traditional systems. By harnessing significant quantities of these components, companies can process large volumes of data much more quickly and efficiently.

While traditionally used to drive display applications, today’s advanced GPUs have developed more powerful capabilities for non-graphical data processing beyond that of typical CPUs (central processing units) that power computer motherboards. In fact, the capabilities and speed of GPU-accelerated computers are now driving significant advances in AI and machine learning. Vast amounts of data are being collected by internet searches, cameras, sensors and other data generating activities and GPUs can more quickly process sophisticated algorithms that can analyze this “Big Data” and reveal unique patterns that lead to new insights and knowledge.

AI and machine learning have begun to transform businesses worldwide, as these advances in computing speed and power come together to enable businesses to solve complex problems. Until recently, many of these algorithms would take weeks or months to produce results. In many cases, the necessary computing capabilities were so expensive, and required so much space and power, they were infeasible. This is where OSS comes in. By accelerating the state-of-the-art in terms of computing performance, high density (less space) and power efficiency, OSS enables HPC applications to produce results in minutes versus hours or days versus months. In this way, OSS is enabling new data-intensive applications and computational solutions that were previously considered impractical or impossible.

Our Core Strengths and Solutions

Over nearly 20 years, OSS has developed unique expertise and core competencies across the fundamental technologies of today’s rapidly expanding HPC marketplace. These valuable assets are embedded in our leading-edge engineering capabilities, the proprietary know-how contained in our extensive library of designs, and brand equity from our reputation as a high quality producer of state-of-the-art custom and standard solutions across an array of markets. Our strengths lie in three core areas: high-speed system interconnect design, high-density system design, and storage management software.

High-Speed System Interconnect Design

Members of our technical team are experts in high-speed digital signaling design, particularly regarding PCIe and nvlink signaling. We specialize in the design and production of state-of-the-art systems that incorporate the latest high-speed signaling techniques. Our expertise includes circuit design and circuit board layout and routing optimizations, with a focus on achieving the highest levels of signal integrity.

In our current systems, PCIe Gen 3 signals are propagated across multiple circuit boards, connectors and cables, with sufficient signal quality for the receiver to reliably recognize digital signal transitions occurring at 8 billion times per second. However, this is a continually advancing area of technology, and OSS has demonstrated the ability to keep up with the treadmill of technology over several generations of signaling speeds. In fact, we have consistently been among a handful of companies able to come to market first with the latest technology. We delivered the industry’s first PCIe-over-cable solutions for PCIe Gen 1, Gen 2 and Gen 3, and are currently on track to accomplish this again in Gen 4.

In HPC systems, the “need for speed” is constantly driving signaling speeds higher and higher. Our next generation of products that include PCIe Gen 4 and nvlink 2.0 will involve signaling of 16 billion and 20 billion transitions per second, respectively. A diminishing set of companies have the capabilities to design and produce

 



 

2


Table of Contents

robust, highly reliable systems at these speeds. We believe our core competency in large scale, high-speed design and layout will allow us to remain at the forefront of this growing and ever-evolving industry.

High-Density System Design

In addition to signal integrity design expertise, we have amassed expertise and proprietary know-how in high-density HPC system design. This expertise allows us to develop extremely sophisticated systems that consume less space, weight and power than ever before possible. For multiple reasons, this high-density capability has played a role in our customer design wins.

For military applications, smaller size, weight and power (known as SWaP) is critical in many battlefield systems. One of our more significant recent design wins was for a military aircraft where our solid state storage solution replaced a hard-to-remove, 165-pound system with a seven-pound removable module. For solutions contained within data centers, density also plays a significant role. For an equivalent amount of compute power, the OSS solution provided a ten times (10x) reduction in both rack space and power consumption. Economically, this is very compelling, since the cost of data center space and electrical power over the life of the product often exceeds the cost of the computer hardware.

Storage Management Software

On May 9, 2017, OSS entered into an agreement to acquire the source code license for SSD array software known as “Ion” from Western Digital. In connection with the transaction, OSS acquired the software engineering teams that developed the software, with the intent that OSS provide ongoing support to existing Western Digital customers and new releases of the software. This new software team provides OSS with proven expertise that can support the development of SSD storage arrays with exceptional performance, density, reliability and mobility. We expect to leverage this capability with our existing products and services over time.

The Ion software provides an interface to a standard server so it can easily read and write data from an array of SSDs. Two key features set Ion apart from other storage system software products: its optimization for low-latency, which means an SSD array can return data to the requesting server much more rapidly than those relying upon other types of server software, and Ion’s support for removable and hot-swappable SSD modules that contain multiple SSDs. This feature is essential to applications that require removable and expandable data storage that spans multiple SSDs.

Having an established storage software and in-house software engineering allows OSS to easily produce semi-custom product variations as well as add new features and capabilities to its product portfolio. Future product features may include data encryption, de-duplication and compression, as well as other capabilities requested by our customers.

Our Opportunity

OSS has positioned itself as a technology leader in several key emerging areas of HPC. These include GPU computing, SSD storage arrays and cloud services. These areas are growing rapidly, and each has enormous potential given how they are replacing older technologies in very large markets.

OSS has significant design libraries, expertise and a customer-first approach that enable us to win OEM design and manufacturing business. Since each OEM design win generates revenue streams for 3-5 years (and potentially longer for military systems), the business tends to layer new revenue growth with each win. OSS also has a track record of successful strategic mergers and acquisitions, and such future activity could further enhance our growth through the same layering concept.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

We believe strong, profitable growth is key to providing increasing shareholder value. We see three key elements driving our growth and profitable outlook. First, many of our existing OEM and military program design-wins are in the early stages of production and we expect them to ramp up significantly. Second, our technology leadership and increasing market presence has supported an increase in design-win opportunities. Third, an enhanced acquisition capability (due to the additional funding and enhanced liquidity for our stock provided by the initial public offering) will enable us to complete more significant strategic acquisitions that enhance and complement our core strategic capabilities and current growth rate. We will continue to look for opportunities that can be accretive and enhance our overall position.

Awards and Industry Recognition

Since inception, OSS has been the recipient of numerous awards and industry rankings that recognize our rapid growth, innovative technology, customer service, and product excellence.

Recent awards and industry rankings include:

 

    Recognition of Rapid Growth

 

    Inc. 5000 – 2017 Fastest Growing Private Companies in North America: This ranking was based on revenue growth over a three-year period. It was the seventh time OSS was included in this ranking, which places OSS in the top 2% of all Inc. 5000 fastest growing companies.

 

    San Diego Business Journal – 2017 Top 100 Fastest Growing Private Companies in San Diego: This listing was based on revenue growth over a two-year period. OSS has been ranked as a SDBJ Fastest Growing Private Company nine times.

 

    Awards for Technology Innovation

 

    Silicon Review – 2017’s 50 Most Valuable Brands of the Year: This award recognizes highly valued products or services in the business and technology marketplace.

 

    Flash Memory Summit – 2016 Best of Show – Most Innovative Flash Memory: This award recognized our flash storage array as the most innovative design shown at the Flash Memory Summit.

 

    Awards and Recognition for Customer and Market Excellence

 

    Raytheon – 2017 Supplier Excellence Award: This award recognized our outstanding innovation, technical achievement, and customer support.

 

    CIO Review – 20 Most Promising Oil and Gas Technology Solution Providers 2017: This annual listing recognizes companies that are at the forefront of providing technology solutions to the oil and gas industry, and impacting the marketplace.

 

    CIO Review – 20 Most Promising Defense Technology Solution Providers 2016: This award recognized OSS as breaking through the defense landscape by delivering high performance computing in a smaller space.

 

    Awards for Operational Excellence

 

    San Diego Business Journal – 2017 Manufacturing Award in the medium company category

Risks Related to our Business

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

    The market for our products is developing and may not develop as we expect;

 

    Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance;

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    Our products are subject to competition, including competition from the customers to whom we sell, and competitive pressures from new and existing companies may harm our business, sales, growth rates, and market share;

 

    Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers;

 

    Our products fulfill specialized needs and functions within the technology industry and such needs or functions may become unnecessary or the characteristics of such needs and functions may shift in such a way as to cause our products to no longer fulfill such needs or functions;

 

    New entrants into the HPC market may harm our competitive position;

 

    We rely on a limited number of suppliers to support our manufacturing and design process;

 

    If we cannot protect our proprietary design rights and intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could incur significant expenses to enforce our rights;

 

    Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition; and

 

    If we fail to remedy material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

    the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more;

 

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering;

 

    the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non- convertible debt; and

 

    the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non- affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information we provide to our stockholders may differ from information you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were originally organized as One Stop Systems, LLC, a California limited liability company, in 1998 before converting into One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation in 1999. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation. In connection with this offering, we reincorporated as a Delaware corporation on December 14, 2017. Our principal executive offices are located at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110, Escondido, CA 92029 and our telephone number is (760) 745-9883. Our website address is www.onestopsystems.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address is for reference purposes only.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock we are offering

2,875,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

11,418,948 shares

 

Over-allotment option

The underwriters have an option for a period of 45 days to purchase up to 431,250 shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholder to cover over-allotments, if any. If exercised, the overallotment option shares to be purchased from the Company and the selling stockholder will be allocated 50% to the Company and 50% to the selling stockholder.

 

Underwriters’ Warrants

We have agreed to issue warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares), or Underwriters’ Warrants, to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $17.7 million, or approximately $20.5 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholder in full, based on the initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to pay down debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. For more information about the selling stockholder, see “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Nasdaq symbol

“OSS”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 8,543,948 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share) and excludes:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 



 

7


Table of Contents
    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    287,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to Roth as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes the following:

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share);

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 431,250 shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholder to cover over-allotments.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of the management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of results as of and for these periods. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section in this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not indicative of our future results, and our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 may not be indicative of our results for the year ending December 31, 2017.

 

     For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30,     For the Years Ended December 31,   
                 2017                             2016                             2016                             2015              

Summary Statements of Operations:

        

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683     $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474       13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,198       3,606,209       5,513,706       3,983,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439       2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328       1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056       1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823       5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386       (219,861     195,114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     8,609       5,862       5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (135,548     (92,826     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440     (367,374     60,379  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $ (205,108)     $ -     $ -     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to parent

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

   $ 0.04     $ (0.00   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.00   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents
     For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30,      For the Years Ended December 31,   
                 2017                              2016                              2016                             2015              

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic

     5,429,997        4,586,832        4,782,547       4,065,322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,540,490        4,586,832        4,782,547       7,438,268  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ 0.03         $ (0.02  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ 0.02         $ (0.02  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

     8,467,003           7,819,553    
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Diluted

     9,540,490           7,819,553    
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

     As of September 30, 2017  
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)(4)
 

Summary Balance Sheet:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584      $ 18,204,834  

Other working capital accounts

     721,792      721,792      721,792  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Working Capital

   $ 1,210,376      $ 1,210,376      $ 18,926,626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 546,643      $ 546,643      $ 546,643  

Preferred stock

     2,416,527      -        -  

Common stock

     2,269,704      4,686,231      1,142  

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892      544,892      544,892  

Additional Paid in Capital

     1,153,555      1,153,555      23,554,894  

Retained Earnings

     402,099      402,099      402,099  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 7,333,420      $ 7,333,420      $ 25,049,670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2017 into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering.
(2) Reflects the pro forma adjustment described in footnote (1) above and the sale and issuance of 2,875,000 shares of our common stock by us in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $2.6 million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 200,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $1.3 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
(4) In connection with our reincorporation into a Delaware corporation, we introduced a par value of $0.0001 per share. As a result, there is a significant reclassification between common stock and additional paid-in capital in our pro forma as adjusted numbers.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, operating results, and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The market for our products is developing and may not develop as we expect.

The market for our high performance computing (“HPC”) products is developing and may not develop as we expect. The market for cutting-edge, high performance computing products is characterized by rapid advances in technologies. We believe our future success will depend in large part on our ability to develop products, new business initiatives and creating innovative and custom designs for our customers. The growth of server clusters, specialized or high performance applications, and hosted software solutions which require fast and efficient data processing, is crucial to our success. It is difficult to predict the development of the demand for high performance computing, supercomputers, and related hardware solutions, the size and growth rate for this market, the entry of competitive products, or the success of existing competitive products. Any expansion in our market depends on several factors, including the demand, cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our products. If our products are not adopted or there is a reduction in demand for our products caused by a lack of customer acceptance, a slowdown in demand for computational power, an overabundance of unused computational power, technological challenges, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending, weakening economic conditions, or otherwise, it could result in reduced customer orders, early order cancellations, the loss of customers, or decreased sales, any of which would adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. The timing and size of sales of our products are variable and difficult to predict and can result in fluctuations in our net sales from period to period. In addition, our budgeted expense levels depend in part on our expectation of future sales. Any substantial adjustment to expenses to account for lower levels of sales is difficult and takes time, thus we may not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to compensate for a shortfall in net sales, and even a small shortfall in net sales could disproportionately and adversely affect our operating margin and operating results for a given quarter.

Our operating results may also fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside our control, including the changing and volatile local, national, and international economic environments, any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Besides the other risks in this “Risk Factors” section, factors that may affect our operations include:

 

    fluctuations in demand for our products and services;

 

    the inherent complexity, length, and associated unpredictability of product development windows and product lifecycles;

 

    changes in customers’ budgets for technology purchases and delays in their purchasing cycles;

 

    changing market conditions;

 

12


Table of Contents
    any significant changes in the competitive dynamics of our markets, including new entrants, or further consolidation;

 

    our ability to continue to broaden our customer base beyond our traditional customers;

 

    the timing of product releases or upgrades by us or our competitors; and

 

    our ability to develop, introduce, and ship in a timely manner new products and product enhancements and anticipate future market demands that meet our customers’ requirements.

Each of these factors individually, or the cumulative effect of two or more of these factors, could result in large fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of future performance.

Our products are subject to competition, including competition from the customers to whom we sell.

Servers, computer accelerators, flash storage arrays, PCIe expansion products, and other products that we design, manufacture, and sell or license are subject to competition. The computer hardware and technology fields are well established with limited, and in many cases no, intellectual property and technological barriers to entry. The markets in which we compete are competitive and we expect competition to increase in the future from established competitors and new market entrants. The markets are influenced by, among others, brand awareness and reputation, price, strength and scale of sales and marketing efforts, professional services and customer support, product features, reliability and performance, scalability of products, and breadth of product offerings. Due to the nature of our products, competition occurs at the design, performance, and sales stages. A design or sales win by us does not limit further competition and our customers may purchase competitive products from third parties at any time. This competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating results or financial condition. From a cost and control perspective, our products are specialized and thus generally cost more than our competitors’ products. If our ability to design specialized solutions is deemed to be on par or of lesser value than competing solutions, we could lose our customers and prospects.

Many of our customers and competitors, often with substantially more resources or larger economies of scale, produce products that are competitive with our products. Many of these third parties mass-produce hardware solutions and have not heavily invested in or allocated resources to the smaller scale specialized products and solutions we design. A decrease in the cost of general mass-produced hardware solutions, which can serve as a substitute for our products, or the entrance of or additional allocation of resources by one of these customers or competitors into the production of specialized systems which compete with our products could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

New entrants and the introduction of other distribution models in our markets may harm our competitive position.

The markets for development, distribution, and sale of our high performance computing solutions are rapidly evolving. New entrants seeking to gain market share by introducing new technology, new products and new server configurations may make it more difficult for us to sell our products and earn design wins which could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Large computer hardware and equipment manufacturers and suppliers have traditionally designed, produced, and sold general purpose servers, and storage arrays and related products and equipment. Our customers supplement

 

13


Table of Contents

these general purpose systems by purchasing our specialized or customized systems or supplemental products which improve the speed, efficiency, or performance of such systems. If the speed, efficiency, or computational power of such general purpose systems increases such that supplemental or specialized products become unnecessary, or the cost of such general purpose systems declines such that it is more cost effective for prospective customers to add general-purpose equipment rather than specialized or supplemental equipment, we could experience a significant decline in demand for the products which may significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our products compete with and supplement general purpose servers, storage systems and related equipment. If the producers of general purpose equipment implement proprietary standards, software, interfaces, or other interoperability restrictions, including controls which restrict the equipment’s compatibility with third party systems, we could experience a significant decline in sales because our products would not be interoperable with such systems, resulting in may significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

In our marketplace, general-purpose equipment is traditionally mass-produced and available to order while specialized equipment and custom bulk-order equipment is subject to a bid-based purchase system. If one or more large manufacturers of general or standard servers storage arrays, or related products and equipment provide specialized, customized, or supplementary equipment on a made-to-order or generally available basis, we could be forced to reduce our prices or change our selling model to remain competitive which would significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to manage our growth and expand our operations successfully, our business and operating results will be harmed and our reputation may be damaged.

We have expanded our operations significantly since inception and anticipate that further significant expansion will be required to achieve our business objectives. The growth and expansion of our business and product offerings places a continuous and significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. Any such future growth would also add complexity to and require effective coordination throughout our organization. To manage any future growth effectively, we must continue to improve and expand our information technology and financial infrastructure, our operating and administrative systems and controls, and our ability to manage headcount, capital and processes in an efficient manner. We may not be able to successfully implement improvements to these systems and processes in a timely or efficient manner, which could result in additional operating inefficiencies and could cause our costs to increase more than planned. If we do increase our operating expenses in anticipation of the growth of our business and this growth does not meet our expectations, our operating results may be negatively impacted. If we are unable to manage future expansion, our ability to provide high quality products and services could be harmed, which could damage our reputation and brand and may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

A limited number of customers and devices represent a significant portion of our sales. If we were to lose any of these customers or devices, our sales could decrease significantly.

In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, one customer, disguise (formerly d3), accounted for approximately 29%, and 35% of net sales, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, three customers accounted for 56% of net trade accounts receivable and, as of December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 49% of net trade accounts receivable. In addition, a few products comprise a significant amount of our sales, and the discontinuation, modification, or obsolescence of such products may materially and adversely affect our sales and results of operations. Any loss of, or a significant reduction in purchases by, these other significant customers or a decrease in the high performance applications that drive the use of our products, or the modification, discontinuation, or obsolescence of a device which constitutes a significant portion of our sales could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

 

14


Table of Contents

We rely on a limited number of parts suppliers to support our manufacturing and design processes.

We rely on a limited number suppliers to provide us with the necessary devices, parts and systems to allow us to build, design and manufacture our products, and the failure to manage our relationships with these parties successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products. In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, two suppliers, Concisys, Inc. and Exact Computers, accounted for approximately 46%, and 50%, respectively, of materials purchased.

Although we do believe we could locate additional suppliers to fulfill our needs, any significant change in our relationship with these suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition unless and until we are able to find suitable replacements. We make substantially all of our purchases from our contract suppliers on a purchase order basis. Our suppliers are not required to supply our raw materials for any specific period or in any specific quantity or price.

Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers.

Our sales depend on our ability to anticipate our existing and prospective customers’ needs and develop products that address those needs. Our future success will depend on our ability to design new products, anticipate technological improvements and enhancements, and to develop products that are competitive in the rapidly changing computer hardware and software industry. Introduction of new products and product enhancements will require coordination of our efforts with those of our customers, suppliers, and manufacturers to develop products that offer performance features desired by our customers and performance and functionality superior or more cost effective than solutions offered by our competitors. If we fail to coordinate these efforts, develop product enhancements or introduce new products that meet the needs of our customers as scheduled, our operating results will be materially and adversely affected and our business and prospects will be harmed. We cannot assure that product introductions will meet our anticipated release schedules or that our products will be competitive in the market. Furthermore, given the rapidly changing nature of the computer equipment market, there can be no assurance our products and technology will not be rendered obsolete by alternative or competing technologies.

Delays in our production cycle could result in outdated equipment or decreased purchases of our products.

The design and manufacture of our products can take several months to several years. The length of such process depends on the complexity and purpose of the system or equipment being designed, and may be affected by factors such as: the development and design of unique or specialized systems, the fabrication, availability, and supply of parts, the customization of parts as applicable, the manufacture and/or assembly of the units, quality control testing, and the development and incorporation of new technologies. If our products are outdated upon completion of this process our sales could materially decline and it may be necessary to sell products at a loss.

Unsuccessful government programs or OEM contracts could lead to reduced revenues.

We design and manufacture certain products to fit the specifications of government programs or OEM contracts. These programs may take months or years to complete and involve significant investment of our time, money and resources. We generally receive upfront fees for these programs but there is often no or little obligation on the part of our customer to purchase large volumes of products at the time of final product launch. Unsuccessful product launches could lead to reduced revenues, potential returns of products and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. We may be forced to sell products at a loss or spend a significant amount of resources to find additional customers for these products if these programs do not fit the future needs of our intended customers.

Our inventory may rapidly become obsolete.

Sales cycles for some of our products can take several months. In addition, it can take time from the bid to the development and manufacture of the equipment. We maintain inventory based in large part on our forecasts of the

 

15


Table of Contents

volume and timing of orders. The varying length of the sales cycles makes accurate forecasting difficult. The delays inherent in our sales cycles raise the risk that the inventory we have on hand will become obsolete or impaired prior to its use or sale. If our forecasted demand does not materialize into purchase orders, we may be required to write off our inventory balances or reduce the value of our inventory, based on a reduced sales price. A write off of the inventory, or a reduction in the inventory value due to a sales price reduction, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We offer an extended product warranty to cover defective products at no cost to the customer. An unexpected change in failure rates of our products could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from date of sale that require us to repair or replace defective products returned by the customer during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. Our product warranties are in addition to warranties we receive from our vendors. We record an estimate for anticipated warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs. While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established and we receive warranty coverage from our vendors, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on our business requiring additional warranty reserves. These failures could adversely impact our operating results.

If we fail to achieve design wins for our products, our business will be harmed.

Achieving design wins is an important success factor for our business. We work closely with OEM’s and end users to insure the customer gets the product they want in the specific configuration, size and weight required for the application. We have participated in many design wins based upon our ability to interpret technical specifications and proceed rapidly through prototyping, development, and delivery. This approach and expertise is one of the factors driving our growth. Failure to maintain our expertise and ability to deliver custom, specific design systems could harm our business. In order to achieve design wins, we must:

 

    anticipate the features and functionality that OEMs, customers and consumers will demand;

 

    incorporate those features and functionalities into products that meet the exacting design requirements of our customers; and

 

    price our products competitively.

Unanticipated changes in industry standards could render our products incompatible with products developed by major hardware manufacturers and software developers. Further, if our products are not in compliance with prevailing industry standards, our customers may not incorporate our products into their design strategies.

If we cannot retain, attract and motivate key personnel, we may be unable to effectively implement our business plan.

Our success depends in large part upon our ability to retain, attract and motivate highly skilled management, development, marketing, sales and service personnel. The loss of and failure to replace key technical management and personnel could adversely affect multiple development efforts. Recruitment and retention of senior management and skilled technical, sales and other personnel is very competitive, and we may not be successful in either attracting or retaining such personnel. We have lost key personnel to other high technology companies, and many larger companies with significantly greater resources than us have aggressively recruited, and continue to aggressively recruit, key personnel. As part of our strategy to attract and retain key personnel, we may offer equity compensation through grants of stock options, restricted stock awards or restricted stock units. Potential employees, however, may not perceive our equity incentives as attractive enough. In addition, due to the intense competition for qualified employees, we may be required to, and have had to, increase the level of compensation paid to existing and new employees, which could materially increase our operating expenses.

 

16


Table of Contents

We have made in the past, and may make in the future, acquisitions which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, result in dilution to our stockholders, deplete our cash reserves and adversely affect our financial results.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

 

    difficulties in successfully integrating the operations, systems, technologies, products, offerings and personnel of the acquired company or companies;

 

    insufficient revenue to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions;

 

    diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business and the challenges of managing larger and more widespread operations resulting from acquisitions;

 

    potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development intangibles;

 

    difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;

 

    initial dependence on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners; and

 

    the potential loss of key employees, customers, distributors, vendors and other business partners of the companies we acquire following and continuing after announcement of acquisition plans.

Acquisitions may also cause us to:

 

    use a substantial portion of our cash reserves or incur debt;

 

    issue equity securities or grant equity incentives to acquired employees that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage ownership;

 

    assume liabilities, including potentially unknown liabilities;

 

    record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges;

 

    incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

 

    incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; or

 

    become subject to intellectual property litigation or other litigation.

Acquisitions of high-technology companies and assets are inherently risky and subject to many factors outside of our control, and no assurance can be given that our recently completed or future acquisitions will be successful and will not materially adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition. Failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions could materially harm our business and operating results.

The continuing commoditization of HPC hardware and software has resulted in increased pricing pressure and may adversely affect our operating results.

The continuing commoditization of HPC hardware, such as processors, interconnects, flash storage and other infrastructure, and the growing commoditization of software, including plentiful building blocks and more capable open source software, as well as the potential for integration of differentiated technology into already-commoditized components, has resulted in, and may result in increased pricing pressure that may cause us to reduce our pricing in order to remain competitive, which can negatively impact our gross margins and adversely affect our operating results.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our election to not opt out of the extended accounting transition period under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, may make our financial statements difficult to compare to other companies.

Under the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period. This means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, are permitted to use any extended transition period for adoption that is provided in the new or revised accounting standard having different application dates for public and private companies. This may make the comparison of our financial statements with any other public company, which is not either an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible as possible different or revised standards may be used.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, you will not be able to depend on any attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.

When we become a reporting company, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and controls over financial reporting. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Accordingly, you will not be able to depend on any attestation concerning our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm for the foreseeable future.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy these material weaknesses and develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common shares.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. As defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Specifically:

 

  (i) we did not have sufficient segregation of duties within our accounting functions;

 

  (ii) our financial reporting closing process did not effectively determine all period-end adjustments;

 

  (iii) our U.S. GAAP and SEC accounting resources were not commensurate with those required of a public company, and

 

  (iv) we lacked appropriate controls to ensure the accuracy of labor and overhead inventory rates as well as excess and obsolescence inventory reserves.

 

18


Table of Contents

Management is in the process of remediating the material weaknesses set forth above. To date we have implemented the following steps in our remediation plan:

 

    To address the identified weaknesses surrounding segregation of duties, supervision and expertise, in September 2017, we hired a chief financial officer with appropriate experience applying GAAP technical accounting guidance and has increased the number of hours worked by our contracted accounting personnel who are responsible for the closing process and external financial reporting. With the introduction of additional personnel, incompatible functions with respect to the segregation of duties and the recording of a transaction (including the review and approval processes) are being reassigned to different personnel to strengthen the control environment.

 

    To improve the quality and timing of our closing process and to improve the accuracy of financial reporting, we have begun implementing a formal closing process that follows a closing checklist that includes reconciliation of all major balance sheet accounts, analytical procedures applied to all income statement accounts and review and approval of manual adjustments.

 

    To strengthen the weaknesses in the control environment surrounding inventory and inventory valuation, we have and continue to evolve a new analytical process to identify slow-moving and obsolete inventory as well as formalizing the methodology for application of labor overhead to inventory. We are also strengthening the controls regarding physical verification of inventory on-hand.

 

    To improve our expertise with respect to non-recurring transactions, we have hired and will continue to hire additional qualified resources with the requisite expertise. We are designing additional controls around identification, documentation and application of technical accounting guidance with particular emphasis on events outside the ordinary course of business. These controls are expected to include implementation of additional supervision and review activities by qualified personnel that are independent from the transaction, the preparation of formal accounting memorandum to support our conclusions on technical accounting matters and the development and use of checklists and research tools to assist in compliance with GAAP with regards to complex accounting issues.

Our remediation plan also includes relevant and appropriate training on technical GAAP topics, as well as SEC reporting requirements.

We intend to complete the implementation of our remediation plan during the first and second quarters of 2018. Except for additional personnel costs, we have not incurred any material costs on our remediation plan to date as we have been implementing the plan internally. As we continue to evaluate and take actions to improve our internal control over financial reporting, we may determine to take additional actions to address control deficiencies or determine to modify certain of the remediation measurements that we are anticipating to make which may include retaining a third party to assist with the implementation of our remediation plan. The retention of third party service providers for purposes of remediation may involve us incurring material costs in the future.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementations could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm may reveal additional deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

19


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our proprietary design and intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

Our ability to compete effectively is dependent in part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on patents, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance these protections will be available in all cases or will be adequate to prevent our competitors from copying, reverse engineering or otherwise obtaining and using our technology, proprietary rights or products. For example, the laws of certain countries in which our products are manufactured or licensed do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. In addition, third parties may seek to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, or applications for any of the foregoing. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology or design around our proprietary rights. In each case, our ability to compete could be significantly impaired. To prevent substantial unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights, it may be necessary to prosecute actions for infringement and/or misappropriation of our trade secrets and/or proprietary rights against third parties. Any such action could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and management’s attention, and there can be no assurance we will be successful in such action. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our trade secrets and/or intellectual property.

Many of our proprietary designs are in digital form and the breach of our computer systems could result in these designs being stolen.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to private or proprietary data is otherwise obtained, our proprietary designs could be stolen. Because we hold many of these designs in digital form on our servers, there exists an inherent risk that an unauthorized third party could conduct a security breach resulting in the theft of our proprietary information. While we have taken steps to protect our proprietary information, because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any or all of these issues could negatively impact our competitive edge and our ability to obtain new customers thereby adversely affecting our financial results.

Our proprietary designs are susceptible to reverse engineering by our competitors.

Much of the value of our proprietary rights is derived from our vast library of design specifications. While we consider our design specifications to be protected by various proprietary, trade secret and intellectual property laws, such information is susceptible to reverse engineering by our competitors. We may not be able to prevent our competitors from developing competing design specifications and the cost of enforcing these rights may be significant. If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary designs our financial condition and operating results could suffer.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We consider trade secrets, including confidential and unpatented know-how and designs important to the maintenance of our competitive position. We protect trade secrets and confidential and unpatented know-how, in part, by customarily entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to such knowledge, such as our employees, outside technical and commercial collaborators, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our

 

20


Table of Contents

employees and consultants that obligate them to maintain confidentiality and assign their inventions to us. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches.

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property or trade secret rights could harm our business.

Our industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. Third parties may in the future assert claims of infringement of intellectual property rights against us or against our customers or channel partners for which we may be liable. As the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, infringement claims may increase.

Intellectual property or trade secret claims against us, and any resulting lawsuits, may result in our incurring significant expenses and could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate what we currently believe are our proprietary rights. Our involvement in any patent dispute or other intellectual property dispute or action to protect trade secrets and know-how could have a material adverse effect on our business. Adverse determinations in any litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to seek licenses from third parties and prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products. Any of these situations could have a material adverse effect on our business. These claims, regardless of their merits or outcome, would likely be time consuming and expensive to resolve and could divert management’s time and attention.

We are generally obligated to indemnify our channel partners and end-customers for certain expenses and liabilities resulting from intellectual property infringement claims regarding our products, which could force us to incur substantial costs.

We have agreed, and expect to continue to agree, to indemnify our channel partners and end-customers for certain intellectual property infringement claims regarding our products. As a result, in the case of infringement claims against these channel partners and end-customers, we could be required to indemnify them for losses resulting from such claims or to refund amounts they have paid to us. Our channel partners and other end-customers in the future may seek indemnification from us in connection with infringement claims brought.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our international operations subject us to a variety of risks and challenges, including: increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having international operations; reliance on channel partners; increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; compliance with foreign laws and regulations; compliance with U.S. laws and regulations for foreign operations; and reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing rights abroad. Any of these risks could adversely affect our international operations, reduce our international sales or increase our operating costs, adversely affecting our business, operating results and financial condition and growth prospects.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our products are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Exports of our products must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we violate these laws and regulations, we and certain of our

 

21


Table of Contents

employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our channel partners, agents or consultants fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Changes in our products or changes in applicable export or import laws and regulations may also create delays in the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, prevent our end-customers with international operations from deploying our products or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws and regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such laws and regulations, could also result in decreased use of our products, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to existing or potential end-customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

New regulations or standards or changes in existing regulations or standards in the United States or internationally related to our suppliers products may result in unanticipated costs or liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and future sales, and could place additional burdens on the operations of our business.

Our suppliers’ products are subject to governmental regulations in many jurisdictions. To achieve and maintain market acceptance, our suppliers’ products must continue to comply with these regulations and many industry standards. As these regulations and standards evolve, and if new regulations or standards are implemented, our suppliers may have to modify their products. The failure of their products to comply, or delays in compliance, with the existing and evolving industry regulations and standards could prevent or delay introduction of our products, which could harm our business. Supplier uncertainty regarding future policies may also affect demand for HPC products, including our products. Moreover, channel partners or customers may require us, or we may otherwise deem it necessary or advisable, to alter our products to address actual or anticipated changes in the regulatory environment. Our inability to alter our products to address these requirements and any regulatory changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

We have international operations. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Practices in the local business communities of many countries outside the United States have a level of government corruption that is greater than that found in the developed world. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws and we have established policies and procedures designed to monitor compliance with these anti-bribery law requirements; however, we cannot assure that our policies and procedures will protect us from potential reckless or criminal acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price. This may be especially true for companies with a small public float. The trading price of our common stock following this offering will depend on several factors, including those

 

22


Table of Contents

described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

    sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    failure of financial analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products or new or terminated significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

    any major change in our management;

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes, may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of particular companies’ securities, securities class action litigations have often been instituted against these companies. Litigation of this type, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. Any adverse determination in any such litigation or any amounts paid to settle any such actual or threatened litigation could require that we make significant payments.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our directors and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders will continue to have substantial control over the Company after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control. After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, 48.3% of our outstanding common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our common stock by:

 

    delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company;

 

    impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover, or other business combination involving us; or

 

    discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

If securities or industry analysts issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock or do not publish research or reports about our company, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. Once we commence trading, we anticipate having limited analyst coverage and we may continue to have inadequate analyst coverage in the future. Even if we obtain adequate analyst coverage, we would have no control over such analysts or the content and opinions in their reports. Securities analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our company after the closing of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The price of our common stock could also decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our common stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more equity research analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The market price of shares of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. After this offering, we will have outstanding 11,418,948 shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017. This includes the shares included in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. The remaining 8,543,948 shares are currently restricted as a result of lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold in the near future as set forth below.

Moreover, after this offering, the holders of 8,543,948 shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. Substantially all of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except for the selling stockholder’s shares subject to the over-allotment option. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in “Plan of

 

24


Table of Contents

Distribution.” Roth Capital Partners, LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees, and current stockholders who are subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

Our management will have discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them in a way which increases the value of your investment.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds of the offering for retirement of debt, working capital and general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing activities, product development, and capital expenditures, and we may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. However, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of those proceeds. Our management may spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common stock, and you will not have the opportunity to influence management’s decisions on how to use the proceeds from this offering. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $5.21 in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In addition, new investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately 77.5% of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately 25% of the outstanding equity capital. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. In addition, if we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience further dilution. For a detailed description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Some of these provisions:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock and up to 50,000,000 shares of authorized common stock;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    provide that our directors may be removed only for cause; and

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Furthermore, our certificate of incorporation that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders. We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan and security agreement with Bank of the West restricts our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock without the prior written consent of Bank of the West, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the growth of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

If an active, liquid trading market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price.

There has not been a public market for our common stock. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. Given the small size of our initial public offering, it may take some time for an active market to develop. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering, and our common stock could trade below the initial public offering price.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms in the future may limit our ability to develop and commercialize new solutions and technologies and expand our operations.

If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, including because of lower demand for our products as a result of other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, we may seek to raise additional capital through equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations or licensing arrangements. We may also consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, pursue strategic investments, take advantage of financing opportunities, or other reasons.

Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations. The incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights, and other operating restrictions that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets, or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our development programs. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations. Any of these actions could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may not be able to obtain waivers of potential defaults in the future from our lender if we do not meet future requirements under our credit agreements which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver. In the event that we are unable to comply with these covenants in the future, we would seek an amendment or waiver of the covenants. We cannot assure you that any such waiver or amendment would be granted. In such event, we may be required to repay any or all of our existing borrowings, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow under our existing credit agreements, or obtain alternative funding arrangements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, which includes, among other things:

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

27


Table of Contents
    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

    exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements.

We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months. The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff or devote additional financial and other resources in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are evaluating and monitoring developments regarding these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As described above, as an emerging growth company, we will not need to comply with the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

28


Table of Contents

If our involvement in a September 2017 CIO Review Article was held to be in violation of the Securities Act, we could be required to repurchase securities sold in this offering; you should rely only on statements made in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares.

Information about us has been published in a magazine article appearing in the September 2017 issue of CIO Review . This article contains information derived from an interview of our president and chief executive officer, Steve Cooper, conducted prior to this public offering. While some of the factual statements about us in the article are disclosed in this prospectus, the article includes quotations from Mr. Cooper and presents certain statements about the Company in isolation and does not disclose many of the related risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. As a result, the article should not be considered in isolation and you should decide whether to purchase our shares only after reading this entire prospectus carefully.

We do not believe our involvement in the CIO Review magazine article constitutes “gun jumping” in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act. However, if our involvement were held by a court to be in violation of the Securities Act we could be required to repurchase the shares sold to purchasers in our public offering at the original purchase price, plus statutory interest, for a period of one year following the date of the violation. We would vigorously contest any claim that a violation of the Securities Act occurred.

We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, various degrees of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers and team members. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus in making your investment decision.

Investors should be aware of the following update to the article’s content: the articles states that OSS is emerging at a 58% growth margin annually. When referring to “growth margin annually” the article was referring to the year to date revenue growth rate at the time the interview was given by Mr. Cooper to CIO Review . For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared with the nine month period ended September 30, 2016, we had a revenue growth rate of 65.4%.

 

29


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results, financial position and cash flows, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “predict,” “potential,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “intend” and “expect” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described under sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

This prospectus contains estimates and statistical data that we obtained from industry publications and reports. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we believe the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

30


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $17.7 million, based upon the initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $19.1 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder pursuant to the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate future access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including debt reduction and working capital. We plan to reduce indebtedness of up to $4,436,082.28 owed pursuant to certain business loans, including related party debt owed to Kenco, Inc. (beneficially owned by our director Kenneth Potashner) and Tim Rueth (stockholder), and also a revolving line of credit with Bank of the West. As of December 1, 2017, the business loans have an aggregate principal balance of $1,213,618.42 and accrue interest at rates of 3.8% and 11% per annum, respectively, maturing in 2019. The revolving line of credit has an outstanding balance of $3,222,463.86 which accrues at a variable rate of interest, subject to extension upon mutual agreement of the parties. The indebtedness was used primarily to retire certain outstanding indebtedness and accounts payable of Magma in connection with Magma’s acquisition by OSS in July 2016 as well as for short-term borrowings and working capital purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. Pending the use of proceeds to us from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditure, including expenditure related to sales and marketing and product development will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our product development efforts, our sales and marketing activities, expansion, the amount of cash generated or used by our operations, competitive pressures and other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We therefore cannot estimate the amount of net proceeds to be used for the purposes described above. As a result, we may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our loan and security agreement with Bank of the West may restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

31


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and capitalization as of September 30, 2017 as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance by us of 2,875,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, based upon the initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2017 (unaudited)  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)(2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584      $ 18,204,834  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

   $ 1,604,101        -        -  

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        -        -  

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        -        -  

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,506,942, 8,543,948 shares and 11,418,948 issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,269,704        4,686,231        1,142  

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892        544,892        544,892  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,153,555        1,153,555        23,554,894  

Retained earnings

     402,099        402,099        402,099  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 6,786,777      $ 6,786,777      $ 24,503,027  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $2.6 million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 200,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total

 

32


Table of Contents
  assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $1.3 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
(2) In connection with our reincorporation into a Delaware corporation, we introduced a par value of $0.0001 per share. As a result, there is a significant reclassification between common stock and additional paid-in capital in our pro forma as adjusted numbers.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on 8,543,948 shares of common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2017, and exclude the following:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 

    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    287,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to Roth as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

 

33


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will immediately be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of September 30, 2017, our historical net tangible book value was approximately $339,020, or $0.06 per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $2,755,547, or $0.32 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our Common Stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017.

After giving further effect to our sale of 2,875,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 would have been $20,471,797, or $1.79 per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.47 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $5.21 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

 Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $ 7.00  

 Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017

   $ 0.06     

 Pro forma increase per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described in the preceding paragraphs

     0.26     

 Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017

     0.32     

 Pro forma increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     1.47     
  

 

 

    

 Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

      $ 1.79  
     

 

 

 

 Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $ 5.21  
     

 

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase 431,250 additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering (50% sold by us and 50% sold by the selling stockholder), the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $1.85 per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $1.53 per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $5.15 per share, in each case based on the initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

34


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of September 30, 2017, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $7.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

 Existing stockholders

     8,543,948        75   $ 5,839,786        22.5   $ 0.68  

 Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

     2,875,000        25   $ 20,125,000        77.5%       $7.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 Totals

     11,418,948        100   $ 25,964,786        100   $ 2.27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The foregoing table and discussion excludes:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 

    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    287,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to Roth as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase 431,250 additional shares of our common stock in full from us and the selling stockholder, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 71.6% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 3,306,250, or approximately 28.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any of the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised, new investors may experience further dilution. In addition, we may issue additional shares of common stock, other equity securities or convertible debt securities in the future, which may cause further dilution to new investors in this offering.

 

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and operating results together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus. The last day of our fiscal year is December 31. Our fiscal quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, and our past fiscal year ended on December 31, 2017.

Overview

OSS designs, manufactures and markets custom high-speed computing systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications. These applications require ultra-fast processing power with the ability to quickly access and store ever-growing data sets. Systems are built using the latest graphical processing unit (“GPU”) and flash-based solid state drive (“SSD”) storage technologies. OSS is a long-standing provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators, and flash storage arrays. We deliver this technology to customers through sale of equipment and software to customers or through remote cloud access to secure datacenters.

Business Developments

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of OSS’ assets and a personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

In June 2015, we formed One Stop Systems, GmbH, our German subsidiary (“OSS GmbH”). This is a regional facility organized to serve customers in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. OSS GmbH is located in Gröbenzell, Germany.

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in Southern California.

On April 6, 2017, we formed a joint venture named SkyScale LLC, a High-Performance Computing as a Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. SkyScale is jointly owned with Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and we agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services. Each of us received a 50% membership interest. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information on this transaction.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement (the “Technology Agreement”) with Western Digital for its Ion flash storage software. The Technology Agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products with the intended purpose of developing and selling Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays. Concurrently with the Technology Agreement, we purchased certain equipment from Western Digital, have the right to hire selected employees and the right to forgo certain royalty payments on purchases of solid state drives for a designated customer.

Subsequently, on July 1, 2017, we entered in to a Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Western Digital to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. The Services Agreement grants the rights and obligations to OSS to provide Ion software level 1-4 support services to existing Western Digital software users for a three year period based upon fixed quarterly payments.

 

36


Table of Contents

As consideration for the Technology Agreement and Services Agreement, (1) Western Digital will pay OSS $1,400,000 over three years of quarterly installments for our assumption of support obligations of existing Western Digital customers, (2) OSS paid an upfront license fee of $67,000 to Western Digital, and (3) OSS will pay to Western Digital per-customer royalties of $2,500 for each new design win and per-unit royalties of $5,000 for each licensed product delivered to a customer of Western Digital.

We plan to continue to develop and sell Ion software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing Western Digital software users. OSS Ion software works with our all-flash storage systems, and provides them with a critical point of differentiation with respect to speed and throughput. The OSS Ion software leverages flash storage and open server hardware to accelerate applications and storage-area network performance through sharing or clustering high-speed all-flash storage arrays. The software supports many major OEM servers and provides an intuitive interface for system users to manage its many features. Having the Ion software source code and engineering team on-board allows us to strategically grow our all-flash storage business in the many Big Data and HPC markets going forward.

On August 1, 2017, we received a three month extension on our line of credit with no modification in terms.

On October 5, 2017, we received a renewal and modification on our line of credit that extends the line through August 31, 2018, and increases the borrowing capacity limit from $ 3,000,000 to $3,500,000.

On November 9, 2017, we filed a confidential registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock. The registration statement on Form S-1 was publicly filed on December 18, 2017.

Our Business Model

We differentiate ourselves from other suppliers of HPC solutions by utilizing our expertise in PCIe expansion to build high performance systems with a greater quantity of GPUs and flash devices than other suppliers. We produce the software and hardware required to operate large storage systems that can be clustered together to build massive computing capabilities that occupy less physical space and power consumption.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive revenue from the sale of our hardware products and, to a lesser extent, support services. Provided that all other revenue recognition criteria has been met, we typically recognize revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred to customers and channel partners at that time. Products are typically shipped directly to our customers, or in some cases to our international distributors. These international distributors assist with import regulations, currency conversions and local language, but do not stock our inventory. Our product revenues vary from period to period based on, among other things, the customer orders received and our ability to produce and deliver the ordered products. Customers often specify requested delivery dates that coincide with their need for our products.

Because these customers may use our products in connection with a variety of projects of different sizes and durations, a customer’s orders for one reporting period generally do not indicate a trend for future orders by that customer. Additionally, order patterns do not necessarily correlate amongst customers and, therefore, we generally cannot identify seasonal trends.

In 2017, we have begun to offer support services which may involve providing customer phone support, system debug and software upgrades for a period of time. We recognize revenue from support services ratably over the contractual service period.

 

37


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of costs of materials, costs paid to third-party contract manufacturers (which may include the costs of components), and personnel costs associated with manufacturing and support operations. Personnel costs consist of wages, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expenses. Cost of revenue also includes freight, allocated overhead costs and inventory write-offs and changes to our inventory and warranty reserves. Allocated overhead costs consist of certain facilities and utility costs. We expect cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars, as product revenue increases.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of general and administrative, sales and marketing and research and development expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense, are the most significant components of each category of operating expenses. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities and utility costs.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses for administrative functions including finance, legal, human resources and fees for third-party professional services, as well as allocated overhead. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in growing the business.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, sales commissions, marketing programs, travel and entertainment expenses as well as allocated overhead. Marketing programs consist of advertising, tradeshows, events, corporate communications and brand-building activities. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales force, increase marketing resources, and further develop sales channels.

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, prototype expenses, depreciation associated with assets acquired for research and development, third-party engineering and contractor support costs, as well as allocated overhead. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in new and existing products.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income consists of income received for activities outside of our core business. In 2017, this includes rental income received through the sub-leasing of certain facility space. Other expense includes expenses for activities outside of our core business. These expenses consist primarily of loan amortization and interest expense.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of estimated income taxes due to the United States government and to the state tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we conduct business.

 

38


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

Results of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 includes operating results for the acquired Magma business that was acquired on July 16, 2016 and a newly formed 50% owned joint venture, SkyScale, LLC, which began operations in April 2017. Further, we completed certain transactions with Western Digital during our third fiscal quarter. Accordingly, the periods presented below are not directly comparable. After the completion of four quarters, the businesses for both revenue and expense reporting will be treated as organic operating activity for current and comparable historical periods. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 respectively, presented in dollars and as percentage of net revenue.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,199       3,606,209  

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386  

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688

Other, net

     8,609       5,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (135,548     (92,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Net revenue

             100.0             100.0

Cost of revenue

     67.2     70.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     32.8     29.1

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     12.4     10.5

Marketing and selling

     10.5     10.7

Research and development

     8.5     7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     31.4     28.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     1.4     0.4

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (0.7 %)      (0.8 %) 

Other, net

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (0.7 %)      (0.7 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     0.7     (0.3 %) 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     0.7     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     0.1     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0.0     0.0

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1.0 %)      0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

     1.1     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that the use of Adjusted Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, or Adjusted EBITDA, is helpful for an investor to determine whether to invest in our common stock. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income from continuing operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of long-lived assets, acquisition and financing costs, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting, and stock-based compensation expense.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact our non-cash operating expenses, we believe that providing a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes non-cash and non-recurring expenses allows for meaningful comparisons between our core business operating results and those of other companies, as well as providing us with an important tool for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our own core business operating results over different periods of time.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our Adjusted EBITDA measure may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies in our industry may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently, particularly related to non-recurring, unusual items. Our Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to operating income or as an indication of operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. We do not consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a substitute for, or superior to, the information provided by GAAP financial results.

 

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017      2016  

Net income (loss)

   $ 217,296      $ (19,190

Depreciation and amortization

     600,844        260,245  

Acquisition expenses

     61,368        107,591  

Stock-based compensation expense

     104,250        55,926  

Interest expense

     144,157        98,688  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468        (21,250
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,261,383      $ 482,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017      2016            2017                 2016        

Revenues:

          

Organic

   $ 15,915,122      $ 11,099,262        77.7     89.6

Acquired

     4,570,254        1,285,421        22.3     10.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 20,485,376      $ 12,384,683        100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, total revenue increased $8,100,693 or 65.4%, as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by OSS contributing $4,815,860 or 38.9% of the total increase in revenue with Magma contributing $3,072,796 or 24.8% of the total increased revenue. Ion contributed $203,837 or 1.6% for the period and SkyScale contributed $8,200 or less than 0.01% of revenue. Our organic revenue increased 43.4% as compared to the same period in the prior year. This increase was attributable to increased purchases from existing customers and a growing number of new customers.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by $4,991,703 or 56.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in cost of revenue for OSS was $2,900,938 or 33.0% of the total increase resulting from increased product sales and, to a lesser extent, by the increased costs in manufacturing operations. Magma equipment sales contributed $1,901,288 or 21.7% of the total increase with Ion contributing $189,477 or 2.2%. These costs are primarily driven by increased personnel costs associated with increased headcount and increases in part costs associated with higher-end product offerings

Total gross margin percentage increased from 29.1% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2016 to 32.8% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, an increase of 370 basis points. The increase in overall gross margin is predominately attributable to the inclusion of Magma which contributed margin at a rate of 38.6% and a shift in the mix of products sold to higher-end componentry. OSS contributed incremental revenue at a gross margin of 39.8% as compared to the nine month period of 2016 gross margin of 27.9%. Such increase resulted from the sale of higher-end products to new and existing customers and better control over inventories which resulted in less obsolescence and slow moving inventory.

 

41


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expense increased $1,242,645, or 95.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to same period in 2016. OSS contributed $248,984 or 20.0% of the total increase in these expenses, with Magma contributing $540,036 or 43.5% of the increase. SkyScale contributed $382,773 or 30.8% and Ion contributed $70,852 or 5.7% of the increase. General and administrative expense increased primarily due to increased headcount resulting in higher employee compensation related costs and administrative costs associated with the acquisition of Magma and the newly formed SkyScale joint venture. Overall general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 12.4% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 10.5% during the same period in 2016.

Marketing and selling expense

Marketing and selling expense increased by $812,530, or 61.2% during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the same period in 2016. OSS contributed $475,592 or 58.5% of the total increase with Magma contributing $287,824 or 35.4% of the increase. SkyScale contributed $35,643 or 4.4% of the increase with Ion contributing $13,471 or 1.7%. The increased expenses associated with marketing and selling expense is primarily attributable to increases in salary and related costs, commissions, tradeshows and advertising. Overall total marketing and selling expense decreased as a percentage of revenue to 10.4% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 10.7% during the same period in 2016.

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by $824,997, or 89.8%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to same period in 2016. OSS contributed $350,338 or 42.5% with Magma contributing $474,659 or 57.5% of the total increase. These expenses are mainly compromised of salary and related costs, professional services and prototypes attributable to continued development of new and enhanced product offerings. Overall total research and development expense increased as a percentage of revenue to 8.5% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 7.4% during the same period in 2016.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased $45,469 or 46.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to same period in 2016 as a result of increased borrowings in July 2016, of approximately $600,000 at an annual percentage rate of 11.0% which was outstanding for 78 days in 2016 as compared to 273 days in 2017. Interest expense also includes noncash amortization of warrant discounts issued in conjunction with debt offerings.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net increased $2,747 during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016. This increase is primarily attributable to miscellaneous income.

Provision for income taxes

We recorded an income tax provision of $133,468 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to a tax benefit of $21,250 for the same period in 2016. The increase is attributable to the increase in pre-tax income of $186,096 when comparing the two periods. The effective tax rates for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were 91.6% and 47.8%, respectively. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, the increase in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to permanent book/tax differences, the noncontrolling interest in SkyScale and non-deductible stock option compensation expense.

 

42


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 include the results for the acquired Magma business for the period from July 15, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the periods presented below are not directly comparable. After the completion of four quarters, this acquired business for both revenue and expense reporting will be treated as organic operating activity for current and comparable historical periods. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively, presented in dollars and as percentage of net revenue.

 

     December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Net revenue

   $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     5,513,706       3,983,654  

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (219,861     195,114  

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (367,374     60,379  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents
     December 31,  
             2016                     2015          

Net revenue

     100.00     100.00

Cost of revenue

     70.79     72.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     29.21     28.00

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     11.37     9.31

Marketing and selling

     10.53     9.61

Research and development

     8.47     7.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30.37     26.62
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (1.16 %)      1.37

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (0.81 %)      (0.90 %) 

Other, net

     0.03     (0.04 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (0.78 %)      (0.95 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (1.95 %)      0.42

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (0.97 %)      0.31
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (0.98 %)      0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is helpful for an investor to determine whether to invest in our common stock. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income from continuing operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, other charges, impairment of long-lived assets, acquisition and financing costs, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting, and stock-based compensation expense and certain non-recurring expenses.

 

     December 31,  
               2016                         2015            

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  

Depreciation and amortization

     437,036       156,945  

Amortization of debt discount

     10,925       17,100  

Stock-based compensation expense

     77,647       52,212  

Interest expense

     152,877       128,370  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  

Non-recurring expense (1)

     107,681       -
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $     418,792     $     415,006  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Expenses incurred in the acquisition of Magma

 

44


Table of Contents

Net revenue

 

     2016      As a % of
Net Revenue
    2015      As a % of
Net Revenue
 

Revenues:

          

Organic

   $ 15,693,331        83.1   $ 14,229,776        100.0

Acquired

     3,185,990        16.9     -      0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,879,321        100.0   $ 14,229,776        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue increased overall by $4,649,545, or 32.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by the purchase of Magma which contributed $3,185,990 or 22.4 percentage points of the 32.7% increase in revenue with OSS contributing $1,463,555 or 10.3 percentage points of the 32.7% increase in revenue. Excluding Magma, increases in our revenue were mainly attributable to increased sales to existing customers and a growing number of new customers.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by $3,119,493, or 30.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily driven by the purchase of Magma which contributed $1,899,340 or 18.5 percentage points of the annual percentage increase with $1,220,153 or 11.9 percentage points of the annual percentage increase resulting from increased product sales and, to a lesser extent, by increased costs in manufacturing operations. The majority of these cost increases are primarily driven by increased material and personnel costs associated with increased revenue and increases in part costs associated with higher-end products offerings.

Additionally the increase in the cost of revenues is inclusive of an increase of $749,714 in the allowances for obsolete and slow moving inventory as compared to the prior year increase due to discontinued programs.

Our total gross margin percentage increased from 28.0% during the year ended December 31, 2015 to 29.2% during the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of 1.2%. The increase in overall gross margin is predominately attributable to the inclusion of Magma which contributed margin at a rate of 40.4%, offset by increases in the allowance for obsolete and slowing moving inventory.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased $821,249, or 62%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed $467,121 or 35.3 percentage points of the annual percentage increase with $354,128 or 26.7 percentage points of the annual percentage increase being primarily due to increased headcount resulting in higher compensation related costs and administrative costs associated with the acquisition of Magma. Overall, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 11.4% during 2016 from 9.3% during 2015.

Marketing and selling expense

Marketing and selling expense increased by $619,502, or 45.3% during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed $197,451 or 14.4 percentage points of the annual percentage increase with $422,051 or 30.9 percentage points of the annual percentage increase being attributable to OSS. For both Magma and the core business of OSS, the increase is primarily driven by employee compensation expenses and related costs, commissions, tradeshows and advertising.

 

45


Table of Contents

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by approximately $503,666, or 46%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed $404,936 or 36.9 percentage points of the annual percentage increase with $98,730 or 9.1 percentage points attributable to continued development of new and enhanced product offerings. For both Magma and the core business of OSS, the overall increase was primarily driven by increases in salary and related costs, professional services and prototypes.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased approximately $24,507 or 19.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of increased borrowings during 2016 of approximately $1,255,000, of which $874,907 is attributable to the assumption of debt in conjunction with the acquisition of Magma. Interest expense also includes non-cash amortization of warrant discounts issued in conjunction with debt offerings .

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net increased approximately $11,729 during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year 2015, other expense consisted of expenses incurred with the line of credit. For the year 2016, the balance in other income consisted of a tax refund and miscellaneous income.

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

We recorded an income tax benefit of $182,937 attributable to a net operating loss in 2016, whereas there was a tax expense of $43,729 in 2015 as a result of pretax income. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 49.8% and 72.4%, respectively.

The primary differences between the statutory rates of income tax and the provision for income taxes for 2016 and 2015 are attributable to state income taxes and increases in our research and development credits that will reduce future income tax liabilities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our primary sources of liquidity came from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and the formation of SkyScale LLC.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. The line of credit was to be due and payable in July 2017. However, in August 2017, we received a three-month extension of our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions were agreed to for the full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, our line of credit was renewed and modified. The line of credit has been and extended through August 31, 2018, and the unrestricted borrowing capacity was increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, plus 2.5%. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 is $2,464,320. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver. These covenants are as follows:

 

    Debt to Effective Net Worth – We failed to maintain a ratio of Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth of not more than 2 to 1 through September 30, 2015 and 1.75 to 1 thereafter, measured at each fiscal quarter-end. Our ratio of Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth was 3.66 to 1 as of December 31, 2016 and 2.46 to 1 as of September 30, 2017.

 

46


Table of Contents
    Effective Tangible Net Worth – We failed to maintain a minimum Effective Tangible Net Worth of at least $2,500,000.00 through December 31, 2016 and $3,500,000 thereafter, measured at each fiscal quarter-end. Our minimum Effective Tangible Net Worth was $2,169,000 as of December 31, 2016 and $3,272,353 as of September 30, 2017.

 

    Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long-Term Debt – We failed to maintain a ratio of Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long-Term Debt of not less than 1.25 to 1 for the periods ending December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016. Our ratio of Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long-Term Debt was 0.45 to 1 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

    Net Income – We failed to maintain a minimum Net Income after tax of at least $500,000.00 for the periods ending December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016. Our minimum Net Income (Loss) after tax was ($247,000) for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Our lender has provided a waiver of the above compliance failures as of November 29, 2017. Any future breaches of the credit agreement were not waived.

As part of the credit agreement, in July 2016, we entered into a $1,600,000 note payable. Under the terms of the note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding on this note payable as of September 30, 2017 was $1,001,268.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance is $141,811.

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. These notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding aggregate balance of the notes payable is $198,535.

We also have strong demand for our products which has resulted in a backlog of orders of approximately $10,013,000 as of September 30, 2017, which represents orders booked but not yet fulfilled. Bookings and backlog are a strong indication of the demand for our products. Total bookings for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 were approximately $25,705,000.

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the revolving line of credit, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing, the timing of new product introductions and the continuing market acceptance of our products and services.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017.

 

     2017     2016  

Cash flows:

    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 296,800     $ (645,700

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (117,523   $ (41,113

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 295,110     $ 694,562  

Operating Activities

During the nine months ending September 30, 2017, we generated $296,800 in cash from operating activities, an increase of $942,500 when compared to the cash used in operating activities of $645,700 during the same period in 2016. The increase in cash generated by operating activities was primarily a result of an increase in net income, offset by decreases in non-cash adjustments, comprised of the net loss attributable to non-controlling interests, allowances for bad debt, and inventory reserves. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 respectively, net income adjusted for non-cash expenditures was a loss of $340,861 in 2017 as compared to $933,528 in 2016, a decrease of $1,274,389. Additionally, working capital requirements decreased $2,216,889 attributable to accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2,535,174. This reduction in working capital requirements was offset by $313,285 in increases in working capital attributable to inventories, prepaid expenses and deposits for the comparable period.

Our ability to generate cash from operations in future periods will depend in large part on profitability, the rate and timing of collections of our accounts receivable, inventory turns and our ability to manage other areas of working capital.

Investing Activities:

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we used cash of $117,523 in investing activities as compared to $41,113 used during the same period in 2016, an increase of $76,410. The net increase is primarily due to an increase in equipment purchases attributable to the Ion purchase. We do not anticipate any significant purchases of equipment beyond that which is anticipated for use in the normal course of our core business activity.

Financing Activities:

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we generated $295,110 from financing activities as compared to the cash generated of $694,562 during the same period in 2016. Cash was generated through the receipt of cash from the 50% investor in the SkyScale joint venture, proceeds from the issuance of common stock and proceeds from the bank revolving line of credit. These receipts of cash of $855,736 were offset by payments on notes payable of $560,626.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

During 2016, our primary sources of liquidity came from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and third party term notes.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, plus 2.5%. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of December 31, 2016 was $2,458,177. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we were not in compliance as of December 31, 2016, but for which we have obtained a waiver.

 

48


Table of Contents

The line of credit was to be due and payable in July 2017. However, in August 2017, we received a three-month extension of our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions were agreed to for full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, we received that renewal and extension through August 31, 2018 and a modification in our borrowing capacity, which increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000.

As part of our credit agreement, in July 2016, we entered into a $1,600,000 note payable. Under the terms of the note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding on this note payable as of December 31, 2016 was $1,391,121.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and personally guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance was $213,006.

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with a maturity date of January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and personally guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance was $298,112.

We also have strong demand for our products which has resulted in a backlog of orders of approximately $5,854,000 as of December 31, 2016, which represents orders booked but not yet fulfilled. Total bookings for the year ended December 31, 2016 were approximately $19,581,000. Bookings and backlog are a strong indication of the demand for our products but are no guarantee of future realized revenue.

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the amended revolving line of credit, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing teams, the timing of new product introductions and the continuing market acceptance of our products and services.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise monies on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016     2015  

Cash flows:

    

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (273,224   $ 445,512  

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (138,011   $ (194,422

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 400,358     $ (226,016

 

49


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we used $273,224 in cash from operating activities, a decrease of $718,706 when compared to the $445,512 in cash generated from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in cash generated by operating activities was primarily a result of increases in working capital requirements of $1,379,428 composed of increases in accounts receivable, inventories and deposits of $1,642,357 offset by a reduction in other operating assets and liabilities of $262,929. This increase in working capital requirements was predominately offset by a decrease in net income of $201,087 during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2015 and a net increase in non-cash operating expenses of $861,779 as compared to the prior year. Non-cash expenditures include allowances for bad debt, deferred income taxes, depreciation and amortization, debt discount amortization, inventory reserves and stock-based compensation expense.

Our ability to generate cash from operations in future periods will depend in large part on our profitability, the rate and timing of collections of our accounts receivable, our inventory turns and our ability to manage other areas of working capital.

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we used cash of $138,011 in investing activities as compared to $194,422 used during the comparative period in 2015, a reduction of $56,411. The net decrease is primarily due to cash received in the 2016 Magma purchase of $68,308 offset by an increase in purchases of capitalized equipment of $11,897. We do not anticipate any significant purchases of equipment beyond that which is anticipated for use in the normal course of our core business activity.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we had net new borrowings of $400,358 as compared to net repayments during the year ended December 31, 2015 of $226,016 representing a net year over year increase of $626,374. Net proceeds on new related party and third party notes in 2016 were $600,000 with additional borrowings on the revolving line of credit of $371,092. Such increases were offset by payments on outstanding notes of $588,306 and proceeds from stock option exercises of $17,572. With the increase in our borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit of $500,000, we do not anticipate any new borrowings or retirement of debt above that which is contractually obligated.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table sets forth our non-cancellable contractual obligations as of September 30, 2017.

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 Years
 

Notes payable

   $ 1,341,614      $ 788,020      $ 553,594        

Operating leases

     445,048        117,490        327,558        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,786,662      $ 905,510      $ 881,152        -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We have made certain indemnities, under which we may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. In connection with our facility leases, we have indemnified our lessors for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our bank credit agreement, we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide

 

50


Table of Contents

for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities.

Off Balance Sheet

Other than lease commitments incurred in the normal course of business and certain indemnification provisions, we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities, guarantee contracts, retained or contingent interests in transferred assets, or any obligation arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries that are not consolidated in the financial statements. Additionally, we do not have interests in, or relationships with, any special purpose entities. Our chief executive officer provides a personal guarantee on much of our outstanding debt obligations.

Stockholder Transactions

During 2016, we issued notes payable to stockholders totaling $350,000 as of September 30, 2017 of which $250,000 in notes payable were owed to an entity affiliated with a director. In connection with the issuance of the notes, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share of which 28,090 were issued to an entity affiliated with a director.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $135,000.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amount billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated

 

51


Table of Contents

from our inventory and not be subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. Revenue from the sale of extended warranties is deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable service period.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to our employees and other service providers, including stock options granted under our 2015 Plan, based on the estimated fair value of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards granted under our 2015 Plan. We recognize the fair value of stock options granted under our 2015 Plan as stock-based compensation on a straight line basis over the requisite service period. We record expense net of anticipated forfeitures and adjust the annual expense based upon actual experience.

Our use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term of the option, expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

The assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Common Stock .    Our board of directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    developments in the business;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

    market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

Upon completion of our initial public offering, we will use the market value of our stock on the date of grant.

 

    Expected Term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions are determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual lives of the options.

 

    Expected Volatility .    Since we do not have sufficient trading history of our common stock, expected volatility is determined based on the historical stock volatilities of comparable companies. Comparable companies consist of public companies in our industry that is similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

52


Table of Contents
    Dividend Rate .    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimation process, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Inventory Valuation

We value our inventory at the lower of cost or its current estimated market value. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We write down inventory for excess and obsolescence based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand, product mix and possible alternative uses. Actual demand, product mix and alternative usage may be lower than those that we project and this difference could have a material adverse effect on our gross margin if inventory write-downs beyond those initially recorded become necessary. Alternatively, if actual demand, product mix and alternative usage are more favorable than those we estimated at the time of such a write-down, our gross margin could be favorably impacted in future periods.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets

We evaluate our goodwill for impairment annually and in any interim period in which events or circumstances arise that indicate our goodwill may be impaired. Indicators of impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration in overall economic conditions, a decline in our market capitalization, the loss of significant business, significant decreases in funding for our contracts, or other significant adverse changes in industry or market conditions.

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. Goodwill impairment guidance provides entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly known as “step zero”) to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary before performing the two-step test. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgments by management about macro-economic conditions including the entity’s operating environment, its industry and other market considerations, entity-specific events related to financial performance or loss of key personnel, and other events that could impact the reporting unit. If we conclude that further testing is required, the impairment test involves a two-step process for which we utilize a third-party provider to assist us in this process. Step one compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, step two is required to determine if there is an impairment of the goodwill. Step two compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying amount of the goodwill. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and estimates including future revenues, expenses, capital expenditures, and working capital, as well as discount factors and income tax rates. In addition, we use the market approach, which compares the reporting unit to publicly-traded companies and transactions involving similar businesses, to support the conclusions of the income approach.

As part of our annual goodwill impairment testing, we utilized a discount rate for our reporting unit, as defined by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other , that we believe represents the risks that our business faces, considering our size, the current economic environment, and other industry data we believe is appropriate. We also review finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets when indications of potential impairment exist, such as a significant reduction in undiscounted cash flows associated with the assets. Should the fair value of our long-lived assets decline because of reduced operating performance, market declines, or other indicators of impairment, a charge to operations for impairment may be necessary.

Income Taxes

The determination of income tax expense requires us to make certain estimates and judgments concerning the calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as the deductions and credits that are available to reduce

 

53


Table of Contents

taxable income. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, our forecast of future earnings, future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. The assumptions utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment. We record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. If it becomes more likely than not that a tax asset will be used for which a reserve has been provided, we reverse the related valuation allowance. If our actual future taxable income by tax jurisdiction differs from estimates, additional allowances or reversals of reserves may be necessary.

We use a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We reevaluate our uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and any changes to these positions as a result of tax audits, tax laws or other facts and circumstances could result in additional charges to operations.

Business Combinations

We utilize the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and allocate the purchase price of an acquisition to the various tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. We primarily establish fair value using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and estimates including future revenues and expenses, as well as discount factors and income tax rates. Other estimates include:

 

    Estimated step-ups or write-downs for fixed assets and inventory;

 

    Estimated fair values of intangible assets; and

 

    Estimated income tax assets and liabilities assumed from the target.

While we use our best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the business acquisition date, our estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the purchase price allocation period, which is generally one year from the business acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. For changes in the valuation of intangible assets between preliminary and final purchase price allocation, the related amortization is adjusted in the period it occurs. Subsequent to the purchase price allocation period any adjustment to assets acquired or liabilities assumed is included in operating results in the period in which the adjustment is determined.

Should we issue shares of our common stock in an acquisition, we will be required to estimate the fair market value of the shares issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition

 

54


Table of Contents

that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date and permitting early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date or for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We will not early adopt the new standard and therefore the new standard will be effective for OSS in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and we are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and we do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and we do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending

 

55


Table of Contents

December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is related primarily to our revolving line of credit. We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our borrowing activities for our variable rate borrowings.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We place our cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high credit quality. At September 30, 2017, we had $488,584 of cash and cash equivalents on deposit or invested with our financial and lending institutions.

We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and limit the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary.

Foreign Currency Risk

We operate primarily in the United States. Foreign sales of products and services are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. We also conduct limited business outside the United States through our foreign subsidiary in Germany, where business is largely transacted in non-U.S. dollar currencies particularly the Euro, which is subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Accordingly, we are subject to exposure from changes in the exchange rates of local currencies. Consequently, changes in the exchange rates of the currencies may impact the translation of the foreign subsidiaries’ statements of operations into U.S. dollars, which may in turn affect our consolidated statement of operations.

 

56


Table of Contents

We have not entered into any financial derivative instruments that expose us to material market risk, including any instruments designed to hedge the impact of foreign currency exposures. We may, however, hedge such exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the future.

 

57


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

OSS designs, manufactures and markets high-end systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications. We combine state-of-the art components from major technology providers to design and manufacture purpose-built systems that allow our customers to exploit Big Data opportunities faster and more efficiently. HPC applications require ultra-fast processing power and the ability to quickly access and store ever growing data sets. We are uniquely positioned as a specialized provider for the high-end of this marketplace providing custom servers, compute accelerators, solid-state storage arrays and system expansion systems. We deliver this high-end technology to our customers through the sale of equipment and software for use on a customer’s premises or through remote cloud access to secure datacenters housing our technology.

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 4.3%. We are establishing a leading position as a provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators and flash storage arrays to the high-end of this growing marketplace. Today, we believe we are one of the largest providers of PCIe over cable adapters and expansion systems used worldwide. We supply systems that attach to both existing servers through PCIe cables as well as all-in-one systems with the server, GPU computing and SSD storage all included in a single product. OSS systems offer high performance in a physically dense packaging, enabling our customers to build massive compute and storage clusters that occupy less space and require less power and cooling than conventional systems. We also sell software used to operate flash-based storage systems for defense systems and commercial applications.

The more GPUs and flash-based storage devices available to a server, the faster it can process, store, and retrieve data. PCIe is increasingly the preferred technology for connecting system components together. We have built leading edge expertise in PCIe expansion technology and leveraged it to design and build systems that offer a higher quantity and density of GPUs and flash devices than competing suppliers.

A key element of our product strategy is technological market leadership. We believe a first-to-market strategy is key to our ability to continue to win significant OEM design wins. As a result, we are constantly developing the new state-of-the-art products that are often based on components that do not yet exist. Our ability to drive the leading edge of technology is enabled by our strong relationships with strategic component manufactures, particularly Intel (for CPUs), NVIDIA (for GPUs), Western Digital (for SSD) and Broadcom (for PCIe switch components). In each of these cases, OSS has special access (under non-disclosure agreements) to product roadmaps and other technical information relating to future technology. Access to this information allows us to begin our design process well before the future components we are designing for even exist. This accelerates our time-to-market, and allows us to produce and release state-of-the-art designs well ahead of our competitors.

Today, HPC applications are moving beyond the traditional academic and scientific realms to broad application in enterprise applications across the spectrum of vertical markets. These applications include computationally intense areas like artificial intelligence (“AI”), deep learning, seismic exploration, predictive analytics, medical imaging, genomics, cyber security and defense. We are well positioned to leverage these market megatrends and capitalize on our unique core competencies in high speed system design. We have a proven track record of delivering first-to-market the latest and most advanced technologies, and have continued to do so recently with high-end GPU accelerators and high-performance SSD arrays with light-weight removable high-capacity canisters. These products fit solidly into the emerging HPC market.

OSS sells its products worldwide to industry leading customers like Cisco, disguise (formerly d3), National Instruments, Northrop Grumman, Oracle and Raytheon. We are a strategic partner to technology leaders that include Intel, NVIDIA, Western Digital, and Broadcom, whose technology is integrated into our products. We are investing in new adjacent segments to our core product lines, including HPC storage management software and HPC cloud services. We anticipate continued market growth in our target markets and sustaining the ability to increase market share through leadership technology, engineering expertise, supply chain management and go-to-market innovation.

 

58


Table of Contents

We were originally organized as One Stop Systems, LLC, a California limited liability company in 1998 before converting into One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation in 1999. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation. In connection with this offering, we reincorporated as a Delaware corporation on December 14, 2017. Our principal executive offices are located at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110, Escondido, CA 92029 and our telephone number is (760) 745-9883. Our website address is www.onestopsystems.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address is for reference purposes only.

Industry Background

High Performance Computing (HPC) refers to computing solutions capable of processing large amounts of data and storing and retrieving that data at speeds 10-1,000 times faster than a typical personal computer. Increasingly, commercial companies, financial entities, governmental agencies, including the Department of Defense (DoD), and academic institutions are turning to HPC solutions to analyze vast amounts of data and to quickly obtain meaningful and actionable insights. Traditional computing systems using CPUs (Central Processing Units) are inefficient in quickly processing large data sets of information. Two technologies, GPU computing, and flash memory, enable systems to process and store data more efficiently than traditional systems. By harnessing large quantities of these components, companies can receive necessary data analysis much more quickly. Industry experts typically divide the HPC market into the following categories:

 

    Servers – This market represents all HPC servers, which is composed of Supercomputers (>$500,000 per unit), Divisional Servers ($250,000-$500,000), Departmental Servers ($100,000-$250,000), and Workgroup Servers (<$100,000 per unit).

 

    Storage – This includes both traditional hard disc drives and flash storage devices.

 

    Middleware – A broad category encompassing programming environments, schedulers, and other tools outside the operating system.

 

    Applications – Specific applications for high performance computing.

 

    Services – All services associated with high performance computing.

Intersect360 Research categorizes and projects sales in the total HPC market.

High Performance Computing Market by Product Category — Total Market Forecast by Economic Sectors ($M)

 

     2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      2021      CAGR  

Servers

     11,471        11,947        12,480        13,072        13,370        14,443        3.91

Storage

     5,778        6,113        6,460        6,845        7,272        7,772        4.95

Services

     3,824        3,877        3,939        4,010        4,090        4,174        1.47

Software

     8,910        9,188        9,502        9,852        10,243        10,775        3.22

Networks

     2,767        2,855        2,955        3,066        3,190        3,324        3.10

Cloud

     784        854        930        1015        1108        1210        7.50

Other

     2,053        2,090        2,134        2,183        2,238        2,296        1.88
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     35,587        36,923        38,400        40,042        41,871        43,944        4.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source : HPC Advisory Council Website, Market Report, HPC Market Update, Total HPC Market by Revenue, June 2017, Report by Intersect360 Research, authored by Addison Snell, Christopher Willard, Ph.D., and Laura Segervall. (Accessed on July 23, 2017)

 

59


Table of Contents

The markets for these products are large, and growing, albeit currently fragmented. The industry sectors that are currently or anticipated to require HPC systems are growing daily and include the following sectors at a minimum:

 

    Bio-Sciences

 

    Astrophysics

 

    Quantum Chemistry

 

    Aerodynamic Design and Modeling

 

    Computer Aided Engineering

 

    Chemical Engineering

 

    Distribution

 

    Economics/Financial – including econometrics, high frequency trading

 

    Environmental Data Acquisition

 

    Geosciences – including oil and gas exploration

 

    Mechanical Design – including virtual design and prototyping

 

    Defense

 

    Government Laboratories

 

    University/Academic

 

    Weather Forecasting

These industry sectors expect to deploy increasingly faster computing environments to meet industry and competitive goals. GPU computer acceleration and high-density flash storage are key subsets of the HPC market.

GPU Compute Acceleration

The capabilities and speed of GPU accelerated computers are beginning to drive significant advances in AI and machine learning. Massive amounts of data, when analyzed by today’s sophisticated algorithms, able to reveal unique patterns and insights. AI and machine learning are poised to transform worldwide business, as advances in computing speed and storage come together to enable businesses to solve complex problems.

High Density Solid-State Storage

The market for solid-state drives is large and growing. According to a study by MarketsandMarkets, a market research firm, the flash drive market is growing at 9.5% per year and is expected to reach $25.3 billion by 2022. The proliferation of larger and larger databases, virtualized servers, virtual desktop servers, analytic application servers, and other server configurations are feeding the need for faster and faster ways to access the data being produced or mined.

Traditionally, companies have used hard disk drive technology that has proved more than adequate as the price for these drives have continued to drop as the associated capacities have risen. This was especially true when the amounts of data generated were relatively low, and users were satisfied with the comparatively slow data retrieval and processing that traditional hard disk drives offered. Today, the huge amount of data being generated requires categorization, storage and ready access. The advent of flash drives has given the industry a new device that has faster access time, greater reliability, lower power consumption, lower noise, smaller size and less heat generation.

These drives are especially useful in the field of high performance computing, where one is generally dealing with larger amounts of data and/or the need for complex calculations to be completed very rapidly. In either case, speed and efficiency are paramount. Military systems, for example, generate vast amounts of data using sensor systems, radar systems, cryptanalysis, targeting systems, microwave communications, and a myriad of other applications. This data needs to be collected, analyzed and acted upon in a real-time environment.

 

60


Table of Contents

Key Components of Our Business

Product Development

Our systems are built using the latest GPU and flash storage technologies and draw upon years of expertise in designing and manufacturing semi-custom systems for OEMs. We have a history of being first to market with many solutions for emerging technologies. OSS first began designing and manufacturing custom systems for defense, manufacturing, and telecommunications customers. When PCIe (the interconnect used in most computers today) was first introduced by Intel Corporation in 2005, we were first to produce PCIe over cable adapters allowing system-to-system communication at incredible speeds. Today, we are one of the largest providers of PCIe adapters and expansion components used worldwide.

When GPU technology and solid-state flash were first introduced, we began designing systems that maximized the effectiveness of these technologies. We now produce compute systems with large numbers of GPUs and flash memory to allow faster processing and data storage and retrieval. The more GPUs and flash devices available to a server the faster that system can process and store/recover data, thus saving time and money for those applications. A readily recognized example is video imaging in defense applications when quickly knowing battlefield parameters is paramount.

We use leading edge, state-of-the art components from major technology providers to design purpose-built systems that solve customer problems in an efficient, cost-effective manner. We do not design silicon chips, but instead apply the technology provided by Intel, NVIDIA, Western Digital, Broadcom and others to deliver customer driven designs to provide true value to our customers.

Worldwide Sales

We provide our products on a worldwide basis and are supported through a network of reseller and distribution partners. Sales in North America are predominately driven by our direct sales force whereas European and Asian sales are driven through distributors.

In June 2015, we formed our wholly-owned subsidiary One Stop Systems, GmbH (“OSS GmbH”), located in Gröbenzell, Germany. It operates a regional facility formed to service customers in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. OSS GmbH was established to service OSS GmbH regional customers with faster product delivery, application engineering services and technical support. Our facility is centrally located outside of Munich, in a tech-rich region easily accessible to all of Europe and within just a few time zones of the Middle East and Africa. The office is staffed with knowledgeable technical personnel who can quickly resolve customer issues and facilitate quick delivery of their products. This facility also gives us the opportunity to provide an OEM warehousing location, as well as a service depot for equipment repair and rework that serves our growing customer base located outside of the United States.

New Business Initiatives

On April 6, 2017, OSS formed SkyScale, LLC (“SkyScale”), a HPC as a Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. SkyScale is a 50/50 joint venture between OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity affiliated with a member of our board of directors, which allows customers to lease state-of-the-art high performance computing hardware. SkyScale’s cloud services provide a compelling value proposition for customers who want the fastest computing performance available, but may not have the budget or infrastructure available to support a full-time HPC system. SkyScale provides that infrastructure, including common HPC applications at a fraction of the cost of the full-time system. The customer gets access to their own infrastructure in the cloud, which is available 7 days a week, 24 hours a day. This is our first foray into the growing “Infrastructure as a Service” (IaaS) market, and is expected to produce strong growth for OSS in the future. The SkyScale datacenter utilizes OSS servers and GPU compute accelerators. These systems can be clustered and

 

61


Table of Contents

scaled in the cloud to provide companies with the desired computing power for their high performance application requirements. We benefit from this new initiative in many ways including creating demand for the systems we build (as they are used by SkyScale), revenues from the service itself, exposure to a potential customer for our products as they grow, and our increased involvement on the software front.

On May 9, 2017, OSS entered into an agreement to acquire the source code license to the Ion SSD software from Western Digital. We plan to continue to develop and sell Ion software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as servicing existing Western Digital software users. OSS Ion software works with our all-flash storage systems, and provides them with a critical point of differentiation with respect to speed and throughput. The OSS Ion software leverages flash storage and open server hardware to accelerate applications and storage-area network performance through sharing or clustering high-speed all-flash storage arrays. The software supports many major OEM servers and provides an intuitive interface for system users to manage its many features. Having the Ion software source code and engineering team on-board allows us to strategically grow our all-flash storage business in the many Big Data and HPC markets.

What Sets OSS Apart

Several factors differentiate OSS from other suppliers of HPC solutions:

 

    Our expertise in PCIe expansion and building custom systems allows us to design reliable systems with a greater quantity of GPUs and flash storage devices than other suppliers.

 

    We design systems that both attach to existing servers through PCIe over cable leveraging our customer’s existing investments as well as all-in-one systems with the server, GPU computing and flash storage device all included in a single package.

 

    Our systems can be clustered together to build massive compute engines that occupy less space and power than conventional systems driving performance up and costs down for our customers.

 

    We produce the software required to operate high-capacity, low-latency storage systems used by defense systems and commercial applications and expect this will expand into other products in the future.

Our business model utilizes our products in two ways:

 

    We sell systems to OEM customers who use them in their own data centers for their own applications.

 

    We (via SkyScale) lease space on our own systems in our own data center for customers who prefer not to make the infrastructure investment require for owning their own systems.

Our niche is to provide reliable purpose-built platforms with the latest GPUs and flash storage devices that allow servers to access large numbers of these devices.

Business Strategy

We have traditionally followed a strategy of being first-to-market in leading edge technologies by designing and developing products that are delivered before our competitors. This market leader strategy is accomplished through what we term a “Catch the Wave” approach to the market. We currently have products and derivatives in the flash storage, GPU acceleration, and PCIe expansion markets. Within these three distinct market areas the OSS “Catch the Wave” approach implies that we:

 

    anticipate trends in these markets;

 

    consistently deploy resources in engineering and sales to bring innovative products to market before our competitors react;

 

    work closely and leverage strategic component supplies to get early access to future products and technologies;

 

    seek to procure early “design wins”, establishing the standard before our competitors can react; and

 

    continually survey the market for complementary technologies for which a new “Wave” may be forming.

 

62


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

OSS intends to continue its rapid growth through three avenues:

 

    Ramp-up of Existing OEM and Military Design-wins

Many of our design wins are in the early stages, and we anticipate significant revenue growth as they move into full production.

 

    Winning New OEM and Military Program Designs

Our technology leadership provides the “in” to many potential OEM relationships. As we continue to grow the company, our capabilities and market recognition also grow rapidly, providing even more opportunities for OEM and military program design-ins.

 

    Acquisitions of strategic companies

OSS has an experienced team that has negotiated and managed numerous acquisitions of smaller companies. We have identified more than a dozen firms that we believe have potential to be acquired and provide significant, accretive value to OSS. Our initial public offering will assist in our acquisition activities by providing cash and stock which can be used selectively in future transactions.

OSS is using the following criteria for potential acquisition targets:

 

    Target has a presence in our served or desired markets.

 

    Target’s products can be easily integrated into our product portfolio and/or product roadmap resulting in an accretive benefit to our existing position.

 

    Target should be profitable with positive cash flow at the outset or shortly following the acquisition.

 

    Target’s products can provide $5-$15 million in incremental revenue.

 

    Target is relatively proximate, geographically to OSS in Southern California.

 

    Will consider companies that can extend our markets geographically.

 

    Will consider companies that have an existing incremental services revenue stream.

Our acquisition strategy has the following benefits for OSS and our stockholders:

 

    Immediate acquisition of new customers and products. Acquisition of new engineering, sales, administrative and operations personnel.

 

    The increase in size and scale of OSS which can be leveraged to lower overall costs and drive up margins/profits.

 

    Increased credibility with customers, vendors, and suppliers.

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the revolving line of credit, offering proceeds received from this offering, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. As discussed in “Use of Proceeds”, due to our current cash flow position, we plan to allocate the proceeds from this offering to debt reduction and working capital which may include acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, services or technologies and not to cover existing operating expenses. Our current cash flow from operations is anticipated to be sufficient to cover our existing expenditures.

Our Opportunity

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021. Within this market, OSS is positioned in the server (custom and GPU accelerators), storage (flash arrays), PCIe expansion and adapters, and services sectors. The service sector is addressed with services being delivered over the cloud as Infrastructure as a Service, (IaaS). We will address each of these sectors below:

 

    Custom Built Servers

 

63


Table of Contents
    GPU Compute Accelerators

 

    All Flash Arrays

 

    PCIe Expansion and Adaptors

 

    Cloud Services (IaaS – Infrastructure as a Service)

We have historically generated revenues relatively evenly from each of our core business segments of Custom Built Servers, GPU Compute Accelerators, All Flash Arrays and PCIe Expansion and Adaptors. Our Cloud Services business segment is in its early stages of development and is not yet generating substantial revenues. We believe that our balanced collection of business segments strategically positions OSS to be able to service several key sectors within the overall HPC market.

Custom Built Servers

Within the server sector, OSS has a niche position of building purpose-built specialty servers, which the major server suppliers choose not to supply as they require custom tuning and special features that major OEMs cannot easily provide. Such flexibility is difficult to maintain for major suppliers because their systems are not designed to reflect specific customer specifications. For example, OSS designs and builds a custom server with custom connectors and 16 high definition video media outputs that are used in the entertainment industry to provide multimedia at a live performance.

These servers can be accelerated or not, but they are built generally to the latest release of PCIe. For HPC applications, these servers can be designed to support GPUs, either within the server itself or via PCIe-over-cable to an external GPU compute accelerator chassis designed and manufactured by OSS.

We believe the custom server segment is growing much faster than the standard server segment, which has contributed greatly to the growth of OSS. As presented in the table by Intersect360 Research above, the market for HPC servers is expected to be approximately $14.4 billion by 2021. Intersect360 estimates the market shares for HPC servers to be as follows:

 

Hewlett Packard

     33.0

Dell

     26.4

Lenovo

     6.9

IBM

     6.8

Cray

     4.5

ATOS/Bull

     2.6

Inspur

     2.0

Fujitsu

     1.8

Penguin

     1.5

Huawei

     1.2

Others

     13.5

It is our experience that OSS is increasingly competitive in the “Others” category, where customers require their systems to meet specific operational specifications, power requirements, speed, latency, or other requirements not covered by traditional designs. We estimate that our addressable market for HPC computers is approximately 20% of the “Others” category in the above chart. This translates to an addressable market size of approximately $389 million with our current engineering capability and product set. We hope to use the capital raised by this offering to accelerate our growth to capitalize on this market segment.

 

64


Table of Contents

GPU Compute Accelerators

GPU computing uses hardware chips that are optimized to perform mathematical calculations in a rapid fashion. NVIDIA is the market leader in the design and manufacturing of these components. OSS works closely with NVIDIA to design and build systems which use multiple GPUs to accelerate the applications being run by the computer.

The unique design of the GPU provides thousands of processing “cores” which act as individual coprocessors to speed up the calculations on large data sets. It is generally believed that traditional processor designs, which have been driven by “Moore’s Law,” are reaching the limits of what is physically possible in speed and throughput. GPU acceleration is driving many of the newest and fastest growing technology opportunities in this new age of computing. This is a relatively new phenomenon. Indeed, many of the applications that are gaining notoriety today have only become possible because of the ability of GPUs to optimize computational throughput, perform many tasks at once, and make sense of the massive amounts of data that is available to high performance algorithms.

Markets such as image rendering and processing, self-driving cars, deep learning, molecular modeling and genomics, advanced visualization, machine learning, and image processing, all benefit from the ability to use GPUs to accelerate the application. OSS builds compute accelerators, using the latest GPU technology, to attach to traditional servers used in these emerging growth markets. Because of the relative newness of these markets, little market data exists to precisely define these markets, but we estimate these markets to be very large and growing. While we are beginning from a small base, we expect these markets to be valued in the billions of dollars in the near future. Because our strategy has been to be first-to-market with the fastest and densest compute accelerator appliances, we anticipate our addressable market here to be in the hundreds of millions of dollars.

We also have a strong position in the government market which, according to Intersect360, constitutes 26% of the market that is growing to $43.9 billion by 2021. An emerging market, slightly different from traditional HPC markets, is the hyperscale market, which is a scalable, web-facing application infrastructure that is distinct from traditional IT infrastructure. OSS products can form a basis for companies who wish to participate in the hyperscale market, which includes deep learning and AI. This is a major technology trend that OSS is addressing through its product roadmap and investment in SkyScale, a company that provides HPC infrastructure as a service through a cloud-based interface. Intersect360 estimates the deep learning market was worth more than $2.0 billion in 2016, with nearly 100% growth projected from 2017 to 2018.

All Flash Arrays

We build flash storage arrays to customer specifications utilizing our unique know-how in packaging, cooling, and PCIe-over-cable. We deliver dense, high-performance systems that provide customers with extreme value and utility in the most demanding, data-intensive operations.

Through a strategic agreement with Western Digital, we have acquired a source code license to utilize their proprietary Ion flash array software, which provides OSS flash arrays with a high level of differentiation around management, latency and throughput. Although we maintain an offering of standard flash array products, our expertise and success has been in providing arrays with specialized packaging for demanding applications that are not suitable for standard offerings.

For example, we provide products to a large military/government contractor for integration into a military aircraft that required us to rethink packaging and data portability. This resulted in the development of a product that provides extreme data density with low weight, and a high degree of portability and security for the data. We developed this product, from concept to design and prototype, within a very short period and with outstanding results. We believe our experience and capability in high speed, low-latency, digital signaling via PCIe gives us an edge in providing these custom designs to OEMs, integrators, and other special purpose applications.

 

65


Table of Contents

The overall market for flash arrays is growing rapidly. According to the Dell’Oro Group, the flash storage market totaled more than $1.3 billion in the first quarter of 2017, up 48% compared to the same year-ago quarter, and is expected to grow 40% in 2017. About 86% of the total in the first quarter was attributed to traditional large OEMs, like Dell EMC, NetApp, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Pure Storage and IBM. The remaining 14%, or total revenue of about $182 million in the first quarter of 2017, is addressed by many smaller flash storage providers, including OSS. We believe that because our products are positively differentiated by speed, density, and management features, our offerings compete favorably in this market and provide a substantial growth opportunity.

OSS participates in the broader market for dense, fast flash storage systems that may or may not be deployed into HPC environments. Since we develop custom flash storage arrays, we work closely with both OEMs and end users to insure they receive the product they want in the specific configuration, size and weight required for their application. We believe this gives OSS an advantageous position in a market that is growing rapidly and allows us to favorably compete in the market. We also believe our unique approach to building arrays and appliances based on leading-edge technology is one of the key factors driving our growth.

PCIe Expansion and Adaptors

PCIe (PCI Express) is a high-speed computer expansion standard. This standard defines the signals and connectors (i.e. slots) that are used for computer add-in cards (such as Ethernet or graphics). PCIe signaling can also be routed over a cable, allowing expansion input/output slots to be physically located in a separate chassis.

Being able to route PCIe over a cable facilitates disaggregation of server functionality. That is, with PCIe, certain server functions no longer needed to be contained in the physical server chassis, but could instead be separated and continue to operate at full speed. From a practical perspective, servers could now be connected directly to larger storage arrays or other peripheral devices, with the resulting group of chassis operating as if they were all in the same physical chassis.

We began developing our first PCIe-over-cable adaptor in 2006, and were one of the early providers of PCIe adaptors. We recognized this as prime opportunity to utilize our core strengths, such as:

 

    High-speed board design and layout

 

    Hardware tuning to improve signal integrity

 

    Design optimization for low cost

 

    Rapid design capability

 

    Manufacturing and supply chain management

This technology has now become a standard within the computer industry, and OSS customers have used our adaptors to connect their custom input/output chassis and achieve performance equivalence as if the input/output was integrated into the server box. This gives designers and integrators a degree of flexibility and utility in architecting computer systems that is unprecedented. For example, one of our customers has utilized PCIe-over-cable to connect its high performance video editing systems to a host computer, providing a system that is optimized for an application using standard servers. We have expanded our PCIe adaptor market in breadth and depth, including making adaptors for many OEM customers. To date, we have shipped more than 100,000 PCIe adaptor cards to customers globally.

With our expertise developed in designing adaptor cards, the logical extension of our capability led us to develop a method for expanding the PCIe bus into an external chassis containing one or many expansion slots. This allowed a customer to install multiple standard PCIe boards into a chassis and expand their system without having to add additional servers. A user could now connect a multiplicity of PCIe devices to a single server, and achieve performance and throughput that was not possible prior to the introduction of PCIe.

We have been a leader in PCIe expansion backplanes and chassis through generations 1, 2 and 3. As PCIe evolves through generations 4 and 5, we are uniquely positioned to continue our leadership role in this market. We

 

66


Table of Contents

currently offer what we believe to be the largest PCIe expansion product line breadth, with chassis and backplanes that offer expansion from one to 64 slots. Due to its greater data throughput and flexibility of design, we believe this is a growing market, and we intend to maintain our leadership role.

Cloud Services (IaaS – Infrastructure as a Service)

One of the fastest growing areas of the HPC market is providing HPC services in the cloud. The cloud HPC market is estimated to grow to $10.8 billion by 2020 at an estimated compound annual growth rate of 19.9%, according to market research published by MarketsandMarkets. Cloud HPC makes it possible for enterprises to achieve rapid scalability for mission critical applications. Such services are fast and easy to deploy, and require less capital and operating overhead, which enables enterprises to focus on their core business activities.

We are ideally suited to participate in this market opportunity given our position in GPU acceleration and high-speed storage technology. In May 2017, we announced a partnership with SkyScale, LLC, a High-Performance Computing-as-a-Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. This joint venture allows the leasing of state-of-the-art high-performance computing hardware at rates which provide a compelling value proposition to customers who want the fastest performance available, but are not interested in running their own HPC datacenter or committing to the significant capital investment. SkyScale provides this infrastructure, including common HPC applications, at a fraction of the cost of the full-time system.

SkyScale utilizes our equipment and hosts it in a state of the art, ultra-secure and highly reliable datacenter in San Diego. Through SkyScale, customers get access to their own infrastructure in the cloud which is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. This is our first foray into the growing “Infrastructure as a Service” (IaaS) market, and is expected to become a cornerstone of growth for OSS. It also provides our sales teams with the ability to provide ‘try-to-buy’ programs, where customers considering purchase of on premise equipment can first test their compute environment via the SkyScale cloud infrastructure.

SkyScale addresses three classes of customers: First, it provides dedicated HPC GPU compute nodes to end-user customers on a weekly or monthly rental basis. These customers are typically either developers in deep learning and AI, or engineering teams doing complex simulation tasks in vertical industries, like automotive, aerospace, or oil and gas. Second, SkyScale provides the backend hardware cloud infrastructure that can be utilized by specialized cloud service providers that have a front-end customer portal. In this instance, SkyScale’s infrastructure is private-labeled by the front-end service provider and often as a HPC line extension of the AWS (Amazon Web Services) or Microsoft Azure hosted service. Lastly, SkyScale provides virtual private clouds for enterprises that want HPC hardware in the cloud, but also want a dedicated resource rather than using a public service like AWS.

SkyScale cloud offerings are based on today’s latest NVIDIA high end GPU called Pascal (P100). In keeping with our first-to-market strategy, SkyScale will be the first cloud provider to offer NVIDIA’s next generation GPU called Volta (V100) later this year.

Our Cloud Services business is still in its early stages. To date, we have not generated substantial revenues from this line of business.

Our Technology

We design and manufacture high performance computing systems that revolutionize the data center by increasing compute performance while reducing cost and impact to the infrastructure. Our high-density compute accelerators connect directly to a server’s PCIe bus, delivering substantial compute performance. Our flash storage arrays support hundreds of terabytes of high-speed storage that can also be accessed by multiple servers.

 

67


Table of Contents

Technology Drivers for OSS HPC Business

OSS has developed expertise and core competencies in the three fundamental technology drivers of today’s HPC market. Namely, high-speed serial interconnect technology, massively parallel computing utilizing GPUs, and low latency flash storage. In combination, these technologies are fundamentally changing the economics of computing, bringing HPC within the grasp of a wide range of new industries and commercial applications. Simultaneously the explosion of massive data being generated in each of these industries is pushing the requirement for state-of-the-art HPC technology, AI, and machine learning to transform this data economically and efficiently to useful and actionable information.

The opportunity is not only to provide competitive advantage for corporations, but also address some of the most fundamental challenges in life science, energy and security facing the world today. OSS is ideally situated to leverage these major industry forces. By exploiting its unique set of expertise in the underpinning technologies of HPC, OSS will continue to deliver world leading HPC solutions, with the opportunity to capture a growing market share of this rapidly expanding marketplace.

Switched Serial Interconnect

Switched serial interconnects are the data highways connecting all elements of today’s high-performance computing platforms. At ever increasing speeds, these pathways move data between system’s processing units, storage, networking, and peripheral elements. Bottlenecks in these data highways negatively impact the overall performance of the applications running on the system. Today for high performance computing the primary processing, direct attached storage and peripheral interconnect is PCIe Gen 3. PCIe Gen 3 has an ability to run up to 16 lanes in parallel, which allows up to 16 gigabytes per second theoretical bandwidth between system elements.

Serial switches incorporated in system design allow many system elements to be connected together in a non-blocking interconnect fabric at PCIe Gen 3 speeds. This allows systems to scale internally avoiding bottlenecks. The serial interconnect can be embedded directly in the computer printed circuit boards, across connectors board-to-board, or traverse across copper or optical cables for chassis-to-chassis connection. Due to the extremely high speeds, the design considerations around signal integrity are rigorous and with unforgiving tolerances. PCIe Gen 4 will begin deployment in early 2018, doubling the interconnect speed, and PCIe Gen 5 is expected early in the next decade.

Serial interconnects are also used to interconnect nodes into larger scale networks and clusters. In this case, the primary interconnects are Infiniband and Ethernet. These technologies have the advantage of scaling to very high numbers of network elements over potentially large distances. The tradeoff over PCIe is higher latency (transit time across the interconnect) and protocol complexity requiring processing cycles to manage. Many HPC deployments incorporate these interconnect technologies in order to deliver large scale solutions with optimized technology selections for each system aspect.

GP-GPUs: Computational GPUs.

Over the last several years, GPUs have evolved from graphics display acceleration to becoming general-purpose processing workhorse of HPC systems. Today, the majority of the fastest supercomputers in the world utilize GPUs as their primary compute engines. GPUs are ideal for HPC workloads because of their ability to do massively parallel processing. While traditional CPUs today may have dozens of processing cores, GPUs have thousands of cores that are all able to execute calculations simultaneously.

For many HPC applications, fundamental pieces of the code can be optimized to run in parallel and therefore experience significant performance enhancements. NVIDIA, a key supplier of GPUs to the market, has done extensive benchmarking showing the ability of single GPU based machines to exceed the performance of dozens or even thousands of traditional CPU only computers. NVIDIA has worked extensively with the software development community, and hundreds of HPC applications have been tuned and developed to run on GPUs.

 

68


Table of Contents

The current NVIDIA GPU Applications catalog lists more than 400 such applications across a broad set of market spaces including:

 

    Computational Finance

 

    Climate, Weather and Ocean Modeling

 

    Computational Chemistry and Biology

 

    Data Science and Analytics

 

    Deep Learning and Machine Learning

 

    Federal Defense and Intelligence

 

    Genomics

 

    Manufacturing

 

    Media and Entertainment

 

    Medical Imaging

 

    Oil and Gas

 

    Safety and Security

Many of these applications also scale performance based on the number of GPUs utilized. OSS has designed multi-GPU systems including up to 16 GPUs in a single system. Current state-of-the art GP-GPUs includes Pascal 100 from NVIDIA, providing up to 4.7 teraflops of double precision performance, including 3,584 cores and up to 16 gigabytes of memory. NVIDIA’s next generation GPU, Volta, will increase performance to 7.5 teraflops double precision, and will include extensive optimizations for AI algorithms. Volta is expected to be available by the end of 2017.

Although GPUs provide tremendous application performance advantages, they pose significant system design challenges due to their power requirements. Today’s high-end GPUs can require up to 300 watts of power, which generates a tremendous amount of heat. Sophisticated power distribution and cooling designs are required, especially for large scale systems with multi-GPUs per chassis.

PCI Express Flash Storage

The use of flash memory technology for system storage has gained traction over the last several years, as the cost per gigabyte has continued to drop. Initially relegated to the ‘hot data’ tier in a layered storage architecture, flash memory is now becoming the ubiquitous storage technology in HPC systems across all performance and capacity tiers.

Combined with the move away from traditional rotating hard drive technology has been the trend toward eliminating traditional storage protocols in favor of low latency flash memory protocols. SSD drives using solid state memory connect directly to the system’s PCIe interconnect. This direct connection allows for very high bandwidth between the storage and the other system elements, and eliminates the need for protocol translation as data is moved from storage subsystems to and from the compute complex.

Today, SSD drives with capacities up to 8 terabytes and PCIe Gen 3 interfaces are available. OSS flash storage arrays with hundreds of terabytes of capacity are available, enabling the scaling of high-speed storage to meet the full range of HPC application requirements.

Core Technical Capabilities

For nearly 20 years, OSS has developed unique expertise and core competency across the fundamental technologies of today’s rapidly expanding HPC marketplace. These valuable assets are embedded in the leading-edge engineering capabilities of our engineers, the proprietary intellectual property residing in our vast library of designs, and our brand equity based on our reputation as a high-quality producer of state-of-the-art custom and standard solutions across a broad array of markets.

 

69


Table of Contents

High Speed System Interconnect Design

Our electrical engineers are experts in high speed digital signaling design. They have continually designed at the leading edge of the state-of-the-art signaling speeds, as semiconductor technology has driven up the clock rate of digital transmission. We have consistently been among a small handful of companies able to come to market first with the latest technology. In fact, we delivered the industry’s first PCIe link solutions for PCIe Gen 1, Gen 2 and Gen 3 and are currently on track to accomplish this again in Gen 4. The expertise required includes circuit design, PCB (printed circuit board) layout and routing optimizations all with a focus on achieving the highest levels of signal integrity. In our current systems, PCIe Gen 3 signals are propagated across multiple PCBs, connectors, and copper cabling while maintaining the ability to recognize digital signal transitions at 8 billion times per second.

In HPC systems the trajectory of ever increasing signaling speeds will not abate with next generations of PCIe, and nvlink pushing to 16 and 20 gigahertz (billions of transitions per second). An ever-shrinking set of companies have the capability to design robust, highly-reliable systems at these speeds. We believe our core competency in large-scale, high-speed design and layout will allow us to remain on the forefront of this growing industry.

Complex System Design

In addition to low-level signal integrity design expertise, we have amassed expertise and intellectual property in HPC system architecture design. This expertise allows us to develop extremely sophisticated systems with massive scaling, while meeting customer demands for reliability, cost, and flexibility. OSS HPC platforms integrate with server platforms from all major server OEMs, including Dell, HP, IBM, Oracle, and Cisco.

Often elements of the vendor’s servers need to be adapted to meet the scale required by HPC customers. We have developed the deep knowledge for basic input/output systems and operating system adjustments and configuration tuning required. Often, design enhancements are required for each successive generation of CPU technology. Our engineers are often called upon to consult with OEM designers to tune and enhance their systems.

For highly scalable systems, a deep understanding and experience with switching topologies and interconnect fabric design is required. We have worked with serial switching technology starting with the first generation of PCIe and have been an innovator in creating unique and flexible topologies to meet the specific needs of the customers. Creating custom solutions for unique customer solutions is a core competency and relies on this deep knowledge of switch capabilities and limitations.

For maximum system performance, design for optimizing data transfer speeds is also an important consideration. OSS has developed expertise in system design to leverage peer to peer data flows between GPUs and pioneering techniques for optimized data flows between SSD Storage and GPU compute engines. Our systems optimize switch and GPU configuration topologies to optimize GPU to GPU communication without requiring latency-inducing data transfer between host dual processors. Our platforms feature RDMA (remote direct memory access) across compute nodes, which supports data transfer without burdening the host CPU.

We continue to be a leader in developing unique solutions leveraging PCIe. These system level design capabilities are uniquely part of our core engineering capabilities, and allow us to respond to specific customer custom requirements with high value, differentiated solutions.

OSS has pioneered the ability to extend the PCIe bus beyond the confines of a single enclosure, opening the possibility of flexible system expansion options. We believe are one the leading designers and suppliers of PCIe host bus adapters that extend PCIe signals from the host motherboard across copper or optical cables to expansion enclosures. OSS adapters provide both ends of the external cable connection. Our expertise in high-speed signal design in printed circuit boards, connectors and cables is essential to successful expansion designs. We also hold expertise in incorporating clustering and rack scale expansion into our system designs, including up to 100 gigabit Ethernet, 100 gigabit+ Infiniband, and emerging PCIe top-of-rack switch technology.

 

70


Table of Contents

Expertise in power, cooling and mechanical design are required to address the requirements of the HPC customers. We have developed leadership design capability in high-power design and distribution within large rack enclosures. High-end GPUs today require 300 watts or above, and in our high-end systems up to 16 of these can reside in a single chassis. Thousands of kilowatts of redundant power is required. Power stability and huge thermal loads are some of the critical design issues that must be addressed.

We have expertise in power distribution, redundant power and complex chassis cooling design, including materials selection, airflow simulation, fan technology, liquid cooling, and cable routing. We have also developed extensive intellectual property in regulatory compliance of complex HPC system design across emission, shock, vibration, thermal, humidity and other environmental requirements that are required for highly reliable and highly available solutions. OSS engineers are experts in design for regulatory testing for FCC (Federal Communications Commission), CE (European Conformity), UL (Underwriters Laboratories), and Mil-Spec (Military Standard). Additionally, we have expertise in rapid prototyping, design for manufacturability, and design for serviceability.

Storage Management Software

Given our hardware design and integration expertise, we see the next natural step is to add a robust software capability that will allow us to offer more optimized and customized systems. By licensing source code for the Ion software and hiring the members of the software design team from Western Digital, we now have the in-house expertise to deliver full server and storage solutions that produce the highest performance from today’s leading-edge flash storage, GPUs and processors.

The Ion software allows flash-based cards and drives to be put into a variety of storage and network configurations, which can then be accessed by multiple servers. The Ion software can do this cost-effectively, while preserving the low latency that is vital for many business and mission-critical enterprise applications, from database and transaction processing to massive data collection programs. Ion also has a full high-availability option to ensure complete data integrity.

In-house mature and established foundational storage software allows OSS to add new products and capabilities to its product portfolio. Possibilities range from increasing data efficiency with de-duplication and compression, to improving system manageability and adding software-defined storage to our server products.

Given the recent closing of the Ion transaction, we have yet to generate substantial revenues from this line of business.

Benefits of Technology and Core Capabilities to our Customers

Due to our core capabilities, we can provide our HPC customers with high-performance platforms possessing extreme reliability and cost effectiveness. Such performance allows our customers to solve bigger problems faster, and save the cost and time of highly-paid engineers, data scientists, and other human resources. Our technology enhances innovation by allowing more ‘what-if’ analysis in a finite amount of time. Our price/performance leadership enhances our customers’ competitiveness, and lowers capital expense and total cost of ownership.

Our Products

OSS has developed a complete line of products that have been customized for the benefit of its customers.

GPU Appliances – high-density, fully integrated computer clusters that are purpose-built for user applications. They provide thousands of cores and hundreds of teraflops of computing performance.

GPU Expansion – expansion units can add hundreds or thousands of computing cores with hundreds of teraflops of computing performance to virtually any OEM server.

 

71


Table of Contents

Flash Storage and Network Appliances – networked storage appliances optimized for the environment and system software of our customers. These offer flexible and powerful turnkey, customer-driven solutions for the HPC market.

Flash Storage Arrays – arrays that provide hundreds of terabytes of storage and millions of input/output operations per second with flash memory. They are flexible, powerful, and configurable for customers in the HPC market.

Servers – OSS designs servers optimized for PCIe-over-cable expansion. Available in various turn-key and custom configurations, they provide simple, reliable and cost-effective server solutions. These servers are optimized to work seamlessly with other OSS systems and appliances.

Desktop Computing Appliances – OSS designs and builds desktop expansion appliances in many configurations that add input/output flexibility to any user’s desktop system. These appliances come pre-configured with many combinations of flash memory, GPU, and coprocessors.

PCIe Expansion – PCIe is the standard for high speed connectivity from a server to a PCIe device. It provides vastly faster throughput compared to USB or Ethernet in a simple, cost-effective connection. It requires no special software, which adds no overhead to the system, and improves latency of throughput. OSS provides cables, kits, backplanes, enclosures, switches, and adaptor cards for this market.

Customers

We serve a global clientele consisting of multinational companies, governmental agencies, and leading technology providers. Some of our key customers are set forth below, including case studies illustrating how we provide custom solutions.

Epoch Concepts/Northrup Grumman/Missile Defense Agency – Epoch Concepts distributes enterprise virtualization and information technology solutions. The company offers system integration, implementation, disaster recovery, storage and desktop consolidation, network and server optimization, and application acceleration solutions. It caters to commercial, governmental, and public sectors. Epoch holds major defense and governmental contracting vehicles. OSS is working with Epoch and its customer, Northrup Grumman, to provide custom quad socket servers and 16 GPU compute accelerators to the Missile Defense Agency for radar simulation applications.

Raytheon/US Navy – OSS is working closely with Raytheon to build a customized flash storage array, with flash drives installed in removable canisters. Raytheon has installed these drives on a current military aircraft equipped with multiple sensors and data capture arrays. These devices are fully compliant with appropriate military specifications, include shock and vibration. Each canister has the capacity to save 50 terabytes of data and weighs only 6.5 pounds. This compares to a previous data storage device that weighed more than 155 pounds. Data is captured onto the OSS flash array canisters, which can be easily removed at the end of the mission for analysis. Our expertise in designing and manufacturing the highest-density flash arrays in the lightest, most compact package allow military aircraft to realize faster turn-arounds during critical missions.

disguise (formerly d 3 ) – disguise is the leading provider of hardware and software, including workflow that allows their customers to produce live events, television broadcasts, theater effects, and special effects for concert tours. OSS has worked with disguise to design purpose-built, custom servers that act as video controllers for special effects at these events. These servers work seamlessly with disguise software applications, providing up to 16 simultaneous video outputs that supports a rich array of special effects. Events like the Super Bowl halftime show and numerous musical concerts rely upon disguise controllers, designed and produced by OSS, to deliver a lasting impression on audiences. OSS and disguise entered into an Original Equipment Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (“OEM Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2015. Per the terms of the OEM Agreement, disguise is not required to purchase a minimum amount of products from OSS. The OEM Agreement is for a five (5) year term, subject to extension upon mutual agreement of the parties.

 

72


Table of Contents

National Instruments – National Instruments is a multinational company that produces automated test equipment and virtual instrumentation software. OSS provides several PXI/PXIe/PCIe interface cards that are branded by National Instruments. OSS acts as an extension to National Instruments’ engineering group, allowing National to complete their product roadmap in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts our focused on promoting sales and brand awareness.

Sales

Our sales efforts are entail three main areas:

 

    End-user Sales – OSS maintains a web site and direct sales team that sell directly to end-users. This includes e-commerce sales via typical web store functionality, and direct calling of end-user customers to provide unique solutions that fits their needs. The OSS direct sales team typically works in the OSS booth at tradeshows, directly interacting with potential customers and presenting solutions for their HPC needs.

 

    OEM Sales –Our direct sales team also works to identify and develop potential OEM customers. This is the largest and fastest growing part of our business. For typical OEM customers, we design and build customer specified systems that are branded with the OEMs name and label. These companies then resell the products through their own channels. We actively seek this type of relationship, which is leveraged as a sales multiplier, allowing us to grow sales at a faster rate without adding more dedicated sales resources.

 

    Channels – We have a dedicated sales resource that manages our worldwide network of resellers and distributors. We typically sell standard products through these channels, which allows us to achieve global customer touch without requiring a physical presence in all geographies.

Marketing

Our marketing department focuses on building brand awareness in several ways. We generate interest by utilizing traditional and non-traditional marketing to convey the uniqueness and compelling value of our products and services. The markets we target include machine learning, deep learning, finance, defense/government, oil and gas exploration, virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI), media and entertainment. Among the many channels utilized are:

 

    Social Media – We regularly use Facebook and Twitter to instantly alert the followers of OSS to new events, products, services, and customer stories.

 

    Publications – We periodically publish white papers, customer success stories, and other demand generation articles in periodicals and newsletters that include InsideHPC, Storage Newsletter, and HPC wire. We also purchase print ads in many industry magazines.

 

    Trade Shows – OSS participates in many tradeshow and events during the marketing year. Among these are AFCEA/USNI West, Rice University Oil and Gas Conference, National Association of Broadcasters (NAB), GPU Technology Conference (GTC), Gearfest, ISC (high performance computing show), HPC Summit, Cloud Expo (via SkyScale), AI World (via SkyScale), Supercomputing, and GTC Tokyo. OSS evaluates the value and costs of each show on an annual basis, and the number and themes of our participation may change from year to year.

As we grow, it is anticipated our marketing efforts will likewise continue to increase in size and diversity.

Competition

In many cases, our primary competition is actually our potential customer. Our operational model lends itself to understanding technical and physical specifications, completing a rapid design based on our library of over 600 previous designs and prototypes, building a rapid prototype for customer approval, and an efficient design-to-manufacturing process.

 

73


Table of Contents

Most of our OEM customers have sophisticated design capabilities in-house. They come to OSS for our particular expertise and experience, which allows us to work collaboratively with the customer to produce more advanced systems in a shorter timeframe. In most cases, the primary alternative to engaging OSS is for the customer to design the products themselves. We win when our customers realize that together we can produce better products faster and more cost-effectively than they can themselves. This has proven to be particularly evident when customers require state-of-the-art products that are constructed of parts available commercially. This has resulted in several design wins that demonstrate our flexibility and how we can work closely with large OEM and government customers.

We also compete with established competitors, third party competitive products and new entrants into the markets we serve. Established competitors include IBM, Lenovo, HP and Dell. Each offers a broad range of standard products and services for this market. In many cases, these companies are able to meet their customer needs thought their standard product offerings. In other cases, these companies work with us to help extend their product capabilities to meet customer-specific requirements.

Third party competitive products include cases where the manufacturers of the underlying chip or board-level products decide to also offer system-level products. This is the case with Intel, nvidia, Western Digital and others. These offerings tend to be tactical, short-term products that are intended to demonstrate a new technology, rather than long-term forays into the systems business. In addition these “technology demonstration systems” tend to be priced at high levels, making them less competitive once the newness factor wears off.

New market entrants continue to move into the rapidly evolving HPC space. Some, such as Pure Storage, Next IO and Violin Memory, raise tremendous amounts of capital and endure huge loses in an attempt to establish market share. Some of these companies come and go fairly quickly (note Next IO and Violin Memory are both out of business) as they ran out of capital to continue operations over the long term.

Manufacturing and Operations

OSS is certified under ISO 9001-2008 for “design, manufacture, and supply of industrial computers.” This means OSS has demonstrated its ability to consistently provide products that meet both customer requirements and applicable regulatory or statutory requirements. It also indicates that we have programs and processes in place to ensure a high level of customer satisfaction, as well as a continuous improvement program that ensure OSS gets better over time.

We utilize lean principles to drive our manufacturing and assembly process. One of the key aspects of this is our application of just-in-time principles that ensure effective ordering and utilization of inventory, and this helps optimize cash flow throughout the manufacturing cycle. Within the manufacturing process, our operations encompass three categories of “builds:”

 

    Standard Builds – These are builds of standard products that are sold with little or no customization or non-standard features. These are products that are ready to be installed or integrated by the customer upon receipt.

 

    Custom Builds – custom builds involve a product built to a customer specification. Upon receipt, the customer has a unique product that performs all the functions and has the physical dimensions that match their specifications.

 

    Engineering Project Builds – OSS supports the product development process by building models and prototypes of products. Developed by the OSS engineering group, the prototypes can be of standard or custom products.

OSS is dedicated to quality and customer satisfaction. Within the manufacturing operations function at OSS, our processes begin with the end goal in mind. This means we start with the customer. All our business processes begin with the idea that the customer is the essence of why we exist. Our continuous improvement efforts require us to review products, services, and processes with the idea that minor changes can lead to greater outcomes for our customers.

 

74


Table of Contents

While we are cognizant of the additive nature of small improvements, we believe a disciplined approach to improvement sometime leads to extraordinary, large, and positive advances in our products and services. This is extremely important to OSS, as our goal is to bring the most advanced leading-edge technologies to our customers before our competitors can. Our operations strategy supports our overall mission of being first to market with customized, leading-edge products that are best-in-market in terms of speed and overall performance.

Research and Development

Research and development at OSS is centered on the exploitation of key technologies as they evolve in the marketplace. Our product roadmap reflects new component technologies for CPUs, GPUs, flash storage, and advanced PCIe switches. We design first-to-market, custom implementations utilizing these component technologies. Accordingly, our focus lies not in the capital-intensive development of silicon implementations of technologies (i.e., chips, processors, GPUs, or storage devices), but rather in taking leading-edge technologies and building first-to-market products that fully exploit those technologies for solving customer problems.

The OSS research and development strategy can be summarized as follows: OSS drives design wins by utilizing key new technologies to develop products that are leading edge and first to market.

Some examples of OSS developments:

 

    GPU compute accelerators with the most GPUs per rack unit.

 

    Networking of GPUs.

 

    Broad range of solutions, due to specific customer design.

 

    Capability to expand existing servers from virtually any OEM.

 

    First-to-market products as new GPUs are introduced by NVIDIA, Intel, Western Digital and Broadcom.

 

    Complete customization per the needs of our OEM customers.

 

    Integration of multiple new technologies (servers, GPUs, flash drives, and PCIe) into an optimized product for our OEM customers.

Intellectual Property

The primary intellectual property basis of OSS emanates from the more than 600 individual design projects we have undertaken over the decades since our founding. These designs are archived and cataloged, so we rarely begin a new design from scratch.

Over the years, our team has developed and maintained expertise in high-speed signal design and analysis, electronic and mechanical packaging, PCIe-over-cable, fiber optics transmission, high-speed/density flash arrays, and integration and deployment of GPUs in compute accelerators and servers. This extensive expertise positions us to expand and rationalize our product line to meet the growing and ever-changing HPC market.

Employees

As of September 30, 2017, we had approximately 75 employees including several contracted personnel. Our employees are typically highly skilled as engineers, technicians, assemblers, and support staff. They are housed in four facilities, and are led by a management team that is supportive and helpful. We have experienced very little turnover of personnel in the past and endeavor to provide an environment that allows meaningful employee input to all functional areas of the company. The management team provides transparency to its employees through monthly communication meetings designed to update all employees on current results and future expectations. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be strong.

 

75


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are in a leased space approximately 17,911 square feet in Escondido, California under a lease that expires in August 2018. We occupy another facility in San Diego with approximately 13,588 square feet, which also expires in August 2018. SkyScale operates out of our San Diego facility and also leases data center space at a local data center. We also lease a small space near Munich, Germany for our German subsidiary, OSS GmbH and a 3,208 square foot facility in Salt Lake City, Utah that houses our Ion software development team. We are in the process of determining whether we want to extend our leases at the Escondido and San Diego locations or consolidate into a single, larger facility. We periodically review our lease arrangements at our Germany and Utah locations to determine whether they suit our needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be a party to legal proceedings and subject to claims incident in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of our executive officers and directors as of January 11, 2018.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Steve Cooper

     59      President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

John W. Morrison, Jr.

     60      Chief Financial Officer

Jim Ison

     48      Vice President of Sales

Non-Employee Directors

     

Kenneth Potashner(1)(2)

     59      Director

John Reardon(2)(3)

     57      Director

William Carpenter(3)

     65      Director

Randy Jones

     66      Director

Jack Harrison(1)(2)

     62      Director

David Raun(1)(3)

     55      Director

 

(1) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.

Executive Officers

Steve Cooper has served as our chief executive officer, president and chairman of our board of directors since co-founding OSS in 1998. He brings more than 37 years of experience running high technology, high growth rate businesses as a technologist with a long record of technical innovations, including multiple patents. Mr. Cooper began his career with Intel and RadiSys in sales, marketing and technology roles. He has authored and published more than 30 articles and technical conference papers dealing with the computer technology, fault-tolerant computer architectures, bus interfacing standards, open systems and related business and technology issues. He holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from University of California at Santa Barbara.

John W. Morrison, Jr. has served as our chief financial officer since September 1, 2017. Mr. Morrison has been a CPA for more than 30 years with experience in public accounting and all aspects of financial reporting and financing. From June 2014 to September 2017, he served as the chief financial and operations officer for Carol Cole Company. Prior to Carol Cole, he served as a consultant to various private companies regarding their financial and operational affairs. From January 2013 to September 2013 he served as the chief financial officer of Gen-E, an information technology and services company for service providers and companies with large, complex networks. Mr. Morrison also served as the executive vice president and chief financial officer for the Kelley Blue Book Co for 11 years. He began his career working 15 years for the public accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers (now PwC) both in the U.S. and Asia. Mr. Morrison holds a B.S. in accounting and business management and M.S. in Accounting from Brigham Young University.

Jim Ison , has been with OSS since 2004 and currently serves as the VP of Sales. Mr. Ison has 26 years’ combined experience in the bus-board marketplace and the HPC industry. Prior to joining OSS, he held various sales and marketing positions centered on COTS military and converged communications accounts for Ziatech

 

77


Table of Contents

Corporation and Rittal Corporation. Mr. Ison holds a B.S. in aeronautical engineering from California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo and an MBA from University of Florida.

Board of Directors

Kenneth Potsashner has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Potashner was most recently chief executive officer, president and chairman of SONICblue, Inc. from 1998 to 2002 and held the same positions with Maxwell Technologies from 1996 to 1998. He began his career with Texas Instruments and went on to hold executive-level roles with technology companies including Digital Equipment Corporation, Quantum Corporation and Conner Peripherals. He has held various board and advisory roles in high-technology companies over the years as well. Mr. Potashner holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Lafayette College and a M.S. in electrical engineering from Southern Methodist University. His extensive experience in board, executive and advisory roles of high technology companies are essential to our current and future growth.

John Reardon has served on our board of directors since 2000. Mr. Reardon currently serves as an independent director of Neonode, Inc. (Nasdaq: NEON), an optical touch and user interface company based in Stockholm, Sweden. He has served as the chair of Neonode’s audit, compensation, governance and pricing committees and assisted with Neonode’s initial public offering and listing on Nasdaq. Mr. Reardon also currently serves as the chief executive officer of RTC Media, LLC a media services company he founded in 1986 which performs services for global technology leaders like Intel, Oracle, ARM, Microsoft and Honeywell. He holds a bachelor’s degree in business marketing from National University. Mr. Reardon’s extensive experience as a director of several public and private companies, as well as his fundamental knowledge of OSS as a director for more than 10 years, brings value to his ongoing service as a director.

William Carpenter has served on our board of directors since 2006. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Carpenter has served on the board of directors of Kiran Analytics, Inc, a banking analytics company from 2013 to present, and CONNECT Foundation, a San Diego-based 501(c)(3) charitable foundation dedicated to accelerating and supporting the growth of entrepreneurial activities and business in San Diego County from 2001 to 2016. Mr. Carpenter was the co-founder, president, chief executive officer and director of TEAL Electronics, Inc. from 1986 to 2000 and served in various officer and director roles with Lytx, Inc. from 2002 to 2013. He holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Princeton University and an MBA from Stanford University. Mr. Carpenter’s decades of experience in high-level officer and director roles in various technology companies makes him an invaluable asset to the board of directors.

Randy Jones has served as a director since December 2016. He also currently serves as a strategic consultant to OSS. Prior to joining OSS as a director and consultant, he served as the chief executive officer of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from April 2007 up through Magma’s acquisition by OSS in July 2016. Prior to Magma, he gained decades of senior and C-level experience in high technology companies including IBM, Sybase, Intelligent Electronics, Ingram Micro, and others. Mr. Jones holds an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and an M.S. in engineering sciences (bioengineering) from the University of California, San Diego. He brings a broad range of strategic knowledge in OSS’s industry by virtue of his time growing and developing Magma and his previous high-tech related roles.

Jack Harrison has served on our board of directors since December 2016. He served as the founder, president and chief executive officer of Aspen Integrated Technologies, a microelectronic company from 2000 until his retirement in 2011. Mr. Harrison currently serves as the chairman of the board of Reach Beyond, a non-profit charitable organization of which he has been affiliated since 2010. Mr. Harrison also assists OSS with our SkyScale joint venture of which he has a 50% ownership interest via his ownership of our joint venture partner, Jacoma Investments, LLC. Mr. Harrison holds a B.S. in biomedical engineering from Wheaton College. He brings decades of experience in the microelectronics space and his business and technical expertise represent important assets to OSS.

 

78


Table of Contents

David Raun has served on our board of directors since December 2016. Mr. Raun is currently the president, interim chief financial officer and COO of ASSIA, Inc. a Silicon Valley-based SaaS and strategic partner and solutions vendor to broadband service providers worldwide. Prior to ASSIA, he was with PLX Technology, Inc., a publicly-traded company on Nasdaq, from 2004-2014 where he eventually became president, chief executive officer and a director. As president and chief executive officer he led the company to an acquisition by Avago (now Broadcom). Mr. Raun holds a B.S. in computer and electrical engineering from University of California, Santa Barbara. In all, Mr. Raun holds more than 20 years of experience at senior management and board levels in public and private companies which is a great benefit to OSS .

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Director Independence

Our board of directors consists of seven members. Our board of directors has determined that Kenneth Potashner, John Reardon, William Carpenter, Jack Harrison and David Raun are all independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand the Company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Our board of directors has established three standing committees – audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance – each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors.

 

79


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

    Selecting and retaining (subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders) our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Setting the compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all audit services they provide;

 

    Approving all permitted non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Establishing policies and procedures for engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm for permitted audit and non-audit services;

 

    Evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

 

    Discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited financial statements;

 

    Reviewing the scope and plan of our independent registered public accounting firm and their effective use of audit resources;

 

    Reviewing with management and independent auditors their significant audit findings, and assess the steps that management has taken or proposes to take to minimize significant risks or exposures facing the Company, and periodically review compliance with such steps;

 

    Establishing procedures for the Company’s confidential and anonymous receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding the Company’s accounting, internal controls and auditing matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submissions by Company employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

    Obtaining the advice and assistance, as appropriate, of independent counsel and other advisors as necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of the audit committee, and receive appropriate funding from the Company, as determined by the audit committee, for the payment of compensation to any such advisors;

 

    Reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters; and

 

    Reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the audit committee and its members including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Reardon and Mr. Raun. Mr. Carpenter serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Carpenter is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Reardon and Mr. Raun are independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market. Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market on the same schedule as we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules and Rule 10A-3 due to the fact that all members of our

 

80


Table of Contents

audit committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee approves, or recommends to our board of directors, policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee approves, or recommends to our board of directors, annual and long-term corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves, or recommends to our board of directors, the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also approves, or recommends to our board of directors, the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity plan. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Potashner, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Reardon. Mr. Reardon serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Potashner, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Reardon are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Capital Market and all current members qualify as a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent compensation committee requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules due to the fact that all members of our compensation committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging the board of directors’ responsibilities regarding the identification of qualified candidates to become board members, the selection of nominees for election as directors at our annual meetings of stockholders (or special meetings of stockholders at which directors are to be elected), and the selection of candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and any committees thereof. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies, reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters and oversight of the evaluation of our board of directors.

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Raun, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Potashner. Mr. Raun serves as the chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Raun, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Potashner are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Capital Market relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent nominating and corporate governance committee requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules due to the fact that all members of our nominating and corporate governance committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

 

81


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

    Personal and professional integrity, ethics and values;

 

    Experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-held company;

 

    Experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly-held company;

 

    Strong finance experience;

 

    Diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

 

    Diversity of background and perspective, including, but not limited to, with respect to age, gender, race, place of residence and specialized experience;

 

    Experience relevant to our business industry and with relevant social policy concerns; and

 

    Relevant academic expertise or other proficiency in an area of our business operations.

Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the closing of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon listing with the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Investor Relations – Corporate Governance section of our website at www.onestopsystems.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

82


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2016, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

    Steve Cooper, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Mark Gunn, Senior VP of Marketing and Secretary; and

 

    Jim Ison, Senior VP of Sales.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time in 2016, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2016. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Option Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation ($) (2)
    Total ($)  

Steve Cooper

    2016     $ 286,650     $ 90,654     $ 41,400     $         -     $ 30,237     $ 448,941  

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2015     $ 273,000     $ 34,346     $ -     $ -     $ 23,024     $ 330,370  

Mark Gunn (3)

    2016     $ 170,625     $ 29,880     $ 11,500     $ -     $ 11,379     $ 223,384  

Sr. VP of Marketing and Secretary

    2015     $ 195,000     $ 14,116     $ -     $ -     $ 14,288     $ 223,405  

Jim Ison

    2016     $ 189,000     $ 29,887     $ 11,500     $ -     $ 24,826     $ 255,213  

VP of Sales

    2015     $ 180,000     $ 13,039     $ -     $ -     $ 16,977     $ 210,017  

 

(1) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock awards granted during the relevant fiscal year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to our officers in Note 8 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Represents payment of health insurance premiums and 401(k) contributions.
(3) Mr. Gunn resigned from all positions with the Company effective September 1, 2017.

Narrative Disclosure to Compensation Tables

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers (the “Executives”) as of October 1, 2017. Prior to October 1, 2017, we did not have written employment agreements with our executive officers, including Mark Gunn.

 

83


Table of Contents

Executive Employment Agreement with Steve Cooper

Pursuant to his employment agreement, effective October 1, 2017, Mr. Cooper is entitled to a base salary of $297,000 and a target quarterly bonus in the amount of 50% of his quarterly base salary. The target quarterly bonus is based on Mr. Cooper’s performance, as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion, against fundamental corporate and/or individual objectives to be determined by the board of directors. Mr. Cooper is eligible to participate in our 2017 Stock Option Plan subject to the discretion of the board of directors if and when the board of directors determines to make a grant to him.

Under the terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Cooper, if we terminate his employment without cause (as defined below) or he resigns for good reason (as defined below) at any time other than within three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a change in control (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) severance payments in an aggregate amount up to twelve (12) months of Mr. Cooper’s then-current Base Salary, paid to Mr. Cooper on OSS’s regular paydays until the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve (12) months following his termination or (ii) the date as of which he commences employment with another employer, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings; (3) a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Cooper’s then-current target bonus; (4) the continuation of Mr. Cooper’s group health continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“COBRA”) at OSS’s expense for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination date; provided, however , that in the event Mr. Cooper becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (5) the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his equity awards and stock options. Mr. Cooper must provide a release and waiver to OSS as a condition of receiving benefits (2)-(5) set forth in this paragraph.

In the event Mr. Cooper’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following a change in control, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) a single lump-sum payment in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Mr. Cooper’s then-current base salary, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within ten (10) business days of the date the release and waiver becomes effective; and (2) provided that Mr. Cooper timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Mr. Cooper’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination date; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Cooper becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (3) the vesting of the shares subject to each of Mr. Cooper’s equity awards and stock options shall be accelerated such that one hundred percent (100%) of said shares shall be deemed fully-vested and, if applicable, immediately exercisable effective as of the date of such termination.

If Mr. Cooper’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or following his permanent disability, Mr. Cooper or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan, expense reimbursement or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar quarter during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that he has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar quarter during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination; and (3) a one-time payment of $500,000.

Executive Employment Agreement with Jim Ison

Pursuant to his employment agreement, effective October 1, 2017, Mr. Ison is entitled to a base salary of $220,000 and a target quarterly bonus in the amount of 25% of his quarterly base salary. The target quarterly bonus

 

84


Table of Contents

is based on Mr. Ison’s performance, as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion, against fundamental corporate and/or individual objectives to be determined by the board of directors. Mr. Ison is eligible to participate in our 2017 Stock Option Plan subject to the discretion of the board of directors if and when the board of directors determines to make a grant to him.

Under the terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Ison, if we terminate his employment without cause (as defined below) or he resigns for good reason (as defined below) at any time other than within three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a change in control (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) severance payments in an aggregate amount up to six (6) months of Mr. Ison’s then-current Base Salary, paid to Mr. Ison on OSS’s regular paydays until the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6) months following his termination or (ii) the date as of which he commences employment with another employer, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings; (3) a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Ison’s then-current target bonus; (4) the continuation of Mr. Ison’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of six (6) months following the termination date; provided, however , that in the event Mr. Ison becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (5) the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his equity awards and stock options. Mr. Ison must provide a release and waiver to OSS as a condition of receiving benefits (2)-(5) set forth in this paragraph.

In the event Mr. Ison’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following a change in control, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) a single lump-sum payment in an amount equal to six (6) months of Mr. Ison’s then-current base salary, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within ten (10) business days of the date the release and waiver becomes effective; and (2) provided that Mr. Ison timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Mr. Ison’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of six (6) months following the termination date; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Ison becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (3) the vesting of the shares subject to each of Mr. Ison’s equity awards and stock options shall be accelerated such that one hundred percent (100%) of said shares shall be deemed fully-vested and, if applicable, immediately exercisable effective as of the date of such termination.

If Mr. Ison’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or following his permanent disability, Mr. Ison or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan, expense reimbursement or practice to which he is entitled; and (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar quarter during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that he has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar quarter during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination.

Defined Terms Applicable to Executive Employment Agreements

For purposes of executive employment agreements, “change in control” shall mean:

(i) The direct or indirect sale or transfer, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, by the shareholders of the Company of voting securities, in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions hold, as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power all outstanding voting securities of the Company or of the acquiring entity immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions;

 

85


Table of Contents

(ii) A merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(iii) A reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger hold as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company or of the acquiring entity immediately after such merger;

(iv) The sale, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction(s) receive as a distribution with respect to securities of the Company, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the acquiring entity immediately after such transaction(s); or

(v) Any time individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the board of directors, are members of the board of directors (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the input/output; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “cause” means as determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors following written notice of the condition(s) believed to constitute cause, which notice shall briefly describe such condition(s), one or more of the following condition(s): (i) Executive’s failure to substantially perform Executive’s job duties (other than any such failure resulting from Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after his issuance of written notice of the occurrence of an event alleged by Executive to constitute good reason); (ii) Executive’s failure to comply with all material applicable laws in performing Executive’s job duties or in directing the conduct of OSS’s business; (iii) Executive’s commission of any felony or intentionally fraudulent acts against OSS, its affiliates, executives, agents or customers; (iv) Executive’s participation in any activity that is directly competitive with or intentionally injurious to OSS or any of its affiliates or which violates the terms of Executive’s proprietary information and inventions agreement; (iv) Executive’s material breach of the terms of Executive’s proprietary information and inventions agreement; (v) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against OSS or any of its affiliates, or use or intentional appropriation for Executive’s personal use or benefit of any funds or material properties of OSS or any of its affiliates not authorized by the board of directors to be so used or appropriated; (vi) Executive’s breach of any material provision of the employment agreement; and (vii) Executive’s gross negligence, insubordination or material violation of any duty of loyalty to OSS or any other demonstrable material misconduct on the part of Executive; provided, however, that, termination by OSS under subsections (i) or (vi) of this Section 3.8(c), shall only be deemed for “cause” pursuant to the foregoing definition if Executive fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following delivery of the notice of termination for cause.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “good reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material adverse change in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities relative to the duties, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or, as it relates to Mr. Cooper, the removal of Executive as chief executive officer of OSS; provided, however, that a reduction in duties, position or responsibilities solely by virtue of OSS being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when Executive retains a similar position with a subsidiary of the acquiring entity following a change in control, but Executive does not hold the same position in the acquiring entity) shall not constitute “good reason;” and, provided, further that Executive’s removal from the board of directors shall not constitute “good

 

86


Table of Contents

reason;” (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation; or (iii) a material breach by OSS of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for “good reason” pursuant to the foregoing definition if: (A) Executive gives OSS written notice of Executive’s intent to terminate for good reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that Executive believes constitute(s) good reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (B) OSS fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “Cure Period”); and (C) Executive voluntarily terminates Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period.

Annual Cash Bonus

For 2016, Mr. Cooper, Mr. Gunn and Mr. Ison were eligible for bonuses. The executives’ bonuses for 2016 were determined in the discretion of our board of directors based on its assessment of our corporate performance. Based on this assessment, our board of directors determined to award Mr. Cooper a bonus of $90,654 for 2016, representing 31.6% of his base salary for 2016, determined to award Mr. Gunn a bonus of $29,880, representing 17.5% of his base salary for 2016 and determined to award Mr. Ison a bonus of $29,887, representing 15.8% of his base salary for 2016.

Equity Compensation

We primarily offer stock options to our named executive officers as the long-term incentive component of our compensation program. Our stock options allow employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and may or may not be intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the past, our board of directors has determined the fair market value of our common stock based upon inputs including valuation reports prepared by third-party valuation firms from time to time. Generally, the stock options we grant vest over three years, subject to the employee’s continued employment with us on the vesting date.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Cooper received a stock option to purchase 90,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Gunn received a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Ison received a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

Stock awards granted to our named executive officers may be subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. For additional discussion, please see “– Employment Agreements” above and “– Change in Control Benefits” below.

 

87


Table of Contents

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we adopted a 2015 Stock Option Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable our company and certain of its affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. For additional information about the 2015 Stock Option Plan, please see the section titled “Incentive Award Plans” below.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We have a 401(k) retirement plan. Under the terms of the plan, eligible employees may defer up to 20% of their pre-tax earnings, subject to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Plan allows for discretionary matching contributions by us. In 2016 and 2015, we matched 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 4% and 3% of the employee’s annual compensation, respectively. In 2017, the matching contributions were increased to 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 5% of the employee’s annual compensation.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans which include health, vision, dental and life insurance and our 401(k) plan.

Change in Control Benefits

Our named executive officers may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with a change in control of our company. Each of our named executive officers’ employment agreements entitles them to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, as well as certain other benefits, upon a change in control of our company. For additional discussion, please see “– Employment Agreements” above.

 

88


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at the End of 2016

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2016.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
Name   Grant
Date
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
plan
awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
expiration
date
    Number of
shares

or units of
stock

that have
not

vested (#)
    Market value
of

shares of
units of

stock that
have not

vested ($)
    Equity Incentive
plan awards:

Number of
unearned
shares,

units or other
rights that have

not vested (#)
    Equity
Incentive
plan
awards:

Market or
payout
value of

unearned
share,
units or
other

right that
have not
vested ($)
 

Steve Cooper

    5/23/2007       100,000         $ 0.75       5/22/2017          
    4/1/2008       100,000         $ 1.00       3/31/2018          
    5/14/2009       100,000         $ 0.75       5/14/2019          
    12/7/2011       200,000         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    1/18/2012       100,000         $ 0.76       1/17/2022          
    7/16/2014       135,000         45,000     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           90,000     $ 1.08       4/2/2026          

Jim Ison

    12/7/2011       11,539         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    10/1/2012       40,000         $ 0.76       10/1/2022          
    7/16/2014       37,500         12,500     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           25,000     $ 1.08       4/22/2026          

Mark Gunn

    5/23/2007       21,493         $ 0.75       5/22/2017          
    4/1/2008       30,000         $ 1.00       4/1/2018          
    5/14/2009       30,000         $ 0.75       5/14/2019          
    12/7/2011       60,000         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    1/18/2012       30,000         $ 0.76       1/17/2022          
    7/16/2014       37,500         12,500     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           25,000     $ 1.08       4/2/2026          

 

89


Table of Contents

Directors Compensation

Mr. Cooper, who is our chief executive officer, received no compensation for his service as a director. The compensation received by Mr. Cooper as an officer is presented in “Executive Compensation – Summary Compensation Table.”

The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2016 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors who served on our board of directors during 2016.

 

Name    Fees
earned or
paid in
cash ($)
     Stock
awards
($)
     Option
awards
($)
     Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
($)
     Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings ($)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total ($)  

Randy Jones

   $ 7,876         $ 11,015               $ 18,891  

John Reardon

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Ken Potashner

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Bill Carpenter

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Stock Option Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan on October 10, 2017 (the “2017 Plan”). Our 2017 Plan allows for the grant of a variety of equity vehicles to provide flexibility in implementing equity awards, including incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock grants, unrestricted stock grants and restricted stock units.

Authorized Shares .    A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized under the 2017 Plan.

Plan Administration .    As permitted by the terms of the 2017 Plan, the board of directors has delegated administration of the 2017 Plan to the compensation committee. As used herein with respect to the 2017 Plan, the “Board of Directors” refers to any committee the Board of Directors appoints as well as to the Board of Directors itself. Subject to the provisions of the 2017 Plan, the Board of Directors has the power to construe and interpret the 2017 Plan and awards granted under it and to determine the persons to whom and the dates on which awards will be granted, the number of shares of common stock to be subject to each award, the time or times during the term of each award within which all or a portion of such award may be exercised, the exercise price, the type of consideration and other terms of the award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Board of Directors will also determine the exercise price of options granted under the 2017 Plan and, with the consent of any adversely affected option holder, may reduce the exercise price of any outstanding option, cancel an outstanding option in exchange for a new option covering the same or a different number of shares of common stock or another equity award or cash or other consideration, or any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles. All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Board of Directors regarding the 2017 Plan shall be final and binding on all participants or other persons claiming rights under the 2017 Plan or any award

Options .    Options granted under the 2017 Plan may become exercisable in cumulative increments (“vest”) as determined by the Board of Directors. Such increments may be based on continued service to the Company over a certain period of time, the occurrence of certain performance milestones, or other criteria. Options granted under the 2017 Plan may be subject to different vesting terms. The Board of Directors has the power to accelerate the time during which an option may vest or be exercised. In addition, options granted under the 2017 Plan may permit exercise prior to vesting, but in such event the participant may be required to enter into an early exercise stock

 

90


Table of Contents

purchase agreement that allows the Company to repurchase unvested shares, generally at their exercise price, should the participant’s service terminate before vesting. To the extent provided by the terms of an option, a participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of such option by a cash payment upon exercise, by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the stock otherwise issuable to the participant, or by such other method as may be set forth in the option agreement. The maximum term of options under the 2017 Plan is 10 years, except that in certain cases the maximum term of certain incentive stock options is five years. Options under the 2017 Plan generally terminate three months after termination of the participant’s service. Incentive stock options are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided that a participant may designate a beneficiary who may exercise an option following the participant’s death. Nonstatutory stock options are transferable to the extent provided in the option agreement.

Stock Bonuses and Restricted Stock Awards.     Subject to certain limitations, the consideration, if any, for restricted stock unit awards must be at least the par value of our common stock. The consideration for a stock unit award may be payable in any form acceptable to the Board of Directors and permitted under applicable law. The Board of Directors may impose any restrictions or conditions upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards, or that delay the delivery of the consideration after the vesting of stock unit awards, that it deems appropriate. Restricted stock unit awards are settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award, as determined by the Board of Directors. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares covered by the restricted stock unit award . If a restricted stock unit award recipient’s service relationship with the Company terminates, any unvested portion of the restricted stock unit award is forfeited upon the recipient’s termination of service.

Certain Adjustments .    Transactions not involving receipt of consideration by the Company, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or a change in corporate structure may change the type(s), class(es) and number of shares of common stock subject to the 2017 Plan and outstanding awards. In that event, the 2017 Plan will be appropriately adjusted as to the type(s), class(es) and the maximum number of shares of common stock subject to the 2017 Plan and the Section 162(m) Limitation, and outstanding awards will be adjusted as to the type(s), class(es), number of shares and price per share of common stock subject to such awards

2015 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2015 Stock Option Plan in December 2015 (the “2015 Plan”). Our 2015 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan was terminated by the board of directors on October 10, 2017, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2015 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2015 Plan. The administrator has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2015 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2015 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding

 

91


Table of Contents

awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2015 Plan.

Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2015 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.     Unless our administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2015 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

2011 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2011 Stock Option Plan in December 2011 (the “2011 Plan”). Our 2011 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2011 Plan. Our 2011 Plan was terminated by the board of directors on October 10, 2017, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2011 Plan. Our 2011 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors administers our 2011 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the board of directors has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2011 Plan. The board of directors has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2011 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2011 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the board of directors are final and binding on all participants in the 2011 Plan.

Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2011 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive

 

92


Table of Contents

stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.     Unless our board of directors provides otherwise, our 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the board of directors, in its discretion, a nonstatutory option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2011 Plan, the board of directors will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

2000 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”). Our 2000 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2000 Plan. In November 2008, the 2000 Plan was increased to allow for an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares authorized under the plan. Our 2000 Plan expired on its terms in 2010, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2000 Plan. Our 2000 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors administers our 2000 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2000 Plan, the board of directors has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2000 Plan. The board of directors has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2000 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2000 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the board of directors are final and binding on all participants in the 2000 Plan.

Options.     Under the 2000 Plan, the exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option

 

93


Table of Contents

generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.     Unless our board of directors provides otherwise, our 2000 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the board of directors, in its discretion, a nonstatutory option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Plan, the board of directors will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2000 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

94


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

95


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2014, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the section above titled “Executive Compensation.”

SkyScale Joint Venture

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture named SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the joint venture, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

Convertible Note and Warrant Financing

From 2013 through 2016, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of $1,600,000 in promissory notes which included 198,996 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Via an affiliated entity controlled by him, our director, Kenneth Potashner, lent $1,100,000 in promissory notes and received 139,933 warrants in the private placement for an aggregate exercise price of $135,000.

Management Services Agreement

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $75,000.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We entered into a second amended and restated investors’ rights agreement in January 2007 with the holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their preferred stock, a right of first refusal for certain holders of preferred stock to purchase future securities sold by us and certain additional covenants made by us. Except for the registration rights (including the related provisions pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify the parties to the investors’ rights agreement), all rights under this agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. The registration rights will continue following this offering and will terminate two years following the closing of a firm commitment underwritten offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder may sell all of such shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act. Our common holders also have certain rights to “piggyback” onto the registration rights provided to our former holders of preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

96


Table of Contents

Personal Guarantees of Chief Executive Officer

As of December 1, 2017, Steve Cooper, our chief executive officer, has personally guaranteed (by himself personally and/or via a family trust) certain loans and lines of credit held by the Company. Mr. Cooper has personally guaranteed indebtedness owed by OSS pursuant to certain business loans, including related party debt owed to Kenco, Inc. (beneficially owned by our director Kenneth Potashner) and Tim Rueth (stockholder), and also a revolving line of credit with Bank of the West for an aggregate amount of $4,436,082.28. As set forth in the “Use of Proceeds” section herein, part of the proceeds received from this offering will be used to reduce this indebtedness and potentially release Mr. Cooper from such personal guarantees.

Participation in this Offering

Mr. Cooper proposes to sell shares in this offering if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock as set forth in “Principal and Selling Stockholders” below.

Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements

Please see “Executive Compensation” for information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers and agreements with our executive officers containing compensation and termination provisions, among others.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, and we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers, and we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S- K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

97


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of January 11, 2018, and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering, by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

    our selling stockholder.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of stock options or warrants held by the respective person or group that may be exercised or converted within 60 days after January 11, 2018. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after January 11, 2018 are included for that person or group but not for any other person or group.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 8,543,948 shares of common stock outstanding at January 11, 2018 assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share). The number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering also gives effect to the issuance by us of 2,875,000 shares of common stock in this offering. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering and assuming completion of the offering in full on 11,418,948 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). The selling stockholder listed in the table below is not selling any shares other than in connection with the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

98


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o One Stop Systems, Inc., 2235 Enterprise Street, #110, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner    Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
     Percent of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Percent of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
Following
Offering**
    Shares offered
in
Over-allotment
option
     Percent of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
Following
Offering (If
Over-allotment
Option
Exercised in
Full)
 

5% or Greater Stockholders:

            

Mark Gunn(3)

     744,447        8.5     6.1        6.0

Park Bank(4)

     666,667        7.8     5.5        5.4

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

            

Steve Cooper(1)

     3,720,616        40.1     30.6     215,625        30.1

Randy Jones(2)

     1,311,249        15.3     10.8        10.6

John Reardon(5)

     427,993        4.9     3.5        3.5

Ken Potashner(6)

     377,433        4.3     3.1        3.1

Bill Carpenter(7)

     370,834        4.3     3.1        3.0

Jack Harrison(8)

     7,500        *       *          *  

John W. Morrison, Jr.(9)

     0        *       *          *  

David Raun(10)

     7,500        *       *          *  

Jim Ison(11)

     173,583        2.0     1.4        1.4

All executive officers and directors as a group (nine persons)(12)

     6,396,708        61.7     48.3     215,625        45.9

 

* Less than 1%.
** Assumes this offering is fully subscribed
(1) Consists of (i) 2,988,116 shares of common stock held by The Cooper Revocable Trust dated April 25, 2001, and (ii) 732,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Cooper has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to exercise of stock options. Steve Cooper shares joint voting and investment control of The Cooper Revocable Trust dated April 25, 2001 with his wife Lori Cooper. Mr. Cooper serves as chief executive officer, president and chairman of the board of directors.
(2) Consists of (i) 1,263,749 shares of common stock held by Randy Jones and Roseann Piazza Jones Revocable Trust, and (ii) 47,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Jones has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Randy Jones shares joint voting and investment control of the Randy Jones and Roseann Piazza Jones Revocable Trust. Mr. Jones is a member of the board of directors and consultant with the Company.
(3) Consists of (i) 517,364 shares of common stock held by The Gunn Family Trust dated December 19, 2006 of which Mark Gunn has sole voting and investment control, (ii) 16,667 shares of common stock held in Polycomp Trust Company Custodian FBO Mark J. Gunn IRA of which Mark Gunn has sole voting and investment control and (ii) 210,416 shares of common stock that Mr. Gunn has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Gunn is the former secretary of the Company,

 

99


Table of Contents
(4) Consists of 666,667 shares of common stock held by Park Bank, 1815 Green Way Cross, Madison, Wisconsin 53713. Mr. Robert Laux is the Executive Vice President of Finance and Risk Management of Park Bank and, as its authorized representative, exercises sole voting and investment control.
(5) Consists of (i) 124,520 shares of common stock held by the Reardon Family Trust dated August 31, 2011 of which Mr. Reardon holds joint voting and investment control with his wife Dawn Reardon, (ii) 110,973 shares of common stock held by The RTC Group, Inc. of which Mr. Reardon exercises sole voting and investment control, and (iii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Reardon has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Reardon is a member of the board of directors.
(6) Consists of (i) 45,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Potashner, (ii)139,933 shares of common stock that Kenco, Inc. has the right to exercise within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to common stock warrants, and (iii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Potashner has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Potashner has sole voting and investment control over Kenco, Inc. Mr. Potashner is a member of the board of directors.
(7) Consists of (i) 178,334 shares of common stock held by the William and Deborah Carpenter Family Trust of which Mr. Carpenter holds joint voting and investment control with his wife Deborah Carpenter and (ii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Carpenter has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Carpenter is a member of the board of directors.
(8) Includes 7,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Harrison has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Harrison is a member of the board of directors.
(9) Mr. Morrison does not beneficially own shares in the Company. Mr. Morrison is the chief financial officer of the Company.
(10) Includes 7,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Raun has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Raun is a member of the board of directors.
(11) Consists of (i) 65,750 shares of common stock held by Mr. Ison and (ii) 107,833 shares of common stock that Mr. Ison has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 11, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Ison is the VP of Sales for the Company.
(12) Includes (i) 4,566,026 shares beneficially owned by our current named executive officers and directors and (ii) 1,830,682 shares subject to options, warrants or convertible securities exercisable within 60 days of January 11, 2018, as set forth in the previous footnotes.

 

100


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, the investors’ rights agreement and of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and investors’ rights agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We reincorporated in the State of Delaware on December 14, 2017 prior to the closing of this offering. The description of our common stock and preferred stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Our certificate of incorporation as in effect upon the consummation of this offering will provide for one class of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 60,000,000 shares, all with a $0.0001 par value of per share, of which:

 

    50,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

    10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of September 30, 2017, there were 8,543,948 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 59 stockholders, assuming (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our Common Stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote, including the election of directors. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time.

 

101


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Other Rights

Our stockholders will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously outstanding preferred stock and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting and other rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of September 30, 2017, options to purchase 2,387,421 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 1,883,245 were vested and exercisable as of that date.

We issue our stock options at the fair market value (“FMV”) on the date of grant. The board of directors considers several factors in determining the FMV. One factor is an independent valuation of our stock. These valuations are conducted annually in compliance with IRC 409A and ASC 718. Additional factors considered by the board of directors in determining the FMV include actual sales of our shares, changes in our financial results versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports, changes in our likely liquidity scenarios versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports, and changes in our future prospects versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2017, 198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants were reserved for issuance. The warrants are currently exercisable and expire six-seven years from the effective date of the issuance of said warrant. The warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated during this offering.

 

102


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

As of September 30, 2017, upon the closing of this offering, holders of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

Demand Registration Rights

If, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to their shares in an offering with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of greater than $10,000,000, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect at most two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights, subject to certain exceptions.

If we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 and a holder of registrable securities requests in writing that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3, the price to the public of the offering is $500,000 or more, we will be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use our best efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time following the closing of this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

In July 2016, we entered into a Common Shareholder Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement which extended the piggyback registration rights granted to our preferred holders to all then existing holders of our common stock.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all reasonable expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration, filing and qualification fees, printer and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling security holders.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of two years after the closing of this offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder may sell its shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

103


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law contain and our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Removal of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation

 

104


Table of Contents

for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board of directors and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, CO 80209.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS.”

 

105


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and there can be no assurance that a market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale by our existing stockholders shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied for listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that approval will be granted or that even if listed there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and assuming (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock, upon the closing of this offering we will have outstanding an aggregate of 11,418,948 shares of common stock.

All of the shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining 8,543,948 shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

In addition, of the 2,387,421 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, options to purchase 2,370,581 shares of common stock were vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2017 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 114,190 shares immediately after the closing of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period

 

106


Table of Contents

exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months but less than a year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the current public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors who purchased shares under a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written contract may be entitled to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act before selling those shares. However, substantially all of the shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described below and will only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, the selling stockholder, and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of common stock (including securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners LLC, during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, among other things:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

    in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.

This agreement is subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting” below for additional discussion.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides that certain stockholders have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our common stock be covered by

 

107


Table of Contents

registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” in this prospectus. Registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration statement, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described above and under “Underwriting” in this prospectus.

Equity Plan

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock up agreements to which they are subject.

 

108


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“Roth”) is acting as the representative of the underwriters. We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. In connection with this offering and subject to certain terms and conditions, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite the name of each underwriter.

 

Underwriter    Number of Shares of Common Stock  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  

The Benchmark Company, LLC

  
  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option, if any shares of common stock are purchased. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to a number of conditions. These conditions include, among other things, the requirements that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement be in effect and that no proceedings for this purpose have been initiated or threatened by the SEC.

The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer our shares of common stock to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $              per share. The underwriters and selected dealers may reallow a concession to other dealers, including the underwriters, of not more than $              per share. After completion of the public offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price, the concessions to selected dealers and the reallowance to their dealers may be changed by the underwriters.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

We have been advised by the representative of the underwriters that the underwriters intend to make a market in our securities but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters or certain of the securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Over-allotment Option

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholder will grant the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 15% shares of common stock in the aggregate, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. By way of example, assuming an initial public offering price of $7.00 (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the shares subject to the underwriters’ option, or 431,250 shares, may be sold by us and the selling stockholder, of which 50% will be sold by us and the remaining 50% will be sold by the selling stockholder. The underwriters may exercise the option solely to cover over-allotments, if any, in the sale of the shares of common stock that the underwriters have agreed to purchase. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds to us before offering expenses will be $21,634,375, $1,514,406 and $19,119,969, respectively.

 

109


Table of Contents

Stabilization

The rules of the SEC generally prohibit the underwriters from trading in our securities on the open market during this offering. However, the underwriters are allowed to engage in some open market transactions and other activities during this offering that may cause the market price of our securities to be above or below that which would otherwise prevail in the open market. These activities may include stabilization, short sales and over-allotments, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

 

    Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the representative for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.

 

    Short sales and over-allotments occur when the representative, on behalf of the underwriting syndicate, sells more of our shares of common stock than it purchases from us in this offering. To cover the resulting short position, the representative may exercise the over-allotment option described above or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The underwriters will make available a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the underwriters are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of shares covered by the registration statement.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the representative on behalf of the underwriters in order to reduce a short position incurred by the representative.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares of common stock originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time without notice. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Capital Market or otherwise.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Underwriters’ Compensation

Commission

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to sell the shares of common stock to the underwriters at the initial offering price of $              per share, which represents the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus less the 7% underwriting discount.

The following table summarizes the underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

     Per Share      Total without
Over-Allotment
Option
     Total with
Over-Allotment
Option
 

Total underwriting discount to be paid by us

   $                   $                   $               

Total underwriting discount to be paid by the selling stockholder

   $      $ -      $  

Expense Reimbursement

We have also agreed to pay all expenses relating to the offering, including: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the units to be sold in the offering (including the over-

 

110


Table of Contents

allotment shares and warrants ) with the SEC: (b) all filing fees associated with the review of the offering by FINRA; all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the shares of common stock and the warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market and on such other stock exchanges as we and the representative mutually determine; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers and directors in an amount of actual costs incurred not to exceed $7,500; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements, including legal fees up to an agreed upon maximum amount, relating to the registration or qualification of the units and underlying securities under the “blue sky” securities laws, if deemed necessary; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the shares of common stock and warrants under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the representative may reasonably designate; (f) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the representative may reasonably deem necessary; (g) the costs and expenses of the public relations firm; (h) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the securities; (i) fees and expenses of the transfer agent and warrant agent; (j) stock transfer anchor stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from us to the underwriters; (k) the costs associated with post-closing advertising the offering in the national editions of The Wall Street Journal and New York Times; (l) the fees and expenses of our independent registered public accounting firm; (m) the fees and expenses of our legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (n) the fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel not to exceed $150,000; and (o) up to $35,000 of the representative’s actual accountable “road show” expenses and other accountable expenses for the offering;

We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with the offering of the units, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions and the counsel fees and disbursement reimbursement provisions referred to above, will be approximately $             .

Underwriters’ Warrants

We have agreed to issue to Roth warrants initially exercisable for up to 287,500 shares of common stock (10% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, excluding the option to purchase additional shares). The warrants are not included in the securities being sold in this offering. The shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are identical to those offered by this prospectus. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 120% of the price per share in this offering. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the five year period commencing on the date of this offering, effective pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i). The warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180 day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. Roth (or permitted assignees under Rule 5100(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the warrants or the securities underlying the warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement. Any piggyback registration rights provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of this offering, in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v). The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price and the number of underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuance of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Advisory Fee

We have paid Roth an initial public offering advisory fee of $80,000 in consideration for all advice related to this offering. The fee was payable upon execution of our engagement letter with Roth and is non-refundable regardless of the success of the offering.

 

111


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

Each of our directors and executive officers, selling stockholder, and all of the holders of our currently outstanding shares of common stock, have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” from the effective date of this prospectus of shares of common stock that they beneficially own, including the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding convertible securities and options and options which may be issued. This means that, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative of the underwriters.

The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lockup agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

In addition, the underwriting agreement provides that we will not, for a period of 365 days following the effective date of this prospectus, offer, sell or distribute any of our securities, without the prior written consent of the underwriter.

Participation in Future Offerings

Pursuant to the terms of our engagement letter with Roth, if, during the engagement period and for a period of twelve months thereafter, we decide to pursue any public offering of equity in the United States (a “Financing”), then we will engage Roth as exclusive underwriter and sole bookrunner for such Financing under a separate agreement containing customary terms and conditions mutually agreed upon by OSS and Roth.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. The public offering price of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering price of the shares of common stock were:

 

    Our history and our prospects;

 

    Our financial information and historical performance;

 

    The industry in which we operate;

 

    The status and development prospects for our products and services;

 

    The experience and skills of our executive officers; and

 

    The general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering.

The offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus should not be considered an indication of the actual value of the shares of common stock. That price is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors, and we cannot assure you that the shares of common stock can be resold at or above the public offering price.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “OSS.” Once the securities comprising the common stock begin separate trading, we anticipate that the common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS.”

 

112


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter of this offering, or by its affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers.

Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

    To any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 November 2003 on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading and amending Directive 2001/34/EC (the “Prospectus Directive”);

 

    To fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative; or

 

    In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

113


Table of Contents

We, the representative and each of our and the representative’s affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither us nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is not an approved prospectus for purposes of the UK Prospectus Rules, as implemented under the EU Prospectus Directive 2003/71/EC, and has not been approved under section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended)(the “FSMA”) by a person authorized under FSMA. The financial promotions contained in this prospectus are directed at, and this prospectus is only being distributed to: (1) persons who receive this prospectus outside of the United Kingdom; and (2) persons in the United Kingdom who fall within the exemptions under articles 19 (investment professionals) and 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (all such persons together being referred to as “Relevant Person(s)”). This prospectus must not be acted upon or relied upon by any person who is not a Relevant Person. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to Relevant Persons and will be engaged in only with Relevant Persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person that is not a Relevant Person.

The underwriters have represented, warranted and agreed that:

 

    They have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA in connection with the issue or sale of any of the shares of common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the issuer; and

 

    They have complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by them in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

114


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP, San Diego, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Dickinson Wright PLLC, Troy, Michigan.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, or any other document, are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

115


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

One Stop Systems, Inc.

  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Nine months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and as of September 30, 2017

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-30  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-31  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-32  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-33  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-35  

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma

  

Financial Statements

  

For the Period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016 and For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-55  

Balance Sheet

     F-57  

Statements of Operations

     F-58  

Statements of Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

     F-59  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-60  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-62  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

One Stop Systems, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of One Stop Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

November 9, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

ASSETS

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,197      $ 25,074  

Accounts receivable, net

     4,936,938        2,994,117  

Inventories, net

     3,220,968        2,831,833  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     133,964        77,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,306,067        5,928,794  

Property and equipment, net

     720,355        626,490  

Deposits and other

     27,739        9,538  

Deferred tax assets, net

     901,833        937,656  

Goodwill

     3,324,128        1,776,770  

Intangible assets, net

     1,004,049        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,284,171      $ 9,279,248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 2,626,559      $ 1,642,890  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,525,118        438,117  

Borrowings on bank line of credit

     2,458,177        2,087,085  

Current portion of related-party notes payable, net of debt discount of $13,905 and $0, respectively

     120,724        -  

Current portion of note payable, net of debt discount of $9,932 and $0, respectively

     608,462        410,596  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,339,040        4,578,688  

Related-party notes payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $14,484 and $0, respectively

     148,999        -  

Note payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $10,346 and $0, respectively

     975,387        606,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     8,463,426        5,185,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

     

Stockholders’ equity

     

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

     1,604,101        1,604,101  

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        697,996  

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        114,430  

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,374,697 and 4,088,810 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,170,110        395,927  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,049,305        912,066  

Retained earnings

     184,803        369,240  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     5,820,745        4,093,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,284,171      $ 9,279,248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
               2016                         2015            

Net revenue

   $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     5,513,706       3,983,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (219,861     195,114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (367,374     60,379  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     4,782,547       4,065,322  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     4,782,547       7,438,268  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.02  
  

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ (0.02  
  

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

     7,819,553    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

     7,819,553    
  

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Series C Preferred Stock     Series B Preferred Stock     Series A Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount         Shares             Amount         Shares     Amount        

Balance, January 1, 2015

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       4,063,799     $ 379,471     $ 859,854     $ 352,590     $ 4,008,442  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       52,212       -       52,212  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       25,011       16,456       -       -       16,456  

Net income

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       16,650       16,650  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

    1,087,006       1,604,101       1,450,000       697,996       500,000       114,430       4,088,810       395,927       912,066       369,240       4,093,760  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       77,647       -       77,647  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       22,138       17,572       -       -       17,572  

Relative fair value of warrants issued with notes payable to related parties

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       59,592       -       59,592  

Shares issued in merger with Magma

    -       -       -       -       -       -       1,263,749       1,756,611       -       -       1,756,611  

Net (loss)

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (184,437     (184,437
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,374,697     $ 2,170,110     $ 1,049,305     $ 184,803     $ 5,820,745  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
             2016                     2015          

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Recovery of bad debt

     (2,981     (3,679

Deferred provision for income taxes

     (230,787     (145,504

Depreciation and amortization

     437,036       156,945  

Inventory reserves

     749,714       102,691  

Amortization of debt discount

     10,925       17,100  

Stock-based compensation expense

     77,647       52,212  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition (Note 2):

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,583,341     (27,630

Inventories

     69,826       155,473  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     37,604       (39,078

Deposits

     (999     -  

Accounts payable

     140,826       (40,584

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     205,753       200,916  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (273,224     445,512  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Cash acquired in merger

     68,308       -  

Purchases of property and equipment, including capitalization of labor costs for tooling and test equipment

     (206,319     (194,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (138,011     (194,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     17,572       16,456  

Proceeds from issuance of related-party notes payable

     350,000       -  

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     250,000       -  

Net borrowings on bank line of credit

     371,092       550,099  

Payments on related-party notes payable

     (66,987     (463,747

Payments on notes payable

     (521,319     (328,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     400,358       (226,016
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (10,877     25,074  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     25,074       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 14,197     $ 25,074  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 151,985     $ 107,354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

   $ 800     $ 800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

    

Relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with notes and related-party notes payable (Note 7)

   $ 59,592     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of Magma through issuance of common stock (Note 2)

   $ 1,756,611     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification of inventories to property and equipment

   $ -     $ 77,957  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from new bank line of credit and term note payable to refinance previous bank line of credit

   $ -     $ 2,874,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“we,” “our,” “OSS,” or the “Company”) was incorporated as a California corporation in 1999 after initially being formed as a California limited liability company in 1998. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation (Note 2). We design, manufacture and market industrial grade computer systems and components that are based on industry standard computer architectures. Our products are marketed to manufacturers of automated equipment used for telecommunications, industrial and military applications.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we formed a new wholly owned subsidiary in Germany (“OSS GmbH”). During 2016, we acquired Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) and its operations (Note 2).

Our primary sources of liquidity come from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and related party and third party term notes. Borrowings under the debt agreements are collateralized by substantially all of or assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. During the year-to-date period in 2017, we are experiencing growing sales and gross profits, have a strong order backlog, and recently increased our line of credit facility. The combination of continued revenue growth we have experienced, coupled with an expected improvement in gross margins and cost containment of expenses leads management to believe that it is probable that our liquidity will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for current operations through at least a period of the next twelve months. If necessary, management also believes that it is probable that external sources of debt and/or equity financing could be obtained based on management’s history of being able to raise capital coupled with current favorable market conditions. As a result of both management’s plans and current favorable business trends, we believe the conditions which may raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern have been alleviated. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. However, there can be no assurance that our operations will become profitable or that external sources of financing, including the issuance of debt and/or equity securities, will be available at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Our management prepares budgets and monitors the financial results of OSS as a tool to align liquidity needs to the recurring business requirements and as a result our management believes that we have sufficient liquidity to satisfy its anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OSS and its two wholly owned subsidiaries, OSS GmbH, and Mission Technology Group, Inc., dba Magma (collectively referred to as the “Company”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets, liabilities, and expenses at the date of the consolidated financial statements during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, among others, the fair value of net assets and liabilities acquired in 2016, the allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of stock options and warrants, recoverability of inventories and long-lived assets, and realizability of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock. If the offering is consummated, our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all 3,037,006 outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 2015.

Concentration Risks

At times, deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which provides basic deposit coverage with limits up to $250,000 per owner. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had no amounts in excess of the insurance limits. We have not experienced any such losses in these accounts.

At December 31, 2016, three customers accounted for 56% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 29% of net sales for the year then ended. At December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 49% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 35% of net sales for the year then ended.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we made purchases from two suppliers which together represented approximately 46% and 50%, respectively, of materials purchased.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt instruments. The fair value of our cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or Level 1 inputs. We recognize transfers between Levels 1 through 3 of the fair value hierarchy at the beginning of the reporting period. The fair values of our variable rate debt instruments approximate carrying value based upon management’s assessment of the current credit markets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of our fixed rate instruments (including related party notes payable) due to the private nature of those transactions and the lack of an observable market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and money market accounts. We consider all highly liquid temporary cash investments with a maturity of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. Management believes that the carrying amounts of cash equivalents approximate their fair value because of the short maturity period.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate to cover the losses resulting from the inability of customers to make payments on their outstanding balances. In estimating the required allowance, management considers the overall quality and aging of

 

F-8


Table of Contents

the accounts receivable, specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, and historical experience with collections. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the allowance for doubtful accounts is $3,877 and $6,858, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We establish reserves on our inventories to write-down the carrying value of our estimated obsolete or excess inventories to market value based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand and market conditions. In addition, we consider changes in the market value of components in determining the net realizable value of our inventory. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of the inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are sold or otherwise disposed.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, other than leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Tooling and test equipment includes capitalized labor costs associated with the development of the related tooling and test equipment. Costs incurred for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and expenditures for major replacements and improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of disposed assets are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other expense, net.

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead we assess possible impairment of goodwill when an event occurs that may trigger such a review. Determining whether a triggering event has occurred involves our significant judgment. Management assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, and has determined that we only have one reporting unit.

In assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount of a reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s fair value or carrying amount involve significant judgments by management. These judgments include the consideration of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and events which are specific to OSS. Each factor is assessed to determine whether it impacts the impairment test positively or negatively, and the magnitude of any such impact.

After the qualitative assessment, the impairment testing is a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit and goodwill is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Based upon our impairment testing, we determined that no impairment loss has occurred in 2016 or 2015. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review the recoverability of our other long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and amortizing intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment for possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, from the related operations. If the aggregate of the net cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The determination and measurement of impairment of long-lived assets requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.

Management determined that there were no impairment charges to be recognized for 2016 or 2015. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of long-lived assets in the future.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale of products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated from our inventory and are not subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded revenue from product sales that are subject to the vendor managed inventory program of $5,078,078 and $4,884,383, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $464,278 and $494,832, respectively, of products sold through those dates were held by us in the vendor management inventory program.

Warranty Reserve

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from the date of sale. Such warranties require us to repair or replace defective product returned to us during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. We record an estimate for warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on its historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs (Note 6). While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on us, requiring additional warranty reserves, which would adversely affect our gross profit and gross margins.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency

OSS GmbH operates as an extension of OSS’s domestic operations. The functional currency of OSS GmbH is the Euro. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments to non-employees are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date used to determine the estimated fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the third-party performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

Employee and director stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Given that stock-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Our estimated average forfeiture rates are based on historical forfeiture experience and estimated future forfeitures.

The estimated fair value of common stock option awards to employees and directors is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions regarding future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, along with assumptions about the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends, all of which affect the estimated fair values of our common stock option awards. Given a lack of historical stock option exercises, the expected term of options granted is calculated as the average of the weighted vesting period and the contractual expiration date of the option. This calculation is based on the safe harbor method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission in instances where the vesting and exercise terms of options granted meet certain conditions and where limited historical exercise data is available. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable public companies that operate in similar industries as us. The risk-free rate selected to value any particular grant is based on the U.S. Treasury rate that corresponds to the expected term of the grant effective as of the date of the grant. The expected dividend assumption is based on our history and management’s expectation regarding dividend payouts. Compensation expense for common stock option awards with graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the last separately vesting portion of the award, provided that the accumulated cost recognized as of any date at least equals the value of the vested portion of the award.

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying vested or unvested stock-based awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense, or record additional expense for vested stock-based awards. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock- based compensation may increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

Debt Discounts

The debt discounts, which originated from the relative fair value of the warrants issued in connection with note payable and related-party notes payable during 2016 and 2015 (Note 7), are recorded against note payable and related-party notes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of the debt discounts are calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the notes which approximates the effective interest method and are recorded in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $122,527 and $92,619, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting expenses and allocated facilities and other overhead costs. Research and development activities include the development of new technologies, features and functionality in support of our products and customer needs.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17), which requires companies report their deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, together as a single noncurrent item on their classified balance sheets. We adopted ASU 2015-17 during 2016 and has classified our net deferred tax assets as long term on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for consolidated financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.

Under ASC Topic 740, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, ASC Topic 740 provides requirements for derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Our policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest associated with our issued debt including the amortization of debt discounts. We recognize the amortization of debt discounts and the amortization of interest costs using a straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic net (loss) income per share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net (loss) income per share is calculated by dividing the net (loss) income by the weighted-average shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares consist of dilutive shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock and the exercise or vesting of outstanding stock options and warrants, respectively, computed using the treasury stock method. During a period where a net loss is incurred, dilutive potential shares are excluded from the computation of dilutive net loss per share, as the inclusion is anti-dilutive.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition . ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year. The new standard will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in this update provide guidance about management’s responsibilities to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The main provision of the amendments are for an entity’s management, in connection with the preparation of financial statements, to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known or reasonably knowable at the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, the entity should disclose information that enables users of the consolidated financial statements to understand all of the following: (1) principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern (before consideration of management’s plans); (2) management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations; and (3) management’s plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern or management’s plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. We adopted ASU 2014-15 in 2016 with no impact to our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or footnotes.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or footnotes.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from Magma’s former stockholder (“Magma Stockholder”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in Southern California. The acquisition is expected to increase our brand awareness and market share.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

We issued 1,263,749 shares of our common stock to the Magma Stockholder for 100% of Magma shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock was $1,756,611. Management estimated the fair value of the consideration issued to the Magma Stockholder and considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of our common stock and estimates of discounts for lack of marketability related to our common stock to the extent not considered in the third-party valuation report.

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Accordingly, goodwill has been measured as the excess of the total consideration over the amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill was attributed to management’s assessment of projected increases in overall revenues derived from greater brand awareness and certain economies of scale. The acquisition combines the expertise of OSS in the computer hardware industry with Magma’s customer base.

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date is as follows:

 

Cash

   $ 68,308  

Accounts receivable

     356,499  

Prepaid expenses

     93,800  

Inventories

     1,208,675  

Property and equipment

     143,705  

Customer lists and relationships

     398,717  

Drawings and technology

     760,207  

Trademarks and URL’s

     25,000  

Other intangibles

     2,759  

Deposits and other

     17,202  

Accounts payable

     (842,843

Warranty reserve

     (15,000

Deferred tax liability

     (266,620

Accrued expenses

     (816,249

Other accrued liabilities

     (50,000

Line of credit

     (517,335

Notes payable, current portion

     (157,572

Notes payable, long-term

     (200,000
  

 

 

 

Total fair value excluding goodwill

     209,253  

Goodwill

     1,547,358  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

 

Fair valuation methods used for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition make use of quoted prices in active markets, discounted cash flows for assessing the value of the customer lists and relationships and the relief from royal method for determination of drawing and technology values, both using a risk adjusted weighted cost of capital. Management estimates that any residual value from the intangible assets listed above will not be significant. The weighted-average amortization period of each intangible asset identified above is three years.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

On the acquisition date, goodwill of $1,547,358 and other intangible assets of $1,186,683 were recorded. The business combination is considered a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) under the Internal Revenue Code; therefore, acquired goodwill and intangibles of $2,734,041 is not tax-deductible. However, Magma had tax-deductible goodwill of $496,275 (with an original basis of $1,294,624) that will continue to be amortized for tax purposes after the acquisition. In accordance with Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other , OSS completed its annual impairment test and determined that the goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2016.

OSS and Magma incurred $107,591 and $143,905, respectively, in accounting and legal fees related to the acquisition of Magma. The amount attributable to OSS has been included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016. These amounts have been removed from the 2016 pro forma information below.

In the consolidated statements of operations, revenues and expenses include the operations of Magma since July 15, 2016, which is the acquisition date. The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, as if the acquisition of Magma had occurred on January 1, 2015.

 

     2016     2015  

Revenue

   $ 21,665,957     $ 21,914,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)

   $ (378,615   $ (448,969
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition-related pro forma net (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.07   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.07   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of revenues and net (loss) of Magma included in our consolidated statement of operations from the acquisition date through December 31, 2016 are $3,183,783 and ($216,642), respectively.

The definite lived intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016:

Definite lived intangible assets:    Expected
Life
     Average
Remaining
Life
     Gross
Intangible
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Intangible
Assets
 

Drawings and technology

     3 years        2.6 years      $ 760,207      $ 116,143      $ 644,064  

Customer lists and relationships

     3 years        2.6 years        398,717        60,915        337,802  

Trademarks, URLs and other

     3 years        2.6 years        27,759        5,576        22,183  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
         $ 1,186,683      $ 182,634      $ 1,004,049  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $182,634. The amortization expense of the definite lived intangible assets for the next three years is as follows:

 

     2017      2018      2019      Total  

Total

   $ 395,561      $ 395,561      $ 212,927      $ 1,004,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Accounts receivable

   $ 4,940,815     $ 3,000,975  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3,877     (6,858
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,936,938     $ 2,994,117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

Inventories, net consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Raw materials

   $ 2,700,581     $ 2,347,661  

Sub-assemblies

     2,661,356       1,875,427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,361,937       4,223,088  

Less: reserves for obsolete and slow-moving inventories

     (2,140,969     (1,391,255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,220,968     $ 2,831,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Computers and computer equipment

   $ 205,210     $ 132,099  

Furniture and office equipment

     63,769       63,769  

Manufacturing equipment and engineering tools

     1,595,474       1,332,602  

Leasehold improvements

     103,636       91,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,968,089       1,619,823  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,247,734     (993,333
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 720,355     $ 626,490  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred $256,159 and $156,946 of depreciation and amortization expense, respectively.

NOTE 6 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Accrued compensation and related liabilities

   $ 506,076      $ 120,697  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

     761,315        166,171  

Warranty reserve

     37,768        28,552  

Other accrued expenses

     219,959        122,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,525,118      $ 438,117  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – DEBT

Bank Line of Credit

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the guarantee of our chief executive officer. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $2,458,177 and $2,087,085, respectively outstanding under the line of credit.

Under the terms of the revolving line of credit, as amended in July 2016, we can borrow up to $3,000,000 without restriction. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, as defined in the Credit Agreement, plus 2.5% (totaling approximately 3.2% at December 31, 2016), and interest is payable monthly. The outstanding principal balance of the revolving line of credit is due and payable in full on July 31, 2017. In August 2017, we received an extension on the line of credit for a three month period. On October 5, 2017, we received a renewal and modification of terms that extends the due date to August 31, 2018, and increases the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000.

The Credit Agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of December 31, 2016, but obtained a waiver.

Notes Payable

In November 2014, we issued a note payable totaling $100,000 (“November 2014 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 10% per annum. The November 2014 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $4,614 through the maturity date of November 18, 2016. In June 2015, we paid off the remaining balance of the November 2014 Note.

In connection with the November 2014 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 10% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $0.76 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 13,158 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share in November 2014. The relative fair value of the warrants was $2,786 and the fair value was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $0.46 per share; six year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.90%. The relative fair value of the warrants was recorded as a debt discount, decreasing note payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The debt discount was being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the note payable using the straight-line method which approximated the effective interest method. For the year ended December 31, 2015, debt discount amortization was $2,484 and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

In May 2015, we issued a note payable in connection with the Credit Agreement totaling $1,250,000 (“May 2015 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 3.60% per annum. The May 2015 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $36,750 through the maturity date. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was $1,017,396.

In July 2016, we refinanced the Magma note payable (Note 2) and the May 2015 Note into a new $1,600,000 note payable (“Refinanced Note”). Under the terms of the Refinanced Note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The Refinanced Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2016 was $1,391,121.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 (“July 2016 Note”) to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Note requires

 

F-18


Table of Contents

us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Note is $213,006.

In connection with the July 2016 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 28,090 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $24,830. The fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Related-Party Notes Payable

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 (“July 2016 Related Party Notes”) to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Related Party Notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity dates on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Related Party Notes was $298,112.

In connection with the July 2016 Related Party Notes, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $34,762. The fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Debt Discount

The relative fair value of the warrants were recorded as debt discounts, decreasing notes payable and related-party notes payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The debt discounts are being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the corresponding notes payable using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, total debt discount amortization was $10,925 and $17,100, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Total future payments under the notes payable and related-party notes payable are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,    Related
Parties
    Third
Parties
    Total     Discount  

2017

   $ 134,629     $ 618,394     $ 753,023     $ 23,837  

2018

     150,208       650,052       800,260       23,837  

2019

     13,275       335,681       348,956       993  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

     298,112       1,604,127       1,902,239       48,667  

Current portion of note payable

     (134,629     (618,394     (753,023     (23,837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note payable, net of current portion

   $ 163,483     $ 985,733     $ 1,149,216     $ 24,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued 22,138 shares of common stock for proceeds of $17,572 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we issued 25,011 shares of common stock for proceeds of $16,456 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

Preferred Stock

Our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize us to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and 11,000,000 shares of common stock. The authorized preferred stock have been further designated as follows: 500,000 as Series A Preferred Stock; 1,500,000 as Series B Preferred Stock; and 2,000,000 as Series C Preferred Stock.

The liquidation preferences of the preferred shares are as follows:

 

●      Series C Preferred Stock

  

The liquidation preference is $1.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

●      Series B Preferred Stock

  

The liquidation preference is $0.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

●      Series A Preferred Stock

   The liquidation preference is $0.25 per share, the shares have liquidation preference over common stock.

Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”) are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of common stock. In addition, the shares automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the date specified by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such securities, or the closing of a public offering of common stock with gross proceeds of not less than $10,000,000 at an offering price of not less than $5.00 per share.

Each of the Preferred Shares is non-redeemable, is not eligible for dividends, unless declared, and the voting rights of the Preferred Shares are equivalent to the voting rights of common stock.

Regarding unissued Preferred Shares, the board of directors is authorized to determine or alter any or all of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon wholly unissued series of Preferred Shares, and to fix or alter the number of shares comprising any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them, and to provide for rights and terms of redemption or conversion of the shares of any such series.

Stock Options

We maintained a stock option plan that was established in 2000 (“2000 Plan”). In November 2008, we increased the maximum number of shares of our common stock that were issuable under the 2000 Plan to 3,000,000 shares. The 2000 Plan has expired and no future grants may be awarded under the 2000 Plan.

In December 2011, we adopted a stock option plan (“2011 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of December 31, 2016, we have 240,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In December 2015, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2015 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of December 31, 2016, we have 1,150,000

 

F-20


Table of Contents

shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2015 Plan. The terms of the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan provide for the grant of incentive options to employees and non-statutory options to employees, directors and consultants of OSS. The exercise price per share for options under the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan is determined by the board of directors, but for incentive stock options the exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in OSS, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Options under the plans expire no more than ten years after the date of grant and/or within five years after the date of the grant for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in OSS.

A summary of stock option activity under the plans during 2016 and 2015 is follows:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2015

     2,239,465     $ 0.71        

Granted

     30,000     $ 0.80        

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (51,845   $ 0.57        

Exercised

     (25,011   $ 0.66        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     2,192,609     $ 0.72        5.16     

Granted

     350,000     $ 1.34        

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (248,646   $ 0.65        

Exercised

     (22,139   $ 0.79        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

     2,271,824     $ 0.82        5.05      $ 2,569,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

     1,880,989     $ 0.75        4.23      $ 2,266,586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

     2,262,393     $ 0.82        5.03      $ 2,562,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes information about common stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding      Stock Options Exercisable  

Exercise

Price Range

   Number of
Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Shares
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.46-$ 0.50

     400,000        7.54      $ 0.46        330,000        7.54      $ 0.46  

$0.75-$ 1.00

     1,521,824        3.40      $ 0.79        1,510,989        3.37      $ 0.79  

$1.01-$ 1.78

     350,000        9.37      $ 1.34        40,000        9.33      $ 1.26  
  

 

 

          

 

 

       
     2,271,824        5.05      $ 0.82        1,880,989        4.23      $ 0.75  
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The following table presents details of the assumptions used to calculate the weighted-average grant date fair value of our common stock options granted:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Expected term (in years)

     5.3 – 5.9       5.9  

Expected volatility

     43.4 – 44     53.5 – 56.2

Risk-free interest rate

     1.22 – 1.40     1.49 – 1.87

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 0.40     $ 0.41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grant date fair value of options vested

   $ 1,401,342     $ 1,467,573  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 25,599     $ 10,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the amount of unearned stock-based compensation estimated to be expensed from 2017 through 2019 related to unvested common stock options is approximately $105,200, net of estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average period over which the unearned stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized is 0.96 years. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense or calculate and record additional expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was comprised of the following:

 

     2016      2015  

Stock-based compensation classified as:

     

General and administrative

   $ 56,933      $ 37,202  

Marketing and selling

     17,271        14,406  

Research and development

     3,443        604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 77,647      $ 52,212  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 67,416 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in connection with the July 2016 Note and the July 2016 Related Party Notes (Note 7). The warrants are exercisable and have a weighted average remaining term of 4.72 years.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our warrant activity during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Warrants outstanding – January 1, 2015

     131,580      $ 0.76  

Warrants granted

     -        -  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – December 31, 2015

     131,580      $ 0.76  

Warrants granted

     67,416        1.78  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – December 31, 2016

     198,996      $ 1.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

We have a 401(k) retirement plan. Under the terms of the plan, eligible employees may defer up to 20% of their pre-tax earnings, subject to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Plan allows for discretionary matching contributions by us. In 2016 and 2015, we matched 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 4% and 3% of the employee’s annual compensation, respectively. In 2017, the matching contributions were increased to 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 5% of the employee’s annual compensation. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we contributed $124,532 and $68,447, respectively, to the 401(k) Plan.

NOTE 10 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are subject to various legal claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of any such matters as of December 31, 2016, will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Guarantees and Indemnities

We have made certain indemnities, under which it may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of California. In connection with our facility lease, we have indemnified our lessor for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our Credit Agreement (Note 7), we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Leases

We lease our corporate office, manufacturing, and warehouse facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through August 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, rent expense was $322,696 and $222,255, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Future annual minimum rental commitments under operating leases as of December 31, 2016 are approximately as follows:

 

Years Ending

December 31,

      

2017

   $ 427,000  

2018

     154,000  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 581,000  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 11 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We have engaged an advertising firm whose president is a member of the board of directors. Amounts paid to this company are included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, totaled $53,221 and $37,700, respectively.

We have appointed certain stockholders to the board of directors. Director fees paid, including stock-based compensation, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $79,978 and $45,000, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

We engaged a related-party accounting firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide tax preparation and consulting services. Amounts paid to this accounting firm are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and totaled $15,250 and $11,350, respectively.

We have engaged a related-party law firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide legal services. Legal fees paid to this firm are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and totaled $135,307 and $35,891, respectively.

We issued notes payable to Series B preferred stockholders totaling $350,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016. In connection with the issuance of the July 2016 Related Party Notes during the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share (Notes 7 and 8).

Interest expense on all related-party notes payable for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $18,803 and $29,811, respectively.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $75,000.

NOTE 12 – INCOME TAXES

For the calendar years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, pre-tax (loss) income was attributed to the following jurisdictions:

 

     2016     2015  

Domestic operations

   $ (369,908   $ 61,816  

Foreign operations

     2,534       (1,437
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (367,374   $ 60,379  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Set forth below is the (benefit) provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Current:

    

Federal

   $ 39,898     $ 4,609  

State

     7,644       800  

International

     319       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     47,861       5,409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (144,309     36,826  

State

     (86,912     1,917  

International

     423       (423
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (230,798     38,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

   $ (182,937   $ 43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes computed at federal statutory rates to the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, was as follows:

 

     2016     2015  

Provision at federal statutory rates

   $ (124,907   $ 20,526  

State income taxes, net

     (52,317     1,793  

Research credits

     (58,771     (9,975

Transaction costs

     36,612       -  

Stock based compensation

     8,952       6,693  

Other

     7,494       24,692  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (182,937   $ 43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred taxes as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     2016     2015  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Reserves

   $ 110,428     $ 12,232  

Accrued expenses

     88,035       10,410  

Deferred compensation

     216,761       194,777  

Deferred revenue

     59,275       57,358  

Inventories

     1,099,361       711,466  

Credits and loss carryforward

     665,948       720,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,239,808       1,706,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (227,103     (170,178

Intangible assets

     (944,127     (442,476

Other

     (166,745     (156,295
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,337,975     (768,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 901,833     $ 937,656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Management believes that it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, California and overseas in Germany and have open tax statutes for federal taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014 through 2016. For California the open tax statutes are for years December 31, 2013 through 2016 and for Germany the open years include December 31, 2015 and 2016.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $0 and $273,555 of state net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $272,420 and $308,744 of federal tax credit carryforwards which begin to expire in 2026 and state credit carryforwards of $393,527 and $349,049 which carryforward indefinitely.

As of December 31, 2016, the unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions was $137,228 and such amount is included in other accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If recognized, this would affect our effective tax rate.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 100,156  

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross increases for tax positions of the current year

     13,591  

Settlements

     -  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (6,000
  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2015

     107,747  

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross increases for tax positions of the current year

     31,281  

Settlements

     -  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (1,800
  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 137,228  
  

 

 

 

The liability for uncertain tax positions is reviewed quarterly and adjusted as events occur that affect potential liabilities and additional taxes, such as lapsing of applicable statutes of limitations, proposed assessments by tax authorities, negotiations with taxing authorities, identification of new issues, and enactment of new legislation, regulations or promulgation of new case law. Management believes that adequate amounts of tax and related interest, if any, have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations of uncertain tax positions. We do not expect the liability for uncertain tax positions to change significantly over the next year. Our practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – UNAUDITED NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share was calculated as follows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
     2016        2015  

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Numerator:

       

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (184,437      $ 16,650  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Denominator:

       

Weighted average common shares outstanding
- basic

     4,782,547          4,065,322  

Effect of dilutive securities

     -          3,372,946  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding
- diluted

     4,782,547          7,438,268  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per common share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

   $ (0.04      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net (Loss) Income Per Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 gives effect to certain adjustments arising upon the closing of an initial public offering. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as if the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2016.

NOTE 14 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We use a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. These tiers include:

 

    Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

    Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

 

    Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of

 

F-28


Table of Contents

these instruments. Assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of Magma were recorded at fair value based upon our market assumptions which approximated carrying value (except for acquired intangible assets – Note 2) due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

NOTE 15 – SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

We operate in one reportable segment: the design and manufacture of high performance computer systems and components. We evaluate financial performance on a company-wide basis.

To date, a majority of our international sales relate to shipments of products to our U.S. customers’ international manufacturing sites or third- party hubs. Net revenue derived from shipments to international destinations represented approximately 44% and 53% of our net product sales in 2016 and 2015, respectively. All of our net product sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, substantially all our long-lived assets were located in the United States of America.

NOTE 16 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture named SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement with Western Digital (“WDT”) for their Ion flash storage software. The agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products. We intend to develop and sell Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing WDT software users.

Also, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Service Agreement with WDT to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. We also purchased certain equipment from WDT and hired selected employees to assist in the servicing of these existing customers. Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from WDT comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to WDT pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to WDT of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. WDT is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing WDT software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rune 210.1-02(w).

On October 5, 2017, we received a modification of terms extending the bank line of credit through August 31, 2018, and increased the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000 (Note 7).

We have evaluated subsequent events after the consolidated balance sheet date of December 31, 2016 through the date of this filing. Based upon our evaluation, management has determined that, other than as disclosed in the accompanying notes, no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes thereto.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     September 30, 2017      Pro Forma
September 30, 2017
     December 31, 2016  
ASSETS    (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)      (Audited)  

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584      $ 14,197  

Accounts receivable, net

     3,986,700        3,986,700        4,936,938  

Inventories, net

     4,339,343        4,339,343        3,220,968  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     418,530        418,530        133,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,233,157        9,233,157        8,306,067  

Property and equipment, net

     1,157,921        1,157,921        720,355  

Deposits and other

     32,060        32,060        27,739  

Deferred tax assets, net

     901,833        901,833        901,833  

Goodwill

     3,324,128        3,324,128        3,324,128  

Intangible assets, net

     707,102        707,102        1,004,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,356,201      $ 15,356,201      $  14,284,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 2,203,302      $ 2,203,302      $ 2,626,559  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,590,976        2,590,976        1,525,118  

Borrowings on bank line of credit

     2,464,320        2,464,320        2,458,177  

Current portion of related-party notes payable, net of debt discount of $13,905, $13,905 and $13,905, respectively

     132,247        132,247        120,724  

Current portion of note payable, net of debt discount of $9,932, $9,932 and $9,932, respectively

     631,936        631,936        608,462  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     8,022,781        8,022,781        7,339,040  

Related-party notes payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $4,056, $4,056 and $7,532, respectively

     48,328        48,328        148,999  

Note payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $2,897, $2,897 and $5,380, respectively

     498,315        498,315        975,387  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     8,569,424        8,569,424        8,463,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

        

Stockholders’ equity

        

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006, 0 and 1,087,006 issued and outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

     1,604,101        -        1,604,101  

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000, 0 and 1,450,000 issued outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        -        697,996  

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000, 0 and 500,000 issued outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        -        114,430  

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,506,942, 8,543,948 and 5,374,697 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,269,704        4,686,231        2,170,110  

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892        544,892        -  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,153,555        1,153,555        1,049,305  

Retained earnings

     402,099        402,099        184,803  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     6,786,777        6,786,777        5,820,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,356,201      $ 15,356,201      $  14,284,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     For The Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2017                         2016          
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,199       3,606,209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688

Other, net

     8,609       5,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (135,548     (92,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $ (205,108   $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.04     $ (0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     5,429,997       4,586,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,540,490       4,586,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.03    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ 0.02    
  

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

     8,467,003    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

     9,540,490    
  

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Series C Preferred
Stock
    Series B Preferred
Stock
    Series A Preferred
Stock
    Common Stock     Non controlling
Interest
    Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance, January 1, 2017

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,374,697     $ 2,170,110     $ -     $ 1,049,305     $ 184,803     $ 5,820,745  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       104,250       -       104,250  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       132,245       99,594       -       -       -       93,906  

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary (Note 1)

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       544,892       -       -       544,892  

Net income

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       217,296       217,296  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2017

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,506,942     $ 2,269,704     $ 544,892     $ 1,153,555     $ 402,099     $ 6,786,777  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For The Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2017     2016  
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190

Less net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

     217,296       (19,190

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  

Recovery of bad debt

     (453     -  

Deferred provision for income taxes

     -       (22,050

Warranty reserves

     17,555       (32,899

Amortization of deferred gain

     (28,838     -  

Depreciation and amortization

     600,844       260,245  

Inventory reserves

     (1,064,285     686,530  

Amortization of debt discount

     17,878       4,966  

Stock-based compensation expense

     104,250       55,926  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

    

Accounts receivable

     950,690       55,427  

Inventories

     (447,331     (443,043

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (284,565     26,112  

Deposits

     (4,320     (1,000

Accounts payable

     (423,257     (799,555

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     846,444       (417,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     296,800       (645,700
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Cash acquired in merger

     -       68,308  

Purchases of property and equipment, including capitalization of labor costs for tooling and test equipment

     (117,523     (109,421
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (117,523     (41,113
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     99,594       14,242  

Contributions related to noncontrolling interest, net

     750,000       -  

Proceeds from issuance of related-party notes payable

     -       350,000  

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     -       250,000  

Proceeds from bank term loans

     -       143,475  

Net borrowings (repayments )on bank line of credit

     6,142       (28,060

Payments on related-party notes payable

     (99,646     (20,472

Payments on notes payable

     (460,980     (14,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     295,110       694,562  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents
     For The Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2017      2016  
     (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     474,387        7,749  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     14,197        25,074  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 488,584      $ 32,823  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 123,120      $ 100,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ -      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

     

Reclassification of inventories to property and equipment

   $ 393,242      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with notes and related-party notes payable (Note 7)

   $ -      $ 59,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition of Magma through issuance of common stock (Note 2)

   $ -      $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue related to Technology Agreement (Note 2)

   $  230,700      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“we,” “our,” “OSS,” or the “Company”) was incorporated as a California corporation in 1999 after initially being formed as a California limited liability company in 1998. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation.

We design, manufacture and market industrial grade computer systems and components that are based on industry standard computer architectures. We market our products to manufacturers of automated equipment used for telecommunications, industrial and military applications.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we formed a new wholly owned subsidiary in Germany (“OSS GmbH”). During 2016, we acquired Magma and its operations (see Note 2).

On April 6, 2017, OSS and a related entity formed a joint venture name SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity owned by one of OSS’ board members, agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement with Western Digital (“WDT”) for their Ion flash storage software. The agreement provides us with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products. We intend to develop and sell Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing WDT software users (Note 2).

Also, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Service Agreement with WDT to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. We also purchased certain equipment from WDT and hired selected employees to assist in the servicing of these existing customers. Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from WDT comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to WDT pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to WDT of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. WDT is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing WDT software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rune 210.1-02(w).

Our primary sources of liquidity come from existing cash; cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and related party and third party term notes. Borrowings under the debt agreements are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, we are experiencing growing sales and gross profits, have a strong order backlog, and recently increased our line of credit facility. The combination of continued revenue growth we have experienced, coupled with an expected improvement in gross margins and cost containment of expenses leads management to believe that it is probable that our liquidity will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for current operations through at least a period of the next twelve months. If necessary, management

 

F-35


Table of Contents

also believes that it is probable that external sources of debt and/or equity financing could be obtained based on management’s history of being able to raise capital coupled with current favorable market conditions. As a result of both management’s plans and current favorable business trends, we believe the conditions which may raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern have been alleviated. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern.

However, there can be no assurance that our operations will become profitable or that external sources of financing, including the issuance of debt and/or equity securities, will be available at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Our management prepares budgets and monitors our financial results as a tool to align liquidity needs to the recurring business requirements and as a result our management believes that we have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, although we believe that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information not misleading. It is suggested that these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with our audited December 31, 2016 consolidated financial statements.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OSS, which includes the results from the Ion business combination, its two wholly owned subsidiaries, OSS GmbH, and Mission Technology Group, Inc., dba Magma, and the accounts of the joint venture, SkyScale LLC (collectively referred to as “we,” “our,” “OSS,” the “Company”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture, SkyScale, LLC (“SkyScale”), to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and we agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from us. Each party received 50% membership interest in the joint venture. Management determined that SkyScale is a variable interest entity primarily because it is thinly capitalized and may require additional capital to finance its activities.

Management also determined that we are the primary beneficiary of SkyScale based primarily on the related party nature of SkyScales’s decision-makers and daily business operators. As of September 30, 2017, SkyScale significant assets were comprised of cash and cash equivalents of $400,835 and computer-related equipment and other assets of $423,048, its significant liabilities were comprised of trade accounts payable of $126,769, and its net members’ equity totaled $697,114. For the period from inception through September 30, 2017, SkyScale’s revenues were $8,200, its operating expenses (primarily personnel costs) aggregated $418,416, and its net loss was $410,216.

The non-controlling interest attributable to SkyScale LLC is shown as a component of equity on the consolidated balance sheets and the share of the profit (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest is shown as a component of profit (loss) in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets, liabilities, and expenses at the date of the consolidated financial statements during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, among others, the fair value of net assets acquired in July 2016 and Ion in July 2017, the allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of stock options and warrants, recoverability of inventories and long-lived assets, and realizability of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock. If the offering is consummated on certain terms, our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on September 30, 2017. In the accompanying statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 have been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all 3,037,006 outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 2016.

Concentration Risks

At times, deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which provides basic deposit coverage with limits up to $250,000 per owner. As of September 30, 2017, we had no amounts in excess of the insurance limits. We have not experienced any such losses in these accounts.

At September 30, 2017, one customer accounted for 40% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 37% of net revenue for the nine months then ended. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, one customer accounted for 28% of net revenue.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we made purchases from two suppliers which represented approximately 40% and 52% of materials purchased.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt instruments. The fair value of or cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or Level 1 inputs. We recognize transfers between Levels 1 through 3 of the fair value hierarchy at the beginning of the reporting period. The fair values of our variable rate debt instruments approximate its carrying values based upon management’s assessment of the current credit markets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of our fixed rate instruments (including related party notes payable) due to the private nature of those transactions and the lack of an observable market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and money market accounts. We consider all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management believes that the carrying amounts of cash equivalents approximate their fair value because of the short maturity period.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate to cover the losses resulting from the inability of customers to make payments on their outstanding balances. In estimating the required allowance, management considers the overall quality and aging of the accounts receivable, specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, and historical experience with collections. At September 30, 2017, the allowance for doubtful accounts is $3,424.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We establish reserves on our inventories to write-down the carrying value of our estimated obsolete or excess inventories to market value based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand and market conditions. In addition, we consider changes in the market value of components in determining the net realizable value of our inventory. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of the inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are sold or otherwise disposed.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, other than leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Tooling and test equipment includes capitalized labor costs associated with the development of the related tooling and test equipment. Costs incurred for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and expenditures for major replacements and improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of disposed assets are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other expense, net.

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead we assess possible impairment of goodwill at least annually and when an event occurs that may trigger such a review. Determining whether a triggering event has occurred involves our significant judgment. Management assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, and has determined that we only have one reporting unit.

In assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount of a reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s fair value or carrying amount involve significant judgments by management. These judgments include the consideration of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and events which are specific to OSS. Each factor is assessed to determine whether it impacts the impairment test positively or negatively, and the magnitude of any such impact.

After the qualitative assessment, the impairment testing is a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit and goodwill is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Based upon our impairment testing, we determined that no impairment loss has occurred during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review the recoverability of our other long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and definite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment for possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, from the related operations. If the aggregate of the net cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The determination and measurement of impairment of long-lived assets requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.

Management determined that there were no impairment charges to be recognized during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of long-lived assets in the future.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale of products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated from our inventory and are not subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we recorded revenue from product sales that are held in vendor managed inventory under this agreement of $7,610,265 and $3,269,408, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, $755,586 of products sold through that date were held in vendor management inventory pending fulfillment or shipment to the customer.

Warranty Reserve

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from the date of sale. Such warranties require us to repair or replace defective product returned to us during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. We record an estimate for warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on our historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs (Note 6). While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on OSS, requiring additional warranty reserves and could adversely affect our gross profit and gross margins.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Shipping and Handling Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold for all periods presented.

Foreign Currency

OSS GmbH operates as an extension of our domestic operations. The functional currency of OSS GmbH is the Euro. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for equity issuances to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505. All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date used to determine the estimated fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the third-party performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, employee and director stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Given that stock-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. FASB ASC Topic 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Our estimated average forfeiture rates are based on historical forfeiture experience and estimated future forfeitures.

The estimated fair value of common stock option awards to employees and directors is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions regarding the estimated fair value of our common stock, future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, along with assumptions about the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends, all of which affect the estimated fair values of our common stock option awards. In the absence of an observable market, the estimated fair value of our common stock is determined by management and considers the results of an independent third-party valuation report. The expected term of options granted is calculated as the average of the weighted vesting period and the contractual expiration date of the option. This calculation is based on the safe harbor method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission in instances where the vesting and exercise terms of options granted meet certain conditions and where limited historical exercise data is available. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable public companies in our industry. The risk-free rate selected to value any particular grant is based on the U.S. Treasury rate that corresponds to the expected term of the grant effective as of the date of the grant. The expected dividend assumption is based on our history and management’s expectation regarding dividend payouts. Compensation expense for common stock option awards with graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the last separately vesting portion of the award, provided that the accumulated cost recognized as of any date at least equals the value of the vested portion of the award.

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying vested or unvested stock-based awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense, or record additional expense for vested stock-based awards. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock- based compensation may increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods. We adopted this guidance prospectively in the first quarter of 2017 and there was no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Debt Discounts

The debt discounts, which originated from the relative fair value of the warrants issued in connection with note payable and related-party notes payable during 2016 and 2014 (Note 7), are recorded against note payable and related-party notes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of the debt discounts are calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the notes which approximates the effective interest method and are recorded in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising costs for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were $77,243 and $87,409, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting expenses and allocated facilities and other overhead costs. Research and development activities include the development of new technologies, features and functionality in support of our products and customer needs.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”), which requires companies to report their deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, together as a single noncurrent item on their classified balance sheets. We adopted ASU 2015-17 during 2016 and have classified our deferred tax assets as long-term on the consolidated balance sheets.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for consolidated financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.

Under ASC Topic 740, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, ASC Topic 740 provides requirements for derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Our policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

We are subject to taxation in the U.S., various state jurisdictions and Germany. Our tax years are subject to examination for 2014 and forward for U.S. Federal tax purposes and for 2013 and forward for California purposes.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

We do not foresee material changes to our gross liability of uncertain tax positions within the next twelve (12) months.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest associated with our issued debt including the amortization of debt discounts. We recognize the amortization of debt discounts and the amortization of interest costs using a straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Company

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to OSS by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares consist of dilutive shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock and the exercise or vesting of outstanding stock options and warrants, respectively, computed using the treasury stock method. During a period where a net loss is incurred, dilutive potential shares are excluded from the computation of dilutive net loss per share, as inclusion is anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition . ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year. The new standard will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees

 

F-42


Table of Contents

may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for OSS for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for OSS for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for OSS for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

Magma

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from Magma’s former stockholder (“Magma Stockholder”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in southern California. The acquisition is expected to increase our brand awareness and market share and combines the expertise of OSS in the computer hardware industry with Magma’s customer base.

We issued 1,263,749 shares of our common stock to the Magma Stockholder for 100% of Magma shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock was $1,756,611, as determined by our board of directors. In

 

F-43


Table of Contents

determining the fair value assigned to the Magma transaction, our board of directors considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of our common stock and estimates of discounts for a lack of marketability related to our common stock to the extent not considered in third-party valuation reports.

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Accordingly, goodwill has been measured as the excess of the total consideration over the amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill was attributed to management’s assessment of projected increases in overall revenues derived from greater brand awareness and certain economies of scale.

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date is as follows:

 

Cash

   $ 68,308  

Accounts receivable

     356,499  

Prepaid expenses

     93,800  

Inventories

     1,208,675  

Property and equipment

     143,705  

Customer lists and relationships

     398,717  

Drawings and technology

     760,207  

Trademarks and URL’s

     25,000  

Other intangibles

     2,759  

Deposits and other

     17,202  

Accounts payable

     (842,843

Warranty reserve

     (15,000

Deferred tax liability

     (266,620

Accrued expenses

     (816,249

Other accrued liabilities

     (50,000

Line of credit

     (517,335

Notes payable, current portion

     (157,572

Notes payable, long-term

     (200,000
  

 

 

 

Total fair value excluding goodwill

     209,253  

Goodwill

     1,547,358  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

 

Fair valuation methods used for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition make use of quoted prices in active market, discounted cash flows for assessing the value of the customer lists and relationships and the relief from royalty method for determination of drawing and technology values, both using a risk adjusted weighted cost of capital. Management estimates that any residual value from the intangible assets listed above will not be significant. The weighted-average amortization period of each intangible asset identified above is three years.

On the acquisition date, goodwill of $1,547,358 and other intangible assets of $1,186,683 were recorded. The business combination is considered a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) under the Internal Revenue Code; therefore, acquired goodwill and intangibles of $2,734,041 is not tax-deductible. However, Magma had tax-deductible goodwill of $496,275 (with an original basis of $1,294,624) that will continue to be amortized for tax purposes after the acquisition. In accordance with Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other , we completed our annual impairment test and determined that the goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2016.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as if the acquisition of Magma had occurred on January 1, 2016.

 

Revenue

   $ 15,171,319  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (213,367
  

 

 

 

Acquisition-related pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

  

Basic

   $ (0.04
  

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04
  

 

 

 

The amount of revenues and net (loss) income of Magma included in our consolidated statements of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 are $4,358,217 and $1,285,421 and ($56,898) and $73,870, respectively.

The definite lived intangible assets consisted of the following as of September 30, 2017:

 

Definite lived intangible assets:

   Expected
Life
     Average
Remaining
Life
     Gross
Intangible
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Intangible
Assets
 

Drawings and technology

     3 years        1.8 years      $ 760,207      $ 306,194      $ 454,013  

Customer lists and relationships

     3 years        1.8 years        398,717        160,594        238,123  

Trademarks, URLs and other

     3 years        1.8 years        27,759        12,793        14,966  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
         $ 1,186,683      $ 479,581      $ 707,102  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense recognized during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was $296,946 and $83,222, respectively. The amortization expense of the definite lived intangible assets for the years remaining is as follows:

 

     2017      2018      2019      Total  

Total

   $ 98,614      $ 395,561      $ 212,927      $ 707,102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ion Software and Services

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement (the “Technology Agreement”) with Western Digital for its Ion flash storage software. The Technology Agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products with the intended purpose of developing and selling Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays. Concurrently with the Technology Agreement, we purchased certain equipment from Western Digital, have the right to hire selected employees and to have the right to forgo certain royalty payments on purchases of solid state drives for a designated customer.

We took receipt of the licensed software and equipment in July 2017 and made payment in September 2017. The equipment has not yet been placed in service pending build-out of a facility and evaluation as to what equipment will be retained or sold.

Subsequently, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Western Digital to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. The Services Agreement grants the rights and obligations to OSS to provide Ion software level 1-4 support services (as defined in the agreement) to existing Western Digital software users for a three year period based upon fixed quarterly payments.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The Ion transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Accordingly, the excess of the total fair value of identifiable assets value over the consideration paid is being deferred and recognized over a thirty-six month period pro-rata with the time period and the rendering of Western Digital customer support services. Deferred revenue recognized for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 is $28,838 and is including in revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We incurred $61,368 in shipping and storage fees related to the acquisition of this equipment. These costs which have been included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017.

Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from Western Digital comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to Western Digital pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to Western Digital of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. Western Digital is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing Western Digital software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rule 210.1-02(w).

The determination of fair value for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition was determined by management and considered the results of a third party appraisal of the fair value of equipment purchased. Prior to July 1, 2017, there were no operations or activities associated with this acquisition.

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date for Ion is as follows:

 

Equipment

   $ 297,700  

Amount paid

     (67,000
  

 

 

 

Gain on acquisition of equipment to be recognized over the three year contract service period

   $ 230,700  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 3,990,124  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3,424
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,986,700  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

Inventories, net consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Raw materials

   $ 3,611,086  

Sub-assemblies

     1,804,941  
  

 

 

 
     5,416,027  

Less: reserves for obsolete and slow-moving inventories

     (1,076,684
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,339,343  
  

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Computers and computer equipment

   $ 857,314  

Furniture and office equipment

     72,110  

Manufacturing equipment and engineering tools

     1,671,010  

Leasehold improvements

     109,117  
  

 

 

 
     2,709,551  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,551,630
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,157,921  
  

 

 

 

During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we incurred $303,898 and $177,023 of depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, respectively.

NOTE 6 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Accrued compensation and related liabilities

   $ 467,474  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

     1,180,412  

Warranty reserve

     55,323  

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

     887,767  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,590,976  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7 – DEBT

Bank Line of Credit

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

Under the terms of the revolving line of credit, as amended in July 2016, we can borrow up to $3,000,000. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, as defined in the Credit Agreement, plus 2.5% (totaling 3.2% at December 31, 2016 and 3.7% as of September 30, 2017), and interest is payable monthly. The outstanding principal balance of the revolving line of credit was due and payable in full on July 31, 2017. In August 2017, we received a three-month extension on our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions are agreed to for the full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, the line of credit was renewed and modified. The line of credit has been extended through August 31, 2018, and the unrestricted borrowing capacity was increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 is $2,464,320. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver.

Notes Payable

In May 2015, we issued a note payable in connection with the Credit Agreement totaling $1,250,000 (“May 2015 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 3.60% per

 

F-47


Table of Contents

annum. The May 2015 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $36,750 through the maturity date.

In July 2016, we refinanced the Magma note payable (Note 2) and the May 2015 Note into a new $1,600,000 note payable (“Refinanced Note”). Under the terms of the Refinanced Note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The Refinanced Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding as of September 30, 2017 was $1,001,268.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 (“July 2016 Note”) to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Note is $141,811.

In connection with July 2016 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 28,090 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $24,830. The relative fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 62% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Related-Party Notes Payable

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 (“July 2016 Related Party Notes”) to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Related Party Notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity dates on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Related Party Notes is $198,535.

In connection with July 2016 Related Party Notes, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $34,762. The relative fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Debt Discount

The relative fair value of the warrants were recorded as debt discounts, decreasing notes payable and related-party notes payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The debt discounts are being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the corresponding notes payable using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, total debt discount amortization was $17,878 and $4,966, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we issued 132,245 shares of common stock for proceeds of $99,594 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

Preferred Stock

Our amended Articles of Incorporation authorize us to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and 11,000,000 shares of common stock. The authorized preferred stock have been further designated as follows: 500,000 as Series A Preferred Stock; 1,500,000 as Series B Preferred Stock; and 2,000,000 as Series C Preferred Stock.

The liquidation preferences of the preferred shares are as follows:

 

●       Series C Preferred Stock                The liquidation preference is $1.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock.
●       Series B Preferred Stock   

The liquidation preference is $0.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

●       Series A Preferred Stock    The liquidation preference is $0.25 per share, the shares have liquidation preference over common stock.

Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”) are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of common stock. In addition, the shares automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the date specified by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such securities, or the closing of a public offering of common stock with gross proceeds of not less than $10,000,000 at an offering price of not less than $5.00 per share.

Each of the Preferred Shares is non-redeemable, is not eligible for dividends, unless declared, and the voting rights of the Preferred Shares is equivalent to the voting rights of common stock.

Regarding unissued Preferred Shares, the board of directors is authorized to determine or alter any or all of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon wholly unissued series of Preferred Shares, and to fix or alter the number of shares comprising any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them, and to provide for rights and terms of redemption or conversion of the shares of any such series.

Stock Options

We maintained a stock option plan that was established in 2000 (“2000 Plan”). In November 2008, we increased the maximum number of shares of our common stock that were issuable under the 2000 Plan to 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. The 2000 Plan has expired and no future grants may be awarded under the 2000 Plan.

In December 2011, we adopted a stock option plan (“2011 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of September 30, 2017, we have 240,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In December 2015, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2015 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of September 30, 2017, we have 790,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2015 Plan. The terms of the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan provide for the grant of incentive options to our employees and nonstatutory options to our employees, directors and

 

F-49


Table of Contents

consultants. The exercise price per share for options under the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan is determined by our board of directors, but for incentive stock options the exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in the Company, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Options under the plans expire no more than ten years after the date of grant and/or within five years after the date of the grant for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in the Company.

A summary of stock option activity under the plans during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 is follows:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2017

     2,271,824     $ 0.82  

Granted

     360,000     $ 1.95  

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (112,160   $ 0.75  

Exercised

     (132,243   $ 0.75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

     2,387,421     $ 1.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at September 30, 2017

     1,883,245     $ 0.79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2017

     2,370,581     $ 0.99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents details of the assumptions used to calculate the weighted-average grant date fair value of common stock options granted by the Company:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Expected term (in years)

     5.32 - 5.88       5.32 - 5.88  

Expected volatility

     43.5 - 43.8     43.4 - 44.0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.86 - 2.07     1.22 - 1.40

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 0.85     $ 0.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grant date fair value of options vested

   $ 1,494,436     $ 1,487,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 158,449     $ 3,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2017, the amount of unearned stock-based compensation estimated to be expensed during the remainder of 2017 through 2019 related to unvested common stock options is $299,790, net of estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average period over which the unearned stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized is approximately 1.16 years. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense or calculate and record additional expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was comprised of the following:

 

     2017      2016  

Stock-based compensation classified as:

     

General and administrative

   $ 73,295      $  41,414  

Production

     2,821        -  

Marketing and selling

     18,362        12,308  

Research and development

     9,772        2,204  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  104,250      $ 55,926  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants

The following table summarizes our warrant activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2017:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Warrants outstanding – January 1, 2017

     198,996      $ 1.11  

Warrants granted

     -        -  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – September 30, 2017

     198,996      $ 1.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are subject to various legal claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of any such matters as of September 30, 2017, will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Guarantees and Indemnities

We have made certain indemnities, under which we may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of California. In connection with our facility lease, we have indemnified our lessor for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our Credit Agreement (Note 7), we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Leases

We lease our corporate office, manufacturing, and warehouse facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through August 2018. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, rent expense was $356,187 and $201,615, respectively.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We appointed certain stockholders to the board of directors. Director fees paid by OSS, including stock-based compensation, for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, totaled $73,350 and $27,566, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

We engaged a related-party law firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide legal services. Legal fees paid to this firm are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and totaled $79,821 and $125,752, respectively.

We issued notes payable to Series B preferred stockholders totaling $350,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016. In connection with the issuance of the July 2016 Related Party Notes during the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share (Notes 7 and 8).

Interest expense on all related-party notes payable for the periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was $31,359 and $9,366, respectively.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were $135,000 and $30,000, respectively.

NOTE 11 – UNAUDITED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Net Income Per Share

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share was calculated as follows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 (unaudited):

 

     For The Nine Months Ended September 30,
For The Six Months Ended June 30,
 
             2017                      2016          

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Numerator:

     

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 217,296      $ (19,190
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

     5,429,997        4,586,832  

Effect of dilutive securities

     4,110,493        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

     9,540,490        4,586,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Basic

   $ 0.04      $ (0.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02      $ (0.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 gives effect to certain adjustments arising upon the closing of an initial public offering. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock as of September 30, 2017 into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as if the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2017.

NOTE 12 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We use a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. These tiers include:

 

    Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

    Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

 

    Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of Magma were recorded at fair value based upon our market assumptions which approximated carrying value (except for acquired intangible assets - Note 2) due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

NOTE 13 – SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

We operate in one reportable segment: the design and manufacture of high performance computer systems and components. We evaluate financial performance on a company-wide basis.

To date, a majority of our international sales relate to shipments of products to our U.S. customers’ international manufacturing sites or third- party hubs. Net product sales derived from shipments to international destinations, primarily to the United Kingdom (including foreign subsidiaries of customers that are headquartered in the United States) represented 52% and 44% of our net product sales during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. All of our net product sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars. As of September 30, 2017, substantially all long-lived assets were located in the United States of America.

NOTE 14 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 5, 2017, we received a modification of terms extending the bank line of credit through August 31, 2018, and increased the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000 (Note 7).

On October 11, 2017, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2017 Equity Incentive Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock. No options have been issued under this plan. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan was approved by majority vote of our stockholders on December 18, 2017 at our annual stockholders’ meeting.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

We have evaluated subsequent events after the condensed consolidated balance sheet date of September 30, 2017 through the date of filing. Based upon its evaluation, management has determined that, other than as disclosed in the accompanying notes, no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes thereto.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholder of

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year then ended, and for the period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, and for the period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, on July 15, 2016, One Stop Systems, Inc., acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

November 9, 2017

 

F-56


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Balance Sheet

 

     December 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 80,405  

Accounts receivable

     681,935  

Inventory, net

     1,572,653  

Other current assets

     54,559  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,389,552  

Property and equipment, net

     186,781  

Other assets:

  

Intangible assets, net

     16,596  

Deposits

     18,702  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,611,631  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 624,985  

Accrued liabilities

     720,874  

Line of credit

     950,335  

Notes payable, current portion

     150,782  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,446,976  

Long-term liabilities:

  

Notes payable, less current portion

     376,941  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,823,917  
  

 

 

 

Stockholder’s equity:

  

Common stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 4,600,000 shares issued and outstanding

     22,231  

Accumulated deficit

     (234,517
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s deficit

     (212,286
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,611,631  
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-57


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Operations

 

     Period From
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Revenue

   $ 2,786,636     $ 7,684,886  

Costs of goods sold

     1,682,908       4,614,942  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,103,728       3,069,944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative expenses

     912,549       1,283,622  

Research and development expenses

     409,472       1,093,613  

Selling expenses

     252,177       757,141  

Marketing expenses

     21,927       147,925  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     56,914       98,907  

Customer support expenses

     45,343       89,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,698,382       3,470,558  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating loss

     (594,654     (400,614
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Other income

     43       20,892  

Interest expense

     (57,092     (84,297

Gain on sale of assets (Note 4)

     462,857       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     405,808       (63,405
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     5,331       1,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (194,177   $ (465,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-58


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

     Common Stock               
     Shares      Amount      Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2015

     4,600,000      $ 1,000      $ 435,610     $ 436,610  

Distributions

     -        -        (204,508     (204,508

Stock-based compensation expense

     -        21,231        -       21,231  

Net loss

     -        -        (465,619     (465,619
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     4,600,000        22,231        (234,517     (212,286

Distributions

     -        -        (35,100     (35,100

Stock-based compensation expense

     -        9,268        -       9,268  

Net loss

     -        -        (194,177     (194,177
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, July 15, 2016

     4,600,000      $ 31,499      $ (463,794   $ (432,295
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-59


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Period from
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (194,177   $ (465,619

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Gain on sale of assets

     (462,857     -  

Depreciation and amortization

     56,914       98,907  

Inventory reserves

       81,629  

Stock-based compensation

     9,268       21,231  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     325,436       490,949  

Inventory

     153,222       429,517  

Other current assets

     (76,384     28,547  

Other assets

     1,500       3,964  

Accounts payable

     217,859       (222,252

Accrued liabilities

     10,702       (15,686

Other liabilities

     84,672       362,979  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     126,155       814,166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from sale of patents

     500,000       -  

Purchase of property and equipment

     -       (415,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     500,000       (415,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock purchases

     -       1,000  

Net (payments) borrowings on line of credit

     (433,000     950,335  

Proceeds from borrowings on notes payable

     -       600,000  

Repayments of notes payable

     (170,152     (1,851,458

Stockholder distributions

     (35,100     (204,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (638,252     (504,631
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,097     (106,287

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     80,405       186,692  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 68,308     $ 80,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-60


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Cash Flows (Cont.)

 

     Period from
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 56,977      $ 84,408  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ 5,600      $ 1,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

     

Reclassification of other current assets to fixed assets

   $ 37,143      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-61


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activity

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma (“Magma”) is a California corporation incorporated on January 5, 2007.

On February 21, 2007, Magma entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of a PCI expansion and docking business in exchange for consideration of $3,800,000. The tangible and intangible assets acquired consisted primarily of inventories, cash, customer contracts, customer relationships, patents and the Magma trademark.

Magma is primarily engaged in engineering and manufacturing patented PCI (peripheral component interconnect) expansion systems which provide the capability to add additional PCI slots to computers and servers. Magma provides its technology to the entertainment production industry, federal and state governments, and the defense industry.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks and money-market accounts. Magma maintains its cash balances with high-credit-quality financial institutions. At times, such cash may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured limit of $250,000. Magma has not experienced any losses in such accounts, and management believes Magma is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

Management closely monitors outstanding accounts receivable and presents receivables in the balance sheet, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Receivables are written off in the year that they are determined to be uncollectible. At December 31, 2015, Magma considered all accounts receivable to be fully collectible. Accordingly, there was no allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2015.

Revenue and Cost Recognition

Magma’s revenue is derived primarily from sales of PCI expansion systems. Magma’s policy is to recognize revenue from product sales upon shipment and transfer of ownership from Magma or contract manufacturer to the customer.

In addition, evidence of arrangement, a determinable sales price, and probability of collection is required before revenue is recognized. Magma records reductions to revenue for estimated future product returns based on Magma’s historical experience.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

In one instance during 2014, Magma sold products to a defense industry customer and granted such customer a right to return the sold products based on the outcome of future events. Magma does not recognize revenue in such situations until the uncertainty is resolved and the customer return period contractually ends. As of December 31, 2015, Magma has fully-reserved for related inventories of $159,830 and has recorded a customer deposit liability of $338,668.

Inventory

Magma’s inventory consists of materials purchased partially and fully assembled for computer components. All inventory is stated at the lower of cost of market with cost determined using the weighted-average method. Magma monitors usage reports to determine if the carrying value of any items should be adjusted due to lack of demand for the product. Magma adjusts down the carrying value of inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions projected by management. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are either sold or otherwise disposed. As of December 31, 2015, management determined that inventory reserves aggregating $81,629 were required.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Costs of major improvements are capitalized; costs of normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Intangible Assets

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, intangible assets with a finite life are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life. Management reviews amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset is measured by comparing the carrying value to future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, a loss will be recognized equal to the excess carrying value compared to its fair value.

Patents are being amortized on a straight-line basis over terms from 10 years to 20 years.

Warranty Costs

Magma provides limited warranties on all of its products for periods not exceeding one year from the date of sale. Magma accrues for the warranty costs based on Magma’s actual claim experience, which at December 31, 2015, indicated that no accrual was necessary. Warranty expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $4,678 and $5,254, respectively.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotion expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $21,927 and $147,925, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Magma classifies freight billed to customers as revenue and the related freight costs as cost of goods sold.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The stockholder elected under Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code and a similar section of California income tax law to be treated as an S corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. The effect of this election provides that, in lieu of corporate income taxes, the stockholder is taxed on Magma’s taxable income. California franchise taxes are accrued at the greater of 1.5 percent of taxable net income less certain tax credits or a minimum tax of $800.

Magma evaluates all significant tax positions as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. As of December 31, 2015, Magma does not believe it has taken any tax positions that would require the recording of any additional tax liability nor does it believe that there are any unrealized tax benefits that would either increase or decrease within the next year. Magma’s income tax returns are subject to examination by the appropriate tax jurisdictions and Magma’s federal and state tax returns remain open for the prior three-and four-year periods, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition . ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date and permitting early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date or for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Magma will not early adopt the new standard and therefore the new standard will be effective for Magma in the first quarter of its fiscal 2019. Magma has not yet selected a transition method and is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements and disclosures

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in this update provide guidance about management’s responsibilities to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The main provision of the amendments are for an entity’s management, in connection with the preparation of financial statements, to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.

Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known or reasonably knowable at the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, the entity should disclose

 

F-64


Table of Contents

information that enables users of the consolidated financial statements to understand all of the following: (1) principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern (before consideration of management’s plans); (2) management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations; and (3) management’s plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern or management’s plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. Magma will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2017 and does not expect a material impact on its financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Magma is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on its financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. Magma will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2017 and does not expect a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. Magma is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on its financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. Magma is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on Magma’s financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent

 

F-65


Table of Contents

measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Magma expects that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on Magma’s financial statements or disclosures.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. Magma expects the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on Magma’s financial statements or footnotes.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued. Magma recognizes in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. Magma’s financial statements do not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about the conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet, but arise after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are available to be issued.

Magma has evaluated subsequent events through November 9, 2017, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

On July 15, 2016, One Stop Systems, Inc. (“OSS”) acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Magma from Magma’s former stockholder.

OSS issued 1,263,749 shares of its common stock to Magma’s stockholder for 100% of Magma’s outstanding shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock from OSS was $1,756,611, as determined by our board of directors. In determining the fair value assigned to the Magma transaction, our board of directors considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of OSS’ common stock and estimates of discounts for a lack of marketability related to OSS’ common stock to the extent not considered in third-party valuation reports.

Subsequent to July 15, 2016, the financial statements of Magma are included in the consolidated financial statements of OSS.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Major classes of property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
   December 31,
2015
 

Computer equipment and software

   3 - 5    $ 372,688  

Manufacturing equipment

   7      601,439  

Furniture and fixtures

   5 - 7      59,321  
     

 

 

 
        1,033,448  

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (846,667
     

 

 

 
      $ 186,781  
     

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $43,077 for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and $90,138 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

NOTE 4 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
     December 31,
2015
 

Patents

     10 – 20      $ 69,584  

Less: accumulated amortization

        (52,988
     

 

 

 
      $ 16,596  
     

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $13,837 and $8,769, respectively. Based on the unamortized intangible assets net value at December 31, 2015, amortization expense expected to be recorded in the future is as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 15,596  

2017

     1,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 16,596  
  

 

 

 

In May 2016, Magma entered into a Patent Purchase Agreement and sold four issued patents and one pending patent in exchange for cash of $500,000.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2015
 

Accrued payroll

   $ 159,101  

Accrued vacation

     176,211  

Other liabilities

     384,708  

Accrued sales tax

     854  
  

 

 

 
   $ 720,874  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 6 – NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

 

     December 31,
2015
 

Note payable to financial institution, secured by Company assets, guaranteed by the stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $12,500 plus interest at the prime rate plus 1.25 percent, which was 4.75 percent at December 31, 2015, due June 5, 2019

   $ 512,500  

Note payable to financial institution, secured by Company assets, guaranteed by the stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $1,153 at 6.0 percent, due January 31, 2017

     15,223  
  

 

 

 
     527,723  

Less: current maturities

     (150,782
  

 

 

 
   $ 376,941  
  

 

 

 

Interest expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $56,977 and $84,408, respectively.

Annual principal payments under the above mentioned long-term debt instruments follow:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 163,282  

2017

     151,941  

2018

     150,000  

2019

     62,500  
  

 

 

 
   $ 527,723  
  

 

 

 

On June 5, 2015, Magma entered into a line of credit agreement with a financial institution. The line of credit has a limit of $2,000,000 and bears interest at the prime rate plus a 1.00 percent margin. As of December 31, 2015, the applicable interest rate was 4.50 percent, and the outstanding balance was $950,335. The line of credit is payable at the demand of the financial institution. The line of credit is also subject to certain financial covenants which Magma did not meet. Magma has not obtained a waiver from the financial institution, as such, is in breach of the line of credit agreement and is not able to make additional draws. In connection with the acquisition described in Note 2, the notes payable and line of credit were repaid in full.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – CONCENTRATIONS

As of July 15, 2016 and December 31, 2015 one customer accounted for 13% and 11%, respectively of Magma’s gross accounts receivable. No customer accounted for more than 10% of Magma’s total revenue during the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016, and during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Magma rented its facility under an operating lease with an unrelated party. The six-year lease was amended on September 28, 2012 to extend the lease term to August 31, 2015. On May 12, 2015, it was amended again to extend the term through August 31, 2018. The monthly base rent was $14,947, with an annual increase of 3%. Future minimum lease payments under this agreement are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 192,684  

2017

     198,464  

2018

     134,928  
  

 

 

 
   $ 526,076  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $111,286 and $190,448, respectively.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Steve cooper President, ceo & chairman 37 years’ experience running high-technology, high-growth businesses as a technologist, with a long record of technical innovations, including multiple patents and awards. John Morrison Chief financial officer 30 years’ experience in public accounting, and all aspects of financial reporting and financing. Began career with 15 years at PricewaterhouseCoopers in both the U.S. and Asia.

 


Table of Contents

Until                     , 2018 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

2,875,000 Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

One Stop Systems, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Sole Book-Running Manager

Roth Capital Partners

Co-Manager

Benchmark

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq exchange listing fee.

 

Item    Amount to be
paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 3,580  

FINRA filing fee

   $ 3,500  

Nasdaq exchange listing fee

   $ 45,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ 175,000  

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 250,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ 475,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

   $ 2,500  

Miscellaneous expenses

   $ 45,420  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,000,000  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We reincorporated in Delaware on December 14, 2017 prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we plan to adopt provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

    we may indemnify our directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

    the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Our certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of the offering of our common stock pursuant to this registration statement, will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

Warrants

In November 2014, the Registrant has issued and sold warrants to purchase an aggregate of 32,895 shares of its common stock to 3 accredited investors at an exercise price of $0.76 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000.20.

In July 2016, the Registrant has issued and sold warrants to purchase an aggregate of 62,759 shares of its common stock to 3 accredited investors at an exercise price of $1.78 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $120,000.48.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 419,364 shares of its common stock under its 2011 Stock Option Plan at an exercise price ranging from $0.46 to $0.80 per share.

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 710,000 shares of its common stock under its 2015 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.08 to $1.95 per share.

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 224,801 shares of its common stock to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers pursuant to the exercise of options to purchase shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.50 to $1.00, for an aggregate exercise price of $162,960.87.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The Registrant has filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered that remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or

 

II-4


Table of Contents

controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) that, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(d) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among One Stop Systems, Inc., Mission Technology Group, Inc. and Randy Jones, dated as of July 6, 2016.
3.1**    Certificate of Incorporation of One Stop Systems, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Certificate of Incorporation of One Stop Systems, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
3.3    Bylaws of One Stop Systems, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.4    Form of Bylaws of One Stop Systems, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate of One Stop Systems, Inc.
4.2**    Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated January 2007.
4.3**    Common Shareholder Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 15, 2016.
4.4    Form of Warrant to be issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC in connection with this offering.
4.5**    Form of Common Stock Warrant issued to investors in connection with note financings.
5.1    Opinion of Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+**    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+**    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2011 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+**    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2015 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+**    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.6+**    Executive Employment Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Steve Cooper, dated October 1, 2017.
10.7+**    Executive Employment Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Jim Ison, dated October 1, 2017.
10.8    Business Loan Agreement and Promissory Note, dated May 6, 2015 by and between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Bank of the West, as amended.
10.9    Lease Agreement dated October 21, 2004, as amended.
10.10**    Contribution Agreement for SkyScale, LLC by and between Jacoma Investments, LLC and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of April  11, 2017.
10.11    Technology Source Code License Agreement by and between Western Digital Technologies, Inc. and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of May 9, 2017.
10.12    Services Agreement by and between Western Digital Technologies, Inc. and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of July 1, 2017.
10.13    Original Equipment Manufacturing and Supply Agreement by and between disguise (formerly d3 Technologies) and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of October 1, 2015.
21.1**    List of subsidiaries of One Stop Systems, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2    Consent of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.3    Consent of Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

 

** Previously filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Escondido, State of California, on January 16, 2018.

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Steve Cooper

  Steve Cooper
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Steve Cooper

Steve Cooper

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

  January 16, 2018

/s/ John W. Morrison, Jr.

John W. Morrison, Jr.

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  January 16, 2018

*

William Carpenter

   Director   January 16, 2018

*

Kenneth Potashner

   Director   January 16, 2018

*

John Reardon

   Director   January 16, 2018

*

Randy Jones

   Director   January 16, 2018

*

Jack Harrison

   Director   January 16, 2018

*

David Raun

   Director   January 16, 2018

 

*By: /s/ Steve Cooper                        

Steve Cooper

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[*] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

Dated: January     , 2018

 


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (a Delaware corporation)

[*] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

January     , 2018

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

The Benchmark Company, LLC

c/o Roth Capital Partners, LLC,

as Representative of the several Underwriters

888 San Clemente

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Ladies and Gentlemen:

One Stop Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), confirms its agreement with Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“ Roth ”), the Benchmark Company LLC (“ Benchmark ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule  A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 11 hereof), for whom Roth is acting as representative (in such capacity, the “ Representative ”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) set forth in Schedule  A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company and the stockholder named in Schedule B hereto (the “ Selling Stockholder ”) to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 3(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [15% of Initial Securities] of additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [*] shares of Common Stock (the “ Initial Securities ”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [15% of Initial Securities] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 3(b) hereof (the “ Option Securities ”) are herein called, collectively, the “ Securities .”

The Company also confirms its agreement that, in partial consideration for the Underwriters’ services hereunder, the Company will cause warrants (the “ Underwriters’ Warrants ”) to be issued to Roth for the purchase of an aggregate of [10% of Initial Securities] shares of Common Stock (the “ Warrant Shares ”) at a per share exercise price of $[120% of the public offering price for Initial Securities], with such additional terms and provisions as may be set forth in the form of warrant agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Warrant Agreement ”).

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representative deems advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-222121), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“ Rule 430A ”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “ 1933 Act Regulations ”) and Rule 424(b) (“ Rule 424(b) ”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “ Rule  430A Information .” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “ Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall

 

1


include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “ preliminary prospectus .” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, is herein called the “ Prospectus .” A registration statement on Form 8-A (File No.                ) in respect of the registration of the Common Stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), was filed with the Commission on January [*], 2018, and such registration statement, in the form thereof delivered to the Underwriters, was declared effective by the Commission (the “ Form 8-A Registration Statement ”). No other document with respect to such Form 8-A Registration Statement has theretofore been filed with the Commission. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, Form 8-A Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to mean the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“ EDGAR ”).

SECTION 1. Certain Definitions .

As used in this Agreement:

Applicable Time ” means 6:00 A.M., Pacific Standard Time, on January [*], 2018 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representative.

General Disclosure Package ” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule  C-1 hereto, all considered together.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 433 ”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 405 ”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities, or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “ Bona Fide Electronic Road Show ”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule  C-2 hereto.

Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

Prospectus Delivery Period ” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Initial Securities as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Initial Securities is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the 1933 Act) in connection with sales of the Initial Securities by any Underwriter or dealer.

Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

 

2


SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(ii) Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, nor (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto, including any prospectus wrapper) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the third, fourth, fifth and sixth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting,” the information under the heading “Underwriting—Stabilization,” the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Underwriters’ Compensation—Commission” and the information under the heading “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution,” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “ Underwriter Information ”).

(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance

 

3


with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.

(iv) Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representative to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule C-3 hereto.

(v) Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(vi) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

(vii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

(viii) Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except in the case of unaudited, interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the exclusion of certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The summary consolidated financial data, the selected consolidated financial data and the other financial data and information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. The financial information and data, and notes related thereto, denoted as “pro forma” and/or “as adjusted”, have been compiled on the bases described therein, and reasonably describe, in all material respects, the assumptions used in the preparation thereof and the adjustments used therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. Except with respect to certain disclosures related to “Adjusted EBITDA”, none of the disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus include “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is

 

4


defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) described in Regulation G of the 1934 Act, and Item 10 of Regulation S-K.

(ix) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated herein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(x) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and corporate authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except insofar as the failure to qualify would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xi) Subsidiaries . There are no significant subsidiaries (as defined in Rule 210.1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) of the Company except as listed on Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement.

(xii) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, (A) pursuant to this Agreement, (B) pursuant to agreements or employee benefit plans, in each case, referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or, (C) pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities, options or warrants described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(xiii) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xiv) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company, except as have been duly waived as of the date of this Agreement. The Securities conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities is or will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

(xv) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other

 

5


than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(xvi) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . The Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “ Agreements and Instruments ”), or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “ Governmental Entity ”), except with respect to subclauses (B) and (C), to the extent that such default or violation is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “ Use of Proceeds ”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments except to the extent that such conflict, breach or default is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “ Repayment Event ” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.

(xvii) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xx) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or

 

6


required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

(xxi) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “ Governmental Licenses ”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it. The Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect. The Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses.

(xxii) Title to Property . The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by it and good title to all other properties owned by it (other than Intellectual Property (as defined below), which is addressed by Section 2(a)(xxiii)), in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or its Subsidiary; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiary, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has not received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

(xxiii) Intellectual Property . The Company owns, or has valid, binding and enforceable licenses or other rights under, the patents, patent applications, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property necessary for, or used in the conduct, or the proposed conduct, of the business of the Company in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”); the issued patents, trademarks, and copyrights, if any, included within the Intellectual Property are valid, enforceable, and subsisting; other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus: (A) the Company is not obligated to pay a material royalty, grant a license to, or provide other material consideration to any third party in connection with the Intellectual Property, other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (B) the Company has not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any asserted rights of others with respect to any of the Company’s products or product candidates, processes or Intellectual Property, (C) neither the sale nor use of any of the discoveries, inventions, products or product candidates or processes of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus do or will, infringe, misappropriate or violate any right or valid patent claim of any third party, except to the extent that such infringement, misappropriation or violation is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (D) no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company, other than any co-owner of any patent constituting Intellectual Property who is listed on the records of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “ USPTO ”) and any co-owner of any patent application constituting Intellectual Property who is named in such patent application, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property in any field of use that is exclusively licensed to the Company, other than any licensor to the Company of such Intellectual Property.

 

7


(xxiv) Patents and Patent Applications . All patents and patent applications owned by or licensed to the Company or under which the Company has rights have, to the knowledge of the Company, been duly and properly filed and maintained; to the knowledge of the Company, the parties prosecuting such applications have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO in connection with such applications; and the Company is not aware of any facts required to be disclosed to the USPTO that were not disclosed to the USPTO and which could reasonably be expected to preclude the grant of a patent in connection with any such application or could reasonably be expected to form the basis of a finding of invalidity with respect to any patents that have issued with respect to such applications.

(xxv) Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) the Company is not in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), (B) the Company has all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and is in compliance in all material respects with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company threatened, administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company and (D) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

(xxvi) Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company maintains internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “ 1934 Act Regulations ”)) and a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences, in each case, to the extent applicable to an Emerging Growth Company and a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Section 12b-2 of the 1934 Act. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(xxvii) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed during the past seven fiscal years have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The United States federal income tax returns of the Company through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 have been settled and no assessment in

 

8


connection therewith has been made against the Company. The Company has filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by it during the past seven fiscal years pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxviii) Insurance . The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xxix) Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).

(xxx) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance in all material respects with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (collectively, the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to be in compliance as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (taking into account all exemptions and phase-in periods provided under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and otherwise under applicable law).

(xxxi) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or could reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

(xxxii) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or any other affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance therewith.

 

9


(xxxiii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(xxxiv) OFAC . None of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(xxxv) Form 8-A . The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to the Form 8-A Registration Statement and is approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

(xxxvi) Lending Relationship . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any banking or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xxxvii) Statistical and Market-Related Data . No facts have come to the Company’s attention that causes it to believe that any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects, and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(xxxviii) Rating of Debt Securities . The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act).

(b) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company delivered to the Representative or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

(c) Representations and Warranties of the Underwriters. The Underwriters represent and warrant to, and agrees with, the Company, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4(c) below), except as otherwise indicated, that the Underwriters have not (A) engaged in or authorized any other person to engage in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Company with entities that are “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act or institutions that are “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the 1933 Act; and (B) distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters

 

10


Communications, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Company that are listed on Schedule C-3 hereto.

(d) Representations and Warranties by the Selling Stockholder . Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriters as follows:

(i) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Selling Stockholder, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, agreement or instrument to which Selling Stockholder is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property is subject, or any order, rule, regulation or decree of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over Selling Stockholder or any of its properties, except for violations and defaults that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect in Selling Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the sale of the Option Securities by Selling Stockholder, except as may be required under the Exchange Act, the 1933 Act, state securities or blue sky laws, the bylaws, rules and regulations of FINRA or the bylaws, rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Capital Market; and Selling Stockholder has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell the Option Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

(ii) Except as disclosed in writing to the Representative, Selling Stockholder is, on the date hereof, the record and beneficial owner of all of the Option Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities and claims and has duly indorsed such Option Securities in blank or has duly signed a stock power assigning all right, title and interest to the Option Securities to be sold by Selling Stockholder, with all signatures appropriately guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution with membership in an approved medallion guaranty program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act.

(iii) On the applicable Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other than income taxes) that are required to be paid in connection with the sale and transfer by Selling Stockholder of the Option Securities will be fully paid or provided for by Selling Stockholder and all laws imposing such taxes will be fully complied with.

(iv) Selling Stockholder, directly or indirectly, has not entered into any commitment, transaction or other arrangement, including any prepaid forward contract, 10b5-1 plan or similar agreement, which transfers or may transfer any of the legal or beneficial ownership or any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Option Securities, except as has been previously disclosed in writing to the Representative.

(v) Selling Stockholder represents and warrants that it has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Act) and further represents that it has not distributed and will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Option Securities that could otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Act) required to be filed with the Commission or retained under Rule 433 of the Act.

(vi) All information relating to Selling Stockholder furnished by or on behalf of Selling Stockholder in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure

 

11


Package or any Prospectus, as the case may be, is as of the Closing Date, true, correct, and complete in all material respects, and does not, and will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading. In addition, Selling Stockholder confirms as accurate the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite Selling Stockholder’s name in the General Disclosure Package and any Prospectus under the caption “Selling Shareholders” (both prior to and after giving effect to the sale of the Option Securities).

(vii) Selling Stockholder does not have any registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale by the Company under the Registration Statement or included in an offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights that have been satisfied in connection with the Offering or waived.

(viii) Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Option Securities in violation of the Act or the Exchange Act.

(ix) Selling Stockholder is not prompted to sell shares of Common Stock by any information concerning the Company that is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus.

SECTION 3. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule  A , that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule  A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 11 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representative in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grant(s) an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [7.5% of Initial Securities] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule  A , less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. Additionally, the Selling Stockholder named in Schedule B hereto grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [7.5% of Initial Securities] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule  B , less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted by the Company and the Selling Stockholder may be exercised for 45 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time upon notice by the Representative to the Company and the Selling Stockholder setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “ Date of Delivery ”) shall be determined by the Representative, but shall not be prior to the Closing Time nor sooner than the next trading day following delivery of such notice. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representative in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares. If the Underwriters elect to purchase less than 100% of the Option Securities, the number of Option Securities to be purchased from the Company and Selling Stockholder will be allocated in accordance with the proportions set forth on Schedule B .

 

12


(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Roth Capital Partners, LLC, 888 San Clemente Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at 8:00 A.M. (Pacific Standard Time) on the second (third, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Pacific Standard Time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 11), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Time ”). Delivery of the Initial Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representative shall otherwise instruct.

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative, the Company and the Selling Stockholder on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representative to the Company and the Selling Stockholder. Delivery of the Option Securities on each such Date of Delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representative shall otherwise instruct.

Payment shall be made to the Company and the Selling Stockholder, as applicable, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company and the Selling Stockholder against delivery to the Representative for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representative, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Roth, individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

(d) Underwriters’ Warrants . At the Closing Time, the Company shall execute and deliver to Roth warrants in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D evidencing the right to purchase an aggregate of [10% of Initial Securities] [shares of Common Stock], an amount equal to 10% of the Initial Securities issued in the offering. The Underwriters’ Warrants will have an exercise price equal to $[*] per share, 120% of the offering price per share of the Initial Securities sold in the offering. The Underwriters’ Warrants and any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants shall be subject to lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g) for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of this Agreement.

SECTION 4. Covenants .

(a) The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(i) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . Subject to Section 3(b), the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representative promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (A) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (B) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (C) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (D) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (E) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will make all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that

 

13


it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(ii) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 172 ”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is reasonably necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (A) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (C) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (1) give the Representative notice of such event, (2) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representative with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (3) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representative notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representative notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representative with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(iii) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representative, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(iv) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(v) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representative may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as reasonably required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to

 

14


qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(vi) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(vii) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in all material respects in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

(viii) Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

(ix) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, (A) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (B) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (1) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (2) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (3) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to employee benefit plans of the Company described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided that the recipient of any such shares or options has (if so required by the provisions hereof) entered into a lock-up agreement substantially in the form contemplated by Section 6(l) hereof; (4) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided that the recipient of any such shares or options has (if so required by the provisions hereof) entered into a lock-up agreement substantially in the form contemplated by Section 6(l) hereof; (5) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto; or (6) any shares of Common Stock or other securities issued in connection with any joint venture, commercial or collaborative relationship or the acquisition or license by the Company of the securities, businesses, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with any such acquisition, provided that (x) the aggregate number of shares issued pursuant to this clause (6) shall not exceed 5.0% of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately following the consummation of the offering of the Securities and (y) the recipient of any such shares of Common Stock and securities issued pursuant to this clause (6) during the 180-day restricted period described above shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 6(l) hereof for the remainder of such restricted period.

(x) If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit  C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(xi) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

 

15


(xii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representative will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule  C-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representative. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representative as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

(xiii) Testing-the-Waters Materials . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(xiv) Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(i).

(b) Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

(i) The Selling Stockholder, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid all expenses (including transfer taxes allocated to the respective transferees) incurred by the Selling Stockholder in connection with the delivery to the Underwriters of the Option Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder.

(ii) Selling Stockholder will deliver to the Underwriters prior to the applicable Date of Delivery a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9.

(iii) During the Prospectus Delivery Period, Selling Stockholder will advise the Representative promptly, and if requested by the Representative, will confirm such advice in writing, of any change in information relating to Selling Stockholder in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or any Prospectus.

(iv) Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not prepare or have prepared on its behalf or use or refer to any “free writing prospectus” (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Act), and agrees that it will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Option Securities.

SECTION 5. Payment of Expenses . The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the units to be sold in the offering (including the over-allotment shares and warrants ) with the SEC: (b) all filing fees associated with the review of the offering by FINRA; all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the shares of common stock and the warrants on the NASDAQ Capital Market and on such other stock exchanges as we and the representative mutually determine; (c)

 

16


all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers and directors in an amount of actual costs incurred; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements, including legal fees up to an agreed upon maximum amount, relating to the registration or qualification of the units and underlying securities under the “blue sky” securities laws, if deemed necessary; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the shares of common stock and warrants under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the representative may reasonably designate; (f) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the representative may reasonably deem necessary; (g) the costs and expenses of the public relations firm; (h) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the securities; (i) fees and expenses of the transfer agent and warrant agent; (j) stock transfer anchor stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from us to the underwriters; (k) the costs associated with post-closing advertising the offering in the national editions of The Wall Street Journal and New York Times; (l) the fees and expenses of our accountants; (m) the fees and expenses of our legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (n) the fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel not to exceed $150,000; and (o) up to $35,000 of the representative’s actual accountable “road show” expenses and other accountable expenses for the offering.

SECTION 6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representative shall have received the opinion and negative assurance letter, dated the Closing Time, of Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit  A-1 hereto. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of California, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representative. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and certificates of public officials.

(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representative shall have received the opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Dickinson Wright PLLC, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters with respect to such matters as the Representative may reasonably request. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of Michigan, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representative. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and certificates of public officials.

(d) No Material Adverse Effect; Officers’ Certificate . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the

 

17


General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, and the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(e) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received from Haskell & White LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representative shall have received from Haskell & White LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (h) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(g) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(h) No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(i) Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit  B hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule  D hereto.

(j) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 3(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company and Selling Stockholder contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representative shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 6(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . The opinion and negative assurance letter of Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(b) hereof. .

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The opinion of Dickinson Wright PLLC, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(c) hereof.

(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from Haskell & White LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representative pursuant to Section 6(e) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

18


(v) Opinion of Counsel for Selling Stockholder . The opinion of [_________], special counsel for the Selling Stockholder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit  A-2 hereto.

(n) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) the Representative shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company and Selling Stockholder in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters.

(o) Warrants. On the date of the Closing Time of the sale of the Initial Securities, the Underwriters’ Warrants shall have been issued to the Underwriters.

(p) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representative by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 5 and except that Sections 1, 7, 8, 9, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 7. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters by Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “ Affiliate ”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“ Marketing Materials ”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 7(e) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representative), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body,

 

19


commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Underwriters by Selling Stockholder. Selling Stockholder will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the 1933 Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (with respect to the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Marketing Materials, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in reliance upon and in conformity with the information relating to Selling Stockholder specifically furnished by Selling Stockholder to the Company for use therein, which shall consist solely of the statements set forth under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The liability of Selling Stockholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 7(b) shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and concessions, but before deducting other expenses) received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Option Securities sold by Selling Stockholder under this Agreement.

(c) Indemnification of Company, Selling Stockholder, Directors and Officers by Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, and Selling Stockholder against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(d) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 7(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representative, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 7(c) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 7 or Section 8 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified

 

20


party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 7(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 8. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 7 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, Selling Stockholder or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 8. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 8 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 8, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the

 

21


Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule  A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 9. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 10. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination . The Representative may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representative, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is so material and adverse as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Capital Market or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT, the New York Stock Exchange, or in the Nasdaq Capital Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or state authorities.

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 5 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 7, 8, 9, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 11. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representative shall have the right, within 36 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representative shall not have completed such arrangements within such 36-hour period, then:

(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

22


In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representative or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 11.

SECTION 12. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to Roth at 888 San Clemente, Newport Beach, CA 92660, attention of John Dalfonsi (email:JDalfonsi@roth.com), with a copy to Dickinson Wright PLLC at 2600 W. Big Beaver Road, Suite 300, Troy, MI 48084 attention of Michael T. Raymond (facsimile: (248) 433-7274); notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite #110, Escondido, CA 92029, attention of Steve Cooper (email: scooper@onestopsystems.com), with a copy to Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP at 12544 High Bluff Drive, Suite 300, San Diego, CA 92130 attention of Dennis J. Doucette (facsimile: 858.523.4305; email: dennis.doucette@procopio.com).

SECTION 13. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company and Selling Stockholder each acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Selling Stockholder, the Company, or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Selling Stockholder, the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or the Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and the Selling Stockholder and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the each of the Company and Selling Stockholder has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 14. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 15. Trial by Jury . The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

23


SECTION 17. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in any court of the State of California (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 18. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO PACIFIC STANDARD TIME.

SECTION 19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 20. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(Signature page follows)

 

24


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
One Stop Systems, Inc.
By    
  Name: Steve Cooper
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

SELLING STOCKHOLDER

  /s/
 

Steve Cooper

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

 

as of the date first above written:

ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC

By

   
 

Name: Aaron M. Gurewitz

 

Title: Head of Equity Capital Markets

For itself and as Representative of the other Underwriters named in Schedule  A hereto.

 

THE BENCHMARK COMPANY

 

 

 

   

 

Name:   Jamil Aboumeri
Title:   Managing Director, Investment
  Banking

 

Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement


Schedule A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[•].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[•], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[•] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 3(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter   

Number of

Initial Securities

 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  

The Benchmark Company

  

Total

                     [*]  


Schedule B

Selling Stockholder and Schedule of Shares to be Sold

 

Initial Securities

     Option Securities      Allocation Percentage
(applicable to partial
Option exercise)
 

Company:

        

One Stop Systems, Inc.

           50%  

Selling Stockholder

        

Steve Cooper

     —             50%  


Schedule C-1

Pricing Terms

1. The Company is selling [*] shares of Common Stock.

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [*] shares of Common Stock.

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[*].


Schedule C-2

Free Writing Prospectuses


Schedule C-3

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications


Schedule D

Persons Subject to Lockups


Exhibit A-1

Form of Opinion of Company Counsel


Exhibit A-2

Form of Opinion of Counsel to Selling Stockholder


Exhibit B

Form of Lock-up Agreement


Exhibit C

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 4(a)(x)

One Stop Systems, Inc.

[Date]

One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Roth Capital Partners, LLC, the sole book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of [●] shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to                 shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on     ,                  20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit D

Form of Underwriter Warrant

Exhibit 2.1

MERGER AGREEMENT

AND

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

by and among

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.,

a California corporation

(“Buyer”)

and

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.,

a California corporation

(“Target”)

and

RANDY JONES

(“Target Shareholder”)

July 6, 2016


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

RECITALS

     1  

ARTICLE 1. EFFECT OF THE TRANSACTION

     1  

1.1

  A GREEMENT TO M ERGE      1  

1.2

  C LOSING D ATE ; E FFECTIVE T IME      2  

1.3

  G OVERNANCE OF S URVIVING C ORPORATION      2  

ARTICLE 2. CONVERSION OF SHARES

     2  

2.1

  C ONVERSION OF T ARGET S S HARES      2  

2.2

  C LOSING OF S TOCK T RANSFER B OOKS      3  

2.3

  D ISSENTERS ’ R IGHTS      3  

2.4

  E XCHANGE OF S HARES ; D ELIVERIES      3  

ARTICLE 3. TARGET’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     5  

3.1

  O RGANIZATION , S TANDING , Q UALIFICATION ; C ORPORATE P OWER AND A CTION      5  

3.2

  C APITAL S TRUCTURE OF T ARGET      5  

3.3

  S UBSIDIARIES      6  

3.4

  T ARGET F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS ; T ARGET B ALANCE S HEET D ATE      6  

3.5

  T ITLE TO A SSETS      7  

3.6

  I NVENTORY      7  

3.7

  I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY      7  

3.8

  A CCOUNTS R ECEIVABLE      9  

3.9

  I NTERESTS IN T ARGET S P ROPERTY      9  

3.10

  A BSENCE OF U NDISCLOSED L IABILITIES      10  

3.11

  A BSENCE OF S PECIFIED C HANGES      10  

3.12

  P ERMITS , L ICENSES , AND F RANCHISES      11  

3.13

  J UDGMENTS , D ECREES , OR O RDERS R ESTRAINING B USINESS      11  

3.14

  I NSURANCE      11  

3.15

  LABOR D ISPUTES      11  

3.16

  E NVIRONMENTAL C OMPLIANCE ; H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS      11  

3.17

  R EAL P ROPERTY      12  

3.18

  P OWERS OF A TTORNEY      13  

3.19

  No V IOLATION OF O THER I NSTRUMENTS      13  

3.20

  L ITIGATION      13  

3.21

  C ONTRACTS      13  

3.22

  T AXES      15  

3.23

  P RIVACY AND D ATA S ECURITY      15  

3.24

  C USTOMERS AND S UPPLIERS      16  

3.25

  A FFILIATED B USINESSES      17  

3.26

  G OVERNMENT R EPORTS      17  

3.27

  C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES AND C ITATIONS A FFECTING T ARGET      17  

3.28

  C ORPORATE D OCUMENTS      18  

3.29

  P ERSONNEL      18  

3.30

  C ONTINUITY OF B USINESS E NTERPRISE      19  

3.31

  No B ROKERS      19  

3.32

  D ISCLOSURE      19  

3.33

  C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS      19  

3.34

  No O THER R EPRESENTATIONS OR W ARRANTIES      19  

 

-i-


 

ARTICLE 4. BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     20  

4.1

  O RGANIZATION , S TANDING , Q UALIFICATION ; C ORPORATE P OWER AND A CTION      20  

4.2

  No V IOLATION OF O THER I NSTRUMENTS      20  

4.3

  No B ROKERS      21  

4.4

  C APITAL S TRUCTURE OF B UYER      21  

4.5

  B UYER F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS ; B UYER B ALANCE S HEET D ATE      21  

4.6

  I NSURANCE      22  

4.7

  C ONTINUITY OF B USINESS E NTERPRISE      22  

4.8

  T ITLE TO A SSETS      22  

4.9

  I NTERESTS IN B UYER S P ROPERTY      22  

4.10

  A BSENCE OF U NDISCLOSED L IABILITIES      22  

4.11

  A BSENCE OF S PECIFIED C HANGES      23  

4.12

  P ERMITS , L ICENSES , AND F RANCHISES      24  

4.13

  J UDGMENTS , D ECREES , OR O RDERS R ESTRAINING B USINESS      24  

4.14

  L ABOR D ISPUTES      24  

4.15

  E NVIRONMENTAL C OMPLIANCE ; H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS      24  

4.16

  L ITIGATION      25  

4.17

  C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES AND C ITATIONS A FFECTING B UYER      25  

4.18

  D ISCLOSURE      25  

4.19

  C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS      25  

4.20

  No O THER R EPRESENTATIONS OR W ARRANTIES      26  

ARTICLE 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

     26  

5.1

  P ERFORMANCE OF A CTS AND U NDERTAKINGS OF T ARGET      26  

5.2

  C ERTIFIED R ESOLUTIONS      26  

5.3

  C ONTINUED A CCURACY OF T ARGET S W ARRANTIES      26  

5.4

  A PPROVALS FROM A UTHORITIES      27  

5.5

  C ONSENTS      27  

5.6

  B UYER S HAREHOLDER A PPROVAL      27  

5.7

  T ARGET S HAREHOLDER A PPROVAL      27  

5.8

  D ISSENTING S HARES      27  

5.9

  E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENTS      27  

5.10

  F ILING OF M ERGER A GREEMENT      27  

5.11

  T ARGET S D ELIVERY OF U PDATED T ARGET D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULES      27  

5.12

  B UYER S A PPROVAL OF U PDATED T ARGET D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULES      27  

5.13

  E XEMPTIONS FROM F EDERAL AND C ALIFORNIA S ECURITIES L AW R EQUIREMENTS      28  

5.14

  T ERMINATION OF O UTSTANDING C ONVERTIBLE S ECURITIES      28  

5.15

  No O RDER , I NJUNCTION , R ESTRAINT , OR P ROCEEDINGS      28  

5.16

  F INANCING , ETC      28  

5.17

  C LOSING C ONDITION T ARGET S W ORKING C APITAL D EFICIT      28  

ARTICLE 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO TARGET’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

     29  

6.1

  P ERFORMANCE OF A CTS AND U NDERTAKINGS BY B UYER      29  

6.2

  C ERTIFIED R ESOLUTIONS      29  

6.3

  C ONTINUED A CCURACY OF B UYER S W ARRANTIES      29  

6.4

  B UYER S D ELIVERY OF U PDATED B UYER D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULES      29  

6.5

  T ARGET S A PPROVAL OF U PDATED B UYER D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULES      29  

ARTICLE 7. COVENANTS

     29  

7.1

  B UYER S I NVESTIGATION      29  

 

-ii-


7.2

  C ONDUCT OF B USINESS IN N ORMAL C OURSE      30  

7.3

  W ORKING C APITAL A DJUSTMENT      30  

7.4

  T ARGET S HAREHOLDER S N ONCOMPETITION , E TC      31  

7.5

  A UDITS      32  

7.6

  F URTHER A SSURANCES      32  

ARTICLE 8. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION

     33  

8.1

  S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS , W ARRANTIES , AND I NDEMNITIES      33  

8.2

  I NDEMNIFICATION      33  

ARTICLE 9. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

     35  

9.1

  G ROUNDS FOR T ERMINATION      35  

9.2

  R IGHT TO P ROCEED      36  

9.3

  R ETURN OF T ARGET S D OCUMENTS IN E VENT OF T ERMINATION      36  

9.4

  A TTORNEYS ’ F EES AND C OSTS IN E VENT OF T ERMINATION      36  

ARTICLE 10. PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT

     36  

ARTICLE 11. MEETING OF TARGET’S SHAREHOLDERS

     36  

ARTICLE 12. GOVERNING LAW; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; COUNTERPARTS; ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     37  

ARTICLE 13. NOTICES

     37  

ARTICLE 14. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     38  

14.1

  E XCLUSIVE D ISPUTE R ESOLUTION M ECHANISM      38  

14.2

  N EGOTIATIONS      38  

14.3

  M EDIATION      38  

14.4

  A RBITRATION AS A F INAL R ESORT      39  

ARTICLE 15. AMENDMENTS

     39  

ARTICLE 16. MISCELLANEOUS

     39  

16.1

  W ORD U SAGE      39  

16.2

  I NCORPORATION OF R ECITALS      39  

16.3

  R ECOVERY OF L ITIGATION C OSTS      39  

16.4

  A TTORNEY -C LIENT M ATTERS      40  

16.5

  S EVERABILITY      40  

16.6

  E FFECT OF H EADINGS      40  

EXHIBIT A: CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

     42  

EXHIBIT B: LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

     43  

EXHIBIT C: TARGET DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

     44  

EXHIBIT D: BUYER DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

     45  

 

-iii-


MERGER AGREEMENT

AND

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

 

 

This Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization ( “Agreement”) is made as of July 6, 2016 by and among One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation ( “Buyer”) ; Mission Technology Group, Inc., a California corporation (“ Target” ); and Randy Jones, an individual and the sole shareholder of Target (“ Target Shareholder ”) . Target and Target Shareholder are collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Target Parties.” Buyer and Target Parties are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “Parties.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, this Agreement contemplates a tax-free merger of Target with and into Buyer in a reorganization pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 368(a)(1)(A) and the Parties intend to treat this Agreement as a Plan of Reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-2(g);

WHEREAS, Target Shareholder will receive shares of Buyer’s common stock in exchange for his Target common stock; and

WHEREAS, the Parties expect the Merger will further certain of their business objectives.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1. EFFECT OF THE TRANSACTION

1.1 A GREEMENT TO M ERGE . At the Effective Time (as defined in this Agreement), a merger will take place ( “Merger”) whereby Target will be merged with and into Buyer, and Buyer will be the Surviving Corporation. (The term “Surviving Corporation” in this Agreement denotes Buyer after consummation of the Merger.) Buyer’s corporate name, existence, and all its purposes, powers, and objectives will continue unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger, and as the Surviving Corporation it will be governed by the laws of the State of California and succeed to all of Target’s rights, assets, liabilities, and obligations in accordance with the California General Corporation Law (“California Corporations Code”).

1.2 C LOSING D ATE ; E FFECTIVE T IME . Unless this Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, the Merger will be effected as soon as practicable after all the conditions established in Articles 5 and 6 of this Agreement have been satisfied or waived. Closing of the Merger (“Closing”) will be held at 10:00 a.m. pacific time, on July 15, 2016, by the electronic exchange

 


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

 

of documents, or at such other time and place as the Parties may agree. The time and date of Closing are called the “Closing Date,” and will be the same day as the effective date of the Merger. On the Closing Date, the Parties will cause the Merger to be consummated by filing an agreement of merger ( “Agreement of Merger”) with the Secretary of State of California in accordance with the provisions of the California Corporations Code (the time of acceptance by the Secretary of State of California of such filing, or such later time as specified in the Agreement of Merger, will be referred to in this Agreement as the “Effective Time”).

1.3 G OVERNANCE OF S URVIVING C ORPORATION .

1.3.1 Articles of Incorporation . The articles of incorporation of Buyer in effect at the Effective Time will become the articles of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, and upon the consummation of the Merger, will be amended to provide Surviving Corporation’s shareholders preemptive rights as more particularly described in the Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate of Amendment” ). From and after the Effective Time, said articles of incorporation, as they may be duly amended from time to time, will be, and may be separately certified as, the articles of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation.

1.3.2 Bylaws . The bylaws of Buyer in effect at the Effective Time will be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until they are thereafter duly altered, amended, or repealed.

1.3.3 Directors and Officers .

(a) The directors of Buyer at the Effective Time will be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the provisions of applicable law and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Immediately after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation will appoint Randy Jones as a director, as Vice-Chairman.

(b) The officers of Buyer at the Effective Time will be the officers of Surviving Corporation, each to hold office subject to the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation. Immediately after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation will appoint (i) Tim Miller as President- Magma Business Group and (ii) Julia Elbert as Vice-President- Engineering.

ARTICLE 2. CONVERSION OF SHARES

2.1 C ONVERSION OF T ARGET S S HARES . At the Effective Time, each share of Target’s common stock, no par value, issued and outstanding immediately before the Effective Time (“Target Common Stock”), other than “dissenting shares” as defined in the California Corporations Code Section 1300, will by virtue of the Merger and without action on the part of any Target shareholder be converted into the right to receive .3095652 of one share of Buyer’s common stock (the ratio of .3095652 shares of Buyer’s common stock to one share of Target’s common stock is referred to herein as the “Conversion Ratio”), up to a maximum of 1,424,000 shares of Buyer’s common stock.

 

-2-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

2.2 C LOSING OF S TOCK T RANSFER B OOKS . At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of Target will be closed, and thereafter no transfers of shares of Target common stock will be made or consummated.

2.3 D ISSENTERS ’ R IGHTS . Despite anything in this Agreement to the contrary, a “dissenting shareholder” who holds any of Target’s “dissenting shares” (as those terms are defined in California Corporations Code Section 1300) outstanding immediately before the Effective Time and who has made and perfected a demand for payment of the value of the shares ( “Payment”) in accordance with California Corporations Code Sections 1300-1312 ( “Dissenters’ Rights Statute” ) and who has not effectively withdrawn or lost the right to such Payment will have, by virtue of the Merger and without further action on the dissenting shareholder’s part, the right to receive and be paid the Payment and no further rights other than those provided by the Dissenters’ Rights Statute. Target will give Buyer prompt written notice of all written demands for Payment, withdrawals of demand, and other written communications received by Target pursuant to the Dissenters’ Rights Statute. After the amount of the Payment has been agreed on or finally determined pursuant to the Dissenters’ Rights Statute, all dissenting shareholders entitled to the Payment pursuant to the Dissenters’ Rights Statute will receive such payment from Target Parties, and the dissenting shares will thereupon be canceled.

2.4 E XCHANGE OF S HARES ; D ELIVERIES .

2.4.1 Exchange of Shares .

(a) On or before the Closing Date:

(i) Buyer will mail a letter of transmittal to each person who is a shareholder of record of Target Common Stock. The letter of transmittal will be substantially in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement; and

(i) Target will cause each shareholder of Target Common Stock to deliver and surrender to the Surviving Corporation the shareholder’s executed letter of transmittal and certificate(s) evidencing ownership of Target Common Stock.

(b) Provided the shareholder of Target Common Stock has delivered and surrendered to the Surviving Corporation the shareholder’s executed letter of transmittal and certificate(s) evidencing ownership of Target Common Stock, immediately after the Effective Time, such shareholder of Target Common Stock will be entitled to receive in exchange therefor that number of shares of Buyer’s common stock equal to the product of (a) the number of shares of Target Common Stock represented by such surrendered certificate(s) multiplied by (b) the Conversion Ratio.

(c) All such certificates evidencing ownership of Target Common Stock will be canceled. No Target Common Stock will be deemed to be outstanding or to have any rights other than those set forth above in this Subsection 2.4.1 after the Effective Time.

 

-3-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

2.4.2 Deliveries by Target .

(a) On or before the Closing Date, Target will provide Buyer written evidence (satisfactory to Buyer in its sole discretion) that each of the then outstanding option to purchase shares of Target Common Stock (each an Option” ) has be canceled.

(b) Immediately after the Effective Time, Target shall deliver to Buyer:

(i) Target Shareholder’s letter of transmittal and certificate(s) evidencing ownership of 100% of the Target Common Stock ( Surrendered Certificates” ) .

(ii) Deliver to Buyer a copy of a registration rights agreement granting Buyer’s common shareholders (including Target Shareholder) substantially similar “piggy-back” registration rights that Buyer’s preferred shareholders enjoy ( Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement”), duly executed by Target Shareholder;

(iii) Deliver to Buyer a voting agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to Target Shareholder and Stephen Cooper, providing that Stephen Cooper will vote his shares of Buyer stock to elect and maintain Target Shareholder as director on the board of directors of Buyer, until the annual shareholders meeting occurring after the second anniversary of the Closing Date (“Voting Agreement”), duly executed by Target Shareholder; and

(iv) Deliver to Buyer a management agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to Target Shareholder and Buyer; containing terms no less favorable to Target Shareholder than the terms set forth in that certain term sheet, dated as of June 16, 2016, between Target and Buyer, providing that Target Shareholder will continue as an independent contractor to the Surviving Company (“Management Agreement”), duly executed by Target Shareholder.

2.4.3 Deliveries by Buyer . Immediately after the Effective Time, Buyer shall:

(a) Issue and deliver to Target Shareholder that number of shares of Buyer’s common stock equal to the product of (a) the number of shares of Target Common Stock represented by the Surrendered Certificates multiplied by (b) the Conversion Ratio (the “ Merger Consideration Shares” );

(b) Pay to Comerica Bank by wire transfer of immediately available funds an amount not exceeding Nine Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($950,000) to fully repay Target’s credit line and term loan indebtedness, as reflected on a payoff and lien release letter delivered to Buyer and Target by Comerica Bank, dated on or about the Closing Date (“ Comerica Payoff Letter” );

(c) Pay to Miller Capital Corporation by wire transfer of immediately available funds an amount not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) to pay all amounts due to Miller Capital Corporation under that certain Lender Bank Work Out Related Services Agreement, dated February 26, 2016 between Target and Miller Capital Corporation;

(d) Deliver to Target Shareholder the Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by Buyer;

 

-4-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

 

(e) Deliver to Target Shareholder (i) resolutions, duly authorized by the shareholders or board of directors, as applicable, of Buyer in accordance with the Bylaws of Buyer, appointing Target Shareholder as a director of the board of directors of Buyer, as Vice-Chairman and independent board member, receiving Buyer’s customary and standard board fees plus Buyer’s customary and standard annual board member stock options and (ii) the Voting Agreement, duly executed by Stephen Cooper; and

(f) Deliver to Target Shareholder the Management Agreement, duly executed by the Buyer.

ARTICLE 3. TARGET’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Except as set forth in the Target Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit C, as may be updated through the Closing Date (the “Target Disclosure Schedule”), Target Parties, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Buyer as of the date hereof and as of the Closing as follows.

3.1 O RGANIZATION , S TANDING , Q UALIFICATION ; C ORPORATE P OWER AND A CTION .

3.1.1 Target is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of California and has the corporate power to own all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Target is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in the jurisdictions listed in Section 3.1.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, and, except as set forth in Section 3.1.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, neither the ownership of its property nor the conduct of its business requires it to be qualified to do business in any other jurisdiction, except where the failure to so qualify would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

3.1.2 Target’s board of directors has duly authorized the execution of this Agreement, and Target has the corporate power and is duly authorized, subject only to the approval of this Agreement by the Target Shareholder and the filing of the Agreement of Merger with the Secretary of State of California, to merge Target into Buyer pursuant to this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Target and, assuming the due authorization, execution, and delivery by Buyer, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Target, enforceable against Target in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to laws of general application related to bankruptcy, insolvency, and the relief of debtors now or hereafter in effect and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.1.3 The approval of the Target Shareholder is the only approval of holders of Target capital securities required to approve the Merger.

3.2 C APITAL S TRUCTURE OF T ARGET . Target’s authorized capital stock consists of ten million (10,000,000) shares of Target common stock, of which four million six hundred thousand (4,600,000) shares are issued and outstanding. All of Target’s capital stock is held by the Target Shareholder, and no shares of Target capital stock are held in treasury. There are one million one hundred thirty-six thousand one hundred and seventy-six (1,136,176) shares of Target common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to Mission Technology Group, Inc. Stock Option Plan Adopted October 1, 2009 and four hundred sixty nine thousand two hundred and fifty (469,250)

 

-5-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

shares of Target common stock subject to outstanding Options. Section 3.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule sets forth the following information with respect to outstanding Options: (a) the name and most recent address of each option holder, (b) the number of shares of Target common stock to be issued on exercise of Options held by each such holder, (c) the exercise price of such Options, (d) the vesting schedule for such Options, including the extent vested to date, and (e) whether such Options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 422, as amended. All issued and outstanding shares have been, and all shares to be issued pursuant to outstanding Options will be, validly issued in full compliance with all federal and state securities laws, fully paid and nonassessable, not subject to preemptive rights created by statute, the articles of incorporation, or the bylaws of Target and issued free and clear of any similar rights under any agreement to which Target is a party or by which it is bound, and do or will have one voting right per share. Other than as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, rights, warrants, convertible securities, or other agreements or commitments obligating Target to issue or to transfer from treasury any additional shares of its capital stock of any class.

3.3 S UBSIDIARIES . Each subsidiary of Target (each a Target Subsidiary” and collectively Target Subsidiaries”) is listed in Section 3.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, which correctly sets forth for each Target Subsidiary (a) its jurisdiction of organization, (b) the jurisdictions in which it is qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign entity, (c) the number of equity interests authorized, (d) the number of equity interests issued and outstanding, and (e) if the Target Subsidiary is not wholly owned by Target, the number of outstanding equity interests held by Target and the number of outstanding equity interests held by, and the names of, other equity holders. Except as specified in Section 3.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, Target or a Target Subsidiary owns all the outstanding equity interests of each Target Subsidiary and neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary has any outstanding investment in or advance of cash to any company other than a Target Subsidiary. There are no outstanding rights or options to acquire, or any outstanding securities convertible into, equity interests of any class of any Target Subsidiary. Each Target Subsidiary (a) is an entity duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (b) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction listed with respect to it in Section 3.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule; (c) has the entity power to own all of its property and assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted; and (d) except as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, is not required by its ownership of property, by the conduct of its business, or otherwise to be qualified to do business in any other jurisdictions.

3.4 T ARGET F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS ; T ARGET B ALANCE S HEET D ATE .

3.4.1 Target has delivered to Buyer (a) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Target as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the three years ending on those dates, reviewed by Target’s independent public accountants and (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Target as of June 30, 2016, together with related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the six (6) month period ending on this date, certified by Target’s chief financial officer as accurately reflecting Target’s financial condition for this period and accurately reflecting all information normally reported to Target’s independent public accountants for the preparation of Target’s financial

 

-6-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

statements (other than footnotes thereto). The above financial statements delivered to Buyer are referred to as the Target Financial Statements.”

3.4.2 The Target Financial Statements (a) have been prepared in accordance with the books and records of Target, (b) have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) consistently applied by target throughout the periods indicated, and (c) fairly present the financial position of Target as of the respective dates of the balance sheets included and the results of its operations for the respective periods indicated, in accordance with GAAP and subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments and the lack of footnote disclosure.

3.4.3 June 30, 2016 is referred to in this Agreement as the “Target Balance Sheet Date.”

3.5 T ITLE TO A SSETS . Target and each Target Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all their respective assets and interests in assets, whether real, personal, mixed, tangible, or intangible, that constitute all the assets and interests in assets that are used in the businesses of Target and each Target Subsidiary. All these assets are free and clear of restrictions on or conditions to transfer or assignment and free and clear of mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, or restrictions, except for (a) those disclosed in Section 3.5 of the Target Disclosure Schedule or (b) the lien of current taxes not yet due and payable.

3.6 I NVENTORY . The inventories of Target and each Target Subsidiary reflected on Target’s June 30, 2016 Balance Sheet, as well as all inventory items acquired since the Target Balance Sheet Date that are now the property of Target or a Target Subsidiary, consist of raw materials, supplies, work in process, and finished goods of such quality and in such quantities as are being used and will be usable or are being sold and will be salable in the ordinary course of the business of Target and Target Subsidiaries. These inventories exclude scrap, slow-moving items, and obsolete items and are valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. Since the Target Balance Sheet Date, Target and each Target Subsidiary have continued to replenish these inventories in a normal and customary manner consistent with prudent practice prevailing in the business, and there have not been any write-downs of the value of, or establishment of any reserves against, the inventory, except for write-downs and reserves in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

3.7 I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY .

3.7.1 Section 3.7.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of (a) all Registered Intellectual Property, together with identification of the owner of record of each listed item of Intellectual Property; (b) except for contracts for off-the-shelf software, all agreements, together with identification of all parties to such agreements, under which Target or any Target Subsidiary either obtains or grants the right to use any item of Intellectual Property (the “License Agreements”) together with identification of the Intellectual Property licensed thereunder; and (c) all opinions of counsel (whether in house or outside) on the validity, infringement, or enforceability of any patent owned or controlled by a party other than Target or any Target Subsidiary that relates to any aspect of Target or any Target Subsidiary’s business. For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” means any and all inventions, invention studies (whether

 

-7-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

patentable or unpatentable), designs, patents, patent applications, copyrights, copyright registrations, copyright registration applications, trademarks, trademark registrations, trademark registration applications, service marks, service mark registrations, service mark registration applications, trade dress, trade names, trade secrets, secret processes, secret formulas, and technical information and know-how; and “Registered Intellectual Property” means applications, registrations and filings for Intellectual Property owned by the Target or any Target Subsidiary that have been registered, filed, or otherwise perfected or recorded with or by any state, government or other legal authority.

3.7.2 To the Knowledge of Target, the assets of Target and each Target Subsidiary reflected on Target’s June 30, 2016 Balance Sheet include all material Intellectual Property rights necessary for the business of Target and each Target Subsidiary without the need for any license or consent from any Person.

3.7.3 Appropriate filings, registrations, or issuances have been made with or by the appropriate governmental agencies of the United States, any of the states, and all applicable foreign countries with respect to the Registered Intellectual Property on Section 3.7.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, except where the failure to so file, register or issue would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

3.7.4 Except as set forth in Section 3.7.4 of the Target Disclosure Schedule:

(a) Target or Target Subsidiaries are the sole and exclusive owner or licensee of all of Target’s and Target Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property, including, but not limited to, the Registered Intellectual Property listed in Section 3.7.1(a) of the Target Disclosure Schedule, and has the sole and exclusive right to use all of the same.

(b) All of Target and Target Subsidiaries Intellectual Property is free and clear of any attachments, liens, or encumbrances, and none is subject to any outstanding order, decree, judgment, stipulation, or agreement restricting the scope of the use to the same.

(c) There are no claims or demands of any other person, firm, or corporation (other than attorneys’ charges for services rendered to or expenses incurred on behalf of Target or Target Subsidiaries, and except for registration proceedings pending before a registration office) pertaining to the Target’s and Target Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property or License Agreements, and no proceedings have been instituted, are pending, or, to the Knowledge of Target, are threatened in writing (except for registration proceedings pending before a registration office) that challenge the rights of Target or Target Subsidiaries in respect to the same.

(d) To the Knowledge of Target, none of Target’s and Target Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property infringes on the rights of others and none of the rights pertaining to Target’s and Target Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property are being infringed by others.

(e) During the last seven (7) years neither Target nor Target Subsidiaries or any predecessor has been charged with or has charged others with infringement, unfair competition, or violation of rights with respect to any patent, trademark, service mark, trade dress, trade name, or copyright, or with wrongful use of confidential information, trade secrets, or secret processes.

 

-8-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

(f) To the Knowledge of Target, there are no unexpired patents necessary for the manufacture of the products of Target or any Target Subsidiary or necessary to the apparatus or methods employed by Target or any Target Subsidiary in manufacturing or producing their products, other than unexpired patents held by Target or Target Subsidiaries or unexpired patents under which Target or Target Subsidiaries is licensed.

(g) To the Knowledge of Target, Target and Target Subsidiaries are not using any patentable inventions, confidential information, trade secrets, or secret processes of others.

(h) Each License Agreement in Section 3.7.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule is valid and binding in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect. Neither Target nor Target Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of Target, any other party, to any such agreement has breached any material provision or is in default in any material respect under the terms of that agreement; and the Merger will not result in termination of any such agreement, require the consent of any party to any such agreement, or bring into operation any provision of any such agreement.

(i) All employees, contractors, and consultants of Target and each Target Subsidiary and any other third parties who have been involved in the development of any Intellectual Property rights owned by Target or any Target Subsidiary have executed invention assignment agreements in the form(s) delivered to Buyer, and all such employees and consultants who have access to confidential information or trade secrets of Target’s or ant Target Subsidiary’s business or that relate to Intellectual Property rights have executed appropriate nondisclosure agreements in the form(s) delivered to Buyer. Target and each Target Subsidiary have taken reasonable steps, consistent with industry standards, to protect the secrecy and confidentiality of their trade secret and know how rights.

(j) Except as set forth in Section 3.7.1(b) of the Target Disclosure Schedule, neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary is liable for, nor has made any contract or arrangement by which it may become liable to any Person for, any royalty, fee, or other compensation for the ownership, use, license, sale, offer of sale, distribution, manufacture, import, export, reproduction, distribution, public display, public performance of, creation of derivative works based on, or disposition of any of the Intellectual Property rights.

3.8 A CCOUNTS R ECEIVABLE . Within three (3) months after the Effective Time, Target Parties reasonably believe that Surviving Corporation will have collected ninety percent (90%), and within six (6) months after the Effective Time, Target Parties reasonably believe that Surviving Corporation will have collected one hundred percent (100%), of the amounts shown as accounts receivable (less the amount of the reserve in respect of such accounts receivable shown on the balance sheet, which reserve has been established and calculated consistent with past practice) on the books of Target and Target Subsidiaries at the close of business on the day before the effective date of the Merger.

3.9 I NTERESTS IN T ARGET S P ROPERTY . No officer, director, or shareholder of Target or any Target Subsidiary has any interest in any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including copyrights, trademarks, or trade names, used in or pertaining to the business of Target or any Target Subsidiary .

 

-9-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

3.10 A BSENCE OF U NDISCLOSED L IABILITIES . There are no liabilities of Target or any Target Subsidiary other than the following:

(a) Liabilities disclosed or provided for in Target’s June 30, 2016 Balance Sheet, including the notes to such Balance Sheet;

(b) Liabilities disclosed in Section 3.10 of the Target Disclosure Schedule; or

(c) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Target Balance Sheet Date, none of which has been adverse to the business of Target or any Target Subsidiary, and none of which is attributable to any period before the Target Balance Sheet Date.

3.11 A BSENCE OF S PECIFIED C HANGES . Since December 31, 2015 there has not been:

(a) Any material change in the business, results of operations, assets, financial condition, or manner of conducting the business of Target or any Target Subsidiary other than changes in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, none of which has had a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) Any material damage, destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) adversely affecting any aspect of the business or operations of Target or any Target Subsidiary;

(c) Any direct or indirect redemption or other acquisition by Target of any of Target’s shares of capital stock of any class, or any declaration, setting aside, or payment of any dividend or other distribution of Target’s capital stock of any class;

(d) Any increase in the compensation, incentive payments, or severance payable or to become payable by Target or any Target Subsidiary to any of its officers, employees, or agents, other than compensation increases granted in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Any option to purchase, or other right to acquire, stock of any class of Target or any Target Subsidiary granted by Target or any Target Subsidiary to any person;

(f) Any employment, bonus, severance, change of control, or deferred compensation agreement or arrangement entered into between Target or any Target Subsidiary and any of its directors, officers, or other employees or consultants;

(g) Any issuance of capital stock of any class by Target or any Target Subsidiary;

(h) Any sale or disposition of a material amount of assets or material interests owned or possessed by Target, other than sales occurring in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and prior periods;

(i) Any indebtedness incurred by Target or any Target Subsidiary for borrowed money or any commitment to borrow money entered into by Target or any guaranty given by Target;

 

-10-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

(j) Any cancellation by Target of any material indebtedness owing to Target, or any cancellation or settlement by Target of any material claims against others;

(k) Any change in accounting practices by Target;

(1) Any change in method of accounting with respect to taxes, any change to a tax election, any filing of an amended tax return, any settlement or compromise of any proceeding with respect to any material tax liability;

(m) Any amendment to Target’s articles of incorporation or bylaws; or

(n) Any agreement or commitment by or on behalf of Target to do or take any of the actions referred to in (a) through (m) above.

3.12 P ERMITS , L ICENSES , AND F RANCHISES . Target and each Target Subsidiary have obtained all necessary permits, licenses, franchises, and other authorizations and have complied with all laws applicable to the conduct of their business in the manner and in the areas in which business is presently being conducted; and all such permits, licenses, franchises, and authorizations are valid and in full force and effect. To the Knowledge of Target, neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary has engaged in any activity that would cause revocation or suspension of any such permits, licenses, franchises, or authorizations; no action or proceeding contemplating the revocation or suspension of any of them is pending or, to the Knowledge of Target, threatened; and no approvals or authorizations will be required after the consummation of the Merger to permit Surviving Corporation to continue Target’s business as presently conducted.

3.13 J UDGMENTS , D ECREES , OR O RDERS R ESTRAINING B USINESS . Neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary is a party to or subject to any judgment, decree, or order entered in any suit or proceeding brought by any governmental agency or by any other person, enjoining Target or any Target Subsidiary with respect to any business practice, the acquisition of any property, or the conduct of business in any area.

3.14 I NSURANCE . During each of the past five (5)  fiscal years, Target and each Target Subsidiary have been adequately insured by financially sound and reputable insurers with respect to risks normally insured against and in amounts normally carried by companies similarly situated. All such insurance policies are in full force and effect; all premiums due on such policies have been fully paid; and no notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any policy.

3.15 L ABOR D ISPUTES . Target is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other contract with a labor union. No work stoppage, strike, lockout, or other labor dispute in respect to Target or any Target Subsidiary is pending or, to the Knowledge of Target, threatened, and no application for certification of a collective bargaining agent is pending or, to the Knowledge of Target, threatened.

3.16 E NVIRONMENTAL C OMPLIANCE ; H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS .

3.16.1 As used in this Section “Environmental Laws” means any federal, state, local, or foreign laws, statutes, regulations, ordinances, decrees, judgments, or orders and all common law concerning

 

-11-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

public health or safety, worker health or safety, or pollution or protection of the environment, as the foregoing are enacted or in effect before the Closing Date. As used in this Section, “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste that is regulated by any federal authority or by any state or local authority where the substance, material, or waste is located. “Hazardous Material” includes, but is not limited to, petroleum base products, paints and solvents, lead, cyanide, DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides, ammonium compounds, asbestos, PCBs, and other chemical products.

3.16.2 Target and each Target Subsidiary have complied in all material respects with, and have not been cited for any violation of, Environmental Laws; and no material capital expenditures will be required for compliance with any Environmental Laws. None of Target or any Target Subsidiary has received any written notice, claim, report, or other information regarding any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Laws. None of Target or any Target Subsidiary has retained or assumed by contract or operation of law any material liability or obligation of another person under any Environmental Law. To the Knowledge of Target, there are no underground storage tanks located on the real property described in Section 3.17.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule in which any Hazardous Material has been or is being stored, nor has there been any spill, disposal, discharge, or release of any Hazardous Material into, upon, or over that real property or into or upon ground or surface water on that real property. To the Knowledge of Target, there are no asbestos-containing materials incorporated into the buildings or interior improvements that are part of that real property or into other assets of Target or any Target Subsidiary, nor is there any electrical transformer, fluorescent light fixture with ballasts, or other equipment containing PCBs on that real property. All reports, audits, assessments, and other similar documents in possession of Target or any Target Subsidiary relating to any material liability or potential material liability of Target or any Target Subsidiary under any Environmental Law or to any Hazardous Material have been provided to Buyer.

3.17 R EAL P ROPERTY .

3.17.1 The real property described in Section 3.17.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule constitutes all of the real property and interests in real property owned or leased by the Company as of the Target Balance Sheet Date, except for properties that have been disposed of as specified in Section 3.17.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule.

3.17.2 Except as set forth in Section 3.17.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule:

(a) Target and each Target Subsidiary have not purchased, sold, contracted to purchase or sell, taken or given any options on, or entered into any leases of any real property or interests in real property since the Target Balance Sheet Date.

(b) To the Knowledge of Target, the buildings and operations of Target and each Target Subsidiary do not encroach on the property of others. All such buildings and the machinery and equipment therein that are in regular use are in good working order and in good state of repair; and all such buildings and operations conform in all material respects with all applicable ordinances, regulations, and zoning laws.

 

-12-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

(c) All parcels of land included in such real property purporting to be contiguous to other parcels are contiguous and not separated by strips or gores.

(d) Target and each Target Subsidiary have good and marketable title to all real property and interests in real property listed as owned by it free and clear of all liens, claims, options, or other encumbrances.

(e) Each lease described in Section 3.17.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule is a valid and binding agreement in accordance with its terms; no default exists under any provision of any such lease, and the Merger will not result in the termination of any such lease, require the consent of any other party to the lease, or bring into operation any other provision of the lease.

(f) No real property or interests in real property owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any of the directors or officers of Target or any Target Subsidiary adjoins or abuts in any degree any real property owned or leased by Target or any Target Subsidiary.

3.18 P OWERS OF A TTORNEY . Target has no powers of attorney outstanding, except for powers of attorney granted to Hara CPA Services for tax filings and IRS enquiries.

3.19 N O V IOLATION OF O THER I NSTRUMENTS . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Target do not, and the consummation of the Merger by Target will not, (a) violate any provision of Target’s articles of incorporation or bylaws; (b) violate any provision of, result in the acceleration of any obligation under, result in a right of termination in another party to, or result in the imposition of any lien or encumbrance on any asset of Target pursuant to the terms of, any mortgage, note, lien, lease, franchise, license, permit, agreement, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment, or decree; (c) result in the termination of any agreement, license, franchise, lease, or permit to which Target is a party or by which Target is bound; or (d) violate or conflict with any other restriction of any kind or character to which Target is subject. After Target Shareholder has approved the plan of merger as set forth in this Agreement, Target will take, or will have taken, all actions required by law or by Target’s articles of incorporation or bylaws or otherwise required or necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and to authorize the Merger of Target with Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

3.20 L ITIGATION . Except as set forth in Section 3.20 of the Target Disclosure Schedule: (a) there are no claims, actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Target, threatened (i) against or affecting Target or any Target Subsidiary or the properties or business of Target or any Target Subsidiary or (ii) that would prevent or hinder the consummation of the Merger; and (b) Target and Target Subsidiaries are not charged with violation of, or threatened with charges of violation of, or under investigation with respect to a possible violation of any provision of any federal, state, or local law or administrative ruling or regulation relating to any aspect of its business.

3.21 C ONTRACTS .

3.21.1 Except for the contracts, agreements, plans, leases, and licenses described in Section 3.21.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, Target or any Target Subsidiary are not parties to or subject to:

 

-13-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

(a) Any oral or written employment contract or agreement with any officer, consultant, director, or employee;

(b) Any plan or oral or written contract or agreement, providing for bonuses, pensions, options, deferred compensation, retirement payments, profit sharing, severance or the like;

(c) Any contract or agreement with any labor union;

(d) Any lease of machinery, equipment, or other personal property involving payment by it of annual rental in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000);

(e) Any contract or agreement for the purchase of any materials or supplies except individual purchase orders for less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Any contract for the purchase of equipment or any construction or other agreement not otherwise covered by this schedule and involving any expenditure by the Company of more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000);

(g) Any instrument evidencing or related to indebtedness for borrowed money, or pursuant to which the Company is obligated or entitled to borrow money, or any instrument of guaranty;

(h) Any license or franchise agreement either as licenser or licensee or as franchisor or franchisee (other than agreements covered by the schedule of intellectual property to be delivered pursuant to the agreement);

(i) Any joint venture contract or arrangement or any other agreement involving a sharing of profits;

(j) Any contract or agreement for the sale or lease of its products or the furnishings of its services, or any sales agency contract, brokerage contract, distribution contract, or similar contract other than contracts made in the ordinary course of business on standard forms (copies of which standard forms are attached);

(k) Any contract containing covenants limiting the freedom of the Company to compete in any line of business or with any person;

(l) Any contract or agreement for or relating to the purchase or acquisition by merger or otherwise of the business, assets, or shares of any other corporation or of any partnership or sole proprietorship (regardless of whether the purchase or acquisition has been consummated), which contract or agreement imposes continuing obligations on or grants continuing rights or benefits to the Company;

(m) Any insurance policy (i) held by Target or any Target Subsidiary during the last three (3) years or (ii) under which any claim could be made; or

 

-14-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

(n) Any material contract or agreement not covered by any of the other items of this Section 3.21 that is not either (i) to be performed by Target or any Target Subsidiary within three (3) months from the date of the Agreement or (ii) by its terms terminable by and without penalty to Target or any Target Subsidiary or any successor or assign within three (3) months from the date of the Agreement.

3.21.2 Except as set forth in Section 3.21.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule:

(a) All contracts, agreements, plans, leases, and licenses (including, but not limited to, those described in Section 3.21.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule) are valid and binding in all material respects in accordance with their terms and are in full force and effect.

(b) Neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary or, to the Knowledge of Target, any other party to any such contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license is in default in any material respect under the terms of any such contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license.

(c) Each of Target and each Target Subsidiary as party to an evidence of indebtedness for borrowed money has received from the holder of such indebtedness cash equal to the principal amount of such indebtedness.

(d) The Merger will not result in the termination of any material contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license; will not require the consent of any other party to the contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license; and will not bring into operation any other provision of the contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license.

3.22 T AXES .

3.22.1 Target has delivered or made available to Buyer all federal, state and local tax returns of Target and Target Subsidiaries filed within the past three (3) years.

3.22.2 Within the times and in the manner prescribed by law, Target and each Target Subsidiary have filed all federal, state, and local tax returns required by law and have paid all taxes, assessments, and penalties shown to be due and payable on such returns. There have been no audits of Target or Target Subsidiary by the Internal Revenue Service or the California Franchise Tax Board other than the audits previously disclosed by Target to Buyer, and the results of such audits are accurately reflected in Target’s Financial Statements. The provisions for taxes reflected in Target’s consolidated June 30, 2016 Balance Sheet are adequate for federal, state, county, and local taxes for the period ending on the date of that Balance Sheet and for all prior periods, whether disputed or undisputed. There are no present disputes about taxes of any nature payable by Target or any Target Subsidiary.

3.23 P RIVACY AND D ATA S ECURITY . Target and each Target Subsidiary have (a) complied in all material respects with all privacy and data protection laws applicable to them or to their respective businesses in all pertinent jurisdictions worldwide, and Target and each Target Subsidiary have not received any notice or information that any violation of any such law is being or may be alleged. Target and each Target Subsidiary have processed personal information and data (“Personal Data”) fairly, lawfully, and for specified, explicit, and legitimate purposes; (b) obtained all necessary

 

-15-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

consents of the data subjects from whom Target or any Target Subsidiary collects Personal Data (the “Data Subjects”) in forms appropriate for each jurisdiction that requires such consent; (c) implemented technical and organizational security measures ensuring a level of security appropriate to the risks represented by the data processing activities and the nature of the data to be protected; (d) implemented appropriate technical and organizational measures sufficient to protect Personal Data against accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure or access, or any unlawful forms of processing; and (e) ensured that any third parties responsible for processing its Personal Data have implemented technical and organizational measures. Target and each Target Subsidiary collect, store, process, and use information in accordance with all applicable laws. Target and each Target Subsidiary have adopted a written information security program (“WISP”) to govern the protection of all Personal Data that Target or any Target Subsidiary, as applicable, maintains. Target and each Target Subsidiary have provided to Buyer for Buyer’s review Target’s and each Target Subsidiary’s WISP and other applicable security program documents, including the Target’s and each Target Subsidiary’s incident response policies, encryption standards, and other computer security protection policies or procedures, that constitute compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state and foreign privacy laws. Target and each Target Subsidiary will provide Buyer with any amendments to such policies or programs adopted or implemented prior to the Closing Date, and with any new policies or programs related to information privacy and security as may be adopted by Target and each Target Subsidiary prior to the Closing Date. For the past thirty-six (36) months, neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary has had an information security breach, data breach, or loss of or unauthorized access to the Personal Information of any customers of Target or any Target Subsidiary.

3.24 C USTOMERS AND S UPPLIERS .

3.24.1 Section 3.24.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule sets forth each of Target and Target Subsidiaries’ ten (10) largest customers (based on the dollar amount of sales to such customers) for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the five-month period ended June 30, 2016 (“Material Customers”). Except as set forth in Section 3.24.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, (a) no Material Customer has provided written or oral notice it will not continue to be a customer after the consummation of the Merger, and to the Knowledge of Target, all Material Customers continue to be customers of Target and Target Subsidiaries and; (b) since December 31, 2015, no Material Customer has modified or indicated that it intends to modify the terms of its relationship with Target or any Target Subsidiary in any material respect; (c) since December 31, 2015, no Material Customer has cancelled or otherwise terminated its relationship with Target or any Target Subsidiary or threatened to do so; and (e) Target and Target Subsidiaries are not involved in any material claim, dispute or controversy with any Material Customer.

3.24.2 Section 3.24.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule sets forth each of Target and Target Subsidiaries’ ten (10) largest suppliers (based on the dollar amount of purchases from such suppliers) for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the five-month period ended June 30, 2016 (“Material Suppliers”). Except as set forth in Section 3.24 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, (i) all Material Suppliers continue to be suppliers of Target and Target Subsidiaries, and no Material Supplier has given written or oral notice it will not continue to be a supplier of Target or any Target Subsidiary after the consummation of the Merger; (ii) none of the Material Suppliers has reduced materially its sales to Target or any Target Subsidiary from the levels achieved during the calendar year ended December 31, 2015, or indicated it intends to do so; (iii) since December 31, 2015, no Material

 

-16-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

Supplier has modified or indicated it intends to modify the terms of its relationship with Target or any Target Subsidiary in any material respect; (iv) since December 31, 2015, no Material Supplier has cancelled or otherwise terminated its relationship with Target or any Target Subsidiary or threatened to do so; (v) Target and Target Subsidiaries are not involved in any material claim, dispute or controversy with any Material Supplier; and (vi) no supplier to Target or any Target Subsidiary represents a sole source of supply for any goods and services used in the conduct of their business.

3.25 A FFILIATED BUSINESSES .

3.25.1 Section 3.25.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, and sole proprietorships, directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any of the officers or directors of Target or any Target Subsidiary, which during the past three (3) years (a) have engaged in any business similar to any of Target’s or any Target Subsidiary’s businesses or (b) have conducted business with Target or any Target Subsidiary as a supplier, customer, lessor, lessee, or otherwise.

3.25.2 The list contained in Section 3.25.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule specifies (a) the business engaged in by each such corporation, partnership, or sole proprietorship during the past three (3) years, and (b) the nature and volume of the business of each such corporation, partnership, or sole proprietorship conducted with Target or any Target Subsidiary and the period during which it has been conducted.

3.26 G OVERNMENT R EPORTS . Section 3.26 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all reports filed or required to be filed by Target or any Target Subsidiary during the last three (3) years (a) with the United States government reflecting production capacity, actual production, inventories, or shipments (including the Bureau of Census “Annual Survey of Manufacturers” on Form MA10000), and (b) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Federal Trade Commission, Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, Environmental Protection Agency, and the Departments of Justice, Treasury, Labor, Interior, Commerce, and Defense.

3.27 C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES AND C ITATIONS A FFECTING T ARGET .

3.27.1 Section 3.27.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all claims, inquiries, citations, penalties assessed, and other proceedings of federal, state, or local governmental agencies and of others in respect of Target or any Target Subsidiary during the past three (3) years that relate to any provision of federal, state, or local laws or regulations, including those relating to occupational safety and health, equal employment opportunity, and environmental pollution.

3.27.2 Except to the extent indicated in Section 3.27.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, all such claims, inquiries, citations, or proceedings have been terminated or will be terminated at a cost to Target and Target Subsidiaries of not more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) in any one instance and not more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) in the aggregate.

 

-17-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

3.27.3 Except as set forth in Section 3.27.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, the buildings and operations of Target and Target Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, and local laws.

3.28 C ORPORATE D OCUMENTS . Target has furnished to Buyer for examination (a) copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Target and each Target Subsidiary; (b) the minute books of Target and each Target Subsidiary containing all records required to be set forth of all proceedings, consents, actions, and meetings of the shareholders, members, boards of directors and managers of Target and each Target Subsidiary; (c) all permits, orders, and consents issued by the California Commissioner of Corporations with respect to Target or any Target Subsidiary, or any security of either of them, and all applications for such permits, orders, and consents; and (d) the stock transfer books of Target and each Target Subsidiary setting forth all transfers of any equity interests.

3.29 P ERSONNEL .

3.29.1 Identification and Compensation . Section 3.29.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of the names and addresses of all officers, directors, employees, agents, and manufacturer’s representatives of Target and each Target Subsidiary, stating the rates of compensation payable to each.

3.29.2 Employment Contracts and Benefits . Section 3.29.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all employment contracts and collective bargaining agreements, and all pension, bonus, profit-sharing, stock option, or other agreements or arrangements providing for employee remuneration or benefits to which Target or any Target Subsidiary is a party or by which Target or any Target Subsidiary is bound. All these contracts and arrangements are in full force and effect, and neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary, nor, to the Knowledge of Target, any other party is in default under them. There have been no claims of defaults and, to the Knowledge of Target, there are no facts or conditions that if continued, or on notice, will result in a default under these contracts or arrangements. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Target, threatened labor dispute, strike, or work stoppage affecting Target’s or any Target Subsidiary’s business. Target and each Target Subsidiary have complied with all applicable laws for each of their respective employee benefit plans, including the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended, if and to the extent applicable. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Target, threatened claims by or on behalf of any such benefit plan, by or on behalf of any employee covered under any such plan, or otherwise involving any such benefit plan, that allege a breach of fiduciary duties or violation of other applicable state or federal law; nor is there, to the Knowledge of Target, any basis for such a claim. Except as set forth in Section 3.29.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary has entered into any severance or similar arrangement with any present or former employee that will result in any obligation, absolute or contingent, of Buyer, Target, or any Target Subsidiary, to make any payment to any present or former employee following termination of employment.

3.29.3 Banks and Financial Institutions . Section 3.29.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of the names and addresses of all banks or other financial institutions in which Target or any Target Subsidiary has an account, deposit, or safe deposit box, with the names of all persons authorized to draw on these accounts or deposits or to have access to these boxes.

 

-18-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

3.30 C ONTINUITY OF B USINESS E NTERPRISE . Target operates at least one significant historic business line, or owns at least a significant portion of its historic business assets, in each case within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Reg. Section 1.368-l(d).

3.31 N O B ROKERS . Target has not incurred, nor will it incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or charges or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby.

3.32 D ISCLOSURE . No representation or warranty by Target Parties in this Agreement and no statement by Target Parties or any Target Subsidiary by any executive officer or other person or contained in any document, certificate, or other writing furnished by or on behalf of Target Parties or any Target Subsidiary to Buyer in connection with this transaction contains or will contain any untrue statement of material fact, or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make it not misleading or to fully provide the information required to be provided in the document, certificate, or other writing.

3.33 C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS .

3.33.1 As used in this Article 3, “Material Adverse Effect” means any change, condition, occurrence, development, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with other changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or effects, (i) is materially adverse to the assets, business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or prospects of Target, taken as a whole, (ii) materially impairs the ability of Target to perform its obligations under this Agreement or (iii) prevents or delays the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; provided, however, that none of the following shall constitute, or shall be considered in determining whether there has occurred, and no event, circumstance, change or effect resulting from or arising out of any of the following shall constitute, a Material Adverse Effect: (A) changes in the national or world economy or financial markets as a whole or changes in general economic conditions that affect the industries in which Target conducts its business, so long as such changes or conditions do not adversely affect Target, taken as a whole, in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated participants in the industries or markets in which they operate; (B) any change in applicable legal requirements, rule or regulation or interpretation thereof after the date hereof, so long as such changes do not adversely affect Target, taken as a whole, in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated participants in the industries or markets in which they operate; (C) the failure, in and of itself, of Target to meet any internally prepared estimates of revenues, earnings or other financial projections, performance measures or operating statistics; provided, however, that the facts and circumstances underlying any such failure may, except as may be provided in subsections (A), (B), and (D), of this definition, be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred; and (D) acts or omissions of Buyer after the date of this Agreement (other than actions or omissions specifically contemplated by this Agreement).

3.33.2 As used in this Article 3, “Knowledge of Target” means the actual knowledge of Randy Jones and Tim Miller.

3.34 N O O THER R EPRESENTATIONS OR W ARRANTIES . Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article 3 (including the related Parts of the Target Disclosure Schedule), neither Target Party nor any other person has made or makes any other express or implied

 

-19-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

representation or warranty, either written or oral, on behalf of Target, including any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information furnished or made available to Buyer and its representatives or as to the future revenue, profitability or success of Target’s business, or any representation or warranty arising from statute or other legal requirement, and Buyer specifically disclaims that it is relying upon or has relied upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by a Target Party or any other person, and acknowledges and agrees that Target Parties have specifically disclaimed and do hereby specifically disclaim any such other representation or warranty made by Target Parties or any other person.

ARTICLE 4. BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Except as set forth in the Buyer Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit D, as updated through the Closing Date (the “Buyer Disclosure Schedule” ), Buyer represents and warrants to Target as of the date hereof and as of the Closing as follows.

4.1 O RGANIZATION , S TANDING , Q UALIFICATION ; C ORPORATE P OWER AND A CTION .

4.1.1 Buyer is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and has the corporate power to own all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Buyer is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in the jurisdictions listed in Section 4.1.1 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, and, except as set forth in Section 4.1.1 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, neither the ownership of its property nor the conduct of its business requires it to be qualified to do business in any other jurisdiction, except where the failure to so qualify would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.1.2 Buyer’s board of directors has duly authorized the execution of this Agreement, and Buyer has the corporate power to execute and deliver this Agreement and is duly authorized, subject only to (a) the approval of Buyer’s shareholders and (b) the filing of the Agreement of Merger with the Secretary of State of California, to merge Target into Buyer pursuant to this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and, assuming the approval of Buyer’s shareholders and the due authorization, execution, and delivery by Target, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to laws of general application related to bankruptcy, insolvency, and the relief of debtors now or hereafter in effect and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

4.1.3 The approvals of Buyer’s common and preferred shareholders are the only approvals of holders of Buyer’s capital securities required to approve the Merger.

4.2 N O V IOLATION OF O THER I NSTRUMENTS . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer does not, and the consummation of the Merger will not, (a) violate any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of Buyer; (b) violate any provision of, result in the acceleration of any obligation under, result in a right of termination in another party to, or result in the imposition of any lien or encumbrance on any asset of Buyer under, any mortgage, note, lien, lease, franchise, license, permit, agreement, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment, or decree to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound; (c) result in the termination of any agreement, license,

 

-20-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

franchise, lease, or permit to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound; or (d) violate or conflict with any other restriction of any kind or character to which Buyer is subject. After the shareholder(s) of Buyer have approved the Merger, Buyer will take, or will have taken, all actions required by law, Buyer’s articles of incorporation or bylaws, or otherwise required or necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and to authorize the Merger.

4.3 N O B ROKERS . Buyer has not incurred, nor will Buyer incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or charges or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby.

4.4 C APITAL S TRUCTURE OF B UYER . Buyer’s authorized capital stock consists of (a) five million (5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, of which (i) five hundred thousand (500,000) shares designated as Series A Preferred are issued and outstanding, (ii) one million four hundred and fifty thousand (1,450,000) shares designated as Series B Preferred are issued and outstanding and (iii) one million eighty-seven thousand and five (1,087,005) shares designated as Series C Preferred are issued and outstanding, and (b) eleven million (11,000,000) shares of common stock, of which four million one hundred thousand five hundred and eighty-eight (4,100,588) shares are issued and outstanding. No shares of Buyer’s capital stock are held in treasury. There are one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares of Buyer common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to One Stop Systems, Inc. 2015 Stock Option Plan. There are two million four hundred twelve thousand four hundred eleven (2,412,411) shares of Buyer common stock subject to outstanding Options and warrants. Section 4.4 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule sets forth the following information with respect to outstanding options: (a) the name of each option holder, (b) the number of shares of Buyer common stock to be issued on exercise of options held by each such holder, (c) the exercise price of such options, (d) the vesting schedule for such options, including the extent vested to date, and (e) whether such Options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 422, as amended. All issued and outstanding shares have been, and all shares to be issued pursuant to outstanding options will be, validly issued in full compliance with all federal and state securities laws, fully paid and nonassessable, except for the preemptive rights resulting from the Merger, not subject to preemptive rights created by statute, the articles of incorporation, or the bylaws of Buyer and, except for rights of Buyer’s preferred shareholders, issued free and clear of any similar rights under any agreement to which Buyer is a party or by which it is bound, and do or will have one voting right per share. Other than as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, rights, warrants, convertible securities, or other agreements or commitments obligating Buyer to issue or to transfer from treasury any additional shares of its capital stock of any class.

4.5 B UYER F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS ; B UYER B ALANCE S HEET D ATE .

4.5.1 Buyer has delivered to Target (a) consolidated balance sheets of Buyer as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the three years ending on those dates, audited by Buyer’s independent public accountants, whose opinions with respect to those financial statements are included in the financial statements delivered to Target, and (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Buyer as of June 30, 2016, together with related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the six (6) month period ending on this date, accurately reflecting all information normally reported to Buyer’s

 

-21-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

independent public accountants for the preparation of Buyer’s financial statements (other than footnotes thereto). The above financial statements delivered to Target are referred to as the “Buyer Financial Statements.”

4.5.2 The Buyer Financial Statements (a) have been prepared in accordance with the books and records of Buyer, (b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied by target throughout the periods indicated, and (c) fairly present the financial position of Buyer as of the respective dates of the balance sheets included and the results of its operations for the respective periods indicated, in accordance with GAAP and subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments and the lack of footnote disclosure.

4.5.3 June 30, 2016 is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Buyer Balance Sheet Date.”

4.6 I NSURANCE . During each of the past five (5)  fiscal years, Buyer have been adequately insured by financially sound and reputable insurers with respect to risks normally insured against and in amounts normally carried by companies similarly situated. All such insurance policies are in full force and effect; all premiums due on such policies have been fully paid; and no notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any policy.

4.7 C ONTINUITY OF B USINESS E NTERPRISE . It is the present intention of Buyer to continue at least one significant historic business line of Target, or to use at least a significant portion of Target’s historic business assets in a business, in each case within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Reg. Section 1.368-1(d).

4.8 T ITLE TO A SSETS . Buyer has good and marketable title to all its assets and interests in assets, whether real, personal, mixed, tangible, or intangible, that constitute all the assets and interests in assets that are used in the business of Buyer. All these assets are free and clear of restrictions on or conditions to transfer or assignment and free and clear of mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, or restrictions, except for (a) those disclosed in Section 4.8 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule or (b) the lien of current taxes not yet due and payable.

4.9 I NTERESTS IN B UYER S P ROPERTY . No officer, director, or shareholder of Buyer has any interest in any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including copyrights, trademarks, or trade names, used in or pertaining to the business of Buyer.

4.10 A BSENCE OF U NDISCLOSED L IABILITIES . There are no liabilities of Buyer other than the following:

(a) Liabilities disclosed or provided for in Buyer’s June 30, 2016 Balance Sheet, including the notes to such Balance Sheet;

(b) Liabilities disclosed in Section 4.10 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule; or

(c) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Buyer Balance Sheet Date, none of which has been adverse to the business of Buyer, and none of which is attributable to any period before the Buyer Balance Sheet Date.

 

-22-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

4.11 A BSENCE OF S PECIFIED C HANGES . Since December 31, 2015 there has not been:

(a) Any material change in the business, results of operations, assets, financial condition, or manner of conducting the business of Buyer other than changes in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, none of which has had a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) Any material damage, destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) adversely affecting any aspect of the business or operations of Buyer;

(c) Any direct or indirect redemption or other acquisition by Buyer of any of Buyer’s shares of capital stock of any class, or any declaration, setting aside, or payment of any dividend or other distribution of Buyer’s capital stock of any class;

(d) Any increase in the compensation, incentive payments, or severance payable or to become payable by Buyer to any of its officers, employees, or agents, other than compensation increases granted in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Any option to purchase, or other right to acquire, stock of any class of Buyer granted by Buyer to any person, other than stock options granted by Buyer to directors, officers, other employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Any employment, bonus, severance, change of control, or deferred compensation agreement or arrangement entered into between Buyer and any of its directors, officers, or other employees or consultants;

(g) Any issuance of capital stock of any class by Buyer other than in connection with the exercise of options to purchase such capital stock by directors, officers, other employees or consultants of Buyer made in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Any sale or disposition of a material amount of assets or material interests owned or possessed by Buyer, other than sales occurring in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and prior periods;

(i) Any indebtedness incurred by Buyer for borrowed money or any commitment to borrow money entered into by Buyer or any guaranty given by Buyer;

(j) Any cancellation by Buyer of any material indebtedness owing to Buyer, or any cancellation or settlement by Buyer of any material claims against others;

(k) Any change in accounting practices by Buyer;

(1) Any change in method of accounting with respect to taxes, any change to a tax election, any filing of an amended tax return, any settlement or compromise of any proceeding with respect to any material tax liability;

(m) Any amendment to Buyer’s articles of incorporation or bylaws; or

 

-23-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

(n) Any agreement or commitment by or on behalf of Buyer to do or take any of the actions referred to in (a) through (m) above.

4.12 P ERMITS , L ICENSES , AND F RANCHISES . Buyer has obtained all necessary permits, licenses, franchises, and other authorizations and have complied with all laws applicable to the conduct of their business in the manner and in the areas in which business is presently being conducted; and all such permits, licenses, franchises, and authorizations are valid and in full force and effect. To the Knowledge of Buyer, Buyer has not engaged in any activity that would cause revocation or suspension of any such permits, licenses, franchises, or authorizations; no action or proceeding contemplating the revocation or suspension of any of them is pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened; and no approvals or authorizations will be required after the consummation of the Merger to permit Surviving Corporation to continue Buyer’s business as presently conducted.

4.13 J UDGMENTS , D ECREES , OR O RDERS R ESTRAINING B USINESS . Buyer is not a party to or subject to any judgment, decree, or order entered in any suit or proceeding brought by any governmental agency or by any other person, enjoining Buyer with respect to any business practice, the acquisition of any property, or the conduct of business in any area .

4.14 L ABOR D ISPUTES . Buyer is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other contract with a labor union. No work stoppage, strike, lockout, or other labor dispute in respect to Buyer is pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened, and no application for certification of a collective bargaining agent is pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened.

4.15 E NVIRONMENTAL C OMPLIANCE ; H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS .

4.15.1 The real property described in Section 4.15.1 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule constitutes all of the real property and interests in real property owned or leased by the Company as of the Target Balance Sheet Date, except for properties that have been disposed of as specified in Section 4.15.1 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule.

4.15.2 Buyer has complied in all material respects with, and has not been cited for any violation of, Environmental Laws (as defined in Section 3.16); and no material capital expenditures will be required for compliance with any Environmental Laws. Buyer has not received any written notice, claim, report, or other information regarding any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Laws. Buyer has not retained or assumed by contract or operation of law any material liability or obligation of another person under any Environmental Law. To the Knowledge of Buyer, there are no underground storage tanks located on the real property described in Section 4.15.1 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule in which any Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 3.16) has been or is being stored, nor has there been any spill, disposal, discharge, or release of any Hazardous Material into, upon, or over that real property or into or upon ground or surface water on that real property. To the Knowledge of Buyer, there are no asbestos-containing materials incorporated into the buildings or interior improvements that are part of that real property or into other assets of Buyer, nor is there any electrical transformer, fluorescent light fixture with ballasts, or other equipment containing PCBs on that real property. All reports, audits, assessments, and other similar documents in possession of Buyer relating to any material liability or potential material liability of Buyer under any Environmental Law or to any Hazardous Material have been provided to Target.

 

-24-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

4.16 L ITIGATION . Except as set forth in Section 4.16 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule: (a) there are no claims, actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened (i) against or affecting Buyer or the properties or business of Buyer or (ii) that would prevent or hinder the consummation of the Merger; and (b) Buyer is not charged with violation of, or threatened with charges of violation of, or under investigation with respect to a possible violation of any provision of any federal, state, or local law or administrative ruling or regulation relating to any aspect of its business.

4.17 C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES AND C ITATIONS A FFECTING B UYER .

4.17.1 Section 4.17.1 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all claims, inquiries, citations, penalties assessed, and other proceedings of federal, state, or local governmental agencies and of others in respect of Buyer during the past three (3) years that relate to any provision of federal, state, or local laws or regulations, including those relating to occupational safety and health, equal employment opportunity, and environmental pollution.

4.17.2 Except to the extent indicated in Section 4.17.2 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, all such claims, inquiries, citations, or proceedings have been terminated or will be terminated at a cost to Buyer of not more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) in any one instance and not more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) in the aggregate.

4.17.3 Except as set forth in Section 4.17.3 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, the buildings and operations of Buyer comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, and local laws.

4.18 D ISCLOSURE . No representation or warranty by Buyer in this Agreement and no statement by Buyer by any executive officer or other person or contained in any document, certificate, or other writing furnished by or on behalf of Buyer to Target in connection with this transaction contains or will contain any untrue statement of material fact, or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make it not misleading or to fully provide the information required to be provided in the document, certificate, or other writing.

4.19 C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS .

4.19.1 As used in this Article 4, “Material Adverse Effect” means any change, condition, occurrence, development, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with other changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or effects, (i) is materially adverse to the assets, business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or prospects of Buyer, taken as a whole, (ii) materially impairs the ability of Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or (iii) prevents or delays the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; provided, however, that none of the following shall constitute, or shall be considered in determining whether there has occurred, and no event, circumstance, change or effect resulting from or arising out of any of the following shall constitute, a Material Adverse Effect: (A) changes in the national or world economy or financial markets as a whole or changes in general economic conditions that affect the industries in which Buyer conducts its business, so long as such changes or conditions do not adversely affect Buyer, taken as a whole, in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated participants in the industries or markets in which they operate; (B) any change in applicable legal

 

-25-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

requirements, rule or regulation or interpretation thereof after the date hereof, so long as such changes do not adversely affect Buyer, taken as a whole, in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated participants in the industries or markets in which they operate; (C) the failure, in and of itself, of Buyer to meet any internally prepared estimates of revenues, earnings or other financial projections, performance measures or operating statistics; provided, however, that the facts and circumstances underlying any such failure may, except as may be provided in subsections (A), (B), and (D), of this definition, be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred; and (D) acts or omissions of Buyer after the date of this Agreement (other than actions or omissions specifically contemplated by this Agreement).

4.19.2 As used in this Article 4, “Knowledge of Buyer means the actual knowledge of Stephen Cooper.

4.20 N O O THER R EPRESENTATIONS OR W ARRANTIES . Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article 4 (including the related Parts of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule), neither Buyer nor any other person has made or makes any other express or implied representation or warranty, either written or oral, on behalf of Buyer, including any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information furnished or made available to Target and its representatives or as to the future revenue, profitability or success of Buyer’s business, or any representation or warranty arising from statute or other legal requirement, and Target specifically disclaims it is relying upon or has relied upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by Buyer or any other person, and acknowledges and agrees that Buyer has specifically disclaimed and does hereby specifically disclaim any such other representation or warranty made by Buyer or any other person.

ARTICLE 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

Buyer’s obligation to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver, on or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions.

5.1 P ERFORMANCE OF A CTS AND U NDERTAKINGS OF T ARGET . Each of the acts and undertakings of Target and Target Shareholder to be performed on or before the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement has been duly performed, including, but not limited to, Target and Target Shareholder’s obligations set forth in Section 2.4 and the delivery to Buyer of the executed letter of transmittal and certificate(s) evidencing ownership of Target Common Stock (including the Surrendered Certificates).

5.2 C ERTIFIED R ESOLUTIONS . Target has furnished Buyer with a copy, certified by Target’s secretary, of (a) a resolution or resolutions duly adopted by Target’s board of directors and Target Shareholder authorizing and approving this Agreement and the Merger.

5.3 C ONTINUED A CCURACY OF T ARGET S W ARRANTIES . All the representations and warranties of Target contained in this Agreement will be true in all material respects (except to the extent a warranty contains “material,” “materially,” “materiality,” “material adverse effect,” “material adverse change” or similar qualifiers, in which case such warranty will be true in all respects) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time (except for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of the date of this Agreement or any other particular date,

 

-26-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

which will have been true as of such particular date); and Buyer has received at the Closing a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed by the president or a vice president of Target, containing a warranty to that effect.

5.4 A PPROVALS FROM A UTHORITIES . Buyer has received, or has satisfied itself it will receive, in form satisfactory to Buyer, all necessary approvals of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement from authorities having any jurisdiction over the business of Target or any Target Subsidiary, so Target and Target Subsidiary may continue to carry on their business as presently conducted after consummation of the Merger; and no such approval has been withdrawn or suspended.

5.5 C ONSENTS . All consents of other parties to the mortgages, notes, leases, franchises, agreements, licenses, and permits of Target or any Target Subsidiary necessary to permit consummation of the Merger have been obtained.

5.6 B UYER S HAREHOLDER A PPROVAL . This Agreement and the Merger (including, but not limited to, the granting of preemptive rights to Surviving Corporation’s common and preferred shareholders per the Certificate of Amendment and the granting of “piggy-back” registration rights per the Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement) will have been duly authorized and approved by Buyer’s shareholders.

5.7 T ARGET S HAREHOLDER A PPROVAL . All of the outstanding shares of Target common stock have been voted for the approval of the Merger.

5.8 D ISSENTING S HARES . None of the outstanding shares of Target common stock are, or are eligible to become, “dissenting shares” within the definition of California Corporations Code Section 1300.

5.9 E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENTS . Tim Miller and Julia Elbert, executives and employees of Target, have entered into employment agreements on terms satisfactory to such executives or employees and Buyer.

5.10 F ILING OF M ERGER A GREEMENT . The Agreement of Merger has been filed in the office of the Secretary of State or other office of each jurisdiction in which such filings are required for the Merger to become effective, or Buyer has satisfied itself all such filings will be or are capable of being made effective as of the Closing Date.

5.11 T ARGET S D ELIVERY OF U PDATED T ARGET D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULES . Target has delivered the Target Disclosure Schedule required by this Agreement, updated through the Closing Date (the “Updated Target Disclosure Schedules” ).

5.12 B UYER S A PPROVAL OF U PDATED T ARGET D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULES . In its sole and absolute discretion, Buyer is satisfied with any matter reflected, listed, or disclosed in the Updated Target Disclosure Schedules that was not reflected, listed, or disclosed in the original Target Disclosure Schedules.

 

-27-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

5.13 E XEMPTIONS FROM F EDERAL AND C ALIFORNIA S ECURITIES L AW R EQUIREMENTS . In its sole and absolute discretion, Buyer is satisfied there are exemptions from federal and California securities law requirements available in connection with the granting of (a) preemptive rights to Buyer’s shareholders per the Certificate of Amendment and (b) piggy-back registration rights to Buyer’s common shareholders per the Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement.

5.14 T ERMINATION OF O UTSTANDING C ONVERTIBLE S ECURITIES . All outstanding rights, options, and convertible securities of Target described in Section 3.2 have been terminated, canceled, or otherwise eliminated.

5.15 N O O RDER , I NJUNCTION , R ESTRAINT , OR P ROCEEDINGS . No governmental entity will have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, or entered any statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction, or other order (whether temporary, preliminary, or permanent) that is in effect and has the effect of making the Merger illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the Merger. No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the Merger will be in effect, nor will any proceeding brought by an administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending. There will not have been instituted by any governmental authority or any third party any material litigation or proceedings against any of the Parties to this Agreement in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.16 F INANCING , ETC . Buyer will have at Closing sufficient availability under its bank financing arrangements to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement and the Comerica Payoff Letter, and will have obtained all consents of or approvals from Buyer’s bank lenders necessary to consummate all the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Comerica Payoff Letter.

5.17 C LOSING C ONDITION FOR T ARGET S W ORKING C APITAL D EFICIT .

5.17.1 Target’s Working Capital deficit will not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) on the Closing Date.

5.17.2 For purposes of this Section 5.17 only, Target’s Working Capital on the Closing Date will be determined from Target’s internally prepared balance date, dated the Closing Date (“Closing Date Balance Sheet”). Target agrees (a) to provide Buyer the Closing Date Balance Sheet on the Closing Date and (b) all of Target’s accounts payable and accrued expenses (including, but not limited to, any and all amounts owed to Miller Capital Corporation) will be recorded on Target’s books and records as of the Closing Date in a manner consistent with Target’s past practices and in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior periods.

5.17.3 As used in this Agreement, “Working Capital” means, with respect to Target, at the time of determination, its cash plus accounts receivable (less reserve for doubtful accounts and trade discounts shown on Target’s balance sheet) minus accounts payable and accrued expenses (including, but not limited to, any and all amounts owed to Miller Capital Corporation), in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior periods.

 

-28-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO TARGET’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

Target’s obligation to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver on or before the Closing Date of the following conditions.

6.1 P ERFORMANCE OF A CTS AND U NDERTAKINGS BY B UYER . Each of Buyer’s acts and undertakings to be performed on or before the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement, including each of Buyer’s obligations set forth in Subsection 2.4.3, have been performed.

6.2 C ERTIFIED R ESOLUTIONS . Buyer has furnished Target with certified copies of (a) resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of Buyer authorizing and approving the execution and delivery of this Merger Agreement and authorizing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) a resolution or resolutions adopting this Agreement, duly approved by the holders of at least a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Buyer’s stock.

6.3 C ONTINUED A CCURACY OF B UYER S W ARRANTIES . The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement will be true in all material respects (except to the extent a warranty contains “material,” “materially,” “materiality,” “material adverse effect,” “material adverse change” or similar qualifiers, in which case such warranty will be true in all respects) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time (except for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of the date of this Agreement or any other particular date, which will have been true as of such particular date); and Target has received at the closing a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed on behalf of Buyer by its president or any vice president, containing a warranty to that effect.

6.4 B UYER S D ELIVERY OF U PDATED B UYER D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULES . Buyer has delivered the Buyer Disclosure Schedule required by this Agreement, updated through the Closing Date (the “Updated Buyer Disclosure Schedules” ).

6.5 T ARGET S A PPROVAL OF U PDATED B UYER D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULES . In its sole and absolute discretion, Target is satisfied with any matter reflected, listed, or disclosed in the Updated Buyer Disclosure Schedules that was not reflected, listed, or disclosed in the original Buyer Disclosure Schedules.

ARTICLE 7. COVENANTS

7.1 B UYER S I NVESTIGATION . Before the Closing Date, Buyer may directly or through its representatives make such investigation of the assets and business of Target and Target Subsidiaries (including confirmation of its cash, inventories, accounts, accounts receivable, and liabilities, and investigation of its titles to and the condition of its property and equipment) as Buyer deems necessary or advisable. The investigation will not affect Buyer’s right to terminate this Agreement as provided in Article 9. Target will allow Buyer and its representatives full access, at reasonable times after the date of execution of this Agreement, to the premises and to all the books, records, and assets of Target and Target Subsidiaries, and Target’s officers will furnish to Buyer such financial and operating data and other information with respect to the business and properties of Target and each Target Subsidiary as Buyer from time to time reasonably requests. Buyer agrees not to disclose

 

-29-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

any confidential information obtained in the course of its investigation or use it for any purposes other than evaluation of Target and Target Subsidiaries with respect to the Merger.

7.2 C ONDUCT OF B USINESS IN N ORMAL C OURSE . Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Target will operate its business only in the ordinary course and in a normal manner consistent with past practice. During this period, Target will not encumber any asset or enter into any transaction or make any commitment relating to its assets or business otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business (consistent with its prior practices), or take any action that would render inaccurate any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or would cause a breach of any other covenant under this Agreement, without first obtaining the written consent of Buyer.

7.3 W ORKING C APITAL A DJUSTMENT .

7.3.1 Working Capital Adjustment . If the Agreement is not terminated by Buyer per Section 5.17 and the Closing occurs, Target Parties agree that to the extent Target’s Working Capital (as defined in Subsection 5.17.3) deficit exceeds Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) on the Closing Date, then the Merger Consideration Shares issued by Buyer to Target Shareholder will be reduced by a number of shares equal to (a) the amount by which the Working Capital deficit exceeds Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), divided by (b) One Dollar and Seventy Eight Cents ($1.78).

7.3.2 Working Capital Adjustment Procedures .

(a) Preparation of Closing Working Capital . As promptly as practicable, but not later than thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, Buyer will prepare and deliver to Target Shareholder written notice (“Closing Working Capital Notice ) containing Buyer’s calculation of the Target’s Working Capital as of the Closing Date (such amount, the “ Closing Working Capital”). Target Shareholder will have fifteen (15) days ( “Review Period”) following delivery of the Closing Working Capital Notice to review the Closing Working Capital.

(b) Acceptance by Target Shareholder . If (i) at any time during the Review Period, Target Shareholder delivers written notice to Buyer of its acceptance of Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Working Capital or (ii) Target Shareholder fails to deliver a timely Objection Notice in accordance with Subsection 7.3.2(c), then Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Working Capital will be final, binding and conclusive and will be deemed to be the “ Final Closing Working Capital” for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) Disagreement by Target Shareholder . If Target Shareholder disagrees with Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Working Capital, then prior to the expiration of the Review Period, Target Shareholder may deliver a notice to Buyer disagreeing with such calculation and setting forth Seller’s objection to Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Working Capital (“Objection Notice”). The Objection Notice will specify in reasonable detail those items or amounts as to which Target Shareholder disagrees.

(d) Dispute Resolution . If Target Shareholder delivers a timely Objection Notice in accordance with Subsection 7.3.2(c), Buyer and Target Shareholder will, during the fifteen

 

-30-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

(15) days following such delivery, use commercially reasonable efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items or amounts to determine a mutually agreeable Closing Working Capital. If, during such period, Buyer and Target Shareholder agree on the Closing Working Capital, then Buyer and Target Shareholder will execute a written acknowledgement of such amount and the Closing Working Capital so agreed upon will be final, binding and conclusive and will be deemed to be the “Final Closing Working Capital” for purposes of this Agreement. If, during such period, Buyer and Target Shareholder are unable to agree, then the disputed items will be resolved in accordance with Article 14 (Dispute Resolution) of this Agreement.

7.4 T ARGET S HAREHOLDER S N ONCOMPETITION , E TC .

7.4.1 Noncompetition, Etc .

(a) As an inducement for Buyer to enter into this Agreement and as additional consideration for the payment by Buyer of the Merger Consideration Shares and Target Shareholder’s receipt of other consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Target Shareholder agrees Target Shareholder will not, at any time within the five (5)-year period immediately following the Closing Date, directly or indirectly engage in, or have any interest in any person, firm, corporation, or business (whether as an employee, officer, director, agent, security holder, creditor, consultant, or otherwise) that engages in any activity in throughout the world that is the same as, similar to, or competitive with any activity now engaged in by Target (or any successor or successors of Target), as long as Buyer or Surviving Corporation (or any successor) engages in this activity in any such country, state, county or city.

(b) The parties intend the covenant contained in Subsection 7.4.1(a) above be construed as a series of separate covenants, one for each country, state, county or city. Except for geographic coverage, each such separate covenant will be considered identical in terms to the covenant contained in Subsection 7.4.1(a). If, in any judicial proceeding, a court refuses to enforce any of the separate covenants included in this Subsection 7.4.1(a), the unenforceable covenant will be considered eliminated from these provisions for the purpose of those proceedings to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants to be enforced.

(c) As an inducement for Buyer to enter into this Agreement and as additional consideration for the payment by Buyer of the Merger Consideration Shares and Target Shareholder’s receipt of other consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Target Shareholder further agrees not to divulge, communicate, use to the detriment of Buyer and Surviving Corporation or for the benefit of any other person or persons, or misuse in any way, any confidential information or trade secrets of Target, Buyer or Surviving Corporation, including personnel information, secret processes, know-how, customer lists, recipes, formulas, or other technical data. Target Shareholder acknowledges and agrees any information or data it has acquired on any of these matters or items was received in confidence and as a fiduciary of Target, Buyer and Surviving Corporation.

7.4.2 Nondisparagement . As an inducement for Buyer to enter into this Agreement and as additional consideration for the payment by Buyer of the Merger Consideration Shares and Target Shareholder’s receipt of other consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Target Shareholder agrees Target Shareholder will not, at any time after the Closing Date, disparage Target,

 

-31-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

Buyer, the Surviving Corporation, the business formerly conducted by Target, the business conducted by the Buyer and Surviving Corporation or any person known to Target Shareholder to be a shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Buyer or Surviving Corporation.

7.4.3 Reasonable Restrictions . Target Shareholder (a) has carefully read and understands all of the provisions of this Agreement and has had the opportunity for this Agreement to be reviewed by counsel, (b) acknowledges the duration, geographical scope and subject matter of this Section 7.4 are reasonable and necessary to protect the goodwill, customer relationships, legitimate business interests, trade secrets and confidential information of Target, Buyer and Surviving Corporation, and (c) will be able to earn a satisfactory livelihood without violating this Agreement.

7.4.4 Limitations . It will not be a violation of the restrictive covenants in Subsection 7.4.1 (a) for (a) Target Shareholder to invest in publicly-traded securities of any entity constituting less than two percent (2%) of such entity’s outstanding capital stock or (b) Target Shareholder to serve on the board of directors or hold securities of GiGaIOnetworks, Inc.

7.4.5 Remedies . If there is a breach of the covenants set forth in Section 7.4, Buyer and Surviving Corporation will be entitled, in addition to any other rights they may have, to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce the provisions of this Section 7.4, it being agreed money damages alone would be inadequate to compensate Buyer and Surviving Corporation and would be an inadequate remedy for such breach. The remedies in this Subsection 7.4.5 are cumulative and not alternative.

7.5 A UDITS . Buyer shall promptly notify Target Shareholder following receipt of any notice of audit or other proceedings relating to any Tax Return of Target filed with respect to a tax period ending on or before the Closing Date (the “Prior Period Returns”). Target Shareholder shall have the right to control any and all audits or other proceedings relating to any Prior Period Return, including the filing of an amended return; provided, however, that Target Shareholder shall not agree to the resolution of any audit or other proceeding relating to a Prior Period Return or file an amended Prior Period Return without Buyer’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Buyer shall make available or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to make available to Target Shareholder any and all books and records of the Surviving Corporation and other documents reasonably requested by Target Shareholder and shall make available employees of the Surviving Corporation to enable Target Shareholder to defend any such audit or other proceedings and shall cooperate with Target Shareholder in defense of such audits or other proceedings.

7.6 F URTHER A SSURANCES . The Parties will cooperate reasonably with each other in connection with any steps required to be taken as part of their respective obligations under this Agreement, and will (a) furnish upon request to each other such further information; (b) execute and deliver to each other such other documents; and (c) do such other acts and things, all as the other Party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement.

 

-32-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES;

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS , W ARRANTIES , AND I NDEMNITIES .

8.1.1 Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties in this Agreement, or in any instrument, certificate or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will survive the Closing Date until the date that is two (2) years after the Closing Date, except (a) the representation and warranties in Sections 3.7 (Intellectual Property), 3.16 (Environmental Compliance; Hazardous Materials) and 3.22 (Taxes) will terminate five (5) years after the Closing Date; and (b) the representation and warranties in Sections 3.1 (Organization, Standing, Qualification; Corporation Power and Action), 3.2 (Capital Structure of Target) and 3.5 (Title to Assets) will not terminate. The Parties specifically and unambiguously intend that the survival periods that are set forth in this Section 8.1.1 for the representations and warranties contained herein shall replace any statute of limitations for such representations or warranties that would otherwise be applicable.

8.1.2 A pplicable Period-Claims . In each case, the Target Shareholder will have no liability to a Buyer Indemnified Party (as defined below) for any breaches or defaults on these matters, unless the Buyer Indemnified Party makes a claim for the breach or default within the applicable period set forth above. The limitation periods for the survival of the above-specified warranties will not apply to any fraudulent breach of a representation or warranty.

8.1.3 Covenants . All covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement, or in any instrument, certificate or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement, which by their terms contemplate actions or impose obligations following the Closing will survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

8.2 I NDEMNIFICATION .

8.2.1 Basic Provisions . Target Shareholder will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Buyer, its directors, officers, employees, consultants, or shareholders (each a “Buyer Indemnified Party”) against and in respect of claims, demands, losses, costs, expenses, obligations, liabilities, damages, recoveries, and deficiencies, including interest, penalties, and reasonable attorney fees (each a “Loss” ), that a Buyer Indemnified Party) will incur or suffer that arise from or relate to:

(a) Any inaccuracy in any representation or warranty, or any breach of any representation or warranty, of Target Parties under this Agreement or any schedule, certificate, instrument, or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement;

(b) Any failure of Target Parties duly to perform or observe any term, provision, covenant, or agreement to be performed or observed by Target Parties pursuant to this Agreement, and any schedule, certificate, agreement, or other document entered into or delivered pursuant to this Agreement;

(c) any liability or obligation (including, but not limited to, any tax liability or obligation (together with all interest, penalties, and additions imposed with respect to such

 

-33-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

amounts)) arising out of the ownership or operation of Target or any Target Subsidiary prior to the Closing Date;

(d) any tax liability or obligation (together with all interest, penalties, and additions imposed with respect to such amounts) arising out of the Merger and/or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) any liability or obligation relating to Target’s stock options, including but not limited to the exercise or termination thereof.

8.2.2 Limitations .

(a) Target Shareholder’s liability with respect to claims under Subsection 8.2.1(a) will not exceed Three Million Thirty Six Thousand Six Hundred and Forty Dollars ($3,036,640) ( “Cap”). Target Shareholder may satisfy all or part of any claims under Section 8.2.1 by surrendering Buyer’s common stock held by Target Shareholder, with an agreed value for purposes of this Agreement of One Dollar and Seventy Eight Cents ($1.78) per share.

(b) Target Shareholder will not be liable to any Buyer Indemnified Party with respect to claims under Subsection 8.2.1(a) until such time as all claims of Losses cumulatively exceed Thirty One Thousand Dollars ($31,000) (“ Basket ”). If and when the aggregate amount of all such claims of Losses cumulatively exceed the Basket, Target Shareholder will, subject to the limitation on the maximum aggregate liability, thereafter be liable in full for all Losses arising from those breaches and indemnities in excess of the first Thirty One Thousand Dollars ($31,000).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Cap and Basket will not apply to any claims (i) of fraud or intentional misrepresentation; or (ii) under Subsections 8.2.1(b) and (c).

(d) Target Shareholder shall not be liable under Section 8.2.1(a) for any Losses based upon or arising out of any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Target contained in this Agreement if Stephen Cooper had knowledge of such inaccuracy or breach prior to the Closing.

8.2.3 Target Shareholder’s Right to Defend . Buyer will promptly notify Target Shareholder of the existence of any claim asserted by a third party against any Buyer Indemnified Party on which a Buyer Indemnified Party intends to assert an indemnification claim for Loss (a “Buyer Third Party Claims Notice”) against Target Shareholder, and will give Target Shareholder a reasonable opportunity to defend the same at Target Shareholder’s own expense and with counsel of Target Shareholder’s own selection; provided a Buyer Indemnified Party will at all times also have the right to participate fully in the defense at its own expense. If, within fifteen (15) days after Buyer has given the Buyer Third Party Claim Notice, Target Shareholder fails to undertake the defense of that third party claim, the Buyer Indemnified Party will have the right, but not the obligation, to undertake the defense of, and to compromise or settle (exercising reasonable business judgment), the claim or other matter on behalf and at the risk of Target Shareholder. If the claim is one that cannot by its nature be defended solely by Target Shareholder (including any federal or state tax

 

-34-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

proceeding), Buyer will make available all information and assistance Target Shareholder may reasonably request.

ARTICLE 9. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

9.1 GROUNDS FOR T ERMINATION . This Agreement and the transactions contemplated under this Agreement may be terminated at any time before the Effective Time, either before or after the meeting of Target’s shareholders:

(a) By mutual written consent of Buyer and Target;

(b) By Buyer if (i) there has been a material misrepresentation or a material breach of warranty in Target’s warranties set forth in this Agreement or in any schedule or certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) there has been a material breach of any of Target’s covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), which breach is not curable or, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given by Buyer to Target;

(c) By Target if (i) there has been a material misrepresentation or a material breach of warranty in Buyer’s warranties set forth in this Agreement, or (ii) there has been a material breach of any of Buyer’s covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), which breach is not curable or, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given by Target to Buyer;

(d) By Buyer if any condition in Article 5 has not been satisfied as of the date specified for Closing in Section 1.2 or if satisfaction of such a condition by such date is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of Buyer to comply with its obligations under this Agreement), and Buyer has not waived such condition on or before such date;

(e) By Target if any condition in Article 6 has not been satisfied as of the date specified for Closing in the first sentence of Section 1.2 or if satisfaction of such a condition by such date is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of Target Parties to comply with their obligations under this Agreement), and Target has not waived such condition on or before such date;

(f) By Buyer or Target if any governmental entity will have issued an order, decree, or ruling or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining, or otherwise prohibiting the Merger and such order, decree, ruling, or other action will have become final and nonappealable;

(g) By Buyer if there will be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation, or order enacted, promulgated or issued or deemed applicable to the Merger by any governmental entity, which would prohibit or restrict Buyer’s ownership or operation of any portion of the business of Target;

(h) By Buyer if it has determined the business, assets, or financial condition of Target and the Target Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have been materially and adversely affected, whether by reason of changes, developments, or operations in the ordinary course of business or otherwise;

 

-35-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

(i) By Target or by Buyer if the Merger will not have been consummated by July 31, 2016; provided the Party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause (i) has not caused such failure to close by any action or inaction constituting a breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements contained in this Agreement; or

(j) By Target if it has determined that the business, assets, or financial condition of Buyer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have been materially and adversely affected, whether by reason of changes, developments, or operations in the ordinary course of business or otherwise.

9.2 R IGHT T O P ROCEED . In the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article 9, all further obligations of Buyer and of Target under this Agreement will terminate without further liability of Buyer to Target or Target to Buyer, except for the provisions set forth in Articles 10, 12, and 13 and the obligations of Buyer under Section 9.3; provided, however, despite anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Target fails to satisfy any of the conditions specified in Article 5, Buyer will nonetheless have the right, in its discretion, to proceed with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and if Buyer fails to satisfy any of the conditions specified in Article 6, Target will nonetheless have the right, in its discretion, to proceed with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

9.3 R ETURN OF T ARGET S D OCUMENTS IN E VENT OF T ERMINATION . In the event of the termination of this Agreement for any reason, Buyer will return to Target all documents, work papers, and other materials (including copies) relating to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, whether obtained before or after execution of this Agreement. Buyer will not use any information so obtained for any purpose and will take all practicable steps to have such information kept confidential.

9.4 A TTORNEYS ’ F EES AND C OSTS IN E VENT OF T ERMINATION . In the event of the termination of this Agreement for any reason, each Party will bear its own costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees.

ARTICLE 10. PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT

Neither Buyer nor Target, without the consent of the other, will make any public announcement or issue any press release with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by it, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, except as may be required by law or by any listing agreement with, or the policies of, a national securities exchange, in which case reasonable efforts will be used to consult with the other Party before such announcement or release.

ARTICLE 11. MEETING OF TARGET’S SHAREHOLDERS

Target will take all necessary steps to call a meeting of its shareholders to consider and vote approval of the Merger to be held within ten (10) days from the date of this Agreement, which number of days includes adequate time for the preparation and mailing of proxy statements if applicable. In all proxy statements or other communications with the shareholders on this subject, Target’s board of directors will recommend to the shareholders they adopt the plan of Merger and approve the terms of this Agreement.

 

-36-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12. GOVERNING LAW; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS;

COUNTERPARTS; ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (a) will be construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California, regardless of laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof; (b) will be binding on and will inure to the benefit of the parties to the agreement and their respective successors and assigns; (c) may be executed in any number of counterparts, and with counterpart signature pages, including facsimile, pdf or similar counterpart signature pages, all of which together will for all purposes constitute one Agreement, and will become effective when one or more counterparts will have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to Buyer and Target; and (d) embodies the entire agreement and understanding, superseding all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, between Target and Buyer relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and will be considered to have been duly given on the date of service if served personally on the Party to whom notice is to be given or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission received), or on the second (2 nd ) day after mailing if mailed to the Party to whom notice is to be given, by first-class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed as follows:

 

To Target and Target Subsidiaries at:

  

Mission Technology Group, Inc.

9918 Via Pasar

San Diego, California 92126

Attention: Randy Jones

Email: rjones@magma.com

With a copy to (which will not constitute notice):

  

Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP

12275 El Camino Real, Suite 200

San Diego, California 92130

Attention: Robert G. Copeland

Email: rcopeland@sheppardmullin.com

To Buyer at:

  

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, California 92029

Attention: Stephen Cooper

Email: scooper@onestopsystems.com

With a copy to (which will not constitute notice):

  

Alan Rich & Associates, A.P.L.C.

2784 Gateway Road, Suite 104

Carlsbad, California 92009

Email: arich@arichlaw.com

 

-37-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

Any Party may change its address for purposes of this section by giving the other parties written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

ARTICLE 14. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

14.1 E XCLUSIVE D ISPUTE R ESOLUTION M ECHANISM . The Parties shall resolve any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity hereof (each, a “Dispute”), under the provisions of Sections 14.1 through 14.4. The procedures set forth in Sections 14.1 through 14.4 shall be the exclusive mechanism for resolving any Dispute that may arise from time to time.

14.2 N EGOTIATIONS . The Parties shall first attempt in good faith to resolve any Dispute by negotiation and consultation between themselves. In the event that such Dispute is not resolved on an informal basis within 10 days after one Party provides notice to the other Party of such Dispute ( “Dispute Notice”), either Party may, by written notice to the other Party (“ Escalation to Executive Notice”), refer such dispute to the executives of each Party set forth below (or to such other person of equivalent or superior position designated by such Party in a written Notice to the other party, “ Executive(s) ”).

 

Executive of Target:

  

Randy Jones, CEO

9918 Via Pasar

San Diego, California 92126

E-mail: rjones@magma.com

Executive of Buyer:

  

Stephen Cooper, President and CEO

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, California 92029

E-mail: scooper@onestopsystems.com

If the Executives cannot resolve any Dispute during the time period ending 10 days after the date of the Escalation to Executive Notice (the last day of such time period, the “ Escalation to Mediation Date ”) , either party may initiate mediation under Section 14.3.

14.3 M EDIATION .

14.3.1 Subject to Section 14.2, the Parties may, at any time after the Escalation to Mediation Date, submit the Dispute to any mutually agreed to mediation service in San Diego, California for mediation by providing to the mediation service a joint, written request for mediation, setting forth the subject of the dispute and the relief requested. The parties shall cooperate with the mediation service and with one another in selecting a neutral mediator and in scheduling the mediation proceedings. The parties covenant that they will use commercially reasonable efforts in participating in the mediation. The parties agree that the mediator’s fees and expenses and the costs incidental to the mediation will be shared equally between the parties.

14.3.2 The Parties further agree that all offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the mediation by any of the parties, their agents, employees, experts and attorneys, and by the mediator and any employees of the mediation service, are

 

-38-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding involving the parties, provided that evidence that is otherwise admissible or discoverable shall not be rendered inadmissible or non-discoverable as a result of its use in the mediation.

14.4 A RBITRATION A S A F INAL R ESORT . If the Parties cannot resolve for any reason, including, but not limited to, the failure of either party to agree to enter into mediation or agree to any settlement proposed by the mediator, any Dispute within 30 days after the Escalation to Mediation Date, either Party may commence binding arbitration in San Diego, California before three arbitrator(s). The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS pursuant to its Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures. Judgment on the Award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. This clause shall not preclude Parties from seeking provisional remedies in aid of arbitration from a court of appropriate jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 15. AMENDMENTS

This Agreement may be amended only by the written agreement of all Parties; provided, however, if amended after the meeting of the shareholders of Target referred to in Article 11, the terms regarding the conversion of Target’s stock contained in Section 2.1 will not be amended without the further approval of Target’s shareholders as required by law.

ARTICLE 16. MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 W ORD U SAGE . Unless the context clearly requires otherwise: (a) plural and singular numbers will each be considered to include the other; (b) the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will each be considered to include the others; (c) “or” is not exclusive; (d) “includes” and “including” are not limiting; (e) reference to any statute is a reference to that statute as amended to the date of this Agreement; (f) reference to any document is to that document, as amended to the date of this Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules, if any; and (g) “known to” or “knowledge of” a party means, with respect to any fact, circumstance, event, or other matter in question, the actual knowledge of it with respect to an individual, if knowledge refers to the knowledge of an individual, and of an officer or director of a party if knowledge refers to a party that is not an individual.

16.2 I NCORPORATION O F R ECITALS . The recitals set forth on the first page of this Agreement are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement.

16.3 R ECOVERY OF L ITIGATION C OSTS . If any legal action or any arbitration or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the successful or prevailing party or parties will be entitled to recover reasonable attorney fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it or they may be entitled.

 

-39-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

16.4 A TTORNEY - CLIENT M ATTERS .

16.4.1 Buyer waives and will not assert, and agrees to cause the Surviving Corporation and each of its subsidiaries to waive and not assert, any conflict of interest arising out of or relating to the representation, after the Effective Time (the “Post-Closing Representation”) of any person who was a stockholder or other officer, employee or director of Target or any Target Subsidiary prior to the Effective Time (any such person, a “Designated Person”) in any matter involving any litigation, arbitration, mediation or other proceeding, by Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Current Representation”).

16.4.2 Buyer will not assert, and agrees to cause the Surviving Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries to not assert, any attorney-client privilege with respect to any communication between Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP and any Designated Person occurring during the Current Representation in connection with any Post-Closing Representation in connection with a dispute with Buyer, and following the Closing, with the Surviving Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, it being the intention of the Parties that all such rights to such attorney-client privilege and to control such attorney-client privilege shall be retained by such Designated Person; provided, that the foregoing agreement of non-assertion and acknowledgment of retention shall not extend to any communication not involving this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, or to communications with any person other than the Designated Persons and their advisors; provided, further, that nothing in this Section   16.4 shall be construed as a waiver of any attorney-client privilege.

16.5 S EVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of final jurisdiction, it is the intent of the parties all other provisions of this Agreement be construed to remain fully valid, enforceable, and binding on the parties.

16.6 E FFECT OF H EADINGS . The headings of the articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement are included for convenience only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of any of its provisions.

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE]

 

-40-


M ERGER A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BUYER

  

TARGET

One Stop Systems, Inc.,

a California corporation

  

Mission Technology Group, Inc.,

a California corporation

By: /s/ Stephen Cooper                                    

  

By: /s/ Randy Jones                                              

       Stephen Cooper, Chief Executive Officer

  

       Randy Jones, Chief Executive Officer

                                 July 6, 2016

  
  

TARGET SHAREHOLDER

  

/s/ Randy Jones                                        

  

Randy Jones

 

-41-


EXHIBIT A

CERTIFICATE OF AMENMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

 

 

[Attached]

 

-42-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF

INCORPORATION OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

The undersigned, Stephen D. Cooper and Mark Gunn, certify:

1. They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation.

2. The following amendment to the articles of incorporation of the corporation has been duly approved by the board of directors of the corporation:

Section 3.7 P REEMPTIVE R IGHTS .

(a) Preemptive Rights . Subject to Section 3.7(b) below, each holder of outstanding shares will have full preemptive or preferential rights, as these rights are defined by law, to subscribe for or purchase that holder’s proportional part of any shares that may be issued at any time by this Corporation.

(b) Exceptions . The right of holders of outstanding shares to subscribe for or purchase new issues of shares as set forth above does not extend to (i) shares issued solely in exchange for property other than cash, including any shares issued in connection with any merger or reorganization, (ii) shares issued upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or other derivative securities or (iii) shares issued in connection with a stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Corporation.

3. The amendment has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the California Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote on the amendment was four million one hundred thousand five hundred eigty-eight (4,100,588) shares of Common stock, five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Series A Preferred stock, one million four hundred fifty thousand (1,450,000) of Series B Preferred stock and one million eighty seven and five (1,087,005) of Series C Preferred stock. The favorable vote of a majority of such shares of Common stock and a majority of such shares of Preferred stock is required to approve the amendment. The number of such shares of each class voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the required vote for that class.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


We further declare under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of California the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

Executed at Escondido, California, on July     , 2016.

 

 

Stephen D. Cooper, President

 

Mark Gunn, Secretary

 

2


EXHIBIT B

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

 

 

 

[Attached]

 

-43-


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

For Shareholder’s Signature, to be returned with Certificates Representing Shares of

Common Stock of Mission Technology Group, Inc.

July     , 2016

To One Stop Systems, Inc.:

A. Stock Certificate(s) .

The undersigned is the holder of record of the following described certificate(s) representing shares of common stock of Mission Technology Group, Inc., a California corporation (“Target”) :

 

Name and Address of Registered

Shareholder as Shown on Company’s Records

  

Certificate Number

  

Number of Shares

                                                                      

  

                         

                           

                                                                      

     

                                                                      

     
     

                                                                      

                                                       

                                                                      

     

                                                                      

     

Total Number of Shares

     

The undersigned encloses with this letter of transmittal (“Letter of Transmittal”) the above-described certificate(s), to be exchanged for the merger consideration the undersigned is entitled to receive per Sections 2.1 and 2.4 of the Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated July 6, 2016 (“Merger Agreement”) by and among One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation (“Buyer” ); Target and Randy Jones (“Target Shareholder”). Capitalized terms used in this Letter of Transmittal without definition have the respective meanings given to them in the Merger Agreement.

B. Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization .

By executing this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned acknowledges, represents and warrants the undersigned (a) has read the Merger Agreement and its exhibits, including, but not limited to, Article 8 regarding survival of representations and warranties, and indemnification; (b) understands, consents to, and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement; (c) has all requisite power and authority to (i) execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal (including the General Release below) and (ii) convey and transfer the shares of Target common stock listed above; and (d) the execution and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal


L ETTER OF T RASMITTAL

 

 

 

(including the General Release below) has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the undersigned.

The undersigned has initialed this Section B to further indicate the undersigned’s awareness and acceptance of each and every provision of the Merger Agreement and its exhibits.

Undersigned’s Initials:             

C. General Release .

The undersigned acknowledges delivery of this general release (“General Release”) is a condition to Surviving Corporation’s delivery of the merger consideration per the Merger Agreement, and Surviving Corporation and Buyer are relying on this General Release in consummating the Merger.

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, for good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged and intending to be legally bound, in order to induce Surviving Corporation and Buyer to consummate the Merger, hereby agrees as follows:

1. Release . The undersigned, on behalf of himself, herself or itself and each of his, her or its affiliates, hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and completely releases and forever discharges Surviving Corporation, Buyer, Target, and each of their respective individual, joint or mutual, past, present and future representatives, agents, advisors, accountants, attorneys, affiliates, stockholders, directors, trustees, employees, officers, controlling persons, subsidiaries, successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and executors (individually, a “Releasee” and collectively, “Releasees”) from any and all claims, demands, proceedings, causes of action, orders, obligations, contracts, agreements, debts and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which the undersigned or any of the undersigned’s affiliates now has, have ever had or may hereafter have against the Releasees arising contemporaneously with or prior to the Effective Time or on account of or arising out of any matter, cause or event occurring contemporaneously with or prior to the Effective Time, provided , however, nothing contained herein will operate to release any obligations of the Releasees arising (a) under the Merger Agreement or any agreement delivered pursuant to the Merger Agreement, or (b) under Surviving Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws with respect to the indemnification of the undersigned in the undersigned’s capacity as a director or officer of Surviving Corporation.

2. Waiver of California Civil Code Section  1542 . The undersigned expressly agrees to waive any rights and benefits available under the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542 which provides:

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”

The undersigned acknowledges the undersigned may discover facts different from, or in addition to, those which are now known or believed to be true concerning the matters on which this

 

2


L ETTER OF T RASMITTAL

 

 

 

General Release is based, and agrees this General Release will be and remain effective notwithstanding the discovery of any different or additional facts.

3. Covenant Not to Sue . The undersigned hereby irrevocably covenants to refrain from, directly or indirectly, asserting any claim or demand, or commencing, instituting or causing to be commenced or instituted, any proceeding of any kind against any Releasee, based upon any matter purported to be released hereby.

4. Representations and Warranties . The undersigned represents and warrants:

a. This General Release is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned and the undersigned’s affiliates, and is enforceable against the undersigned and each of the undersigned’s affiliates in accordance with its terms; and

b. The undersigned is entering into this General Release knowingly, voluntarily and with full knowledge of its significance and has been advised to consult with an attorney.

D. Investor Representations . As a condition to receive shares of Surviving Corporation’s common stock (“Securities”) , the undersigned represents and warrants to Surviving Corporation and Buyer:

1. The undersigned is a resident of the following state:                     .

2. The undersigned has not employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any brokerage fees, commissions, or finder’s fees in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the Securities.

3. The undersigned has read and is familiar with the confidential information statement dated and distributed by Buyer and Target on or about July [    ], 2016 (“CIS”) and its exhibits.

4. Neither the undersigned nor the undersigned’s representatives, if any, have been furnished any offering literature other than the CIS and the exhibits thereto. The undersigned and the undersigned’s representatives, if any, have relied only on the information contained in the CIS and its exhibits, and information, as described in paragraph 11, furnished or made available to them by Buyer.

5. The undersigned has not distributed the CIS to anyone other than the undersigned’s lawyer, accountant, or other financial advisors; no one except such advisors has used the CIS, and the undersigned has not made any copies of it.

6. The undersigned is an “Accredited Investor,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, promulgated under the Securities Act.

7. The undersigned is acquiring the Securities solely for the undersigned’s own account and not as a nominee or agent for any third party, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution. The undersigned does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement, or arrangement with any person to sell or transfer the Securities or grant participation interests in the Securities to such person or to any third person. If the undersigned is

 

3


L ETTER OF T RASMITTAL

 

 

 

not a natural person, the undersigned was not formed for the purpose of making an investment in Surviving Corporation.

8. The undersigned understands the Securities have not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the securities laws and regulations of each applicable state, all as amended from time to time (collectively, the Securities Laws ”), in reliance on exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements, and such exemptions are dependent in part on the representations made in this investor certificate. The undersigned understands any subsequent resale of the Securities must either be registered and/or qualified under the Securities Laws or be under an exemption from registration and qualification contained in the Securities Laws or the rules and regulations under it.

9. The undersigned understands since the Securities have not been registered or qualified under the Securities Laws, the undersigned must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time. The undersigned understands Surviving Corporation has no obligation to register or qualify the Securities for resale under the Securities Laws or to take any action (including the filing of reports or the publication of information required by Rule 144 under the Securities Act) that would make available any exemption from such registration and/or qualification requirements.

10. The undersigned has a preexisting business or personal relationship with the Surviving Corporation and/or its officers, directors or controlling persons, which is of such a nature and duration as has enabled the undersigned, as a reasonably prudent investor, to be aware of the character, business acumen, and general business and financial circumstances of Surviving Corporation or such persons connected with Surviving Corporation.

11. The undersigned understands owning the Securities involves a high degree of risk, and the undersigned has taken full cognizance of and understands all the risks related to the ownership of the Securities. The undersigned, together with the undersigned’s advisors and designated “Purchaser Representative,” has the knowledge, sophistication, and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of fully evaluating the merits and risks of the undersigned’s ownership of the Securities, to be capable of fully understanding the information provided by Surviving Corporation, and to be able to protect the undersigned’s interests in connection with the ownership of the Securities. The undersigned is capable of bearing the economic risk of a complete loss of the undersigned’s investment in the Securities.

12. The undersigned has undertaken an independent investigation of the investment in the Securities and of the business potential of Surviving Corporation as a prudent, sophisticated investor would deem appropriate for an investment in the Securities. The undersigned believes the undersigned has received all the information the undersigned considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to receive the Securities. The undersigned has had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from Surviving Corporation concerning its businesses and financial condition and the terms and conditions of the receipt of the Securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent Surviving Corporation possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to the undersigned or to which the undersigned had access. The undersigned understands such discussions and any other pertinent information provided by Surviving Corporation were intended to describe

 

4


L ETTER OF T RASMITTAL

 

 

 

certain aspects of Surviving Corporation’s business and prospects but were not a thorough or exhaustive description.

13 . The undersigned understands Surviving Corporation will issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to the Securities issued as merger consideration and will cause restrictive transfer legends to be affixed to such Securities substantially as follows:

a. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY BE OFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF SO REGISTERED AND QUALIFIED OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION EXISTS.

b. Any other legend required by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California or required under any state, local, or foreign law governing such securities.

14 . The undersigned has not seen, received, been presented with, or been solicited by any radio or television advertisement, newspaper or magazine article or advertisement, public promotional meeting, leaflet, or any other form of advertising or general solicitation in connection with the issuance of the Securities.

15 . The undersigned understands the Securities are speculative and an investment in Surviving Corporation involves a high degree of risk.

16 . The undersigned understands there is no trading market for the Securities and Surviving Corporation does not anticipate a trading market will develop, or if developed, will continue. If no market develops, it may be difficult or impossible for the undersigned to sell the Securities should the undersigned desire to do so. There are no assurances the undersigned will be able to sell the Securities, or if the undersigned is able to sell, that the undersigned will be able to sell the Securities at the current value.

17 . The undersigned acknowledges the tax consequences of investing in Surviving Corporation will depend on the undersigned’s particular circumstances, and neither Surviving Corporation, Buyer, nor the shareholders, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, or consultants of any of them will be responsible or liable for any tax consequences of an investment in Surviving Corporation. The undersigned will look solely to, and rely on, the undersigned’s own advisers with respect to the tax consequences of this investment.

18 . The undersigned has been advised to consult with the undersigned’s own independent legal counsel regarding all legal matters concerning an investment in Surviving Corporation and consult with the undersigned’s own independent tax and other advisors concerning the tax consequences of participating in Surviving Corporation, and has done so to the extent the undersigned considers necessary.

E. Miscellaneous .

1. Waiver . No failure on the part of any Person to exercise or delay on the part of any Person in exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy provided in this Letter of Transmittal will

 

5


L ETTER OF T RASMITTAL

 

 

 

operate as a waiver of such power, right, privilege or remedy; and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy will preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy.

2 . Expenses . If any proceeding relating to this Letter of Transmittal, or the enforcement of any provision of this Letter of Transmittal, is brought by or against the undersigned or any of the Releasees, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements to the extent actually incurred (in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled).

3 . Governing Law . The validity and construction of this Letter of Transmittal will be governed by the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such state.

4 . Submission to Jurisdiction . Any proceeding or other legal action arising out of or relating to this Letter of Transmittal or the enforcement of any provision of this Letter of Transmittal will be brought or otherwise commenced in any state or federal court located in San Diego County, California. The undersigned expressly and irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of each state, federal, and appellate court located in San Diego County, California, in connection with any such proceeding.

5 . Specific Performance . The undersigned agrees irreparable damage may occur and adequate remedies at law may not be available in the event any of the provisions of this Letter of Transmittal were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. The undersigned accordingly agrees Surviving Corporation, Buyer and each other Releasee will be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Letter of Transmittal and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Letter of Transmittal in any federal court located in San Diego County, California or California state court located in San Diego County, California, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

6 . Construction . The heading references of this Letter of Transmittal are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Letter of Transmittal and will not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions of this Letter of Transmittal. All words used in this Letter of Transmittal will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require.

7 . Severability . If any provision of this Letter of Transmittal is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Letter of Transmittal will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Letter of Transmittal held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

8 . Entire Agreement . This Letter of Transmittal, together with the Merger Agreement and any agreement delivered pursuant to the Merger Agreement, set forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, among or between the undersigned and the undersigned’s affiliates, on the one hand, and Surviving Corporation, Buyer each other Releasee on the other hand, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Letter of Transmittal may not be changed except in a writing signed by the person(s) against whose interest such change will operate.

 

6


L ETTER OF T RASMITTAL

 

 

 

9. Additional Deliveries . The undersigned and the undersigned’s affiliates will execute and cause to be delivered to Surviving Corporation, Buyer and each other Releasee such instruments and other documents, and will take such other actions, as Surviving Corporation, Buyer and such other Releasee may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out or evidencing any of the actions contemplated by this Letter of Transmittal.

F . Issuance of Merger Consideration .

In payment for the above-listed shares of Target common stock, please issue the Securities in the name of the undersigned and mail it to the undersigned at the address set forth below:

 

 

Name(s):

  

 

  
    

 

  
 

Mailing Address:

  

 

  
 

Taxpayer Identification No. or SSN:

  

 

 

 

  
 

Telephone No.:

  

(          )          -         

  

 

SHAREHOLDER

Signature:                                                              

Printed Name:                                                       

Dated:                                                                       

Signature:                                                              

Printed Name:                                                      

Dated:                                                                   

INSTRUCTIONS TO SHAREHOLDER

You should complete, date, and sign this Letter of Transmittal and send it, together with your certificate(s) for Target common stock, to:

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, California 92029

Attention: Stephen D. Cooper, President

An envelope addressed to Surviving Corporation is enclosed for your convenience. The signature(s) on the letter must correspond with the name(s) of the registered owner(s) of Target common stock. If certificates are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign the Letter of Transmittal. If the Letter of Transmittal is executed by an officer on behalf of a corporation or other entity, or by an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, attorney, agent, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, proper evidence of the authority to assign, sell, and transfer the shares should be forwarded with the surrendered certificates. Questions

 

7


L ETTER OF T RASMITTAL

 

 

 

regarding such evidence of authority may be referred to One Stop Systems, Inc., Attention Stephen D. Cooper, President, at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110, Escondido, California 92029.

Certificates should be surrendered without alteration, enlargement, or other change. The method of delivery of the certificates and completed Letter of Transmittal to Surviving Corporation is at the shareholder’s option and risk, but certified or registered mail, properly insured, is recommended.

PLEASE NOTE YOU WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY MERGER CONSIDERATION IN EXCHANGE FOR YOUR TARGET CAPITAL STOCK UNTIL YOU HAVE SURRENDERED SUCH CERTIFICATES AND RETURNED A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

8


EXHIBIT C

TARGET DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

 

 

[Attached]

 

-44-


TARGET DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

in connection with the

MERGER AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

by and among

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.,

and

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.,

and

RANDY JONES

Dated as of [              ], 2016


INTRODUCTION

THIS TARGET DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE (the “ Target Disclosure Schedule”) relates to that certain Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of [             ], 2016 (the “ Agreement ”), by and between One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation ( “Buyer ”) and Mission Technology Group, Inc., a California corporation, (the “ Target ”), and Randy Jones (the “Target Shareholder”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

This Target Disclosure Schedule has been arranged in schedules corresponding to each applicable section of the Agreement. Each schedule in this Target Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to qualify the corresponding section or subsection of the Agreement and any other section or subsection of the Agreement (including if such section or subsection does not state “except as set forth in Section “      ” of the Target Disclosure Schedule” or words of similar effect) to the extent that it is reasonably apparent on its face from a reading of such disclosure that it also qualifies or applies to such other sections or subsections. Certain matters set forth in this Target Disclosure Schedule are included for informational purposes only notwithstanding that, because they do not rise above applicable materiality thresholds or otherwise, they may not be required by the terms of the Agreement to be set forth herein.

Headings and subheadings (other than references to sections and subsections of the Agreement) in this Target Disclosure Schedule are for convenience or reference only and shall not be deemed to expand or limit the scope of the information required to be disclosed in this Target Disclosure Schedule, to expand or limit the effect of the disclosures contained in this Target Disclosure Schedule or to otherwise affect the interpretation of the Agreement or this Target Disclosure Schedule.


SECTION 3.1

ORGANIZATION, STANDING, QUALIFICATION; CORPORATION POWER AND ACTION

Section  3.1.1 :

None.

Section  3.1.2 :

None.

Section  3.1.3 :

None.


SECTION 3.2

CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF TARGET

None.


SECTION 3.3

SUBSIDIARIES

[Each subsidiary of Target (each a “Target Subsidiary” and collectively “Target Subsidiaries”) is listed in Section 3.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, which correctly sets forth for each Target Subsidiary (a) its jurisdiction of organization, (b) the jurisdictions in which it is qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign entity, (c) the number of equity interests authorized, (d) the number of equity interests issued and outstanding, and (v) if the Target Subsidiary is not wholly owned by Target, the number of outstanding equity interests held by Target and the number of outstanding equity interests held by, and the names of, other equity holders. Except as specified in Section 3.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, Target or a Target Subsidiary owns all the outstanding equity interests of each Target Subsidiary and neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary has any outstanding investment in or advance of cash to any company other than a Target Subsidiary. There are no outstanding rights or options to acquire, or any outstanding securities convertible into, equity interests of any class of any Target Subsidiary. Each Target Subsidiary (a) is an entity duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (b) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction listed with respect to it in Section 3.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule; (c) has the entity power to own all of its property and assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted; and (d) except as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, is not required by its ownership of property, by the conduct of its business, or otherwise to be qualified to do business in any other jurisdictions .]

Target Subsidiaries:

 

  1.

RJ Intellectual Properties, LLC

 

  a.

California

 

  b.

None


SECTION 3.4

TARGET FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; TARGET BALANCE SHEET DATE

[Attached]

[ 3.4.1 Target has delivered to Buyer (a) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Target as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the three years ending on those dates, reviewed by Target’s independent public accountants and (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Target as of June 30, 2016, together with related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the six (6) month period ending on this date, certified by Target’s chief financial officer as accurately reflecting Target’s financial condition for this period and accurately reflecting all information normally reported to Target’s independent public accountants for the preparation of Target’s financial statements (other than footnotes thereto). The above financial statements delivered to Buyer are referred to as the “Target Financial Statements.”

3.4.2 The Target Financial Statements (a) have been prepared in accordance with the books and records of Target, (b) have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) consistently applied by target throughout the periods indicated, and (c) fairly present the financial position of Target as of the respective dates of the balance sheets included and the results of its operations for the respective periods indicated, subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments and the lack of footnote disclosure.

3.4.3 June 30, 2016 is referred to in this Agreement as the “Target Balance Sheet Date.”]


SECTION 3.5

TITLE TO ASSETS

[Target and each Target Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all their respective assets and interests in assets, whether real, personal, mixed, tangible, or intangible, that constitute all the assets and interests in assets that are used in the businesses of Target and each Target Subsidiary. All these assets are free and clear of restrictions on or conditions to transfer or assignment and free and clear of mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, or restrictions, except for (a) those disclosed in Section 3.5 of the Target Disclosure Schedule or (b) the lien of current taxes not yet due and payable.]

 

  1. Small Business Administration Loan December 22, 2011

 

  a. Lender: South County Bank, N.A

 

  b. Original Principal: $1,000,000

 

  c. Requires consent for assignment/transfer and merger

 

  2. Equipment Finance Agreement for HYPERLYNX SI GHZ BND SW entered into by and between U.S Bank Equipment Finance and Target on February 4, 2013.

 

  3. Comerica Bank Loan/Line of Credit

 

  4. Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement entered into on December 28, 2010, by and between Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc. and Target.


SECTION 3.6

INVENTORY

None.


SECTION 3.7

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

[3.7.1 Section 3.7.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of (a) all Registered Intellectual Property, together with identification of the owner of record of each listed item of Intellectual Property; (b) except for contracts for off-the-shelf software, all agreements, together with identification of all parties to such agreements, under which Target or any Target Subsidiary either obtains or grants the right to use any item of Intellectual Property (the “License Agreements”) together with identification of the Intellectual Property licensed thereunder; and (c) all opinions of counsel (whether in house or outside) on the validity, infringement, or enforceability of any patent owned or controlled by a party other than Target or any Target Subsidiary that relates to any aspect of Target or any Target Subsidiary’s business. For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” means any and all inventions, invention studies (whether patentable or unpatentable), designs, patents, patent applications, copyrights, copyright registrations, copyright registration applications, trademarks, trademark registrations, trademark registration applications, service marks, service mark registrations, service mark registration applications, trade dress, trade names, trade secrets, secret processes, secret formulas, and technical information and know-how; and “Registered Intellectual Property” means applications, registrations and filings for Intellectual Property owned by the Target or any Target Subsidiary that have been registered, filed, or otherwise perfected or recorded with or by any state, government or other legal authority.

3.7.2 To the Knowledge of Target, the assets of Target and each Target Subsidiary reflected on Target’s June 30, 2016 Balance Sheet include all material Intellectual Property rights necessary for the business of Target and each Target Subsidiary without the need for any license or consent from any Person.

3.7.3 Except as would otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect, appropriate filings, registrations, or issuances have been made with or by the appropriate governmental agencies of the United States, any of the states, and all applicable foreign countries with respect to the Registered Intellectual Property on Section 3.7.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule.

3.7.4 Except as set forth in Section 3.7.4 of the Target Disclosure Schedule:

(a) Target or Target Subsidiaries are the sole and exclusive owner or licensee of all of the Registered Intellectual Property listed in Section 3.7.1(a) of the Target Disclosure Schedule, and has the sole and exclusive right to use all of the same.

(b) All of the Registered Intellectual Property listed in Section 3.7.1(a) of the Target Disclosure Schedule is free and clear of any attachments, liens, or encumbrances, and none is subject to any outstanding order, decree, judgment, stipulation, or agreement restricting the scope of the use to the same.

(c) To the Knowledge of Target, there are no claims or demands of any other person, firm, or corporation (other than attorneys’ charges for services rendered to or expenses incurred on behalf of Target or Target Subsidiaries, and except for registration proceedings pending


before a registration office) pertaining to the Registered Intellectual Property or License Agreements, and no proceedings have been instituted, are pending, or are threatened in writing (except for registration proceedings pending before a registration office) that challenge the rights of Target or Target Subsidiaries in respect to the same.

(d) To the Knowledge of Target, none of the owned Intellectual Property infringes on the rights of others and none of the rights pertaining to the owned Intellectual Property are being infringed by others.

(e) During the last seven (7) years neither Target nor Target Subsidiaries or any predecessor has been charged with or has charged others with infringement, unfair competition, or violation of rights with respect to any patent, trademark, service mark, trade dress, trade name, or copyright, or with wrongful use of confidential information, trade secrets, or secret processes.

(f) To the Knowledge of Target, there are no unexpired patents necessary for the manufacture of the products of Target or any Target Subsidiary or necessary to the apparatus or methods employed by Target or any Target Subsidiary in manufacturing or producing their products, other than unexpired patents held by Target or Target Subsidiaries or unexpired patents under which Target or Target Subsidiaries is licensed.

(g) To the Knowledge of Target, Target and Target Subsidiaries are not using any patentable inventions, confidential information, trade secrets, or secret processes of others.

(h) Each License Agreement in Section 3.7.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule is valid and binding in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect; To the best of Knowledge of Target, neither Target nor Target Subsidiaries nor any other party to any such agreement has breached any material provision or is in default in any material respect under the terms of that agreement; and the Merger will not result in termination of any such agreement, require the consent of any party to any such agreement, or bring into operation any provision of any such agreement.

(i) All employees, contractors, and consultants of Target and each Target Subsidiary and any other third parties who have been involved in the development of any Intellectual Property rights owned by Target or any Target Subsidiary have executed invention assignment agreements in the form(s) delivered to Buyer, and all such employees and consultants who have access to confidential information or trade secrets of Target’s or ant Target Subsidiary’s business or that relate to Intellectual Property rights have executed appropriate nondisclosure agreements in the form(s) delivered to Buyer. Target and each Target Subsidiary have taken reasonable steps, consistent with industry standards, to protect the secrecy and confidentiality of their trade secret and know how rights.

(j) Except as set forth in Section 3.7.1(b) of the Target Disclosure Schedule, neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary is liable for, nor has made any contract or arrangement by which it may become liable to any Person for, any royalty, fee, or other compensation for the ownership, use, license, sale, offer of sale, distribution, manufacture, import, export, reproduction,


distribution, public display, public performance of, creation of derivative works based on, or disposition of any of the Intellectual Property rights .]

Section  3.7.1 :

 

  1.

Patent No. US 7,752,372 B2. PCI Express Communication System—Jul. 6, 2010.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target.

 

  2.

Patent No. US 7,830,670 B2. Sliding Card Carrier—Nov. 9,2010.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target.

 

  3.

Patent No. US 8,090,263 B2. System and Method for Expanding PCIE Compliant Signals Over a Fiber Optic Medium With No Latency—Jan. 3, 2012.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target.

 

  4.

Patent No. US 8,463,934 B2. Unified System Area Network And Switch—Jun. 11, 2013.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target Subsidiary RJ Intellectual Properties, LLC.

 

  5.

Patent No. US 8,868,777 B2. Unified System Area Network And Switch—Oct. 21, 2014.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target Subsidiary RJ Intellectual Properties, LLC.

 

  6.

Patent No. US D440,205 S. Electrical Connector—Apr. 10, 2001.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target by Mobility Electronics, Inc.

 

  7.

Patent No. US D444,783 S. Computer Housing With Front Doors Open—Jul. 10, 2001.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target by Mobility Electronics, Inc.

 

  8.

Patent No. US D449,299 S. Computer Housing—Oct. 16, 2001.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target by Mobility Electronics, Inc.

 

  9.

Patent No. US D451,923 S. Surface Contour For A Docking Station—Dec. 11, 2001.

 

  a.

Assigned to Target by Mobility Electronics, Inc.

 

  10. 

Patent No. US D458,217 S. Accessory Battery For Portable Computer—Jun. 4, 2002.

 

  a.

iGO Corporation as assignee

 

  11. 

License Agreement dated as of April 16, 2007 with Mobility Electronics, Inc., for Rhesus Technology.


Section  3.7.2 :

None.

Section  3.7.3 :

None.

Section  3.7.4 :

None.


SECTION 3.8

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

None.


SECTION 3.9

INTERESTS IN TARGET’S PROPERTY

None.


SECTION 3.10

ABSENCE OF UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES

[To the Knowledge of Target, there are no liabilities of Target or any Target Subsidiary other than the following:

(a) Liabilities disclosed or provided for in Target’s June 30, 2016 Balance Sheet, including the notes to such Balance Sheet;

(b) Liabilities disclosed in Section 3.10 of the Target Disclosure Schedule; or

(c) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Target Balance Sheet Date, none of which has been adverse to the business of Target or any Target Subsidiary, and none of which is attributable to any period before the Target Balance Sheet Date. ]

 

  1.

Miller Group Management Consulting And Related Services Agreement—dated as of February 2, 2016.

 

  2.

Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation and Magma Memorandum of Agreement For CANES Product returns—dated as of January 11, 2016.

 

  3.

All contracts listed in Section 3.21 of the Target Disclosure Schedule.


SECTION 3.11

ABSENCE OF SPECIFIED CHANGES

None.


SECTION 3.12

PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FRANCHISES

None.


SECTION 3.13

JUDGMENTS, DECREES, OR ORDERS RESTRAINING BUSINESS

None.


SECTION 3.14

INSURANCE

None.


SECTION 3.15

LABOR DISPUTES

None.


SECTION 3.16

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE; HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

None.


SECTION 3.17

REAL PROPERTY

Section  3.17.1 :

None.

Section  3.17.2 :

None.


SECTION 3.18

POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Power of Attorney granted to:

 

  1.

Hara CPA Professional Services, Inc.

 

  a.

Contracted for accounting work.


SECTION 3.19

NO VIOLATIONS OF OTHER INSTRUMENTS

[The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Target do not, and the consummation of the Merger by Target will not, (a) violate any provision of Target’s articles of incorporation or bylaws; (b) materially violate any provision of, result in the acceleration of any obligation under, result in a right of termination in another party to, or result in the imposition of any lien or encumbrance on any asset of Target pursuant to the terms of, any mortgage, note, lien, lease, franchise, license, permit, agreement, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment, or decree; (c) result in the termination of any agreement, license, franchise, lease, or permit to which Target is a party or by which Target is bound; or (d) violate or conflict with any other material restriction of any kind or character to which Target is subject. After Target Shareholder has approved the plan of merger as set forth in this Agreement, Target will take, or will have taken, all actions required by law or by Target’s articles of incorporation or bylaws or otherwise required or necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and to authorize the Merger of Target with Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.]

 

  1.

Consent required for assignment of that certain Lease Agreement entered into November 19, 2007 and expiring August 31, 2018 by way of a Second Amendment made May 12, 2015, by and between Carroll Canyon Commerce Center LLC, and Target.

 

  2.

Consent required for assignment of that certain Value Lease Agreement for a Sharp copier MX3115 entered into on October 1, 2015, by and between Sharp Electronics Corporation and Target.

 

  3.

Consent required for assignment of Equipment Finance Agreement for HYPERLYNX SI GHZ BND SW entered into by and between U.S Bank Equipment Finance and Target on February 4, 2013.

 

  4.

Comerica Bank Loan/Line of Credit [Can’t find the agreement in data bank?]

 

  5.

Consent required for assignment of Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement entered into on December 28, 2010, by and between Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc. and Target.

 

  6.

Co-Employment Agreement?


SECTION 3.20

LITIGATION

None.


SECTION 3.21

CONTRACTS

[ 3.21.1 Except for the contracts, agreements, plans, leases, and licenses described in Section 3.21.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, Target or any Target Subsidiary are not parties to or subject to:

(a) Any oral or written employment contract or agreement with any officer, consultant, director, or employee;

(b) Any plan or oral or written contract or agreement, providing for bonuses, pensions, options, deferred compensation, retirement payments, profit sharing, severance or the like;

(c) Any contract or agreement with any labor union;

(d) Any lease of machinery, equipment, or other personal property involving payment by it of annual rental in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000);

(e) Any contract or agreement for the purchase of any materials or supplies except individual purchase orders for less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Any contract for the purchase of equipment or any construction or other agreement not otherwise covered by this schedule and involving any expenditure by the Company of more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000);

(g) Any instrument evidencing or related to indebtedness for borrowed money, or pursuant to which the Company is obligated or entitled to borrow money, or any instrument of guaranty;

(h) Any license or franchise agreement either as licenser or licensee or as franchisor or franchisee (other than agreements covered by the schedule of intellectual property to be delivered pursuant to the agreement);

(i) Any joint venture contract or arrangement or any other agreement involving a sharing of profits;

(j) Any contract or agreement for the sale or lease of its products or the furnishings of its services, or any sales agency contract, brokerage contract, distribution contract, or similar contract other than contracts made in the ordinary course of business on standard forms (copies of which standard forms are attached);

(k) Any contract containing covenants limiting the freedom of the Company to compete in any line of business or with any person;


(l) Any contract or agreement for or relating to the purchase or acquisition by merger or otherwise of the business, assets, or shares of any other corporation or of any partnership or sole proprietorship (regardless of whether the purchase or acquisition has been consummated), which contract or agreement imposes continuing obligations on or grants continuing rights or benefits to the Company;

(m) Any insurance policy (i) held by Target or any Target Subsidiary during the last three (3) years or (ii) under which any claim could be made; or

(n) Any material contract or agreement not covered by any of the other items of this Section 3.21 that is not either (i) to be performed by Target or any Target Subsidiary within three (3) months from the date of the Agreement or (ii) by its terms terminable by and without penalty to Target or any Target Subsidiary or any successor or assign within three (3) months from the date of the Agreement.

3.21.2 Except as set forth in Section 3.21.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule:

(a) To the Knowledge of Target, all contracts, agreements, plans, leases, and licenses (including, but not limited to, those described in Section 3.21.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule) are valid and binding in all material respects in accordance with their terms and are in full force and effect.

(b) Neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary or, to the Knowledge of Target, any other party to any such contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license is in default in any material respect under the terms of any such contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license.

(c) Each of Target and each Target Subsidiary as party to an evidence of indebtedness for borrowed money has received from the holder of such indebtedness cash equal to the principal amount of such indebtedness.

(d) The Merger will not result in the termination of any material contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license; will not require the consent of any other party to the contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license; and will not bring into operation any other provision of the contract, agreement, plan, lease, or license.]

Section  3.21.1 :

 

Vendor

  

Service Description

and Notes

  

Contract/Service

Agreement Terms

  

Time Frame

Adobe Systems

   creative cloud indiv. all MLP DSP renewal paid on Amex—this is used by Eng.    No contract; renewed on 5/17/16; monthly billing   

05/17/16-05/16/17

Alarmco Security Systems

   building security    No contract; quarterly billing; can cancel service at anytime   

04/01/16-06/30/16


Axcient

   subscription billed on Amex    Service agreement on file; quarterly billing; 30 day notice required to terminate agreement   

04/01/16-06/30/16

BMC Software

   foot prints software license — this is used by Ariel    License agreement on file; annual renewal   

06/01/16-05/31/17

Consultants—Engineering

   Consultants—Engineering    NDA’s on file; agreed upon rates with Julia Elbert Eng. VP   

Consultants—Marketing

   Sebastian Sindermann and Shawn Peters    NDA’s on file; verbal agreement; month to month billing for agreed upon services; can terminate at any time   

D&B

   business credit report annual subscription    Contract on file; annual renewal   

05/07/16-05/06/17

EMA Design Automation

   OrCad Capture CIS maintenance—this is used by Eng.    License agreement on file; annual renewal   

06/18/16-06/17/17

Farmers

Insurance

   business insurance    Policy on file; annual renewal; total policy $9,822—prepaid six months 05/16-10/16 $4,917 includes $6 service fee   

05/02/16-05/02/17

GoEngineer

   SolidWorks service subscription—this is used by Eng.    Annual renewal -14 month proration   

02/01/16-03/31/17

Hara CPA

Professional

Services

   accounting, CFO, HR, and tax services    Engagement letter on file; monthly billing   

Jan-Pro

   janitorial services 3 days/week and Qtr floor & carpet maintenance + as needed supplies    Service agreement on file; annual renewal; 30 day written termination notice required prior to anniversary date of 8/9; monthly billing   

08/09/15-08/08/16

Media Temple

   annual web hosting service fee    No contract; annual invoice renewal   

03/18/16-03/17/17

Mentor Graphics

   HyperLynx software maintenance—this is used by Eng.    License/support agreement on file; annual renewal; prepaid 6 months in Feb. and the other six months will be due in Aug.   

02/01/16-01/31/17

Metlife

   life insurance—this is for Randy    Policy on file; annual renewal   

10/01/15-09/30/16


Miller Capital Corp

   lender bank workout; management consulting and related services agreement    Service agreements on file; signed 02/02/16 and 02/26/16   

02/02/16-02/01/17

MSDN

Subscriptions

   VS Pro w/ MSDN online subscription—this is used by Eng.    No contract; 2 year renewal   

03/01/16-02/28/18

NetComponents

   annual membership—this is used by Ops    Annual renewal; prepaid 10/16-09/17 to lock in rate   

10/01/15-09/30/17

NSBA

   National Small Business Association membership    No contract; annual invoice renewal   

04/30/16-04/29/17

PCI Sig

   annual membership—this is used by Eng.    No contract; annual invoice renewal   

03/20/16-03/19/17

Prudential Overall Supply

   lab coats (smocks)    Service agreement on file; 36 month; auto renewal for 36 month; 90 day termination notice before Aug. anniversary date; Initial contract signed 8/6/07; monthly billing   

08/06/13-08/05/16

San Diego Shredders

   recycle bin—pickup every 11 weeks at $50 per pick up; can call if we need an early pick-up for $50, plus $7 for each file box on top of the container    No contract; email from vendor regarding current verbal agreement; can cancel service anytime   

Sonic Wall

   anti-virus and anti-spam annual subscription billed on the Amex    No contract; annual invoice renewal   

11/01/15-10/31/16

Syndeo

Communications

   voicemail support—SV renewal software updates/system maintenance annual subscription    No contract; annual invoice renewal   

05/01/16-04/30/17

UCSD Jacobs

   annual membership    No contract; annual invoice renewal   

01/1/16-12/31/16

Ultimate Health (Armadacare)

   supplemental health insurance for Randy and Tim    Policy on file; annual renewal   

01/01/16-12/31/16

Underwriters

Laboratory

   certifications annual membership—this is used by Ops    No contract; annual invoice renewal   

01/1/16-12/31/16

Underwriters

Laboratory

   certifications quarterly service—this is used by Ops    No contract; quarterly billing   

04/01/16-06/30/16


Unfunddle STACK Support

   compact plan—this is used by Eng.    No contract; monthly billing; can terminate at anytime; terms for use of website on file   

Wall Street Journal

   billed quarterly on Amex    No contract; quarterly billing; can cancel at anytime   

04/01/16-06/30/16

WES Associates

   IT services—need most current contract for new service rate    Contract on file; monthly billing   

 

Vendor

  

Payment

Agreement

  

Terms of
Agreement

  

Change in

credit Limit

  

Original

Credit

Limit

  

Current

Credit

Limit

  

Change In Status

Western

Electronics, LLC

   Yes    Verbal agreement between Tim Miller of Mission Technology Group, Inc. and Rob Subia at Western Electronics, LLC, to pay $10,000 per week, beginning 6/22/16, until balance has been paid in full    Yes   

Undisclosed

  

$0.00

   Payment terms changed from Net 45 to Prepayment

Master

Distributors

   No    N/A    No   

Undisclosed

  

Undisclosed

   Currently on credit hold; credit hold will be released once payment of past due invoices has been received


Sanmina

Corporation

   Yes   

Verbal agreement between Alondra Hernandez of Hara CPA Prof. Services, Inc., representing Mission Technology Group, Inc., and Beth Horst of Sanmina Corporation, to pay entire balance in full by the end of June 2016.

Final payment submitted June 29, 2016.

   No    $50,000.00    $50,000.00    N/A

Streamline

Circuits

   No    N/A    No    Undisclosed    Undisclosed    Currently on credit hold; credit hold will be released once payment of past due invoices has been received

SYNNEX

Corporation

   No    N/A    Yes    $75,000.00    $5,000.00    N/A

 

   

All contracts and agreements referenced in any other section of this Target Disclosure Schedule.

 

   

Commission and Position Rate Change documents for Matthew Rackstein, Nathan Parada, and Tom Fries.

 

   

Employment Agreement entered into February 7, 2011 by and between Timothy Miller and Target.

 

   

Certificate of Liability Insurance dated July 14, 2015 between Producer Aon Risk Services Northeast, Inc. and TriNet HR Corporation and Target.

 

   

Time Clock Rental Agreement entered into on December 2, 2014 by and between Nettime Solutions LLC and Target.


    Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation and Magma Memorandum of Agreement for CANES Product returns.

 

    Patent Purchase Agreement entered into May 6, 2016 by and between GigaIO Networks, Inc., and Target and RJ Intellectual Properties LLC.

 

    Agreement entered into January 23, 2014 by and between Target Shareholder and Target.

 

    Engagement letter entered into January 20, 2016 by and between Hara CPA Professional Services, Inc. and Target.

 

    TriNet 401(k) Plan Asset Transfer Election Form for Clients with Existing Plan Assets by and between Target and Transamerica.

 

    Multiple Employer Plan Checklist for the Participating EMployer between Target and Trinet HR Corporation and Transamerica.

 

    Transamerica Volume Submitter Multiple Employer Tax-Favored Savings and Discretionary Contribution Plan and Trust Agreement (Adoption and Acceptance Agreement) entered into January 1, 2015.

 

    TriNet Passport Services Requisition Form.

 

    Trinet HR Corporation Terms and Conditions Agreement.

 

    Ultimate Health Renewal Acceptance Form 2016.

 

    US Bank Delivery & Acceptance Certificate, Agreement #168075.

 

    US Bank Equipment Finance Agreement, Agreement #168075.

 

    Consultant or Independent Contractor Agreement entered into February 27, 2007 by and between WES & Associates, LLC and Target.

 

    Consultant or Independent Contractor Agreement entered into June 21 2016 by and between Target and WES & Associates, LLC.

 

    Insurance Declaration by Mid-Century Insurance Company for Target with policy period from May 2, 2015 to May 2, 2016.

 

    Signed representation letter for balance sheet, statement of operations, statement of stockholder’s’ equity and statement of cash flows review for Target dated April 24, 2014.

Section  3.21.2 :

All contracts and agreements referenced in Sections 3.10 and 3.5 of this Target Disclosure Schedule.


SECTION 3.22

TAXES

Section  3.22.1 :

None.

Section  3.22.2 :

None.


SECTION 3.23

PRIVACY AND DATA SECURITY

None.


SECTION 3.24

CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

[ 3.24.1 Section 3.24.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule sets forth each of Target and Target Subsidiaries’ ten (10) largest customers (based on the dollar amount of sales to such customers) for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the five-month period ended June 30, 2016 (“Material Customers”). Except as set forth in Section 3.24.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, (a) to the Knowledge of Target, all Material Customers continue to be customers of Target and Target Subsidiaries and no Material Customer has provided written or oral notice it will not continue to be a customer after the consummation of the Merger; (b) since December 31, 2015, no Material Customer has modified or indicated that it intends to modify the terms of its relationship with Target or any Target Subsidiary in any material respect; (c) since December 31, 2015, no Material Customer has cancelled or otherwise terminated its relationship with Target or any Target Subsidiary or threatened to do so; and (e) Target and Target Subsidiaries are not involved in any material claim, dispute or controversy with any Material Customer.

3.24.2 Section 3.24.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule sets forth each of Target and Target Subsidiaries’ ten (10) largest suppliers (based on the dollar amount of purchases from such suppliers) for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the five-month period ended June 30, 2016 (“Material Suppliers ”). Except as set forth in Section 3.24 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, (i) all Material Suppliers continue to be suppliers of Target and Target Subsidiaries, and no Material Supplier has given written or oral notice it will not continue to be a supplier of Target or any Target Subsidiary after the consummation of the Merger; (ii) none of the Material Suppliers has reduced materially its sales to Target or any Target Subsidiary from the levels achieved during the calendar year ended December 31, 2015, or indicated it intends to do so; (iii) since December 31, 2015, no Material Supplier has modified or indicated it intends to modify the terms of its relationship with Target or any Target Subsidiary in any material respect; (iv) since December 31, 2015, no Material Supplier has cancelled or otherwise terminated its relationship with Target or any Target Subsidiary or threatened to do so; (v) Target and Target Subsidiaries are not involved in any material claim, dispute or controversy with any Material Supplier; and (vi) no supplier to Target or any Target Subsidiary represents a sole source of supply for any goods and services used in the conduct of their business. ]

Section  3.24.1 (Material Customers) :

 

Material Customers

   Sum of Extended Price  

SGI International, Inc

   $ 496,212  

1SourceVideo

   $ 463,450  

DRS Laurel Technologies

   $ 445,457  

CF Computer

   $ 360,174  

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

  


   $ 281,850  

ScanSource Communications

   $ 269,814  

New Tech Solutions Inc.

   $ 230,432  

TAC Systems, Inc.

   $ 216,086  

Global Distribution Group

   $ 209,870  

Magenta Sys

   $ 169,782  

Section 3.24.2 (Material Suppliers) :

 

Material Suppliers

   Sum of Extended Cost  
Western Electronics LLC    $ 1,087,676.16  
Avnet Electronics    $ 338,151.63  
Gemini Manufacturing & Engineering, Inc.    $ 213,219.86  
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC    $ 209,416.16  
Cetech Power Systems    $ 208,294.97  
Hitem Hi-Tech Electronic Man., Inc.    $ 164,415.65  
Sanmina Corporation    $ 122,805.38  
JMR Electronics    $ 71,992.50  
Bay Associates dba Enhance Inc    $ 62,503.50  
Mouser Electronics    $ 42,694.34  


SECTION 3.25

AFFILIATED BUSINESSES

[3.25.1 Section 3.25.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, and sole proprietorships, directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any of the officers or directors of Target or any Target Subsidiary, which during the past three (3) years (a) have engaged in any business similar to any of Target’s or any Target Subsidiary’s businesses or (b) have conducted business with Target or any Target Subsidiary as a supplier, customer, lessor, lessee, or otherwise.

3.25.2 The list contained in Section 3.25.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule specifies (a) the business engaged in by each such corporation, partnership, or sole proprietorship during the past three (3) years, and (b) the nature and volume of the business of each such corporation, partnership, or sole proprietorship conducted with Target or any Target Subsidiary and the period during which it has been conducted. ]

Section  3.25.1 :

 

  1.

RJ Intellectual Properties, LLC.

 

  2.

GigaIO Networks, Inc.

Section  3.25.2 :


SECTION 3.26

GOVERNMENT REPORTS

None.


SECTION 3.27

CLAIMS, INQUIRIES AND CITATIONS AFFECTING TARGET

[ 3.27.1 Section 3.27.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all claims, inquiries, citations, penalties assessed, and other proceedings of federal, state, or local governmental agencies and of others in respect of Target or any Target Subsidiary during the past three (3) years that relate to any provision of federal, state, or local laws or regulations, including those relating to occupational safety and health, equal employment opportunity, and environmental pollution.

3.27.2 Except to the extent indicated in Section 3.27.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, all such claims, inquiries, citations, or proceedings have been terminated or will be terminated at a cost to Target and Target Subsidiaries of not more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) in any one instance and not more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) in the aggregate.

3.27.3 Except as set forth in Section 3.27.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, the buildings and operations of Target and Target Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, and local laws.]

Section 3.27.1 :

 

  1.

Audit by Franchise Tax Board set for July 7 2016.


SECTION 3.28

CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

None.


SECTION 3.29

PERSONNEL

[ 3.29.1 Identification and Compensation. Section 3.29.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of the names and addresses of all officers, directors, employees, agents, and manufacturer’s representatives of Target and each Target Subsidiary, stating the rates of compensation payable to each.

3.29.2 Employment Contracts and Benefits. Section 3.29.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all employment contracts and collective bargaining agreements, and all pension, bonus, profit-sharing, stock option, or other agreements or arrangements providing for employee remuneration or benefits to which Target or any Target Subsidiary is a party or by which Target or any Target Subsidiary is bound. All these contracts and arrangements are in full force and effect, and neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary, nor, to the Knowledge of Target, any other party is in default under them. There have been no claims of defaults and, to Target’s knowledge, there are no facts or conditions that if continued, or on notice, will result in a default under these contracts or arrangements. There is no pending or, to Target’s knowledge, threatened labor dispute, strike, or work stoppage affecting Target’s or any Target Subsidiary’s business. Target and each Target Subsidiary have complied with all applicable laws for each of their respective employee benefit plans, including the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA ”), as amended, if and to the extent applicable. To the Knowledge of Target, there are no threatened or pending claims by or on behalf of any such benefit plan, by or on behalf of any employee covered under any such plan, or otherwise involving any such benefit plan, that allege a breach of fiduciary duties or violation of other applicable state or federal law; nor is there, to Target’s knowledge, any basis for such a claim. Except as set forth in Section 3.29.2 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, neither Target nor any Target Subsidiary has entered into any severance or similar arrangement with any present or former employee that will result in any obligation, absolute or contingent, of Buyer, Target, or any Target Subsidiary, to make any payment to any present or former employee following termination of employment.]


Section 3.29.2 :

 

   

Current stock options will be cancelled after signing of Merger Agreement.

 

   

Commission and Position Rate Change documents for Matthew Rackstein, Nathan Parada, and Tom Fries.

 

   

Employment Agreement entered into February 7, 2011 by and between Timothy Miller and Target.

Section 3.29.3 :

 

  1.

Wells Fargo Bank, P.O Box 6995, Portland, OR 97228.

 

  2.

Comerica Bank, 9350 Mira Mesa Blvd., San Diego, CA 92126.


SECTION 3.30

CONTINUITY OF BUSINESS ENTERPRISE

None.


SECTION 3.31

NO BROKERS

None.


SECTION 3.32

DISCLOSURE

None.


EXHIBIT D

BUYER DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

 

 

[Attached]

 

-45-


BUYER DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE


INTRODUCTION

THIS BUYER DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE (the “ Buyer Disclosure Schedule ”) relates to that certain Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of July 6, 2016 (the “Agreement” ), by and between One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation (“ Buyer” ) and Mission Technology Group, Inc., a California corporation, (the “Target ”), and Randy Jones (the “Target Shareholder”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

This Buyer Disclosure Schedule has been arranged in schedules corresponding to each applicable section of the Agreement. Each schedule in this Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to qualify the corresponding section or subsection of the Agreement and any other section or subsection of the Agreement (including if such section or subsection does not state “except as set forth in Section “      ” of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule” or words of similar effect) to the extent that it is reasonably apparent on its face from a reading of such disclosure that it also qualifies or applies to such other sections or subsections. Certain matters set forth in this Buyer Disclosure Schedule are included for informational purposes only notwithstanding that, because they do not rise above applicable materiality thresholds or otherwise, they may not be required by the terms of the Agreement to be set forth herein.

Headings and subheadings (other than references to sections and subsections of the Agreement) in this Buyer Disclosure Schedule are for convenience or reference only and shall not be deemed to expand or limit the scope of the information required to be disclosed in this Buyer Disclosure Schedule, to expand or limit the effect of the disclosures contained in this Buyer Disclosure Schedule or to otherwise affect the interpretation of the Agreement or this Buyer Disclosure Schedule.


SECTION 4.1

ORGANIZATION, STANDING, QUALIFICATION; CORPORATE POWER AND ACTION

 

 

 

Section  4.1.1 :

None.

Section  4.1.2 :

None.

Section  4.1.3 :

None.


SECTION 4.2

NO VIOLATION OF OTHER INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

Section 4.2 :

None.


SECTION 4.3

NO BROKERS

 

 

 

Section 4.3 :

None.


LOGO


SECTION 4.5

BUYER FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; BUYER BALANCE SHEET DATE

 

 

 

Section  4.5.1 :

None.

Section  4.5.2 :

None.

Section  4.5.3 :

None.


SECTION 4.6

INSURANCE

 

 

 

Section  4.6 :

None.


SECTION 4.7

CONTINUITY OF BUSINESS ENTERPRISE

 

 

 

Section  4.7 :

None.


SECTION 4.8

TITLE TO ASSETS

 

 

 

Section  4.8 :

UCC filing on all OSS assets by Bank of the West per loan agreement.


SECTION 4.9

INTERESTS IN BUYER’S PROPERTY

 

 

 

Section 4.9 :

None.


SECTION 4.10

ABSENCE OF UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Section 4.10 :

None.


SECTION 4.11

ABSENCE OF SPECIFIED CHANGES

 

 

 

Section 4.11 :

d) Officer, director and employee and pay raises

e) Officer and director stock option grants

f) Officer and employee commissions and bonuses

g) Stock options exercised by employees

i) New debt from Bank of the West and from outside investors to fund merger

m) Amended articles of incorporation per merger requirements

n) Merger agreement requirements


SECTION 4.12

PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FRANCHISES

 

 

 

Section 4.12 :

None.


SECTION 4.13

JUDGMENTS, DECREES, OR ORDERS RESTRAINING BUSINESS

 

 

 

Section  4.13 :

None.


SECTION 4.14

LABOR DISPUTES

 

 

 

Section 4.14 :

None.


SECTION 4.15

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE; HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

 

 

Section  4.15.1 :

Main Facility:

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110 (and other adjoining suites)

Escondido, CA 92029

Section  4.15.2 :

None.


SECTION 4.16

LITIGATION

 

 

 

Section 4.16 :

None.


SECTION 4.17

CLAIMS, INQUIRIES AND CITATIONS AFFECTING BUYER

 

 

 

Section  4.17.1 :

None.

Section  4.17.2 :

None.

Section  4.17.3 :

None.

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is One Stop Systems, Inc.

SECOND : The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD : The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or any successor statute.

FOURTH : The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 51,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (b) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A.  COMMON STOCK .

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

2.  Voting . The holders of the Common Stock shall have voting rights at all meetings of stockholders, each such holder being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held by such holder;  provided ,  however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.  Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock as and when determined by the Board of Directors subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock and to the requirements of applicable law.

4. Liquidation . Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

B.  PREFERRED STOCK .

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided.


Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designations relating thereto in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each such series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH : Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons herein are granted subject to this reservation.

SIXTH : In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH.

SEVENTH : Except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended.

EIGHTH : This Article EIGHTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

1.  General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

2.  Number of Directors; Election of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be established from time to time by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

- 2 -


3.  Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

4.  Amendments to Article . Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article EIGHTH.

NINTH : No action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article NINTH.

TENTH : Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TENTH.

ELEVENTH : Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or (e) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article ELEVENTH. If any provision or provisions of this Article ELEVENTH shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article ELEVENTH (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article ELEVENTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and has been executed by its duly authorized officer this                 day of                 , 2018.

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:    
  Name:   Steve Cooper
  Title:  

President and Chief Executive

Officer

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

A Delaware corporation


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.1

   Principal Executive Offices      1  

Section 1.2

   Other Offices      1  

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     1  

Section 2.1

   Place of Meetings      1  

Section 2.2

   Annual Meetings      1  

Section 2.3

   Special Meetings      1  

Section 2.4

   Adjourned Meetings      2  

Section 2.5

   Notice and Waiver      2  

Section 2.6

   Validation of Meetings Held Without Proper Call or Notice      3  

Section 2.7

   Quorum      3  

Section 2.8

   Action Without a Meeting      3  

Section 2.9

   Elections of Directors      4  

Section 2.10

   Proxies      4  

Section 2.11

   Inspectors of Election      5  

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 3.1

   Powers      5  

Section 3.2

   Number and Qualifications of Directors      7  

Section 3.3

   Election and Term of Office      7  

Section 3.4

   Vacancies      8  

Section 3.5

   Place of Meetings      8  

Section 3.6

   Telephonic Meetings      8  

Section 3.7

   Organization Meeting      8  

Section 3.8

   Special Meetings      8  

Section 3.9

   Notice of Directors’ Meetings      9  

Section 3.10

   Quorum      9  

Section 3.11

   Voting      9  

Section 3.12

   Validation of Meetings Held Without Proper Call or Notice      9  

Section 3.13

   Adjournment      9  

Section 3.14

   Unanimous Written Consent to Actions Taken      10  

Section 3.15

   Fees and Compensation      10  

Section 3.16

   Executive Committee      10  

ARTICLE IV OFFICERS

     10  

Section 4.1

   Officers      10  

Section 4.2

   Election      11  

Section 4.3

   Subordinate Officers      11  

Section 4.4

   Removal      11  

Section 4.5

   Resignation      11  

Section 4.6

   Vacancies      11  

Section 4.7

   Chief Executive Officer      11  

Section 4.8

   President      11  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section 4.9

   Vice-Presidents      11  

Section 4.10

   Secretary      12  

Section 4.11

   Chief Financial Officer      12  

ARTICLE V RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES

     12  

Section 5.1

   Options to Purchase      12  

Section 5.2

   Nonmonetary Consideration      13  

Section 5.3

   Waiver      14  

Section 5.4

   Termination      14  

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS

     15  

Section 6.1

   Record Date      15  

Section 6.2

   Director Inspection of Corporate Records      15  

Section 6.3

   Shareholder Inspection of Corporate Records      15  

Section 6.4

   Annual and Financial Reports      16  

Section 6.5

   Share Certificates      17  

Section 6.6

   Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      18  

Section 6.7

   Registrars and Transfer Agents      18  

Section 6.8

   S Corporation Election      18  

Section 6.9

   Fiscal Year      18  

Section 6.10

   Checks, Drafts and Other Instruments      18  

Section 6.11

   Execution of Contracts and Instruments      18  

Section 6.12

   Construction and Definitions      19  

Section 6.13

   Indemnification and Liability Insurance      19  

ARTICLE VII AMENDMENTS

     19  

Section 7.1

   Power of Shareholders      19  

Section 7.2

   Power of Directors      19  

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATOR

     20  

 

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1 Principal Executive Offices . The principal administrative office for the transaction of business of the Corporation shall be at such place as the Board of Directors shall establish from time to time.

Section 1.2 Other Offices . Other offices of the Corporation may be established by the Board of Directors at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, at the place specified in the notice or at any other place within or without the State of Delaware designated either by the Board of Directors or by the written consent of all persons entitled to vote thereat and not present at the meeting, given either before or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

Section 2.2 Annual Meetings . The annual meetings of shareholders shall be held on an approximately annual basis at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate; provided, however, that should said day fall on a legal holiday then any such annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at the same time and place on the next full business day thereafter ensuing. At annual meetings of shareholders, Directors shall be elected, reports of the affairs of the Corporation shall be considered, and any other business may be transacted which is within the powers of the shareholders.

Section 2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders may be called for the purposes of taking any action permitted by shareholders under the Delaware General Corporations Law and the Articles of Incorporation at any time by the Chairman of the Board or the President, or by the Board of Directors, or by one (1) or more shareholders holding not less than ten percent (10%) of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Upon request in writing that a special meeting of shareholders be called for any proper purpose, directed to the Chairman of the Board, President, vice-president or Secretary by any person or persons (other than the Board) entitled to call a special meeting of the shareholders, the officer shall cause notice to be given to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting as set forth in Article II, Section  5 herein below. In

 

-1-


the event such notice has not been given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, the person or persons entitled to call the meeting may give the notice. No business other than that described in the notice of the meeting may be transacted at a special meeting of shareholders.

Section 2.4 Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of shareholders, whether or not a quorum is present or has been established, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares the holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy. When any meeting of shareholders is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more, or a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting as specified in Article II, Section 5 hereof. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for a total of less than forty-five (45) days, notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or the business to be transacted need not be given in the event the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 2.5 Notice and Waiver . Written notice of every meeting of shareholders shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting, either personally or by mail, telegram or other means of written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to such shareholder at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation or given by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice. In the event any notice or report addressed to a shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the Corporation is returned to the Corporation by United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice or report to the shareholder at such address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been fully given without further mailing if the same shall be available for the shareholder upon written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the Corporation for a period of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice or report to any other shareholder. If no address appears on the books of the Corporation and a shareholder gives no address, notices shall be deemed to have been given to such shareholder if sent by mail, telegram or other means of written communication addressed to the place where the principal executive office of the Corporation is located, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the County in which the principal executive office of the Corporation is located.

All notices shall be personally delivered, deposited in the mail, or sent by other means of written communication to each shareholder entitled thereto not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before such meeting. An affidavit of mailing of any such notice in accordance with the foregoing provisions, executed by the Secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the Corporation shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice.

Except in special cases where other express provision is made by statute, notice of meetings shall contain the following information:

(a) The place, the date, and the hour of the meeting;

(b) The general nature of the business to be transacted or proposed, if any, including but not limited to actions with respect to the approval of (i) a contract or other

 

-2-


transaction with an interested Director, (ii) the amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, (iii) a merger, exchange or sale of assets reorganization as defined by Section 181 of the Delaware General Corporations Law, (iv) the voluntary dissolution of the Corporation, or (v) a distribution and dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, if any;

(c) If Directors are to be elected, the names of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented by management for election, if any; and

(d) In the case of an annual meeting, those matters which the Board of Directors at the time of the mailing of the notice intends to present for action by the shareholders.

Section 2.6 Validation of Meetings Held Without Proper Call or Notice . The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote and not present in person or by proxy, or who though present has at the beginning of the meeting objected to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened or has objected to the consideration of particular matters of business required to have been included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to the holding of such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 2.7 Quorum . The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding a withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

Section 2.8 Action Without a Meeting . Except with respect to the election of Directors as hereinafter provided, any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice except as hereinafter set forth, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. In the event the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, notices shall be given in the manner as provided in Section 5 of Article II of these Bylaws as follows:

(a) At least ten (10) days before consummation of the action authorized by shareholder approval, notice shall be given of shareholder approval of (i) a contract or other transaction with an interested Director, (ii) indemnification of an agent of the Corporation, (iii) a merger, exchange or sale of assets reorganization as defined in Section 181 of the Delaware General Corporations Law, or (iv) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, if any; and

 

-3-


(b) Promptly with respect to any other corporate action approved by shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent, to those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing.

In the event the Board of Directors has not fixed a record date as provided in Section 1 of Article V of these Bylaws, for the determination of shareholders entitled to give such written consent, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such action, whichever is later, and in the event no prior action by the Board has been taken the day on which the first written consent is given. All such written consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxyholders or a transferee of the shares or personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the Corporation prior to the time that written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, but may not do so thereafter. Such revocation is effective upon its receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation.

Directors may be elected without a meeting by unanimous written consent of the persons who would be entitled to vote for the election of Directors; provided that in the event a vacancy on the Board of Directors exists and has not been filled by the Directors, a Director may be elected at any time without prior notice by the written consent of persons holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of Directors.

Section 2.9 Elections of Directors . In any election of Directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes of the shares entitled to be voted for them up to the number of Directors to be elected by such shares are elected. Elections for Directors need not be by ballot unless a shareholder demands election by ballot at the meeting and before the voting begins.

Every shareholder entitled to vote at any election of Directors may cumulate such shareholder’s votes and give one (1) candidate a number of votes equal to the number of Directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the shareholder’s shares are entitled, or distribute the shareholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as the shareholder thinks fit, provided, however, that no shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes unless the name of each such candidate has been placed in nomination prior to the voting and a shareholder has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of such shareholder’s intention to cumulate such shareholder’s votes.

Section 2.10 Proxies . Every person entitled to vote shares shall have the right to do so in person or by one (1) or more agents authorized by a written proxy executed by such person or his duly authorized agent and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Any proxy executed is not revoked and continues in full force and effect until (i) a writing stating that the proxy is revoked or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date is filed with the Secretary of the Corporation prior to the vote pursuant thereto, (ii) the person executing the proxy attends the

 

-4-


meeting and votes in person, or (iii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of such proxy is received by the Corporation before the vote pursuant thereto is counted; provided that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless the person executing it specifies therein the length of time for which such proxy is to continue in force.

Section 2.11 Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of shareholders the Board may appoint inspectors of election to act at the meeting and any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, or if any person so appointed fails to appear or refuses to act, the chairman of any meeting of shareholders may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election (or persons to replace those who so fail or refuse) at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall either be one (1) or three (3). If appointed at a meeting on the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or by proxy shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.

The inspectors of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effectiveness of proxies, receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine when the polls shall close, determine the result and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. In the determination of the validity and effect of proxies, the dates contained on the forms of proxy shall presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act, or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima full; evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 Powers . Subject to the limitations of the Articles of Incorporation and of the Delaware General Corporations Law as to action to be authorized or approved by the shareholders, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all the corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the Corporation to a management company or other person or persons provided that the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board of Directors. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same limitations, the Directors shall have the following powers:

 

-5-


First: To select and remove all the officers, agents and employees of the Corporation; prescribe such powers and duties for them as may not be inconsistent with law, . with the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws; fix their compensation; and require from them security for faithful service.

Second: To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the Corporation, and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law, or the Articles of incorporation or these Bylaws, as they may deem best.

Third: To change the principal executive office and the principal office for the transaction of business of the Corporation from one location to another as provided in Article I, Section 1 hereof; to fix and locate from time to time one (1) or more subsidiary offices of the Corporation within or without the State of Delaware as provided in Article I, Section 2 hereof; to designate any place within or without the state for the holding of any meeting or meetings of shareholders; to adopt, make and use the corporate seal and to prescribe the forms of certificates of shares; and to alter the form of such seal and certificates from time to time as in their judgment they deem best, provided such seal and such certificates shall at all times comply with the provisions of law.

Fourth: To authorize issuance of shares of the Corporation from time to time upon such terms as may be lawful in consideration of money paid, labor done, services actually rendered to the Corporation or for its benefit or in its formation or reorganization, debts or securities cancelled, and tangible or intangible property actually received either by the Corporation or any one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, if any, or as a share dividend or upon a stock split, reverse stock split, reclassification, conversion or exchange of shares for shares of another class or series of shares, but not in consideration of promissory notes of the purchaser (unless adequately secured by collateral other than the shares acquired or pursuant to a stock purchase plan or agreement or stock option plan or agreement authorized by section 408 of the Delaware General Corporations Law) or future services.

Fifth: To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the Corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor in the corporate name promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor.

Sixth; By resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of Directors, to designate an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of two (2) or more Directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise prescribe the manner of proceedings of any such committee, meetings of such committee (other than the executive committee whose proceedings shall be governed by Section 16 of this Article III of these Bylaws) may be regularly scheduled in advance and may be called at any time by any two (2) members thereof; otherwise, the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to notice and conduct of the meetings of the Board shall govern. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have all the authority of the Board, except with respect to:

 

-6-


(i) The approval of any action for which the Delaware General Corporations Law or the Articles of Incorporation also require shareholder approval;

(ii) The filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any committee;

(iii) The fixing of compensation of the Directors for serving on the Board or on any committee;

(iv) The adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws;

(v) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

(vi) The declaration of a dividend, or the authorization or ratification of the repurchase or redemption of shares, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the Board of Directors; and

(vii) The appointment of other committees of the Board or the members thereof.

Section 3.2 Number and Qualifications of Directors.

(a) The number of Directors of the corporation shall be not less than three (3) and not more than seven (7) until changed by a duly adopted amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or by a Bylaw amending this section duly adopted as provided in subparagraph b below. The exact number of Directors shall be fixed from time to time, within the limits of this section, by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The number of Directors is hereby initially set at three (3).

(b) This Article III, Section 3 of the Bylaws and any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation affecting the number of authorized Directors may be adopted only by the vote or written consent of holders of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Although the number of authorized Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time as provided herein, any proposal to reduce the number of Directors then authorized to a number below two (2) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written consent, are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16-2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Directors need not be shareholders of the Corporation.

Section 3.3 Election and Term of Office . The Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting, but if any such annual meeting is not held or the Directors are not elected thereat, the Directors may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for that purpose. All Directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors have been elected and qualified, subject to the Delaware General Corporations Law and the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to vacancies on the Board of Directors.

 

-7-


Section 3.4 Vacancies . A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any Director, an increase of the authorized number of Directors, or the failure of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any Director or Directors are to be elected to elect the full authorized number of Directors to be voted for at that meeting. The Board of Directors may declare vacant the office of a Director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors, except for a vacancy created by the removal of a Director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, and each Director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected in an annual or special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose. A vacancy in the Board of Directors created by the removal of a Director may be filled only by the vote of the majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares. The shareholders may elect a Director or Directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the Directors. Any such election by written consent shall require the consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

Any Director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective. No reduction of the authorized number of Directors shall have the effect of removing any Director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

Section 3.5 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at any place within or without Delaware which has been designated in the notice of the meeting, or if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at any place designated from time to time by resolution of the Board or by written consent of all members of the Board. In the absence of such designation, meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

Section 3.6 Telephonic Meetings . The members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in the meeting can hear one another. Participation in a meeting as permitted in the preceding sentence constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.7 Organization Meeting . Immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting at the place of the annual meeting of shareholders or at such other place as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of organization, election of officers, and the transaction of other business.

Section 3.8 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any vice-president, the Secretary or any two (2) Directors.

 

-8-


Section 3.9 Notice of Directors’ Meetings . Call and notice of the annual organization meeting of the Board of Directors is hereby dispensed with. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be personally delivered to each Director or communicated to each Director by telephone, telegraph or mail, charges prepaid, addressed to him at his address as is shown upon the records of the Corporation, or if it is not so shown on such records or is not readily ascertainable, at the place at which the meetings of Directors are regularly held. In the case notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least ninety-six (96) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In the event notice is communicated by telegraph, it shall be delivered to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In the event notice is delivered personally or communicated by telephone, it shall be so delivered or communicated at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the holding of a meeting.

A notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Whenever any Director has been absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice has not been dispensed with, an entry in the minutes to the effect that notice has been duly given shall be conclusive and incontrovertible evidence that due notice of such meeting was given to such Director.

Section 3.10 Quorum . The presence of a majority of the number of Directors then authorized by the Bylaws of the Corporation at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Directors to leave less than a quorum, provided that any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.

Section 3.11 Voting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the Directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number, or the same number after disqualifying one (I) or more Directors from voting, is required by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

Section 3.12 Validation of Meetings Held Without Proper Call or Notice . The transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and noticed or wherever held, shall be valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is initially present, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the Directors not present or who though present has prior to the meeting or at its commencement protested the lack of proper notice to him signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to holding of such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 3.13 Adjournment . A majority of the Directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any Directors’ meeting to meet again at another time or place. In the event a meeting of the Board of Directors is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of any adjournment to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the Directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

 

-9-


Otherwise, notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to absent Directors if the time and place is fixed and announced at the meeting so adjourned.

Section 3.14 Unanimous Written Consent to Actions Taken . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the Board of Directors shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors and shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Directors.

Section 3.15 Fees and Compensation . Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement for expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be considered to preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity, including as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 3.16 Executive Committee . In the event the Board of Directors shall appoint an executive committee and shall not provide otherwise, regular meetings of the executive committee shall be held at such times as are determined by the Board or by such committee as appointed, and notice of such regular meetings is hereby dispensed with. Meetings of the executive committee shall be held at the place designated in the notice of the meeting, or if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at any place which has been designated from time to time by resolution of the executive committee or by written consent of all the members thereof, or in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the Corporation. Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any vice-president who is a member of the executive committee, or any two (2) members thereof, upon written notice to the members of the executive committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner and within the time provided for giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings thereof Minutes shall be recorded of each meeting of the executive committee and kept in the book of minutes of the Corporation. Vacancies in the membership of the executive committee may be filled only by the Board of Directors. Only members of the Board of Directors shall serve as members of the executive committee. A majority of the authorized number of members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The provisions of this Article III of these Bylaws also apply to the executive committee and action by the executive committee, mutatis mutandis. The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more Directors as alternate members of the executive committee, who may replace and act in the stead of any absent members at any meeting of such committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer (who may be called the Treasurer). The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one (1) or more vice-presidents, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, one (1) or more assistant financial officers,

 

-10-


and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article IV. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.2 Election . The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article IV, shall be chosen by the Board of Directors, and each shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed by the Board of Directors or otherwise disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and qualified.

Section 4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint, and may empower the Chairman of the Board or the President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as the appointing authority may designate, subject to any limitations imposed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.4 Removal . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, at any regular or special meeting thereof or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors (subject, in each case, to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment).

Section 4.5 Resignation . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary of the Corporation, without prejudice however to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which such officer is a party. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.6 Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

Section 4.7 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shareholders, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws.

Section 4.8 President . In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer , or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of the President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 4.9 Vice-Presidents . In the absence or disability of the President, the vice-presidents, if there be any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or, if not ranked, the vice-president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of

 

-11-


the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The vice-presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 4.10 Secretary . The Secretary shall record or cause to be recorded, and shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation and such other place or places as the Board of Directors may order, a book of minutes of actions taken at all meetings of Directors, committees and shareholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Directors’ and committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of the shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors required by these Bylaws or by law to be given, and he shall keep the seal of the Corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

The Secretary shall keep at the principal executive office, and if the Corporation’s principal executive office is not in Delaware, at the Corporation’s principal business office in Delaware, the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date.

Section 4.11 Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer (who may be called the Treasurer) shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, income, losses, changes in financial position, capital stock, retained earnings and shares.

The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the President and the Directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

ARTICLE V

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES

Section 5.1 Options to Purchase . The shares of this Corporation shall be issued and held upon the condition that before there can be a valid sale or transfer of any of said shares or

 

-12-


any interest therein for value, the holder of the shares to be sold or transferred shall give notice to the Secretary of this Corporation of his intention to sell or transfer such shares. Said notice shall specify the number of shares to be sold or transferred, the purchase consideration and the price per share, the terms upon which such holder intends to make such sale or transfer, and the name of the intended purchaser or transferee. The Board of Directors shall have ten (10) days from the date of receipt of such notice by the Secretary within which to exercise an option to purchase such shares for the Corporation at the same price and upon the same terms as set forth in said notice. The right of this Corporation to exercise such option and to purchase such shares is subject to the restrictions governing the right of a corporation to purchase its own shares contained in Chapter 5 of the Delaware General Corporations Law, and such other pertinent governmental restrictions as may from time to time be effective.

If any such shares shall not be purchased by the Corporation, the Secretary shall notify all of the shareholders of record by mail of said proposed sale or transfer. Said notice to shareholders shall contain the same information concerning the proposed sale or transfer as received by the Corporation, and the Secretary shall mail said notice to the shareholders immediately upon receipt by him of notification from the Board of Directors that the Corporation will not purchase any or all of said shares, and in no event later than ten (10) days after receipt by the Secretary of the notice of intended sale or transfer. Within twenty (20) days after the date of mailing of said notice to the shareholders, any shareholder desiring to acquire any or all of the shares referred to in said notice shall deliver to the Secretary a written offer to purchase said shares or a specified number thereof at the same price per share and upon the same terms stated in the above-mentioned notice filed with the Secretary.

If the total number of shares specified in such offers by shareholders equals but does not exceed the number of shares referred to in said notice and not purchased by this Corporation, then the offering shareholders shall be entitled to purchase the shares pursuant to their respective offers. If the total number of shares specified in said offers exceeds the number of shares referred to in said notice and not purchased by the Corporation, each offering shareholder shall be entitled to purchase such proportion of the shares available for purchase as the number of shares of the Corporation which he holds bears to the total number of shares held by all of such shareholders offering to purchase shares. If the total number of shares specified in such offers to purchase is less than the number of shares referred to in said notice and not purchased by the Corporation, the offering shareholders shall not be entitled to purchase any shares, and the exercise of any option to purchase, or election to purchase any shares by the Corporation shall be void and without force and effect. The seller or transferor in such case may sell or transfer said shares subject to the provisions and restrictions provided for below.

Any shares mentioned in such a notice of intention to transfer and not purchased by the Corporation or the shareholders, may be sold or transferred at any time within six (6) months from the date of such notice to the person and at the price and terms specified therein. Such purchaser or transferee shall receive and hold said shares subject to all of the provisions and restrictions herein contained.

Section 5.2 Nonmonetary Consideration . Notwithstanding anything in Section 1 of this Article V to the contrary, in the event that part or all of the purchase consideration specified in the notice to the Secretary of the Corporation is other than money, such notice shall also

 

-13-


specify the fair market value in monetary terms of such other consideration; and the Corporation and the shareholders shall have the right to exercise their respective options to purchase said shares by delivery of a written offer specifying a per share purchase price equal to the total of the money consideration and the fair market value of the consideration other than money specified in said notice. With regard to the terms of the offer of the Corporation or a shareholder, the fair market value of consideration other than money shall be paid in cash. As used in this section, “consideration other than money” shall not mean the proposed purchaser’s promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness.

In the event the Corporation or any shareholder, as the case may be, objects to the amount specified in the notice as the fair market value of consideration other than money, they may give within ten (10) days of the receipt of such notice written notice to the Secretary of its or his intention to submit the matter to an appraiser for a determination. Pending such determination, the time for exercising options to purchase shall be stayed. Within fifteen (15) days from the date of delivery of such notice of submission to an appraiser, the objector and the holder of the shares to be sold shall select a mutually satisfactory single neutral appraiser. In the event the parties are unable to make such a selection, then either party may at any time thereafter apply to the Superior Court of the State of Delaware in and for the County of San Diego (pursuant to a petition to compel arbitration) for the appointment of a single neutral appraiser in accordance with the Delaware Code of Civil Procedure.

The appraiser shall determine the fair market value of the consideration other than money. The decision of the appraiser shall be final and binding upon the objector and the holder of the shares to be sold. As soon as the purchase price has been determined, the appraiser shall give written notice thereof to the parties and to the Secretary. All expenses of appraisal and proceedings to appoint an appraiser shall be borne equally by the parties who exercise their option to purchase shares (who shall share such expenses between themselves in proportion to the number of shares each elects to purchase), on the one hand, and the holder of shares to be sold on the other, unless the Corporation and every shareholder thereafter fail to exercise their respective options, in which case the objector shall bear all such expenses.

Section 5.3 Waiver . The provisions of Sections 1 and 2 of this Article V and the options and rights therein granted may be waived in writing by the Corporation or by any shareholder (other than the selling or transferring shareholder) with respect to any proposed sale or transfer of shares. In the event any such waiver is given, the provisions of this Article as to each of the waiving parties shall not be applicable to the proposed sale or transfer of shares with respect to which such waivers shall have been executed, but shall be applicable with respect to nonwaiving parties and to any other shares or transfer of shares.

Section 5.4 Termination . The provisions of this Article V with respect to the transfer of shares shall be applicable until the earliest date on which the Corporation has ten (10) or more shareholders of record, and thereupon, shall automatically cease to be of any further force or effect. For purposes of this Section 4 of Article V, shares held by husband and wife, whether or not jointly, shall be considered to be held by one (1) person.

 

-14-


ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a time in the future as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders, give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, receive any report, receive any dividend or other distribution or any allotment of rights, or exercise rights in respect to any change, conversion or exchange of shares. The record date so fixed shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of any meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other event for the purposes of which it is fixed. In the event the Board of Directors does not fix a record date, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given; and the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later. Only shareholders of record on the record date are entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting, give consent without a meeting, receive any report, receive a dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In the event such a meeting is adjourned for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date.

Section 6.2 Director Inspection of Corporate Records . Every Director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books of account, records and documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the Corporation and all of its subsidiaries, both domestic and foreign. Inspection by a Director may be made in person or by agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

Section 6.3 Shareholder Inspection of Corporate Records . The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of the Corporation and all of its subsidiaries shall be open to inspection upon the written demand on the Corporation of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interest as a shareholder or as a holder of such voting trust certificate. Inspection by a shareholder or a holder of a voting trust certificate may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

A shareholder or shareholders who hold at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation, or hold at least one percent (1%)

 

-15-


of such voting shares and have filed a Schedule 14B with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of Directors of the Corporation shall have the . right, exercisable in person or by agent or attorney, to inspect and copy the record of shareholders’ names and addresses and shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand. The list shall be made available on or before the later of five (5) business days after the demand is received or the date specified therein as the date as of which the list is to be compiled.

Every shareholder shall have the absolute right to inspect at all reasonable times during office hours the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, at the Corporation’s principal executive office, or if its principal executive office is not in Delaware, then at its principal business office in Delaware. In the event the principal executive office of the Corporation is outside Delaware and the Corporation has no principal business office in Delaware, it shall upon the written request of any shareholder furnish to such shareholder a copy of the Bylaws as amended to date.

Section 6.4 Annual and Financial Reports .

(a) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall cause an annual report to be sent to the shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year of the Corporation, and at least fifteen (15) days prior to the annual meeting of the shareholders to be held during the next fiscal year. Such an annual report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial condition for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants, or in the event there is no such report, the certificate of the Chief Financial Officer or other officer authorized by the Board of Directors that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.

(b) A shareholder or shareholders holding in the aggregate at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of the Corporation may make a written request to the Corporation for an income statement of the Corporation for the three (3) month, six (6) month, or nine (9) month period of the current fiscal year ended not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the request and a balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of such period, and in addition, if no annual report for the last fiscal year has been sent to shareholders, the annual report for the last fiscal year. The income statement, balance sheet, and if applicable the annual report, shall be delivered to the person making the request within thirty (30) days thereafter. In addition, the Corporation shall upon a written request of any shareholder mail to the shareholder a copy of the last annual, semiannual or quarterly income statement which it has prepared and a balance sheet as of the end of the period. The annual report, quarterly income statements and balance sheets and other financial statements referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Corporation, or the certificate of the Chief Financial Officer or any other officer authorized by the Board of Directors that such financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation. A copy of any of such statements and reports shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the Corporation for twelve (12) months and they shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination of them or a copy shall be mailed to such shareholder.

 

-16-


Section 6.5 Share Certificates . Every holder of shares in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board or the President or any vice-president and by the Chief Financial Officer or any assistant financial officer or the Secretary or any assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile, provided that in such event at least one (1) signature, including that of any of the aforementioned officers or the Corporation’s registrar or transfer agent, if any, shall be manually signed. In the event any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

There shall appear on certificates for shares of the Corporation the following facts if, and to the extent, applicable:

(a) The shares are subject to restrictions upon transfer, including those imposed by the Delaware Corporate Securities Law of 1968, the federal securities laws, any agreement between the Corporation and the issuee thereof, the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws or otherwise;

(b) The shares are assessable;

(c) The shares are not fully paid and the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount theretofore paid thereon;

(d) The shares are subject to a close corporation voting agreement;

(e) The shares are subject to restrictions upon voting rights contractually imposed by the Corporation;

(f) The shares are redeemable;

(g) The shares are convertible and the period for conversion;

(h) The Corporation has elected to be taxed pursuant to the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

(i) The shares are classified or a class of the shares has two (2) or more series, and a statement setting forth the office or agency of the Corporation from which shareholders may obtain, upon request and without charge, a copy of a statement of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon each class or series of shares authorized to be issued and upon the holders thereof.

No new certificate for shares shall be issued in lieu of an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered and cancelled at the same time; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of a new share certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to be lost, stolen or destroyed in the event that:

 

-17-


(i) the request for the issuance of the new certificate is made within a reasonable time after the holder of the old certificate has notice of its loss, destruction or theft and prior to the receipt of notice by the Corporation that the old certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser or holder in due course; and (ii) the holder of the old certificate files a sufficient indemnity bond with or provides other adequate security to the Corporation and satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board. In the event of the issuance of a new certificate, the rights and liabilities of the Corporation and the holders of the old and new certificates shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 8104 and 8405 of the Delaware Commercial Code.

Section 6.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . The Chairman of the Board, the President or any vice-president, or the Chief Financial Officer, or any assistant financial officer, and the Secretary or any assistant secretary of the Corporation are authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of the Corporation any and all shares held by the Corporation in any other corporation or corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by any of said officers.

Section 6.7 Registrars and Transfer Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint one (1) or more registrars of transfers, which shall be incorporated banks or trust companies, either domestic or foreign, and one (1) or more transfer agents or transfer clerks, who shall be appointed at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 6.8 S Corporation Election . If the Corporation has elected to be taxed pursuant to the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, then the Corporation, any shareholder and any person to whom any of its shares are transferred shall not do any act or take any course of conduct which shall have the effect of terminating such election without the prior vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation or the written consent of the persons entitled to vote such shares.

Section 6.9 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last day of December of each year.

Section 6.10 Checks. Drafts and Other Instruments . All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as from time to time shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6.11 Execution of Contracts and Instruments . The Board of Directors, except as these Bylaws may otherwise provide, may authorize one (1) or more officers or agents of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any instrument may also be executed on behalf of and in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any vice-president, and the Secretary or any assistant secretary, Chief Financial Officer or any assistant financial officer.

 

-18-


Section 6.12 Construction and Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions contained in the Delaware General Corporations Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes a corporation, partnership and trust, as well as a natural person.

Section 6.13 Indemnification and Liability Insurance . The Corporation shall indemnify any director (including any director who is also an officer of the Corporation) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that such director is or was an agent of the Corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred in connection with such proceeding to the fullest extent expressly permitted under Section 317 of the Delaware Corporations Code. Further, pursuant to provisions in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation may provide indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by Section 317 for any agents (as defined in Section 317 of the Delaware Corporations Code) of the Corporation for breach of duty to the Corporation or its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as such law exists from time to time.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1 Power of Shareholders . New Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote or by the written consent of shareholders entitled to vote such shares, except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 7.2 Power of Directors . Subject to the right of shareholders as provided in Section 1 of this Article VII to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws, the Board of Directors may adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws provided, however, that the Board of Directors may not adopt, amend or repeal a Bylaw changing the authorized number of Directors except for the purpose of fixing the exact number of Directors within the limits specified in Section 2 of Article III of these Bylaws if said section provides for a variable number of Directors.

 

-19-


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATOR

The undersigned does hereby certify that:

1. I am the Incorporator of One Stop Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

2. The foregoing nineteen (19) pages of Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by me this day.

 

   

Dated: December 12 , 2017

      /s/ Stephen D. Cooper
      Stephen D. Cooper, Incorporator

 

 

-20-

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES

     4  

1.1

   REGISTERED OFFICE      4  

1.2

   OTHER OFFICES      4  

ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     4  

2.1

   PLACE OF MEETINGS      4  

2.2

   ANNUAL MEETING      4  

2.3

   SPECIAL MEETING      4  

2.4

   ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING      4  

2.5

   ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS      8  

2.6

   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      11  

2.7

   MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE      11  

2.8

   QUORUM      11  

2.9

   ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      12  

2.10

   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS      12  

2.11

   VOTING      12  

2.12

   STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      13  

2.13

   RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING      13  

2.14

   PROXIES      13  

2.15

   LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE      13  

2.16

   POSTPONEMENT AND CANCELLATION OF MEETING      14  

2.17

   INSPECTORS OF ELECTION      14  

ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS

     14  

3.1

   POWERS      14  

3.2

   NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      14  

3.3

   ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS      14  

3.4

   RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES      14  

3.5

   PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE      15  

3.6

   REGULAR MEETINGS      15  

3.7

   SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE      15  

3.8

   QUORUM      15  

3.9

   BOARD ACTION BY CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      16  

3.10

   FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      16  

3.11

   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      16  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

ARTICLE IV—COMMITTEES

     16  

4.1

   COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      16  

4.2

   COMMITTEE MINUTES      16  

4.3

   MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES      16  

ARTICLE V—OFFICERS

     17  

5.1

   OFFICERS      17  

5.2

   APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS      17  

5.3

   SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      17  

5.4

   REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS      17  

5.5

   VACANCIES IN OFFICES      17  

5.6

   REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS      17  

5.7

   AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS      18  

ARTICLE VI—RECORDS AND REPORTS

     18  

6.1

   MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS      18  

ARTICLE VII—GENERAL MATTERS

     18  

7.1

   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS      18  

7.2

   STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES      18  

7.3

   SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES      18  

7.4

   LOST CERTIFICATES      19  

7.5

   CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS      19  

7.6

   DIVIDENDS      19  

7.7

   FISCAL YEAR      19  

7.8

   SEAL      19  

7.9

   TRANSFER OF STOCK      19  

7.10

   STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS      19  

7.11

   REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      20  

7.12

   WAIVER OF NOTICE      20  

ARTICLE VIII—NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     20  

8.1

   NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION      20  

8.2

   DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION      21  

ARTICLE IX—INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT

     21  

9.1

   ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION      21  

9.2

   ACTIONS OR SUITS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION      21  

9.3

   INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY      21  

9.4

   NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM      22  

9.5

   ADVANCE OF EXPENSES      22  

9.6

   PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES      23  

9.7

   REMEDIES      23  

9.8

   LIMITATIONS      23  

9.9

   SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT      23  

9.10

   OTHER RIGHTS      24  

9.11

   PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION      24  

 

- 2 -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

9.12

   INSURANCE      24  

9.13

   SAVINGS CLAUSE      24  

9.14

   DEFINITIONS      24  

ARTICLE X—AMENDMENTS

     24  

 

- 3 -


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

The registered office of One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ certificate of incorporation ”).

1.2 OTHER OFFICES.

The Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING.

(a) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) brought before the meeting by the Corporation and specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or a committee thereof) or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with this Section 2.4 as to such business. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the notice of meeting given by or


at the direction of the Board, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. Stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders, and the only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

(b) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the second sentence of Section 2.4(a) of these bylaws, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received by the Secretary at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting;  provided, however , that (x) if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date or (y) with respect to the first annual meeting held after the Company’s initial public offering of its shares pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the later of the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “ Timely Notice ”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth:

(i) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, without limitation, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records) and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “ Stockholder Information ”);

(ii) As to each Proposing Person, (A) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Proposing Person economic risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, including, without limitation, due to the fact that the value of such derivative, swap or other transactions are determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which derivative, swap or other transactions provide, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any increase in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Synthetic Equity Interests ”), which Synthetic Equity Interests shall be disclosed without regard to whether (x) the derivative, swap or other transactions convey any voting rights in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) the derivative, swap or other transactions are required to be, or are capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares or (z) such Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such derivative, swap or other transactions, (B) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, (C) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship, including,

 

- 5 -


without limitation, any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of shares of any class or series of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Person with respect to the shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Short Interests ”), (D) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (E) any performance related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any, (F)(x) if such Proposing Person is not a natural person, the identity of the natural person or persons associated with such Proposing Person responsible for the formulation of and decision to propose the business to be brought before the meeting (such person or persons, the “ Responsible Person ”), the manner in which such Responsible Person was selected, any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such Proposing Person, the qualifications and background of such Responsible Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible Person that are not shared generally by any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such Proposing Person is a natural person, the qualifications and background of such natural person and any material interests or relationships of such natural person that are not shared generally by any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (G) any significant equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such Proposing Persons, (H) any direct or indirect interest of such Proposing Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, without limitation, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (I) any pending or threatened litigation in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (J) any material transaction occurring during the prior twelve months between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand, (K) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (including, without limitation, their names) and (L) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (L) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”);  provided, however , that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

(iii) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a reasonably brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting

 

- 6 -


and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including, without limitation, the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among any of the Proposing Persons or between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or entity (including, without limitation, their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (D) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business, (E) a representation whether the Proposing Person intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal and (F) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act;  provided, however , that the disclosures required by this paragraph (c)(iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

(d) For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “ Proposing Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined below).

(e) A person shall be deemed to be “ Acting in Concert ” with another person for purposes of these bylaws if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or towards a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the Corporation in parallel with, such other person where (i) each person is conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (ii) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions, or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in parallel;  provided , that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies or consents from such other person in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a proxy or consent solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A. A person Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also Acting in Concert with such other person.

(f) A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof)

 

- 7 -


(g) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary and except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of an annual meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty (a) to determine that any business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s business in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (c)(iii)(E) of this Section 2.4); and (b) if any proposed business was not proposed in compliance with this Section 2.4 to declare to the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(h) The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.4 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(i) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.4, except as provided under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the annual meeting and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the annual meeting.

(k) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4; provided however, that any references in these bylaws to the Exchange Act are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to proposals as to any business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.4 (including paragraph (a)(iii) hereof), and compliance with paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.4 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit business (other than, as provided in the first sentence of paragraph (h) of this Section 2.4, business brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time).

2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS.

(a) Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but, in the case of a special meeting, only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof, or (ii) by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination is proposed to be made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such nomination. The foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting.

(b) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(b) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. Notwithstanding anything in

 

- 8 -


this paragraph to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise by due under this paragraph (b) and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (b) of this Section 2.5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to such position(s) as specified in the notice of the special meeting, the stockholder must (i) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the later of the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting and the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4(i) of these bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth:

(i) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(i) of these bylaws) except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(i);

(ii) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(ii), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(ii) and the disclosure in clause (L) of Section 2.4(c)(ii) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting),  provided, however , that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Nominating Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and;

(iii) As to each person whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including, without limitation, such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three (3) years, and any other material relationships, between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her respective affiliates and associates and any other persons with whom such proposed nominee (or any of his or her respective affiliates and associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 2.4(e) of these bylaws), on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the

 

- 9 -


foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “ Nominee Information ”), (D) a representation that the Nominating Person is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination, (E) a representation whether the Nominating Person intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the nominee and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination and (F) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(g); and

(iv) The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information (A) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines or (B) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.

(d) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “ Nominating Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate of such stockholder or beneficial owner and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or such beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert.

(e) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(f) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with this Section 2.5, except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act. The presiding officer at any meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty to (a) determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination was made, solicited or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nomination in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (c)(iii)(E) of this Section 2.5); and (b) if any proposed nomination was not made in compliance with this Section 2.5 to declare such determination to the meeting that the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(g) To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the Corporation, the proposed nominee must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section 2.5) to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee (which questionnaire shall be provided by the secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the secretary upon written request) that such proposed nominee (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any

 

- 10 -


direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (iii) in such proposed nominee’s individual capacity and on behalf of the stockholder (or the beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

(h) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed nomination, such proposed nomination shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.5, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting.

2.6 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.7 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.7 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

(a) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

(b) if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.8 QUORUM.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairperson of the meeting or (b) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

- 11 -


2.9 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the adjourned meeting.

2.10 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures (which need not be in writing) and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present (including, without limitation, rules and procedures for removal of disruptive persons from the meeting); (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting (including, without limitation, determinations with respect to the administration and/or interpretation of any of the rules, regulations or procedures of the meeting, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting), shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

2.11 VOTING.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.13 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

At all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders, at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, all other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions) at the meeting by the holders entitled to vote thereon.

 

- 12 -


2.12 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.13 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;  provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.14 PROXIES.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.15 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the date of the meeting), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting

 

- 13 -


is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy and the number of shares held by each of them, and as to the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders.

2.16 POSTPONEMENT AND CANCELLATION OF MEETING.

Any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be canceled, by resolution of the Board upon public notice given prior to the time previously scheduled for such meeting.

2.17 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment or postponement and make a written report thereof. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Such inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law. The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS.

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one (1) member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including, without limitation, a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies,

 

- 14 -


the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board shall be deemed to exist under these bylaws in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(c) sent by facsimile; or

(d) sent by electronic mail, electronic transmission or other similar means, directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail or other electronic address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (b) sent by facsimile or (c) sent by electronic mail or electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM.

The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors established by the Board pursuant to Section 3.2 of these bylaws shall constitute a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present

 

- 15 -


thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board or any individual director may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE IV—COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(a) Section 3.5 of these bylaws (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(b) Section 3.6 of these bylaws (regular meetings);

(c) Section 3.7 of these bylaws (special meetings and notice);

(d) Section 3.8 of these bylaws (quorum);

(e) Section 7.12 of these bylaws (waiver of notice); and

(f) Section 3.9 of these bylaws (action without a meeting),

 

- 16 -


with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.  However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V—OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS.

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one (1) or more vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant treasurers, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2 of these bylaws.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all securities of any other entity or entities standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised

 

- 17 -


either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE VI—RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS.

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

ARTICLE VII—GENERAL MATTERS

7.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.2 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the certificate of incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson or vice chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.3 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock;  provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without

 

- 18 -


charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.4 LOST CERTIFICATES.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.5 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

7.6 DIVIDENDS.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (a) the DGCL or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.7 FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.8 SEAL.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.9 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

7.10 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

- 19 -


7.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law:

(a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(b) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(c) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII—NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(b) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

- 20 -


An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

For the purposes of these bylaws, an “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE IX—INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT

9.1 ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “ Indemnitee ”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended), and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of  nolo contendere  or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

9.2 ACTIONS OR SUITS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 9.2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

9.3 INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY.

 

- 21 -


Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article IX, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of these bylaws, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, a disposition without prejudice), without (a) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (b) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (c) a plea of guilty or  nolo contendere  by Indemnitee, (d) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and (e) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

9.4 NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.

As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section 9.4. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (a) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (b) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (c) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article IX. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (b) above. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article IX for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

9.5 ADVANCE OF EXPENSES.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.4 and 9.6 of these bylaws, in the event of any threatened or pending action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article IX, any expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter to the fullest extent permitted by law;  provided ,  however , that, to the extent required by law, the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IX or otherwise; and  provided further  that no such advancement of expenses shall be made under this Article IX if it is determined (in the manner described in Section 9.6 of these bylaws) that (a) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (b) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct

 

- 22 -


was unlawful. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment.

9.6 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 9.1, 9.2, 9.3 or 9.5 of these bylaws, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request. Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (a) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 9.4 of these bylaws (and none of the circumstances described in Section 9.4 of these bylaws that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (b) the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1, 9.2 or 9.5 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with respect to requests under Section 9.1 or 9.2 of these bylaws only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“ disinterested directors ”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (c) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

9.7 REMEDIES.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article IX shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section 9.6 of these bylaws that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IX. Indemnitee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

9.8 LIMITATIONS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX, except as set forth in Section 9.7 of these bylaws, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article IX in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX, the Corporation shall not indemnify (or advance expenses to) an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed (or advanced expenses) from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification (or advancement) payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund indemnification (or advancement) payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

9.9 SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT.

No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article IX or of the relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall adversely affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation

 

- 23 -


arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

9.10 OTHER RIGHTS.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. Nothing contained in this Article IX shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification and advancement rights and procedures different from those set forth in this Article IX. In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant indemnification and advancement rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article IX.

9.11 PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION.

If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article IX to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

9.12 INSURANCE.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

9.13 SAVINGS CLAUSE.

If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

9.14 DEFINITIONS.

Terms used in this Article IX and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the DGCL shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

ARTICLE X—AMENDMENTS

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.9 of these bylaws or the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The

 

- 24 -


stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation;  provided, however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

- 25 -


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of One Stop Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing bylaws were amended and restated effective as of                 , 2018 by the Corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this                 day of                 , 2018.

 

 

Carla Basquin, Secretary

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AUTHORIZED: 50,000,000 COMMON SHARES, $0.0001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS This Certifies That is the owner of Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value of By 3200 ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. Denver, transferable on the books of this Corporation in person or by attorney upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed CO Cherry CORPORATE Countersigned: or assigned. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, and to Transfer 80209 the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation, as now or hereafter amended. This Certificate is Creek not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent. Agent STOCK South and IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by the facsimile signatures of its Drive, duly authorized officers and to be sealed with the facsimile seal of the Corporation. Registrar TRANSFER, Suite 430 INC Dated: Authorized. YS P S TE T O MS S , I Officer E POR N O N O R AT C . C E 001

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

CORPORATE STOCK TRANSFER, INC.

TRANSFER FEE: AS REQUIRED

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM -    as tenants in common        

TEN ENT  -

  

as tenants by the entireties

      UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -      

Custodian

JT TEN     -

  

as joint tenants with right

        (Cust)                 (Minor)
  

of survivorship and not as

        under Uniform Gifts to Minors
  

tenants in common

       
         Act  

 

           (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

     
       
 
       

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                                                            hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

 

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                         Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

                                                                                                                                                                                   Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                          20                  ,

 

     Signature: X   

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:        
     Signature: X   

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Exhibit 4.4

PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 1 OF THIS WARRANT, ALL OR A PORTION OF THIS WARRANT MAY HAVE BEEN EXERCISED, AND THEREFORE THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SET FORTH ON THE FACE HEREOF.

THIS WARRANT IS VOID AFTER 5:00 PM, EASTERN TIME ON [EXPIRATION DATE].

ONE STOP SYSTEMS INC.

W ARRANT T O P URCHASE C OMMON S TOCK

Warrant No.: 2018-UW-[01]    

Number of Shares of Common Stock:

Date of Issuance:                    ( “Issuance Date” )

One Stop Systems, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), hereby certifies that, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, [Roth Capital Partners, LLC], the registered holder hereof or its permitted assigns (the “Holder” ), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at the Exercise Price (as defined below) then in effect, upon surrender of this Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (including any Warrants to Purchase Common Stock issued in exchange, transfer or replacement hereof, the “Warrant” ), at any time or times on or after the Issuance Date (the “Exercisability Date” ), but not after 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date (as defined below),                fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (the “Warrant Shares” ). Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms in this Warrant shall have the meanings set forth in Section  15 . This Warrant is one of the Underwriter Warrants to Purchase Common Stock (this “Warrant” ) issued pursuant to (i) Section 3(d) of the Underwriting Agreement, dated as of                    , by and between the Company and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as representative of the Underwriters (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) and (ii) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 File No.: 333-222121). This Warrant is one of a series of warrants containing substantially identical terms and conditions issued pursuant to Section 3(d) of the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “ Warrants ”).

1.     EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

(a) Mechanics of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including, without limitation, the limitations set forth in Section 1(e)), this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder on any day on or after the Exercisability Date, in whole or in part (but not as to fractional shares), by delivery of a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) of the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise form be required. The Holder shall, upon delivery of such Exercise Notice, pay to the Company an amount equal to the applicable

 

-1-


Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being exercised (the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ”) in cash or wire transfer of immediately available funds. The Holder shall not be required to surrender this Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder; provided, however, that in the event that this Warrant is exercised in full or for the remaining unexercised portion hereof, the Holder shall deliver this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within a reasonable time after such exercise, but in any event within five (5) Trading Days of the delivery of the Exercise Notice. On or before the first (1 st ) Trading Day following the date on which the Company has received the Exercise Notice and the Aggregate Exercise Price (the date upon which the Company has received the Exercise Notice and the Aggregate Exercise Price, the “ Exercise Date ”), the Company shall transmit by facsimile or e-mail transmission an acknowledgment of confirmation of receipt of the Exercise Notice to the Holder and the Company’s transfer agent for the Common Stock (the “ Transfer Agent ”). The Company shall deliver any objection to the Exercise Notice on or before the second (2 nd ) Trading Day following the date on which the Company has received the Exercise Notice. On or before the third (3 rd ) Trading Day following the date on which the Company has received the Exercise Notice and the Aggregate Exercise Price (the “ Share Delivery Date ”), the Company shall, (X)  provided that the Transfer Agent is participating in The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program (the “ FAST Program ”) and so long as the certificates therefor are not required to bear a legend regarding restriction on transferability, upon the request of the Holder, credit such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with DTC through its Deposit Withdrawal Agent Commission system, or (Y), if the Transfer Agent is not participating in the FAST Program or if the certificates are required to bear a legend regarding restriction on transferability, issue and dispatch by overnight courier to the address as specified in the Exercise Notice, a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise. Upon delivery of the Exercise Notice and payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date such Warrant Shares are credited to the Holder’s DTC account or the date of delivery of the certificates evidencing such Warrant Shares, as the case may be. If this Warrant is submitted in connection with any exercise pursuant to this Section 1(a) and the number of Warrant Shares represented by this Warrant submitted for exercise is greater than the number of Warrant Shares being acquired upon an exercise, then the Company shall as soon as practicable and in no event later than three (3) Trading Days after any such submission and at its own expense, issue a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 7(d)) representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to such exercise under this Warrant, less the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been and/or is exercised, and shall deliver such new Warrant to the Holder within three (3) Trading Days of the Holder’s surrender of the exercised Warrant to the Company. The Company shall pay any and all taxes and other expenses of the Company (including overnight delivery charges) that may be payable with respect to the issuance and delivery of Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the registration of any certificates for Warrant Shares or Warrants in a name other than that of the Holder or an affiliate thereof. The

 

-2-


Holder shall be responsible for all other tax liability that may arise as a result of holding or transferring this Warrant or receiving Warrant Shares upon exercise hereof.

(b) Exercise Price . For purposes of this Warrant, “Exercise Price” means $[120% of the Public IPO Price] per share of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided herein.

(c) Company s Failure to Timely Deliver Securities . If the Company shall fail for any reason or for no reason to issue to the Holder within five (5) Trading Days of the Exercise Date a certificate for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled and register such shares of Common Stock on the Company’s share register or to credit the Holder’s balance account with DTC for such number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled upon the Holder’s exercise of this Warrant, and if on or after such fifth (5 th ) Trading Day the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of shares of the Warrant Shares that the Holder anticipated receiving from the Company upon such exercise (a Buy-In ), then the Company shall, within three (3) Trading Days after the Holder’s written request and in the Holder’s discretion, either (i) pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (the Buy-In Price ), at which point the Company’s obligation to deliver such certificate (and to issue such Warrant Shares) shall terminate, or (ii) promptly honor its obligation to deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing such Warrant Shares and pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (A) such number of shares of Common Stock, times (B) the Weighted Average Price (as reported by Bloomberg) on the date of the event giving rise to the Company’s obligation to deliver such certificate.

(d) Disputes . In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Exercise Price or the arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares, the Company shall promptly issue to the Holder the number of Warrant Shares that are not disputed.

(e) Beneficial Ownership . The Company shall not effect the exercise of this Warrant, and the Holder shall not have the right to exercise this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such Person (together with such Person’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% (the “ Maximum Percentage ”) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible preferred stock or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be

 

-3-


calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), it being acknowledged that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith.. For purposes of this Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in the most recent of (1) the Company’s most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of the Holder, where such request indicates that it is being made pursuant to this Warrant, the Company shall within two (2) Trading Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder and its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. By written notice to the Company, the Holder may from time to time increase or decrease the Maximum Percentage to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99% specified in such notice; provided that (i) any such increase will not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company, and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to the Holder and not to any other holder of the Warrants. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 1(g) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended beneficial ownership limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation.

2. ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES . The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:

(a) Voluntary Adjustment by Company . The Company may, but shall have no obligation to, at any time during the term of this Warrant reduce the then current Exercise Price to any amount and for any period of time deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Adjustment upon Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock . If the Company at any time on or after the Issuance Date subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, scheme, arrangement or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision will be proportionately reduced and the number of Warrant Shares will be proportionately increased. If the Company at any time on or after the Issuance Date combines (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, scheme, arrangement or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination will be proportionately increased and the number of Warrant Shares will be proportionately decreased. Any adjustment under this Section 2(b) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

-4-


(c) Other Events . If any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 2 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights or phantom stock rights), then the Company’s Board of Directors will make an appropriate adjustment in the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares so as to protect the rights of the Holder; provided that no such adjustment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will increase the Exercise Price or decrease the number of Warrant Shares as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 2.

3. [RESERVED].

4. PURCHASE RIGHTS; FUNDAMENTAL TRANSACTIONS .

(a) Purchase Rights . In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 2 above, if at any time prior to the Expiration Date the Company grants, issues or sells any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property to the record holders of any class of Common Stock on a pro rata basis (the “ Purchase Rights ”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.

(b) Fundamental Transactions . The Company shall not enter into or be party to a Fundamental Transaction unless the Successor Entity assumes in writing (unless the Company is the Successor Entity) all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section (4)(b) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders and approved by the Required Holders prior to such Fundamental Transaction, including agreements to deliver to each holder of the Warrants in exchange for such Warrants a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant, including, without limitation, an adjusted exercise price equal to the value for the shares of Common Stock reflected by the terms of such Fundamental Transaction, and exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders. Upon the occurrence of any Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein. Upon consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall deliver to the Holder confirmation that there shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant at any time after the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, in lieu of the shares of Common Stock (or other securities, cash, assets or other property) issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant prior to such Fundamental Transaction, such shares of the publicly traded common

 

-5-


stock or common shares (or its equivalent) of the Successor Entity (including its Parent Entity) which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the happening of such Fundamental Transaction had this Warrant been converted immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction, as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. In addition to and not in substitution for any other rights hereunder, prior to the consummation of any Fundamental Transaction pursuant to which holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive securities or other assets with respect to or in exchange for shares of Common Stock (a “ Corporate Event ”), the Company shall make appropriate provision to insure that the Holder will thereafter have the right to receive upon an exercise of this Warrant at any time after the consummation of the Corporate Event but prior to the Expiration Date, in lieu of shares of Common Stock (or other securities, cash, assets or other property) purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant prior to such Corporate Event, such shares of stock, securities, cash, assets or any other property whatsoever (including warrants or other purchase or subscription rights) which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the happening of such Corporate Event had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Event. Provision made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders.

(c) Applicability to Successive Transactions . The provisions of this Section shall apply similarly and equally to successive Fundamental Transactions and Corporate Events and shall be applied without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant.

5. NONCIRCUMVENTION . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that the Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issuance or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, and will at all times in good faith comply with all the provisions of this Warrant and take all actions consistent with effectuating the purposes of this Warrant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) shall not increase the par value of any shares of Common Stock receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant above the Exercise Price then in effect, (ii) shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant, and (iii) shall, so long as this Warrant is outstanding, take all action necessary to reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant, the number of shares of Common Stock which are then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise).

6. WARRANT HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Holder, solely in such Person’s capacity as a holder of this Warrant, shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of share capital of the Company for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Warrant be construed to confer upon the Holder, solely in such Person’s capacity as the Holder of this Warrant, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote, give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether any reorganization, issue of stock, reclassification of stock, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise), receive notice of meetings, receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, prior to the issuance to the Holder of the Warrant

 

-6-


Shares which such Person is then entitled to receive upon the due exercise of this Warrant. In addition, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

7. REISSUANCE OF WARRANTS .

(a) Transfer of Warrant . If this Warrant is to be transferred, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company and deliver the completed and executed Assignment Form, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , whereupon the Company will forthwith issue and deliver upon the order of the Holder a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 7(d)), registered as the Holder may request, representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares being transferred by the Holder and, if less then the total number of Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant is being transferred, a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 7(d)) to the Holder representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares not being transferred. The acceptance of the new Warrant by the transferee thereof shall be deemed the acceptance by such transferee of all of the rights and obligations in respect of the new Warrant that the Holder has in respect of this Warrant.

(b) Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the Holder to the Company in customary form and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 7(d)) representing the right to purchase the Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant.

(c) Exchangeable for Multiple Warrants . This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Holder at the principal office of the Company, for a new Warrant or Warrants (in accordance with Section 7(d)) representing in the aggregate the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant, and each such new Warrant will represent the right to purchase such portion of such Warrant Shares as is designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender; provided, however, that no Warrants for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be given.

(d) Issuance of New Warrants . Whenever the Company is required to issue a new Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, such new Warrant (i) shall be of like tenor with this Warrant, (ii) shall represent, as indicated on the face of such new Warrant, the right to purchase the Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant (or in the case of a new Warrant being issued pursuant to Section 7(a) or Section 7(c), the Warrant Shares designated by the Holder which, when added to the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the other new Warrants issued in connection with such issuance, does not exceed the number of Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant), (iii) shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such new Warrant which is the same as the Issuance Date, and (iv) shall have the same rights and conditions as this Warrant.

 

-7-


8. NOTICES . Whenever notice is required to be given under this Warrant, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in writing, will be mailed (a) if within the domestic United States by first-class registered or certified airmail, or nationally recognized overnight express courier, postage prepaid, or by facsimile or (b) if delivered from outside the United States, by International Federal Express or facsimile, and (c) will be deemed given (i) if delivered by first-class registered or certified mail domestic, three (3) Business Days after so mailed, (ii) if delivered by nationally recognized overnight carrier, one (1) Business Day after so mailed, (iii) if delivered by International Federal Express, two (2) Business Days after so mailed and (iv) if delivered by facsimile, upon electronic confirmation of receipt, and will be delivered and addressed as follows:

(i) if to the Company, to:

 

    One Stop Systems, Inc.
    2235 Enterprise Street #110
    Escondido, California 92029
    Attn: Chief Executive Officer
    Email: scooper@onestopsystems.com

with a copy to:

 

    Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP
    12544 High Bluff Drive, Suite 300
    San Diego, California 92130
    Attn:    Dennis Doucette
    Email: dennis.doucette@procopio.com

(ii) if to the Holder, at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company.

9. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Warrant may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the written consent of the Required Holders. Any such amendment shall apply to all Warrants and be binding upon all registered holders of such Warrants.

10. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without reference to the choice of law provisions thereof. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Holder, each irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California located in Orange County and the United States District Court for the Central District of California for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Warrant and the transactions contemplated hereby. Service of process in connection with any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on each party hereto anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Warrant. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Holder, each irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or

 

-8-


proceeding and to the laying of venue in such court. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Holder, each irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS WARRANT AND REPRESENTS THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER.

11. CONSTRUCTION; HEADINGS . This Warrant shall be deemed to be jointly drafted by the Company and the Holder and shall not be construed against any person as the drafter hereof. The headings of this Warrant are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Warrant.

12. DISPUTE RESOLUTION . In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Exercise Price or the arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares, the Company shall submit the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations via email or facsimile within two (2) Trading Days of receipt of the Exercise Notice giving rise to such dispute, as the case may be, to the Holder. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation of the Exercise Price or the Warrant Shares within five (5) Trading Days of such disputed determination or arithmetic calculation being submitted to the Holder, then the Company shall, within two (2) Trading Days submit via email or facsimile (a) the disputed determination of the Exercise Price to an independent, reputable investment bank selected by the Company and approved by the Holder, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (b) the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares to the Company’s independent, outside accountant. The Company shall cause the investment bank or the accountant, as the case may be, to perform the determinations or calculations and notify the Company and the Holder of the results no later than ten (10) Trading Days from the time it receives the disputed determinations or calculations. The prevailing party (which, for purposes of this Warrant, is the party whose determinations or calculations is closest to those of the investment bank or the accountant, as the case may be) in any dispute resolved pursuant to this Section 12 shall be entitled to the full amount of all reasonable expenses, including all costs and fees paid or incurred in good faith, in relation to the resolution of such dispute. Such investment bank’s or accountant’s determination or calculation, as the case may be, shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error.

13. REMEDIES, OTHER OBLIGATIONS, BREACHES AND INJUNCTIVE RELIEF . The remedies provided in this Warrant shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Warrant, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the right of the Holder to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Warrant.

14. TRANSFER . Subject to applicable laws and the restrictions set forth in this paragraph, this Warrant may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without the consent of the Company. The Holder agrees that, pursuant to the Lock-Up Period (as defined below) contained in Rule 5110(g)(1) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), it will not (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Warrant

 

-9-


(including any Warrant Shares issued or issuable hereunder) other than to a bona fide officer or partner of the Holder or any selected dealer in connection with the offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, in each case in accordance with FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(g)(1), or (b) cause this Warrant or any Warrant Shares issued or issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares issued or issuable hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2). As used herein, the term “ Lock-Up Period ” means the period beginning on the date that the registration statement registering this Warrant is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Effective Date ”) and ending on the one hundred eighty (180) day anniversary of the Effective Date. In addition, notwithstanding the other terms of this Warrant or any agreement between the Company and the Holder, the Holder agrees that, as required by FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G): (i) this Warrant may not be exercised more than five years from the Effective Date; (ii) the Holder shall not have more than one demand registration right at the Company’s expense; (iii) the Holder shall not have the right to demand registration of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares more than five years from the earlier of the Effective Date or the commencement of sales of the public offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement; (iv) the Holder shall not have the right to piggyback registration with respect to this Warrant or the Warrant Shares more than seven years from the earlier of the Effective Date or the commencement of sales of the public offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement; (v) this Warrant may not have anti-dilution terms that allow the Holder and related persons to receive more shares or to exercise at a lower price than originally agreed upon at the time of the public offering, when the public shareholders have not been proportionally affected by a stock split, stock dividend, or other similar event; and (iii) this Warrant may not have anti-dilution terms that allow the Holder and related persons to receive or accrue cash dividends prior to the exercise or conversion of the security.

15. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS . For purposes of this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “Bloomberg” means Bloomberg Financial Markets.

(b) “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

(c) “Common Stock” means (i) the Company’s shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and (ii) any share capital into which such Common Stock shall have been changed or any share capital resulting from a reclassification of such Common Stock.

(d) “Convertible Securities” means any stock or securities (other than Options) directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock.

(e) “Eligible Market” means the Principal Market, The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., The NYSE MKT, The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

-10-


(f) “Expiration Date” means 5:00 pm Eastern time on [DATE], and will not exceed five years from the effective date of the offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i).

(g) “Fundamental Transaction” means that the Company shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, (i) consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) another Person (but excluding a migratory merger effected solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company), or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company to another Person, or (iii) allow another Person to make a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of more than the 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the Person or Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the Persons making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer), or (iv) consummate a stock purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person whereby such other Person acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock purchase agreement or other business combination), (v) reorganize, recapitalize or reclassify its Common Stock, or (vi) any “person” or “group” (as these terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding Common Stock.

(h) “Options” means any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(i) “Parent Entity” of a Person means an entity that, directly or indirectly, controls the applicable Person and whose common stock or equivalent equity security is quoted or listed on an Eligible Market, or, if there is more than one such Person or Parent Entity, the Person or Parent Entity with the largest public market capitalization as of the date of consummation of the Fundamental Transaction.

(j) “Person” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity and a government or any department or agency thereof.

(k) “Principal Market” means The NASDAQ Capital Market.

(l) “Required Holders” means, as of any date, the holders of at least a majority of the Warrants outstanding as of such date.

(m) “Successor Entity” means the Person (or, if so elected by the Holder, the Parent Entity) formed by, resulting from or surviving any Fundamental Transaction or the Person (or, if so elected by the Holder, the Parent Entity) with which such Fundamental Transaction shall have been entered into.

 

-11-


(n) “Trading Day” means any day on which the Common Stock is traded on the Principal Market, or, if the Principal Market is not the principal trading market for the Common Stock, then on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded; provided that “Trading Day” shall not include any day on which the Common Stock is scheduled to trade on such exchange or market for less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Common Stock is suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such exchange or market, then during the hour ending at 4:00:00 p.m., Eastern time).

(o) “Weighted Average Price” means, for any security as of any date, the dollar volume-weighted average price for such security on the Principal Market during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., Eastern time (or such other time as the Principal Market publicly announces is the official open of trading), and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., Eastern time (or such other time as the Principal Market publicly announces is the official close of trading), as reported by Bloomberg through its “Volume at Price” function or, if the foregoing does not apply, the dollar volume-weighted average price of such security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin board for such security during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., Eastern time (or such other time as the Principal Market publicly announces is the official open of trading), and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., Eastern time (or such other time as the Principal Market publicly announces is the official close of trading), as reported by Bloomberg, or, if no dollar volume-weighted average price is reported for such security by Bloomberg for such hours, the average of the highest closing bid price and the lowest closing ask price of any of the market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group, Inc. If the Weighted Average Price cannot be calculated for a security on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Weighted Average Price of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Section 12 with the term “Weighted Average Price” being substituted for the term “Exercise Price.” All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during the applicable calculation period.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to Purchase Common Stock to be duly executed as of the Issuance Date set out above.

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:    
Name:   Steve Cooper
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 


EXHIBIT A

EXERCISE NOTICE

TO BE EXECUTED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER TO EXERCISE THIS

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

The undersigned holder hereby exercises the right to purchase                    of the shares of Common Stock ( “Warrant Shares” ) of One Stop Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), evidenced by the attached Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (the “Warrant” ). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.

1. Payment of Exercise Price . The holder shall pay the Aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $___________________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

2. Delivery of Warrant Shares . The Company shall deliver to the holder __________ Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Warrant and, after delivery of such Warrant Shares, _____________ Warrant Shares remain subject to the Warrant.

3. Representations and Warranties . By its delivery of this Exercise Notice, the undersigned represents and warrants to the Company that in giving effect to the exercise evidenced hereby the Holder will not beneficially own in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock (determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) permitted to be owned under Section 1(d) of this Warrant to which this notice relates.

Date:                                                                ,             

 

 

 

Name of Registered Holder

 

By:        
  Name:
  Title:

(Signature must conform in all respects to

name of the Holder as specified on the face of

the Warrant)

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:

 
  (Please Print)

Address:

 
  (Please Print)

 

Dated:                                             ,             

Holder’s Signature:

   

Holder’s Address:

   

 

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

A-1

LOGO

     

PROCOPIO

12544 High Bluff Drive
Suite 300
San Diego, CA 92130

T. 858.720.6300
F. 619.235.0398

     

AUSTIN

DEL MAR HEIGHTS

PHOENIX

SAN DIEGO

SILICON VALLEY

EXHIBIT 5.1

January 16, 2018

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street #110

Escondido, CA 92029

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-222121)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to One Stop Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed issuance and sale by the Company and the selling stockholder (the “ Selling Stockholder ”) identified in the Registration Statement (as defined below) of up to 3,306,250 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, up to 3,090,625 of which are being offered by the Company (the “ Company Shares ”) and up to 215,625 of which are being offered by the Selling Stockholder (the “ Selling Stockholder Shares ” and together with the Company Shares, the “ Shares ”). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on January 16, 2018 (Registration No. 333-222121) (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

 

 

LOGO


January 16, 2018

Page 2

 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof:

 

  1. When the Company Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor (not less than par value) in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  2. The Selling Stockholder Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP
Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP

 

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

by and between

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.,

a California corporation

(“Corporation”)

and

                                                  ,

an individual

(“Indemnitee”)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

RECITALS

     1  

AGREEMENT

     2  

1.

  C ONTINUED S ERVICE      2  

2.

  D EFINITIONS      2  

3.

  I NDEMNITY IN T HIRD -P ARTY P ROCEEDINGS      2  

4.

  I NDEMNITY IN P ROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE N AME OF THE C ORPORATION      3  

5.

  I NDEMNIFICATION OF E XPENSES OF S UCCESSFUL P ARTY      3  

6.

  A DVANCES OF E XPENSES      3  

7.

  R IGHT OF I NDEMNITEE TO I NDEMNIFICATION UPON A PPLICATION ; P ROCEDURE      3  

8.

  I NDEMNIFICATION H EREUNDER N OT E XCLUSIVE      4  

9.

  P ARTIAL I NDEMNIFICATION      4  

10.

  S EVERABILITY      4  

11.

  G OVERNING L AW      4  

12.

  N OTICES      4  

13.

  B INDING E FFECT      5  

14.

  A MENDMENT OF T HIS A GREEMENT      5  

15.

  S UBROGATION      5  

16.

  N O D UPLICATION OF P AYMENTS      5  

 

i


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                     , by and between O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC ., a California corporation (the “Corporation”), and                     , an individual (the “Indemnitee”), a Director of the Corporation.

RECITALS

A. The Corporation and the Indemnitee recognize the interpretation of statutes, regulations, court opinions, and the Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws is too uncertain to provide the Corporation’s directors and officers with adequate guidance with respect to the legal risks and potential liabilities to which they may become personally exposed as a result of performing their duties in good faith for the Corporation.

B. The Corporation and the Indemnitee are aware of the substantial increase in the number of lawsuits filed against corporate directors and officers.

C. The Corporation and the Indemnitee recognize the cost of defending against such lawsuits, whether or not meritorious, may impose substantial economic hardship on the Corporation’s directors and officers.

D. The Corporation and the Indemnitee recognize the legal risks, potential liabilities, and expenses of defense associated with lawsuits against directors and officers arising or alleged to arise from the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation are frequently excessive in view of the amount of compensation received by the Corporation’s directors and officers, and thus may make it more difficult for the Corporation to obtain experienced and capable directors and officers.

E. California Corporations Code §317, which sets forth certain provisions relating to the indemnification of directors and officers (among others) of a California corporation by that corporation, is specifically not exclusive of other rights to which those indemnified individuals may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

F. In order to induce capable persons such as the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as directors or officers of the Corporation and to enable them to perform their duties to the Corporation secure in the knowledge that certain expenses and liabilities may be incurred by them will be borne by the Corporation, the board of directors of the Corporation has determined, after due consideration and investigation of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the various other options available to the Corporation and the Indemnitee in lieu of this Agreement, the following Agreement is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders.

G. The Corporation desires to have the Indemnitee serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the Indemnitee desires to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation provided, and on the express condition, he is furnished with the indemnity set forth below.


I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the Corporation and the Indemnitee agree as follows:

1. C ONTINUED S ERVICE . The Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Corporation or under any separate contract, as a director of the Corporation for as long as he is duly elected or appointed or until such time as he resigns in writing.

2. D EFINITIONS .

2.1 The term “Proceeding” will include any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether brought in the name of the Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, or administrative or investigative nature, including, but not limited to, actions, suits, or proceedings brought under or predicated on the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, their respective state counterparts, or any rule or regulation promulgated under them, in which the Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as a director or officer, or by reason of the fact he is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, whether or not he is serving in that capacity at the time any indemnified liability or reimbursable expense is incurred.

2.2 The term “Expenses” will include, but will not be limited to, damages, judgments, fines, settlements and charges, costs, expenses of investigation and expenses of defense of legal actions, suits, proceedings or claims and appeals, and expenses of appeal, attachment or similar bonds. “Expenses” will not include any judgments, fines or penalties actually levied against the Indemnitee that the Corporation is prohibited by applicable law from paying.

3. I NDEMNITY IN T HIRD -P ARTY P ROCEEDINGS . Subject to Paragraph 8.1, the Corporation will indemnify the Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 3 if the Indemnitee is a party to, threatened to be made a party to, or otherwise involved in any Proceeding (other than a Proceeding by or in the name of the Corporation itself to procure a judgment in its favor), by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of the Proceeding, provided it is determined, under Paragraph 7 or by the court before which the action was brought, the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order of court, settlement, conviction, or on a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent will not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

2


I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

4. I NDEMNITY IN P ROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE N AME OF THE C ORPORATION . Subject to Paragraph 8.1, the Corporation will indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of any Proceeding by or in the name of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact the Indemnitee was or is a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, but only if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders; provided, however, no indemnification for Expenses will be made under this Paragraph 4 with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which the Indemnitee will have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that any court in which the Proceeding is brought will determine on application, despite the adjudication of liability, in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court will deem proper.

5. I NDEMNIFICATION OF E XPENSES OF S UCCESSFUL P ARTY . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, including the dismissal of an action without prejudice, the Indemnitee will be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

6. A DVANCES OF E XPENSES . Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee under Paragraphs 3 and 4 in any Proceeding will be paid by the Corporation in advance of the determination of the Proceeding at the written request of the Indemnitee, if the Indemnitee agrees in writing to repay that amount to the extent it is ultimately found the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. The Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Corporation for expenses advanced under this Paragraph 6 will be unsecured and no interest will be charged on them.

7. R IGHT OF I NDEMNITEE TO I NDEMNIFICATION UPON A PPLICATION ; P ROCEDURE . Any indemnification or advance under Paragraphs 3, 4, or 6 will be made no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of the Indemnitee’s written request, unless a determination is made within that thirty (30) day period by (a) the Corporation’s board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum of the board consisting of directors who were not parties to the Proceeding, or (b) independent legal counsel in a written opinion (which counsel will be appointed if such a quorum is not obtainable) the Indemnitee has not met the relevant standards for indemnification set forth in Paragraphs 3 and 4.

The right to indemnification or advances as provided by this Agreement will be enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. The Corporation will bear the burden of proving indemnification or advances are not appropriate. The Corporation’s failure to have made a determination indemnification or advances are proper in the circumstances will not be a defense to the action or create a presumption the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

The Indemnitee’s Expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification or advances, in whole or in part, in any Proceeding will also be indemnified by the Corporation.

 

3


I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

8. I NDEMNIFICATION H EREUNDER N OT E XCLUSIVE .

8.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Corporation will not indemnify the Indemnitee for any act or omission or transactions for which indemnification is expressly prohibited by California Corporations Code §204(a)(11).

8.2 The right to indemnification provided by this Agreement will not be exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may be entitled under the Corporation’s articles of incorporation, bylaws, any agreement, any vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, the California General Corporation Law, or otherwise, both as to actions in his official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Corporation’s articles of incorporation, bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties the Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by that change.

9. P ARTIAL I NDEMNIFICATION . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for a portion of his Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in any Proceeding but not, however, for the total amount of those Expenses, the Corporation will nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of those Expenses to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

10. S EVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision of it to any person or circumstance is held invalid, unenforceable, or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of the provision to other persons or circumstances will not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable, or otherwise illegal will be revised to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary to make it enforceable, valid, and legal.

11. G OVERNING L AW . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.

12. N OTICES . The Indemnitee will give the Corporation written notice as soon as practicable of any claim made against him for which indemnity will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Corporation will be directed to

Stephen D. Cooper, President

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, California 92029

(or at any other address or to the attention of any other person as the Corporation will designate to the Indemnitee in writing). Notices to the Indemnitee will be sent to the Indemnitee at the address set forth after his name on the signature page of this Agreement (or at any other address the Indemnitee will designate to the Corporation in writing). The delay or failure to give such notice will not affect the Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, except to the extent the Corporation is actually damaged thereby.

 

4


I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

13. B INDING E FFECT . This Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties to it and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the Corporation’s business or assets or both), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Corporation will require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, or substantially all, of the Corporation’s business or assets by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement will continue for the Indemnitee even though the Indemnitee may have ceased to serve as an officer or director at the time of any Proceeding.

14. A MENDMENT OF T HIS A GREEMENT . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement will be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties to it. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will operate as a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement, nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under it will constitute a waiver of the right or remedy.

15. S UBROGATION . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation will be subrogated to the extent of that payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who will execute all papers required and will do everything that may be necessary to secure those rights, including the execution of any documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce those rights.

16. N O D UPLICATION OF P AYMENTS . The Corporation will not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Indemnitee to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable under this Agreement.

Date:

 

CORPORATION     INDEMNITEE
O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC .,                                                                       ,
a California corporation     an individual
By:                                                                                                                                    
                                                 
    Address:                                                    
                                                       

 

5

Exhibit 10.8

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Principal    Loan Date
05-06-2015
   Maturity    Loan No
MASTER
   Call / Coll    Account
1060681133
  

Officer

***

   Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.     Lender:    BANK OF THE WEST
   2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110        SME BBC San Diego #00181
   ESCONDIDO, CA 92029        4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405
          La Jolla, CA 92037

 

 

 

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated May 6, 2015, is made and executed between ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Borrower”) and BANK OF THE WEST (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement. Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

TERM . This Agreement shall be effective as of May 6, 2015, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE . Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

Loan Documents . Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) guaranties; (6) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

Borrower’s Authorization . Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

Payment of Fees and Expenses . Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

No Event of Default . There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

Organization . Borrower is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110, ESCONDIDO, CA 92029. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

Assumed Business Names . Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

Authorization . Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

Financial Information . Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

Legal Effect . This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

Properties . Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

Hazardous Substances . Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During

 


Loan No: MASTER   

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 2

 

 

 

 

the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

Litigation and Claims . No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

Taxes . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

Lien Priority . Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

Binding Effect . This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS . Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

Notices of Claims and Litigation . Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

Financial Records . Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

Financial Statements . Furnish Lender with the following:

Additional Requirements . Comply with financial reporting as follows:

Annual Financial Statements . Not later than 120 days after the end of each Borrower’s fiscal year, a copy of the annual audited financial report of each Borrower for such year, prepared by a firm of certified public accountants acceptable to the Lender and accompanied by an unqualified opinion of such firm, beginning December 31, 2014.

Interim Financial Statements . Not later than 45 days after the end of each quarter, a copy of the Borrower’s financial statement as of the end of such period, beginning June 30, 2015.

Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable Agings . Not later than 45 days after the end of each quarter, an aging of accounts payable and accounts receivable, beginning June 30, 2015.

Inventory Reports . Not later than 45 days after the end of each quarter, a schedule of inventory specifying the value, cost and quantity thereof and such other information as the Lender may reasonably request, beginning June 30, 2015.

Inventory Turnover . No more than 145 days through September 30, 2015 and 130 days thereafter, Borrower’s Inventory Turnover as of the end of such quarter, beginning June 30, 2015.

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Additional Information . Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

Financial Covenants and Ratios . Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

Minimum Income and Cash flow Requirements . Other Cash Flow requirements are as follows:

Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long Term Debt . Maintain a ratio of Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long-Term Debt of not less than 1.25 to 1, measured at each fiscal year-end, beginning December 31, 2015.

Tangible Net Worth Requirements . Other Net Worth requirements are as follows:

Effective Tangible Net Worth . Maintain a minimum Effective Tangible Net Worth of at least $2,500,000.00 quarterly increasing by 100% of net profit after tax at each fiscal year end, measured at each fiscal quarter-end, beginning June 30, 2015.

Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth . Maintain a ratio of Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth of not more than 2.00 to 1 through September 30, 2015, and 1.75 to 1 thereafter, measured at each fiscal quarter-end, this covenant should be tested beginning June 30, 2015.


Loan No: MASTER   

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 3

 

 

 

 

Additional Requirements . Comply with the following additional requirements:

Deposit Relationship . Maintain its primary business depository relationship with the Lender, including general operating and administrative deposit accounts and cash management services.

Notification of Default . Immediately upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default, or any condition or event which would upon notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give Lender written notice thereof specifying the nature and duration thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Material Notices . Give the Lender prompt written notice of any and all (1) litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings to which the Borrower is a party or which affects the Collateral; (2) other matters which have resulted in, or might result in a material adverse change in the Collateral or the financial condition or business operations of the Borrower, and (3) any enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or threatened against the Borrower or any of its properties.

Net Income . The Borrower shall maintain a minimum Net Income after tax of at least $500,000.00 at each fiscal year-end, beginning December 31, 2015.

Quarterly Losses . The Borrower shall maintain profitability by not allowing any consecutive quarterly loss(es), beginning June 30, 2015.

Keyman Life Insurance . Maintain a minimum level of keyman life insurance of not less than $1,000,000.00 upon the life of STEPHEN COOPER, naming Borrower as beneficiary thereunder and concurrently with the execution of this Agreement. Borrower shall grant, execute and deliver to Lender an Assignment of Life Insurance Policy as collateral, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Insurance . Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

Insurance Reports . Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

Guaranties . Prior to disbursement of any Loan proceeds, furnish executed guaranties of the Loans in favor of Lender, executed by the guarantors named below, on Lender’s forms, and in the amounts and under the conditions set forth in those guaranties.

 

Names of Guarantors

   Amounts
STEPHEN D COOPER, Individually    Unlimited

STEPHEN D COOPER and LORI COOPER, Trustees of

    COOPER REVOCABLE TRUST

   Unlimited

Other Agreements . Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

Loan Proceeds . Use all Loan proceeds solely for Borrower’s business operations, unless specifically consented to the contrary by Lender in writing.

Taxes, Charges and Liens . Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits. Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long as (1) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (2) Borrower shall have established on Borrower’s books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with GAAP.

Performance . Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

Operations . Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

Environmental Studies . Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements . Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.


Loan No: MASTER   

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 4

 

 

 

 

Inspection . Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

Environmental Compliance and Reports . Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

Additional Assurances . Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

Additional Definitions . The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

Cash Flow . The words “Cash Flow’ shall mean the sum of Net Income after tax and exclusive of extraordinary gains plus depreciation and amortization expense minus dividends and distributions.

Current Assets . The words “Current Assets” shall mean current assets as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all amounts due from affiliates, officers or employees.

Current Liabilities . The words “Current Liabilities” shall mean current liabilities as determined in accordance with GAAP, including any negative cash balance on the Borrower’s financial statements.

Current Portion of Long-Term Debt . The words “Current Portion of Long-Term Debt” shall mean, for any period, the current scheduled principal or capital lease payments required to be paid during the applicable period.

Debt . The words “Debt” shall mean all liabilities of the Borrowers, or any Borrower, as applicable, less Subordinated Liabilities, if any.

Effective Tangible Net Worth . The words “Effective Tangible Net Worth” shall mean the Borrower’s stated net worth plus Subordinated Liabilities but less all intangible assets of the Borrower (i.e. goodwill, trademarks, patents, copyrights, organization expense, covenants not to compete and other similar intangible items including, but not limited to, investments and/or advances in all amounts due from affiliates, officers or employees).

Equipment Value . The words “Equipment Value” mean the lesser of: the invoice cost of the equipment (including seller premiums or commissions, plus sales tax, freight, installation, and other reasonable costs.); or the book value of the equipment or the liquidation value of the equipment as determined by the Lender.

GAAP . “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States.

Inventory Turnover . The words “Inventory Turnover” shall mean inventory as stated on the balance sheet of the Borrower divided by the cost of sales as stated on the Borrower’s income statement, multiplied by the number of days reflected in the income statement.

Liabilities . The word “Liabilities” shall mean (1) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, and all obligations under leases which are or should be, under GAAP, recorded as capital leases, in respect of which a person is directly or contingently liable as borrower, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, or in respect of which a person otherwise assures a creditor against loss, (2) all obligations for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by (or for which the holder has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien upon property (including without limitation accounts receivable and contract rights) owned by a person, whether or not such person has assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, and (3) all other liabilities and obligations which would be classified in accordance with GAAP as liabilities on a balance sheet or to which reference should be made in footnotes thereto.

Liquid Assets . The words “Liquid Assets” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, cash on hand, plus the value of Marketable Securities, minus the value of restricted retirement assets and minus the amount of any margined loans.

Marketable Securities . The words “Marketable Securities” shall mean stocks, bonds and mutual fund shares that can be readily sold for cash on stock exchanges or over-the-counter markets.

Net Income . The words “Net Income” shall mean, for any period, net income (or net loss, expressed as a negative number) after taxes actually paid in cash or accrued and all expenses and other charges for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Permitted Liens . The words “Permitted Liens” shall mean: (1) liens and security interests securing Total Funded Indebtedness owed by the Borrowers to the Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments or similar charges not yet due; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by any of the Borrowers in the ordinary course of business to secure Senior Funded Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof or permitted to be incurred herein; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date hereof, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of the Borrowers’ assets.

Senior Funded Indebtedness . The words “Senior Funded Indebtedness” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, all borrowed money as reflected in the most recent financial statements in the form required by this Agreement, if any, excluding all such borrowed money that has been subordinated to the satisfaction of Lender.

Subordinated Liabilities . The words “Subordinated Liabilities” shall mean as of the date of determination thereof, all Liabilities that have been subordinated in writing to the obligations owing to the Lender on terms and conditions acceptable to the Lender.

Total Funded Indebtedness . The words “Total Funded Indebtedness” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, all borrowed money as reflected in the most recent financial statements in the form required by this Agreement, if any.

Unencumbered . The words “Unencumbered” shall mean subject to no restriction, pledge, lien, claim or other encumbrance.


Loan No: MASTER   

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 5

 

 

 

 

Value . The word “Value” means the lesser of the Borrower’s cost of Eligible Inventory or the book value thereof or the wholesale market value thereof in such quantities and on such terms as the Lender in its sole discretion may deem appropriate.

Working Capital . The words “Working Capital” shall mean the sum of Current Assets minus the sum of Current Liabilities.

RECOVERY OF ADDITIONAL COSTS . If the imposition of or any change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline, or the interpretation or application of any thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority (including any request or policy not having the force of law) shall impose, modify or make applicable any taxes (except federal, state or local income or franchise taxes imposed on Lender), reserve requirements, capital adequacy requirements or other obligations which would (A) increase the cost to Lender for extending or maintaining the credit facilities to which this Agreement relates, (B) reduce the amounts payable to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents, or (C) reduce the rate of return on Lender’s capital as a consequence of Lender’s obligations with respect to the credit facilities to which this Agreement relates, then Borrower agrees to pay Lender such additional amounts as will compensate Lender therefor, within five (5) days after Lender’s written demand for such payment, which demand shall be accompanied by an explanation of such imposition or charge and a calculation in reasonable detail of the additional amounts payable by Borrower, which explanation and calculations shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES . If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

CESSATION OF ADVANCES . If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

RIGHT OF SETOFF . To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the Indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

DEFAULT . Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

Payment Default . Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

Other Defaults . Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

Default in Favor of Third Parties . Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s property or Borrower’s or any Grantor’s ability to repay the Loans or perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents.

False Statements . Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency . The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Defective Collateralization . This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings . Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor . Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

Change in Ownership . Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

Adverse Change . A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

Insecurity . Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

Judgment Default . A judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of


Loan No: MASTER   

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 6

 

 

 

 

execution.

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “Insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will comply with the following:

Limitations on Senior Funded Indebtedness. Borrower shall not after the date hereof, create, incur or assume, directly or indirectly, any additional Senior Funded Indebtedness other than Senior Funded Indebtedness owed or to be owed to Lender.

Liens and Encumbrances. Not create, assume or permit to exist any security interest, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien (including, but not limited to, a lien of attachment, judgment or execution) affecting any of the Borrower’s properties, or execute or allow to be filed any financing statement or continuation thereof affecting any of such properties, except for Permitted Liens or as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

Capital Expenditures. Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, make or commit to make capital expenditures by lease, purchase, or otherwise, except in the ordinary and usual course of business for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in the Borrower’s business.

Mergers. Borrower shall not liquidate or dissolve, merge or consolidate with or into, or acquire any other business organization, provided however, that this requirement shall not apply to transactions in which Borrower is the surviving entity.

Loans or Advances. Borrower shall not make any loans or advances to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other organization or person, including without limitation its officers and employees; provided, however, that Borrower may make advances to its employees, including its officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by Borrower; and provided further, however, that Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

Sale of Assets. Borrower shall not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in the Borrower’s business, provided that full, fair and reasonable consideration is received therefor; provided, however, in no event shall the Borrower sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any equipment purchased with the proceeds of any loans made by the Lender.

Stock Redemption/Repurchase. Not redeem or repurchase any class of the Borrower’s stock now or hereafter outstanding.

Investments. Borrower shall not make investments in, or advances to, any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other organization or person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Lender. The Borrower will not purchase or otherwise invest in or hold securities, non-operating real estate or other non-operating assets or purchase all or substantially all the assets of any entity other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Lender.

Line Cleanup. Borrower shall not permit to be outstanding any Advances under the line of credit in excess of $1,500,000.00 for a period of time equal to at least 30 consecutive calendar days in any line year, beginning June 30, 2016.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of San Diego County, State of California.


Loan No: MASTER   

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 7

 

 

 

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower. To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in extending Loan Advances, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the extension of Loan Advances and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, shall be deemed made and redated by Borrower at the time each Loan Advance is made, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

Jury Waiver. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

Judicial Reference Provision. In the event the above Jury Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to (1) the instrument, document or other agreement in which this Judicial Reference Provision appears or (2) any related documents, instruments or transactions between the parties (each, a “Claim”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the “Court”). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (1) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (2) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (3) appointment of a receiver, and (4) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.

The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee’s decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.


Loan No: MASTER   

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 8

 

 

 

 

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

Lender. The word “Lender” means BANK OF THE WEST, its successors and assigns.

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

Note. The word “Note” means and includes without limitation all of the Borrower’s promissory notes and/or credit agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, evidencing Borrower’s loan obligations in favor of Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for promissory notes and/or credit agreements.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED MAY 6, 2015.

BORROWER:

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

By:   /s/ Stephen Cooper
 

STEPHEN COOPER, President/Chief Exe. Officer of

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.


Loan No: MASTER   

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 9

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

BANK OF THE WEST
By:    
  KENNETH PICKLE, Senior Vice President

 

 

 

LaserPro, Ver 15.1.0.023 Copr D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2015 All Rights Reserved. - CA P:\CFI\LPL\C40.FC TR-147523 PR-86


PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal

$2,500,000.00

   Loan Date
05-06-2015
  

Maturity

06-01-2016

  

Loan No

0000000026

   Call / Coll   

Account

1060681133

  

Officer

***

   Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.     Lender:    BANK OF THE WEST
   2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110        SME BBC San Diego #00181
   ESCONDIDO, CA 92029        4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405
          La Jolla, CA 92037

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount: $2,500,000.00    Date of Note: May 6, 2015

PROMISE TO PAY. ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to BANK OF THE WEST (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($2,500,000.00) or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from the date of each advance until repayment of each advance.

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in one payment of all outstanding principal plus all accrued unpaid interest on June 1, 2016. In addition, Borrower will pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date, beginning June 1, 2015, with all subsequent interest payments to be due on the same day of each month after that. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any unpaid collection costs; and then to any late charges. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE . The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the fixed rate quoted by the Lender for successive 1 day LIBOR Interest Periods. “LIBOR Interest Periods” means a period of 1 day, determined and adjusted by Lender in accordance with the custom and practice for transactions in Eurodollars conducted in London, England. Such interest rate shall be equivalent to Lender’s LIBOR Rate which is that rate determined by Lender’s Treasury Desk to be the rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars for such period which appears on the Bloomberg Screen B TMM Page under the heading “LIBOR Fix BBAM<GO>” as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) (the “LIBOR Rate” or the “Index”) (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. If the Index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each day. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The Index currently is 0.120% per annum. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note will be calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using a rate of 2.750 percentage points over the Index, resulting in an initial rate of 2.870%. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this Note is computed using this method.

PREPAYMENT . Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as otherwise required by law. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments of accrued unpaid interest. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: BANK OF THE WEST, SME BBC San Diego #00181, 4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405, La Jolla, CA 92037 .

LATE CHARGE . If a payment is 15 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment.

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT . Upon default, the interest rate on this Note shall, if permitted under applicable law, immediately increase by adding an additional 5.000 percentage point margin (“Default Rate Margin”). The Default Rate Margin shall also apply to each succeeding interest rate change that would have applied had there been no default.

DEFAULT . Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

Payment Default . Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

Default in Favor of Third Parties. Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Borrower’s property or Borrower’s ability to repay this Note or perform Borrower’s obligations under this Note or any of the related documents.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.


Loan No: 0000000026   

PROMISSORY NOTE

(Continued)

   Page 2

 

 

 

 

Events Affecting Guarantor . Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

Change In Ownership . Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

Adverse Change . A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

Insecurity . Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

LENDER’S RIGHTS . Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES . Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

JURY WAIVER. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender and Borrower hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Borrower against the other.

JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION . In the event the above Jury Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to (1) the instrument, document or other agreement in which this Judicial Reference Provision appears or (2) any related documents, instruments or transactions between the parties (each, a “Claim”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the “Court”). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (1) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (2) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (3) appointment of a receiver, and (4) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.

The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee’s decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

CHOICE OF VENUE . If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of San Diego County, State of California.

RIGHT OF SETOFF . To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

COLLATERAL . Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instruments listed herein:

(A) a life insurance policy described in an Assignment of Life Insurance Policy dated May  6, 2015.

(B) inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment and general intangibles described in a Commercial Security Agreement dated May 6, 2015.

LINE OF CREDIT . This Note evidences a revolving line of credit. Advances under this Note, as well as directions for payment from Borrower’s accounts, may be requested orally or in writing by Borrower or by an authorized person. Lender may, but need not, require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing. Borrower agrees to be liable for all sums either: (A) advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person or (B) credited to any of Borrower’s accounts with Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Note at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Note or by Lender’s internal records, including daily computer print-outs. Lender will have no obligation to advance funds under this Note if: (A) Borrower or any guarantor is in default under the terms of this Note or any agreement that Borrower or any guarantor has with Lender, including any agreement made in connection with the signing of this Note; (B) Borrower or any guarantor ceases doing business or is insolvent; (C) any guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such guarantor’s guarantee of this Note or any other loan with Lender; (D) Borrower has applied funds provided pursuant to this Note for purposes other than those authorized by Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

FEES FOR PAYMENT OF LENDER’S OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES . As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Note, Borrower agrees to pay all of the Lender’s out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Note.

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS . The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

GENERAL PROVISIONS . If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend


Loan No: 0000000026   

PROMISSORY NOTE

(Continued)

   Page 3

 

 

 

 

(repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

BORROWER:

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Cooper

  STEPHEN COOPER, President/Chief Exe. Officer of
  ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

LaserPro, Ver 15.1.0.023 Copr D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2015. All Rights Reserved. - CA P:\CFI\LPL\D20.FC TR-147516 PR-86


CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

 

Principal

$3,000,000.00

  

Loan Date

05-06-2015

  

Maturity

07-31-2017

  

Loan No

0000000026

   Call / Coll    Account
1060681133
  

Officer

***

   Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.       Lender:    BANK OF THE WEST
   2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110          SME BBC San Diego #00181
   ESCONDIDO, CA 92029          4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405
            La Jolla, CA 92037

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount: $3,000,000.00    Date of Agreement: July 14, 2016

DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS . Promissory Note dated May 6, 2015 in the original principal amount of $2,500,000.00, as amended and Business Loan Agreement (Master) dated May 6, 2015.

DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . A Commercial Security Agreement dated May 6, 2015 and an Assignment of Life Insurance Policy as Collateral dated May 6, 2015.

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

1. Extension of Maturity Date . The Maturity Date provided for in the Promissory Note shall be extended to July 31, 2017.

2. Modification of PRINCIPAL AMOUNT . The Principal Amount provided for in the Promissory Note shall be changed to $3,000,000.00.

3. Modification of PROMISE TO PAY. The heading captioned “PROMISE TO PAY” provided for in the Promissory Note is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:

PROMISE TO PAY. ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to BANK OF THE WEST (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Three Million and 00/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest of the unpaid outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from the date of each advance until repayment of each advance.

4. Modification of PAYMENT. The first sentence of the heading captioned “PAYMENT” provided for in the Promissory Note is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:

Borrower will pay this loan in one payment of all outstanding principal plus all accrued unpaid interest on July 31, 2017.

5. Modification of VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate provided for in the heading captioned “VARIABLE INTEREST RATE” provided for in the Promissory Note is amended to a rate of 2.500 percentage points over the Index.

CONTINUING VALIDITY. Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Consent by Lender to this Agreement does not waive Lender’s right to strict performance of the obligation(s) as changed, nor obligate Lender to make any future change in terms. Nothing in this Agreement will constitute a satisfaction of the obligation(s). It is the intention of Lender to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of the original obligation(s), including accommodation parties, unless a party is expressly released by Lender in writing. Any maker or endorser, including accommodation makers, will not be released by virtue of this Agreement. If any person who signed the original obligation does not sign this Agreement below, then all persons signing below acknowledge that this Agreement is given conditionally, based on the representation to Lender that the non-signing party consents to the changes and provisions of this Agreement or otherwise will not be released by it. This waiver applies not only to any initial extension, modification or release, but also to all such subsequent actions.

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT.

BORROWER:

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Cooper

  STEPHEN COOPER, President/Chief Exe. Officer of
  ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

LaserPro, Ver. 16.1.10.003 Copr. D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2016. All Rights Reserved. - CA P:\CFI\LPL\D20C.FC TR-147516 PR-86


CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

 

Principal
$4,675,000.00
   Loan Date
05-06-2015
   Maturity    Loan No
MASTER
   Call / Coll    Account
1060681133
  

Officer

***

   Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.       Lender:    BANK OF THE WEST
   2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110          SME BBC San Diego #00181
   ESCONDIDO, CA 92029          4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405
            La Jolla, CA 92037

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount: $4,675,000.00    Date of Agreement: July 14, 2016

DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS. For existing Indebtedness, refer to the definition of “Note” provided for in the Business Loan Agreement (Master) dated May 6, 2015.

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

1. Modification of Inventory Turnover, Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long Term Debt, Effective Tangible Net Worth, Debt to Effective tangible Net Worth and Line Cleanup. The headings captioned “Inventory Turnover”, “Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long Term Debt”, “Effective Tangible Net Worth”, “Debt to Effective tangible Net Worth” and “Line Cleanup” provided for in the Business Loan Agreement (Master) are deleted in their entirety and the following are substituted in lieu thereof:

Inventory Turnover. Beginning June 30, 2016, maintain Inventory Turnover of less than 145 days through December 30, 2016 and 135 days thereafter, measured at the end of each quarter.

Fixed Charge Coverage (EBITDA). The Borrower shall maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage (EBITDA) of not less than 1.25 to 1 for any fiscal year.

Effective Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a minimum Effective Tangible Net Worth of at least $3,500,000.00, measured at each quarter-end.

Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a ratio of Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth of not more than 1.75 to 1, measured at each quarter-end.

Line Cleandown. Borrower shall not permit to be outstanding any Advances under the line of credit in excess of $1,800,000.00 for a period of time equal to at least 30 consecutive calendar days in any one fiscal year.

2. Additional Provision for Debt Subordination Agreement. A new heading captioned “Debt Subordination Agreement” is added to the Business Loan Agreement (Master) under Financial Covenants and Ratios which reads as follows:

Debt Subordination Agreement. Scheduled payment of principal and interest allowed for the subordinated debt of $600,000.00 at 11% with 30-month full amortization.

3. Additional Provisions for Annual Debt Service, CAPEX, Distributions, EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage (EBITDA), Interest Expense, Rent Expense and Unfinanced CAPEX. Eight new headings captioned “Annual Debt Service”, “CAPEX” “Distributions”, “EBITDA”, “Fixed Charge Coverage (EBITDA)”, “Interest Expense”, “Rent Expense” and “Unfinanced CAPEX” are added to the Business Loan Agreement (Master) under Additional Definitions which read as follows:

Annual Debt Service. The words “Annual Debt Service” shall mean principal and interest payments made on Total Funded Indebtedness, including payments on bank loans and leases and subordinated debt during the calendar year plus all amounts paid to owners as a loan or an advance.

CAPEX. “CAPEX” shall mean capital expenditures for any period, all acquisitions of machinery, equipment, land, leaseholds, buildings, improvements and all other expenditures considered to be for fixed assets under GAAP, consistently applied. Where an asset is acquired under a capital lease, the amount required to be capitalized shall be considered a capital expenditure during the first year of the lease.

Distributions. The word “Distributions” shall mean all cash dividends to shareholders, and all cash distributions to shareholders of Subchapter S corporations, to partners of partnerships, to members of limited liability companies or to beneficiaries of trusts.

EBITDA. “EBITDA” shall mean, for any period, Earnings from continuing operations before payment of federal, state and local income taxes, plus Interest Expense, depreciation expense and amortization expense, in each case for such period, computed and calculated in accordance to GAAP.

Fixed Charge Coverage (EBITDA). The words “Fixed Charge Coverage (EBITDA)” shall mean, for any period, EBITDA less Unfinanced CAPEX less Distributions (but not preferred dividends) plus Rent Expense and operating lease payments plus other defined fixed charges divided by Current Portion of Long-Term Debt plus Interest Expense plus Rent Expense and operating lease payments plus preferred dividends plus other defined fixed charges.

Interest Expense. The words “Interest Expense” shall mean, for any period, ordinary, regular, recurring and continuing expenses for interest on all borrowed money.

Rent Expense. The words “Rent Expense” shall mean rental payments made for real and personal property.

Unfinanced CAPEX. The words “Unfinanced CAPEX” shall mean, for any period, CAPEX less new long-term Senior Funded Indebtedness issued during such period to fund the CAPEX.

CONTINUING VALIDITY. Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Consent by Lender to this Agreement does not waive Lender’s right to strict performance of the obligation(s) as changed, nor obligate Lender to make any future change in terms. Nothing in this Agreement will constitute a satisfaction of the obligation(s). It is the intention of Lender to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of the original obligation(s), including accommodation parties, unless a party is expressly released by Lender in writing. Any maker or endorser, including accommodation makers, will not be released by virtue of this Agreement. If any person who signed the original obligation does not sign this Agreement below, then all persons signing below acknowledge that this Agreement is given conditionally, based on the representation to Lender that the non-signing party consents to the changes and provisions of this Agreement or otherwise will not be released by it. This waiver applies not only to any initial extension, modification or release, but also to all such subsequent actions.


Loan No: MASTER   

CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

(Continued)

   Page 2

 

 

 

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT.

 

CHANGE IN TERMS SIGNERS:
ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Cooper

  STEPHEN COOPER, President/Chief Exe. Officer of
  ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

BANK OF THE WEST
By:  

 

  KENNETH PICKLE, Senior Vice President of BANK
  OF THE WEST

 

 

 

LaserPro, Ver. 16.1.10.003 Copr. D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2016. All Rights Reserved. - CA P:\CFI\LPL\D20C.FC TR-147523 PR-86


PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal
$1,250,000.00
   Loan Date
05-06-2015
   Maturity
05-15-2018
   Loan No
0000000034
   Call / Coll    Account
1060681133
  

Officer

***

   Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.       Lender:    BANK OF THE WEST
   2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110          SME BBC San Diego #00181
   ESCONDIDO, CA 92029          4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405
            La Jolla, CA 92037

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount: $1,250,000.00    Date of Note: May 6, 2015

PROMISE TO PAY. ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to BANK OF THE WEST (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($1,250,000.00), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from May 6, 2015, calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using an interest rate of 3.600%, until paid in full. The interest rate may change under the terms and conditions of the “INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT” section.

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in 35 payments of $36,749.53 each payment and an irregular last payment estimated at $36,749.59. Borrower’s first payment is due June 15, 2015, and all subsequent payments are due on the same day of each month after that. Borrower’s final payment will be due on May 15, 2018, and will be for all principal and all accrued interest not yet paid. Payments include principal and interest. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any unpaid collection costs; and then to any late charges. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this Note is computed using this method.

PREPAYMENT FEE. Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as otherwise required by law. Upon prepayment of this Note, Lender is entitled to the following prepayment fee: The undersigned may upon at least ten (10) “Business Days” notice to Lender, prepay this Note in whole or in part with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid, provided that on the date of prepayment the undersigned also pay to Lender an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the principal amount of the Note prepaid, provided however, Borrower may pay up to 20% of the aggregate annual principal amount without incurring the fee. Lender’s failure to collect the prepayment fee at the time of prepayment does not excuse the prepayment fee and Lender has the right to collect that fee at any time by notifying the undersigned of the amount owing. For purposes of this Note, the term “Business Days” shall mean any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are by law authorized or required to close. Each partial prepayment shall be applied to the outstanding principal amount of this Note in inverse order of maturity. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under the payment schedule. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due and may result in Borrower’s making fewer payments. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: BANK OF THE WEST, SME BBC San Diego #00181, 4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405, La Jolla, CA 92037.

LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 15 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment.

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, the interest rate on this Note shall, if permitted under applicable law, immediately increase by 5.000 percentage points.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

Default in Favor of Third Parties. Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Borrower’s property or Borrower’s ability to repay this Note or perform Borrower’s obligations under this Note or any of the related documents.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party of any of the indebtedness or any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.


Loan No: 0000000034   

PROMISSORY NOTE

(Continued)

   Page 2

 

 

 

 

Change In Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

JURY WAIVER. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender and Borrower hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Borrower against the other.

JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION. In the event the above Jury Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to (1) the instrument, document or other agreement in which this Judicial Reference Provision appears or (2) any related documents, instruments or transactions between the parties (each, a “Claim”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the “Court”). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (1) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (2) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (3) appointment of a receiver, and (4) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.

The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee’s decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of San Diego County, State of California.

RIGHT OF SETOFF. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instruments listed herein:

(A) a life insurance policy described in an Assignment of Life Insurance Policy dated May  6, 2015.

(B) inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment and general intangibles described in a Commercial Security Agreement dated May  6, 2015.

FEES FOR PAYMENT OF LENDER’S OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES. As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Note, Borrower agrees to pay all of the Lender’s out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Note.

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

GENERAL PROVISIONS. If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.


Loan No: 0000000034   

PROMISSORY NOTE

(Continued)

   Page 3

 

 

 

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

BORROWER:

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen Cooper

  STEPHEN COOPER, President/Chief Exe. Officer of
  ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

LaserPro, Ver 15.1.0.023 Copr. D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2015. All Rights Reserved. - CA P:\CFI\LPL\D20.FC TR-147569 PR-86


PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal
$1,600,000.00
  

Loan Date

07-14-2016

   Maturity
07-31-2019
  

Loan No

NEW

   Call / Coll    Account
1060681133
  

Officer

***

   Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.       Lender:    BANK OF THE WEST
   2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110          SME BBC San Diego #00181
   ESCONDIDO, CA 92029          4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405
            La Jolla, CA 92037

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount: $1,600,000.00    Date of Note: July 14, 2016

PROMISE TO PAY. ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to BANK OF THE WEST (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of One Million Six Hundred Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($1,600,000.00), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from July 14, 2016, calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using an interest rate of 3.800%, until paid in full. The interest rate may change under the terms and conditions of the “INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT” section.

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in 35 payments of $47,218.60 each payment and an irregular last payment estimated at $47,218.71. Borrower’s first payment is due August 31, 2016, and all subsequent payments are due on the last day of each month after that. Borrower’s final payment will be due on July 31, 2019, and will be for all principal and all accrued interest not yet paid. Payments include principal and interest. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any unpaid collection costs; and then to any late charges. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this Note is computed using this method.

PREPAYMENT FEE . Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as otherwise required by law. Upon prepayment of this Note, Lender is entitled to the following prepayment fee: The undersigned may upon at least ten (10) “Business Days” notice to Lender, prepay this Note in whole or in part with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid, provided that on the date of prepayment the undersigned also pay to Lender an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the principal amount of the Note prepaid for the first three years, and none thereafter. Lender’s failure to collect the prepayment fee at the time of prepayment does not excuse the prepayment fee and Lender has the right to collect that fee at any time by notifying the undersigned of the amount owing. For purposes of this Note, the term “Business Days” shall mean any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are by law authorized or required to close. Each partial prepayment shall be applied to the outstanding principal amount of this Note in inverse order of maturity. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under the payment schedule. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due and may result in Borrower’s making fewer payments. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: BANK OF THE WEST, SME BBC San Diego #00181, 4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405, La Jolla, CA 92037.

LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 15 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment.

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, the interest rate on this Note shall, if permitted under applicable law, immediately increase by 5.000 percentage points.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

Default in Favor of Third Parties. Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Borrower’s property or Borrower’s ability to repay this Note or perform Borrower’s obligations under this Note or any of the related documents.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party of any of the indebtedness or any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.


Loan No: NEW   

PROMISSORY NOTE

(Continued)

   Page 2

 

 

 

 

Change In Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

JURY WAIVER. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender and Borrower hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Borrower against the other.

JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION. In the event the above Jury Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to (1) the instrument, document or other agreement in which this Judicial Reference Provision appears or (2) any related documents, instruments or transactions between the parties (each, a “Claim”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the “Court”). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (1) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (2) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (3) appointment of a receiver, and (4) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.

The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee’s decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of San Diego County, State of California.

RIGHT OF SETOFF. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by:

(A) Commercial Security Agreement dated July 14, 2016

(B) Assignment of Life Insurance Policy dated May 6, 2015.

FEES FOR PAYMENT OF LENDER’S OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES. As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Note, Borrower agrees to pay all of the Lender’s out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Note.

PRIOR NOTE. Promissory Note dated May 6, 2015 in the original principal amount of $1,250,000.00.

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

GENERAL PROVISIONS. If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.


Loan No: NEW   

PROMISSORY NOTE

(Continued)

   Page 3

 

 

 

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

BORROWER:

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen Cooper

  STEPHEN COOPER, President/Chief Exe. Officer of
  ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

LaserPro, Ver. 16.1.10.003 Copr. D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2016. All Rights Reserved. - CA P:\CFI\LPL\D20.FC TR-165347 PR-86


CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

 

Principal
$4,412,288.00
   Loan Date
05-06-2015
   Maturity    Loan No
MASTER
   Call / Coll    Account
1060681133
  

Officer

18106

   Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 
Borrower:    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.       Lender:    BANK OF THE WEST
   2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110          SME BBC San Diego #00181
   ESCONDIDO, CA 92029          4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405
            La Jolla, CA 92037

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount: $4,412,288.00    Date of Agreement: May 18, 2017

DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS.

For existing Indebtedness, refer to the definition of “Note” provided for in the Business Loan Agreement (Master) dated May 6, 2015.

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

1. The heading captioned “ Inventory Turnover ” below the heading captioned “ Financial Statements ” is modified as follows:

Inventory Turnover. Borrower shall maintain Inventory Turnover of less than 135 days, on a trailing three months basis, measured at the end of each quarter, beginning December 31, 2016.

CONTINUING VALIDITY. Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Consent by Lender to this Agreement does not waive Lender’s right to strict performance of the obligation(s) as changed, nor obligate Lender to make any future change in terms. Nothing in this Agreement will constitute a satisfaction of the obligation(s). It is the intention of Lender to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of the original obligation(s), including accommodation parties, unless a party is expressly released by Lender in writing. Any maker or endorser, including accommodation makers, will not be released by virtue of this Agreement. If any person who signed the original obligation does not sign this Agreement below, then all persons signing below acknowledge that this Agreement is given conditionally, based on the representation to Lender that the non-signing party consents to the changes and provisions of this Agreement or otherwise will not be released by it. This waiver applies not only to any initial extension, modification or release, but also to all such subsequent actions.

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT.

CHANGE IN TERMS SIGNERS:

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

By:   /s/ Stephen Cooper                                                             
  STEPHEN COOPER, President/Chief Exe. Officer of
  ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

BANK OF THE WEST

 

By:                                                                                                 
  KENNETH PICKLE, Relationship Manager of          
  BANK OF THE WEST

 

 

 

LaserPro, Ver. 16.4.0.017 Copr. D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2017. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\CFI\LPL\D20C.FC TR-147523 PR-86


CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

 

Principal
$3,500,000.00
   Loan Date
05-06-2015
   Maturity
08-31-2018
   Loan No
0000000026
   Call / Coll    Account
1060681133
  

Officer

18106

   Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.       Lender:    BANK OF THE WEST
   2235 ENTERPRISE ST STE 110          SME BBC San Diego #00181
   ESCONDIDO, CA 92029          4180 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 405
            La Jolla, CA 92037

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount: $3,500,000.00    Date of Agreement: October 5, 2017

DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS.

Promissory Note dated May 6, 2015 in the original principal amount of $2,500,000.00.

DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL.

Commercial Security Agreement dated May 6, 2015 and an Assignment of Life Insurance Policy dated May 6, 2015.

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

1. The heading captioned “ PROMISE TO PAY ” has been modified as follows:

PROMISE TO PAY. ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to BANK OF THE WEST (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Three Million Five Hundred Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($3,500,000.00) or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from the date of each advance until repayment of each advance.

My Credit Limit has been increased by $500,000.00

2. Extension of Maturity Date. Consistent with our existing periodic payment arrangement, the Maturity Date of the Promissory Note shall be extended to August 31, 2018.

CONTINUING VALIDITY. Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Consent by Lender to this Agreement does not waive Lender’s right to strict performance of the obligation(s) as changed, nor obligate Lender to make any future change in terms. Nothing in this Agreement will constitute a satisfaction of the obligation(s). It is the intention of Lender to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of the original obligation(s), including accommodation parties, unless a party is expressly released by Lender in writing. Any maker or endorser, including accommodation makers, will not be released by virtue of this Agreement. If any person who signed the original obligation does not sign this Agreement below, then all persons signing below acknowledge that this Agreement is given conditionally, based on the representation to Lender that the non-signing party consents to the changes and provisions of this Agreement or otherwise will not be released by it. This waiver applies not only to any initial extension, modification or release, but also to all such subsequent actions.

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT.

BORROWER:

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen Cooper

  STEPHEN COOPER, President of ONE STOP
  SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

LaserPro, Ver. 17.2.10.037 Copr. D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2017. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\CFI\LPL\D20C.FC TR-147516 PR-86

Exhibit 10.9

Lease Agreement

David Wen

 


LOGO

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE—NET

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

 

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties : This Lease ( “Lease” ), dated for reference purposes only October 21, 2004, is made by and between David Wen (“Lessor”) and One Stop Systems, Inc. (“Lessee”) , (collectively the “ Parties ”, or individually a “ Party ”).

1.2(a) Premises : That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 2235 Enterprise Street, Suites 100, 110, and 200, located in the City of Escondido, County of San Diego, State of California, with zip code 92029, as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises): approximately 11,439 square feet within an approximately 29,382 square foot industrial building In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, exterior walls or utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“ Building”) or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Project ”. (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking : forty (40) unreserved vehicle parking spaces (“Unreserved Parking Spaces”) : and zero (0) reserved vehicle parking spaces (“Reserved Parking Spaces”) . (See also Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term : Two (2) years and 0 months ( Original Term ) commencing February 1, 2007 (“Commencement Date”) and ending January 31, 2009 (“ Expiration Date ”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession : N/A (“Early Possession Date”) . (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $ 9,952.00 per month (“Base Rent”) , payable on the first day of each month commencing March 1, 2007. (See also Paragraph 4) ☑ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses : thirty-eight and 34/100 percent (38.34%) (“Lessee’s Share”) .

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(c) Security Deposit: $9,037 * (“Security Deposit”) . (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other : $ N/A for N/A

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease : $0.00. *This amount has been paid per the Lease between JJB Real Estate Enterprises, LLC and One Stop Systems dated October 20, 2004.

1.8 Agreed Use : industrial computer design and manufacturing. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party . Lessor is the “ Insuring Party ”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers : (See also Paragraph 15)

(a) Representation : The following real estate brokers (the “ Brokers ” ) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

☐                     represents Lessor exclusively (“Lessor’s Broker”) ;

☐                     represents Lessee exclusively ( “Lessee’s Broker” ); or

☑ Grubb & Ellis|BRE Commercial represents both Lessor and Lessee ( “Dual Agency” ).

(b) Payment to Brokers : Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of Per Grubb & Ellis|BRE Commercial’s Listing Agreement or N/A % of the total Base Rent for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers).

1.11 Guarantor . The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by None (“Guarantor”) . (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Addenda and Exhibits . Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 54 and Exhibits through, all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

 

LOGO    PAGE 1 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


2. Premises

2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating Rent, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and any payments based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less.

2.2 Condition . Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building ( “Unit” ) to lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ( “Start Date” ), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ( “HVAC” ), loading doors, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date and that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-comliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls - see Paragraph 7).

2.3 Compliance . Lessor warrants that the improvements on the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances in effect on the Start Date ( “Applicable Requirements” ). Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning, are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed . If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building ( “Capital Expenditure ), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the obligation to pay for the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises pursuant to the formula set out in Paragraph 7.1(d); provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, and Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements . Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant . The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking . Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of Unreserved Parking Spaces and Reserved Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor.

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to charge the cost to

 

LOGO    PAGE 2 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas —Definition . The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas —Lessee’s Rights . Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas—Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term .

3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession . If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession . Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until it receives possession of the Premises. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. Except as otherwise provided, if possession is not tendered to Lessee by the Start Date and Lessee does not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, any period of rent abatement that Lessee would Otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions Lessee. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 4 months after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance . Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date Shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent .

4.1 Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( “Rent” ).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses . Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  (i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition of the following:

(aa) the Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas , trash areas, roadways , parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, and roof drainage systems.

  (bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.
  (cc) Any fire detection and/or sprinkler systems.

 

  (ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately
  metered.

 

  (iii)

Trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, and the costs of any

 

LOGO    PAGE 3 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


  environmental inspections.

 

  (iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance and repair of Common Areas.

 

  (v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

 

  (vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

 

  (vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

 

  (viii) The cost of any Capital Expenditure to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such Capital Expenditure over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such Capital Expenditure in any given month.

 

  (ix) Any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be payable by Lessee within 10 days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Lessee. At Lessor’s option, however, an amount may be estimated by Lessor from time to time of Lessee’s Share of annual Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Lessor shall designate, during each 12 month period of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. Lessor Shall deliver to Lessee within 60 days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during the preceding year exceed Lessee’s Share as indicated on such statement, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due. If Lessee’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during the preceding year were less than Lessee’s Share as indicated on such statement, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset Or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any late charges which may be due.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 14 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent, and otherwise within 30 days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances .

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense ) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its

 

LOGO    PAGE 4 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation . Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specially so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification . Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which existed as a result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Start Date or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Start Date, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option . If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lesso’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance . Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a contamination is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations .

(a) In General . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Service Contracts . Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor or in

 

LOGO    PAGE 5 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, (iii) clarifiers, and (iv) any other equipment, if reasonably required by Lessor. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and if Lessor so elects, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) Failure to Perform . If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly reimburse Lessor for the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement . Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance at a rate that is commercially reasonable in the judgment of Lessor’s accountants. Lessee may, however, prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations .

(a) Definitions . The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication systems, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent . Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Indemnification . Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself. Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal . By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

LOGO    PAGE 6 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


8. Insurance; Indemnity .

8.1 Payment of Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance .

(a) Carried by Lessee . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000, an “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises Endorsement” and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement” for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. All insurance carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor . Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value .

(a) Building and Improvements . Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value . Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value insurance ”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises . Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements . Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance .

(a) Property Damage . Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

(b) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies . Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least B+, V, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 30 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation . Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity . Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor from Liability . Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising

 

LOGO    PAGE 7 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor nor from the failure of Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project. Notwithstanding Lessor’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. Damage or Destruction .

9.1 Definitions .

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $5,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies .

(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies . If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

LOGO    PAGE 8 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


9.7 Termination; Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

9.8 Waive Statutes . Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

10. Real Property Taxes .

10.1 Definition . As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project or any portion thereof or a change in the improvements thereon. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

10.2 Payment of Taxes . Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements . Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request.

10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities . Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment, Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the dumpster and/or an increase in the number of times per month that the dumpster is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs.

12. Assignment and Subletting .

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required .

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment” ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting .

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

LOGO    PAGE 9 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $1,000 or 10% of the current monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Premises which is the subject of the proposed assignment or sublease, whichever is greater, as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested.

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies .

13.1 Default; Breach . A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(c) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(f) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(g) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies . If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee upon receipt of invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its option, may require all future payments to be made by Lessee to be by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which

 

LOGO    PAGE 10 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease, The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture . Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions” , shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest . Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest ( “Interest” ) charged shall be equal to the prime rate reported in the Wall Street Journal as published closest prior to the date when due plus 4%, but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor .

(a) Notice of Breach . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, and to pay an excess of such expense under protest, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation” ), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of Lessee’s Reserved Parking Spaces, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees .

 

 

LOGO    PAGE 11 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


15.1 Additional Commission . In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time of the execution of this Lease.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates .

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party” ) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party” ) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrances may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor . The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined. Notwithstanding the above, and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 20 below, the original Lessor under this Lease, and all subsequent holders of the Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall remain liable and responsible with regard to the potential duties and liabilities of Lessor pertaining to Hazardous Substances as outlined in Paragraph 6.2 above.

18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days . Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 17 above, the obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, the individual partners of Lessor or its or their individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against the individual partners of Lessor, or its or their individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery or performance by either Lessor or Lessee under this Lease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

23. Notices .

23.1 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 48 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the

 

LOGO    PAGE 12 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


next business day.

24. Waivers . No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship .

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent . A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor : (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent . An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor : (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee . A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Buyer and Seller agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance .

30.1 Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device” ), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender” ) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of such new owner, this Lease shall automatically become a new Lease between Lessee and such new owner, upon all of the terms and conditions hereof, for the remainder of the term hereof, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations hereunder, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor.

30.3 Non-Disturbance . With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement” ) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend

 

LOGO    PAGE 13 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

© 1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees . If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. Lessor may at any time place on the Premises any ordinary “ For Sale ” signs and Lessor may during the last 6 months of the term hereof place on the Premises any ordinary “ For Lease ” signs. Lessee may at any time place on the Premises any ordinary “ For Sublease ” sign.

33. Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs . Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents . Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by lessee for any lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor .

37.1 Execution . The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as lessee under this Lease.

37.2 Default . It shall constitute a Default of the lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession . Subject to payment by lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this lease, lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options . If lessee is granted an option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition . “ Option ” shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee . Any Option granted to Lessee in this lease is personal to the original lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original lessee and only while the original lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options . In the event that lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options .

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term. (i) lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes any necessity of lessor to give notice thereof), (ii) Lessor gives to lessee 3 or more notices of separate Default during any 12

 

LOGO    PAGE 14 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises. Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations . Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest . If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay.

43. Authority . If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

44. Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Multiple Parties . If more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, such multiple Parties shall have joint and several responsibility to comply with the terms of this Lease.

48. Waiver of Jury Trial . The Parties hereby waive their respective rights to trial by jury in any action or proceeding involving the Property or arising out of this Agreement.

49. Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes . An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease  ☐ is  ☒ is not attached to this Lease.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Execute at: Los Altos Ca

  

Executed at: Escondida, CA

On: 11/9/04

  

on: 10-27-04

By LESSOR:    By LESSEE:

David Wen

  

One Stop Systems, Inc.

     

  

     

By: LOGO

  

By: LOGO

Name Printed: David Wen

  

Name Printed: Steve Cooper

Title:

  

Title: President

By:

  

By:

Name Printed:

  

Name Printed:

Title:

  

Title:

Address:

  

Address: 735 South Vinewood, Street

 

  

Escondido, CA 92029

 

  

 

Telephone: (            )

  

Telephone: (760) 745-9883

Facsimile: (            )

  

Facsimile: (760) 745-9824

Federal ID No.

  

Federal ID No.

These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and needs of the industry. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 700 South Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, CA 90017.

 

LOGO    PAGE 15 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


(213) 687-8777.

©Copyright 1999 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved.

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

Erwin\2235EnterpriseSt#100,110,200-DavidWen-MTLN

 

LOGO    PAGE 16 OF 16    LOGO

 

INITIALS

     

 

INITIALS

 

©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

  

 

FORM MTN-2-2/99E


ADDENDUM TO THAT STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE—NET DATED OCTOBER 21, 2004 BY AND BETWEEN DAVID WEN (“LESSOR”) AND ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC (“LESSEE”) FOR THAT CERTAIN PROPERTY LOCATED AT 2235 ENTERPRISE STREET, SUITES 100, 110, 200, ESCONDIDO, CA 92029.

 

50. BASE RENT : The base rent during the lease term shall be as follows:

 

Month

   Base Rent Per Month  

1-12

   $ 9,952 plus NNN

13-24

   $ 10,295 plus NNN

 

* The NNN expenses are estimated to be $0.20 per square foot.

 

51. OPTION TO EXTEND : See Attached Addendum.

 

52. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL : Provided Lessee is not in default under the terms and conditions of the initial Lease Agreement, Lessee shall have a First Right of Refusal to Lease the adjacent suites 120/130 throughout Lessee’s initial lease term and any extensions thereof.

 

53. LESSOR’S TENANT IMPROVEMENTS : None.

 

54. SIGNAGE : Lessee will have building signage available. Signage may be installed at Lessee’s sole cost and expense over the specific Lessee space, subject to City of Escondido sign regulations and the review and approval by Lessor of Lessee’s signage design for conformance to the project sign criteria. All costs for removal of Lessee’s signage and any resulting repairs to the building that are required shall also be borne by the Lessee.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

LESSOR:     LESSEE:

David Wen

    One Stop Systems, Inc.
By:        LOGO     By:   LOGO
    David Wen         Steve Cooper

Title:

 

 

   

Title:

 

President

Date:    

 

    11/9/04

   

Date:  

 

10-27-04


LOGO

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated                                          October 20, 2004                                                          

By and Between (Lessor) David Wen                                                                           

                                                                                                                                       

By and Between (Lessee) One Stop Systems, Inc.                                                        

                                                                                                                                       

Address of Premises: 2235 Enterprise Street, Suites 100, 110, 120                             

Escondio, CA 92029                                                                   

Paragraph 51        

A.    OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for two    (2)                         additional years             commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(i)    In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least              but not more than              months prior to the date that the option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

(iii) Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

(iv) This Option is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

(v) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

☐    I.     Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

      a.    On (Fill in COLA Dates):                                                                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ☐ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ☐ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

  

 

All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

b.    The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ☐ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ☐ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):

 

 

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

c.    In the event the compilation and/or publication of CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

☑     II.    Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

      a.    On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s))      February 28, 2009                                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” (not to exceed $0.95) of the property as follows:

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

 

LOGO
                

                
   PAGE 1 OF 2   
LOGO
                
                
INITIALS       INITIALS

 

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OE-3-8/00E


(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ☐ appraiser or ☐ broker (“ Consultant ” – check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, ie. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

 

  b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1)    the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2)    the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

    III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):

      The New Base Rent shall be:
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

B.    NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any rental adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

C.    BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease.

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and needs of the industry. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 S. Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, Calif. 90017

 

LOGO
                

                
   PAGE 2 OF 2   
LOGO
                
                
INITIALS       INITIALS

 

 

© 2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OE-3-8/00E


AMENDMENT #1

This amendment of lease is made on October 06, 2008 between DAVID WEN (“Lessor”) and ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Lessee”).

 

I. RECITALS  – This amendment of lease is made with reference to the following facts and objectives:

 

  A. The original lease between ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (Tenant) and, DAVID WEN (Landlord) made and entered into that certain Industrial Lease effective as of February 01, 2007. (“Original Lease”), relating to the Premises (of approximately 11,439 square feet) located in the Building at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 100 and 110, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  B. The parties to the lease desire to add Suite 160 of approximately 2,936 square feet on a month to month basis starting October 15, 2008.

 

  C. Now, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree and modify the lease as follows:

 

II. SUITE 160 TERMS : Suite 160 of approximately 2,936 square feet will be added on a month to month lease commencing October 15 th , 2008.

 

III. BASE RENT : Effective October 15, 2008, the monthly Base be as follows:

 

October 15, 2008 – November 14, 2008

   $ 2,202.00  
  
  

 

IV. COMMON AREA OPERATING EXPENSES (CAM) : CAM charges shall be triple net at $.27 per Square Feet.

 

V. SECURITY DEPOSIT : No additional security deposit is required.

 

VI. EFFECTIVENESS OF LEASE : Except as set forth in this executed amendment to the Lease, all other terms and conditions of the Lease between the parties described above shall continue in full of force and effect.

In witness thereof, the parties hereto execute this agreement on the dates indicated below:

 

Lessor    Lessee
DAVID WEN    ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

 

   By:   

/s/ Steve Cooper

  David Wen       Steve Cooper
Date:  

 

   Date:   

10/7/2008


AMENDMENT #2

This amendment of lease is made on November 04, 2008 between DAVID WEN (“Lessor”) and ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Lessee”).

 

I. RECITALS – This amendment of lease is made with reference to the following facts and objectives:

 

  A. The original lease between ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (Tenant) and, DAVID WEN (Landlord) made and entered into that certain Industrial Lease effective as of February 01, 2007. (“Original Lease”), and amended as Amendment I on October 06, 2008. relating to the Premises (of approximately 11,439 square feet) located in the Building at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 100 and 110, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  B. Now, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree and modify the lease as follows:

 

II. OPTION : The parties to the lease desire to:

 

  A. Exercise the option to extend the lease terms on suite 100/110 as outlined in the original lease.

 

  B. The option to extend shall commence February 01, 2009 and run through January 31, 2011.

 

  C. Base rent shall be:

 

February 01, 2009 – January 31, 2010

   $ 10,655.42  

February 01, 2010 – January 31, 2011

   $ 11,028.34  

 

III. SUITE 160 TERMS : Suite 160 of approximately 2,936 square feet shall be extended for a period from February 01, 2009 through January 31, 2011.

 

  A. Base rent shall be:

 

February 01, 2009 – January 31, 2010

   $ 2,202.00  

February 01, 2010 – January 31, 2011

   $ 2,273.34  

 

IV. SUITE 160 LEASE WAIVER :

Should Lessee choose to lease Suite #120, should it become available, and a lease is executed, then a notice of vacate will be waived by Lessor.

 

V. EFFECTIVENESS OF LEASE: Except as set forth in this executed amendment to the Lease, all other terms and conditions of the Lease between the parties described above shall continue in full of force and effect.

In witness thereof, the parties hereto execute this agreement on the dates indicated below:

 

Lessor   Lessee
 

/s/ Steve Cooper

 

11/26/2008


Amendment #3

This amendment of lease is made on August 8, 2009 between DAVID WEN (“Lessor”) and ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Lessee”).

 

  1. RECITALS – This amendment of lease is made with the following facts and objectives:

 

  A. The original lease between ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (Lessee) and DAVID WEN (Lessor) made and entered into that certain Industrial Lease effective as of February 1, 2007 (Original Lease), and amended as Amendment #1 on October 6, 2008, and amended as Amendment #2 on November 4, 2008, relating to the Premises located in the Building at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 100/110/200, and suite 160, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  B. Now, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the party hereto agree and the modify the lease as follows:

 

  2. SUITE 100/110/200:

 

  A. The lease term shall be extended to January 31, 2012.

 

  B. Base rent shall be:

 

a. February 1, 2009 – January 31, 2010

   $ 10,655.42  

b. February 1, 2010 – January 31, 2011

   $ 11,028.34  

c. February 1, 2011 – January 31, 2012

   $ 11,414.33  

 

  3. SUITE 120/130:

 

  A. Suite 120/130 (approximately 6,472 square feet) will be added commencing September 1, 2009.

 

  B. Lease term shall be from September 1, 2009 to January 31, 2012.

 

  C. Lessee shall take the space in “as is” condition. Lessor shall remove unfinished improvement made by previous tenant.

 

  D. Base rent shall be sixty five cents ($0.65) per square foot for the length of the lease term.

 

  E. Common area operating expenses shall be twenty seven cents ($0.27) per square foot for the length of the lease term.

 

  4. SUITE 160:

 

  A. Lease term shall terminate on December 14, 2009.

 

  B. Base rent and CAM charge shall be abated from September 15, 2009 to December 14, 2009.

 

  5. SECURITY DEPOSIT: No additional security deposit is required.

 

  6. EFFECTIVENESS OF LEASE: Except as set forth in this executed amendment of lease, all other terms and conditions of the Lease between the parties described above shall continue in full force and effect.

In witness thereof, the parties hereto execute this agreement on the dates indicated below:

 

Lessor   Lessee
DAVID WEN   ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ David Wen

  By:  

/s/ Steve Cooper

  David Wen     Steve Cooper, President
Date:  

8/14/2009

  Date:  

8/11/2009


Amendment #4

This amendment #4 of lease is made on August 18, 2011 between DAVID WEN (“Lessor”) and ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Lessee”)

 

  1. Recitals – This amendment of lease is made with the following facts and objectives:

 

  A. The original lease between ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Lessee”) and DAVID WEN (“Lessor”) was made as of February 1, 2007, and was amended on October 6, 2008, November 4, 2008, and August 8, 2009, relating to the Premises located in the building at 2235 Enterprise Street, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  B. Lessee currently occupies suite 100/110/200 and suite 120/130 of 2235 Enterprise Street, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  C. Now, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree and modify the lease as follows:

 

  2. “Premises”

“Premises” shall be Suite 100/110/200 (approximately 11,439 square feet) and suite 120/130 (approximately 6,472 square feet) of 2235 Enterprise Street, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  3. Lease Term

The lease term for the “Premises” shall be extended by one (1) year. The new expiration date shall be January 31, 2013. There will be no option to renew.

 

  4. Rent Schedule

The rent shall be on a gross- rent basis. There shall be no CAM charges.

The gross rent shall be $18,000.00 per month from February 1, 2012 to January 31, 2013.

 

  5. Security Deposit

No additional security deposit is required.

 

  6. Effective of Lease

Except as set forth in this executed amendment #4 of lease, all other terms of the lease and previous amendments between the parties describe above shall continue to be in full force and effect.

In witness thereof, the parties hereto execute this agreement on the dates indicated below:

 

Lessor   Lessee
DAVID WEN   ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/David Wen

  By:  

/s/Steve Cooper

  David Wen     Steve Cooper, President
Date:  

10/12/2011

  Date:  

10/12/2011


Amendment #5

This Amendment #5 of lease is made on October 3, 2012 between DAVID WEN (“Lessor”) and ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Lessee”)

 

  1. Recitals – This amendment of lease is made with the following facts and objectives:

 

  A. The original lease between ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. (“Lessee”) and DAVID WEN (“Lessor”) was made as of February 1, 2007, and was amended on October 6, 2008, November 4, 2008, August 8, 2009, and October 12, 2011 relating to the Premises located in the building at 2235 Enterprise Street, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  B. Lessee currently occupies suite 100/110/200 and suite 120/130 of 2235 Enterprise Street, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  C. Now, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree and modify the lease as follows:

 

  2. “Premises”

“Premises” shall be Suite 100/110/200 (approximately 11,439 square feet) and suite 120/130 (approximately 6,472 square feet) of 2235 Enterprise Street, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

  3. Lease Term

The lease term for the “Premises” shall be extended by five (5) years. The new expiration date shall be January 31, 2018. There will be two options to extend the lease by an additional one year each at market rent.

 

  4. Rent Schedule

The rent shall be on a gross- rent basis. There shall be no CAM charges.

The gross rent shall be eighteen thousand dollars ($18,000) per month from February 1, 2013 to January 31, 2014.

The gross rent shall be increased by 1.5% on an annual basis starting February 1, 2014.

 

  5. Tenant Improvement Reimbursement

Upon submission of receipts, Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for 50% of the amount Lessee pays for improvement of the Premises during the term of this Amendment #5. Such reimbursement to Lessee shall not exceed a total of seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000) and Lessor shall not reimburse Lessee more than twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) in 2013.

 

  6. Security Deposit

No additional security deposit is required.

 

1


  7. Effectiveness of Lease

This amendment #5 of lease is effective as of February 1, 2013. Except as set forth in this executed amendment #5 of lease, all other terms of the lease and previous amendments between the parties describe above shall continue to be in full force and effect.

In witness thereof, the parties hereto execute this agreement on the dates indicated below:

 

Lessor   Lessee
DAVID WEN   ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ David Wen

  By:  

/s/ Steve Cooper

  David Wen     Steve Cooper, President
Date:  

10/8/2012

  Date:  

Oct 3, 2012

 

2


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Sixth Amendment”) is made as of August 30, 2017, by and between PACIFICA ENCINITAS BEACH, LLC, a California limited liability company (PEB), PACIFICA REAL ESTATE V, LLC, a California limited company (PRE), SR32 SAN DIEGO PORTFOLIO, LLC, a California limited liability company (SR32), FORCE FRANKLIN I. L.P., a California limited partnership (FFI), FORCE 10580, LLC, a California limited liability company (FORCE 10580), and ARKA MIRAMAR II, L.P., a California limited partnership (ARKA) (hereinafter, collectively “Lessor”), and One Stop Systems, Inc.(hereinafter “Lessee”).

Recitals

A. Lessor’s predecessor-in-interest, David Wen and Lessee, entered into that certain Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease Net with a reference date of October 21, 2004, whereby the premises described as 2235 Enterprise Street, Suites 100 & 110, Escondido, CA 92029 (“Premises”) was leased to Lessee with an original term that was to expire on January 31, 2009; amended by the First Amendment dated October 6, 2008 and set to expire on November 14, 2008; amended by the Second Amendment dated November 4, 2008 and set to expire on January 31, 2011; amended by the Third Amendment dated August 8, 2009 and set to expire on January 31, 2012; amended by the Fourth Amendment dated August 18, 2011 and set to expire on January 31, 2013; amended by the Fifth Amendment dated October 3, 2013 and set to expire on January 31,2018

B. David Wen and Lessee assigned its interest in the Lease to PACIFICA ENCINITAS BEACH, LLC, a California limited liability company (PEB), PACIFICA REAL ESTATE V, LLC, a California limited company (PRE), SR32 SAN DIEGO PORTFOLIO, LLC, A California limited liability company (SR32), FORCE FRANKLIN I. L.P., a California limited partnership (FFI), FORCE 10580, LLC, a California limited liability company (FORCE 10580), and ARKA MIRAMAR II, L.P., a California limited partnership (ARKA) by assignment effective March 30, 2016. Thereafter, David Wen and Lessee has assigned its interest in the Lease to Lessor by assignment effective March 30, 2016, and Lessor is the current Lessor under the Lease.

C. Lessor and Lessee now desire to further amend the Lease to, among other things, extend the term of lease for seven (7) months, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Agreement

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the parties agree that the Lease is further modified as follows:

 

  1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as are given such terms in the Lease unless expressly provided otherwise in this Sixth Amendment. One Stop Systems, Inc., currently in suites 100 & 110 with 17,911 square feet of general office and warehouse use. Total current project square footage is 46,792.


  2. Base Rent . Beginning on February 1, 2018 and continuing through the Termination Date of the Lease, the Lessee shall pay monthly Base Rent in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Term:

   Monthly Rent:  

February 1, 2018 – August 31, 2018

   $ 18,822.21  

 

  3. Security Deposit . Upon execution of the Sixth Amendment, Lessee’s existing Security Deposit shall remain $9,037.00

 

  4. Lessor’s Notice Address . The Lessor Address is hereby deleted and the following shall be inserted in its place:

 

a.

  Lessor:   

SR32 San Diego Portfolio, LLC

c/o RAF Pacifica Group (S1SDP6)

315 S Coast Hwy 101

Suite U-12

Encinitas, CA 92024

Attn: George Aquino

Phone: 858.314.3116

 

  5. Brokers . Lessee represents and warrants that it has not been represented by any real estate broker or finder in connection with the negotiating or making of this Sixth Amendment. Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold Lessor harmless from any claim or claims, including costs, expenses and attorney’s fees incurred by Lessor, asserted by any real estate broker or finder for a commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by Lessee or its representatives.

 

  6. No Other Changes . Except as modified by this Sixth Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and as said terms and conditions have been modified or amended hereby, same shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Sixth Amendment, the terms of this Sixth Amendment shall control. This Sixth Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lessor, Lessee and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  7. Warranty of Authority . Each party represents and warrants that the individuals executing this Sixth Amendment on its behalf is duly authorized and has full authority to execute this Sixth Amendment and this Sixth Amendment is binding upon said entity. This representation and representation shall survive the execution and delivery of this Sixth Amendment.

[Signature pages to follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this Sixth Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

LESSEE:

One Stop Systems, Inc.

 

By:  

/s/ Steve Cooper

Name:  

Steve Cooper

Its:  

President & CEO

 

LESSOR:

ARKA MIRAMAR II, L.P.,

a California limited partnership

 

By:  

SMB I GROUP, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership, Its General Partner

By:

 

K ASSOCIATES,

a California general partnership, its General Partner

 

By:

  

/s/ Bonnie L. Fein

  
   Bonnie L. Fein, Partner   

FORCE FRANKLIN I, L.P.,

a California limited partnership

 

By:

 

Force Franklin I, LLC

a California limited liability company

its General Partner

By:

  

ARKA Franklin I, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

its Sole Member and Manager

  

 

By:

  

APG Partners, LLC

a Nevada limited liability company

Its General Partner

  

 

By:

  

SMB I Group, LP

A Delaware limited partnership

Its Managing Member

  

 

By:

  

K Associates

a California

general partnership

its General Partner

  


By:  

/s/ Bonnie L. Fein

Name:  

Bonnie L. Fein

Its:  

managing general partner

 

FORCE 10580, LLC,
a California limited liability company
By:  

K Associates, a California general partnership,

Its sole and Managing Member

  By:  

/s/ Bonnie L. Fein

  Name:  

Bonnie L. Fein

  Its:   managing general partner

 

SR32 SAN DIEGO PORTFOLIO, LLC,
a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Adam S. Robinson

  Adam S. Robinson, Manager

 

PACIFICA REAL ESTATE V, LLC,
a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Adam S. Robinson

  Adam S. Robinson, Manager

 

PACIFICA ENCINITAS BEACH, LLC,
a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Adam S. Robinson

  Adam S. Robinson, Manager

Exhibit 10.11

TECHNOLOGY AND SOURCE CODE LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS TECHNOLOGY AND SOURCE CODE LICENSE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made by and between Western Digital Technologies, Inc. (“ WDT ”), a Delaware corporation and One Stop Systems, Inc. (“ Licensee ”), a California corporation, effective as of the last date of signature below (“ Effective Date ”). WDT and Licensee may hereinafter be collectively referred to as “Parties” and individually as a “Party.”

 

1 Definitions

 

1.1 Affiliate ” of a Party hereto means a corporation, company or other entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Party. “Control” as used herein means the ownership of, directly or indirectly, 1) more than fifty percent (50%) of an entity’s outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority), or 2) for an entity which does not have outstanding shares or securities, as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association, more than fifty percent (50%) interest in representing the right to make the decisions for such corporation, company or other entity. Such corporation, company or other entity shall be deemed to be an Affiliate only so long as such ownership or control exists.

 

1.2 Subsidiary ” of a Party hereto means a corporation, company or other entity that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Party.

 

1.3 Derivative Work ” means a work based upon a preexisting work, including:

 

  a. For copyrightable or copyrighted material, any translation (including translation into other computer languages), port, modification, correction, addition, extension, upgrade, improvement, compilation, abridgment, or other form in which an existing work may be recast, transformed or adapted; or

 

  b. For patentable or patented material, any improvement thereon; and

 

  c. For material which is protected by trade secret, any new material derived from such existing trade secret material, including new material which may be protected by copyright, patent and/or trade secret.

 

1.4 Documentation ” means all instructions, flow charts, procedures, bug databases, code annotations and the like relating to the WDT Code.

 

1.5 End Users ” means all Licensee customers or partners through any channel, including distributors, resellers, end users, and original equipment manufacturers.

 

1.6 Licensed Subject Matter ” means WDT’s copyright and trade secret rights in the WDT Code.

 

1.7 Licensee Product ” means a Licensee hardware product that utilizes the WDT Code or a Derivative Work of the WDT Code.


1.8 “Raytheon Opportunity” means the opportunity currently being pursued by Licensee with Raytheon as the prime contractor in which Licensee plans to sell the Data Storage Unit – Airborne (DSU-A) and the Data Storage Unit – Ground Station (DSU-B).

 

1.9 “Support” means WDT’s obligation to provide support and maintenance related to the WDT Code.

 

1.10 “Tools” means the hardware and software items listed on Attachment 1, which are required to develop and support the licensed software.

 

1.11 “WDT Code” means the source code for the ION and Nutrino software as maintained and managed in the ION specific source code control system (SCCS) and the Nutrino SCCS as delivered to Licensee hereunder, together with related Documentation.    

 

1.12 “WDT Support Contracts” means WDT’s obligations to provide existing ION customers with support, which are described in greater detail in Attachment 3.

 

2 Grants of Rights

 

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, WDT hereby grants to Licensee and its present or future Subsidiaries a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 9), worldwide, royalty-bearing license under the Licensed Subject Matter to, for the term specified in Section 8.2:

 

  a. Use WDT Code and prepare Derivative Works of WDT Code for developing, modifying, integrating and testing Licensee Products and for providing support, maintenance and other services in connection with Licensee Products, and reproduce WDT Code to support such activities and for archival and backup purposes; and

 

  b. Make, use, offer for sale licenses to, sell licenses to, or import the WDT Code and/or Derivative Works of the WDT Code in binary code format as incorporated in the Licensee Products, and to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, distribute, perform, and display WDT Code and/or Derivative Works of the WDT Code in binary code format as incorporated in the Licensee Products.

 

2.2 Licensee may only sublicense its rights under the Licensed Subject Matter to its End Users for such End User’s use and/or distribution of the WDT Code and/or Derivative Works of the WDT Code in binary code format as incorporated in the Licensee Products.

 

2.3 Licensee shall not distribute, disclose, or license the WDT Code in source code format to any End Users or third parties without the express written consent of WDT except as permitted in Section 9.

 

2.4 WDT reserves all right, title, ownership and interest in and to the WDT Code existing prior to and after the Effective Date, or created or generated by WDT at any time, subject to the license granted to Licensee as set forth in Section 2.1. WDT will own all right, title, and interest in and to Derivative Works, whether created by WDT or Licensee, of WDT Code, subject to the license granted to Licensee as set forth in Section 2.1. Further, at the request of WDT, which may be made any time either before or after termination, Licensee shall promptly deliver to WDT a copy of all WDT Code in source code form, as it exists at the time of the request, along with the source code and related Documentation for any Derivative Works.


2.5 Licensee shall reproduce all copyright notices and other proprietary markings or legends contained within or on the WDT Code on any copies made.

 

2.6 Licensee shall not knowingly infringe upon the intellectual property rights of any third party when making Derivative Works to the WDT Code.

 

2.7 Licensee shall not use open source code for development of or in any authorized Derivative Work of WDT Code in any manner that would subject the WDT Code to open source distribution.

 

2.8 Without limiting Licensee’s confidentiality obligations, Licensee may exercise the foregoing rights directly and/or indirectly through its employees and contractors, and employees and contractors of its Subsidiaries, who are bound by terms at least as restrictive as this Agreement.

 

2.9 All WDT Code and Documentation qualify as “commercial items,” as that term is defined in 48 C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of “commercial computer software” and “commercial computer software documentation” as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, and notwithstanding any other contractual clause to the contrary in any agreement into which the Agreement may be incorporate, Licensee may provide to the government entity as an End User or, if the Agreement is direct, the government entity will acquire, Licensee Products containing WDT Code or Derivative Works of WDT Code and any associated documentation with only those rights set forth in the Agreement. Use of such software constitutes agreement by the government entity that the computer software and associated documentation is commercial and constitutes acceptance of the rights and restrictions herein.

 

2.10 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to extent there is any open source code in the WDT Code and there exists a conflict between the Agreement provisions and any applicable license to open source technology, the provisions of the open source license shall be followed, but only to the minimum extent reasonably necessary to comply with the applicable open source license.

 

2.11 Except as expressly provided herein, no license or immunity is granted hereunder by either Party, whether directly or by implication, estoppel or otherwise, with respect to any proprietary information or to any patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, maskworks or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by WDT. Any further licenses must be express, in writing and signed by an authorized representative of WDT.

 

3 Delivery and Support

 

3.1 Delivery of WDT Code and Tools . Upon payment of the up-front fee described in Section 5.2 and Licensee’s execution and delivery of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement and of the Subcontract Agreement referred to in Section 3.3, WDT agrees to deliver to Licensee the WDT Code and the Tools that are to be provided by WDT.

 

3.2 No WDT Support . WDT is under no obligation to provide support services, including updates, patches or bug fixes, to Licensee or its End Users.

 

3.3

Licensee’s Provision of WDT Support Obligations . At the same time that it executes this Agreement and delivers it to WDT, Licensee will execute and deliver to WDT a Services Agreement in a form acceptable to WDT, wherein WDT engages Licensee to provide Support for existing WDT customers


  that have licensed the WDT Code from July 1, 2017 through the end of the period during which the customer contracted to receive support from WDT. WDT will remain responsible for Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 Support for such customers for a period of no more thanone year from July 1, 2017, provided that Customer will make all reasonable efforts to assume responsibility for Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 Support within 6 months of July 1, 2017. Following such one year or shorter period, Licensee will be responsible for Level 1 through Level 4 Support for all customers, including any customer that originally purchased Support from WDT and any customer that separately purchased Support from Licensee. A detailed description of Level 1 through Level 4 Support can be found in Attachment 2. Attachment 3 includes a list of WDT customers for whom Licensee will be responsible for providing Support.

 

3.4 WDT Employees and Facilities. Licensee intends to hire certain employees beginning on July 1, 2017 from among the employees that WDT has notified will no longer be employed by WDT after June of 2017. WDT agrees to support this effort including providing access to these WDT employees prior to closing of this agreement. Whether Licensee hires personnel from among the aforementioned WDT employees or personell that have not been employed by WDT, Licensee will hire a sufficient number of qualified employees to enable it to satisfy the support obligations referenced in Section 3.3.

 

4 Confidentiality

 

4.1 “Confidential Information” as used herein means any and all information related to the WDT Code, Licensed Subject Matter, and Documentation regardless of form: (a) that WDT designates as “confidential” or “proprietary”, or (b) which under the circumstances surrounding disclosure or by the nature of the information, ought to be treated as confidential by Licensee. Confidential Information includes the WDT Code and any associated scripts and documentation without regard to (a) or (b) above.

 

4.2 The obligations of confidentiality herein with respect to Confidential Information shall continue indefinitely. Licensee shall maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information with at least the same degree of care that it uses to protect its own highly confidential and proprietary information, but no less than a reasonable degree of care under the circumstances, and shall not use the Confidential Information except as contemplated herein. Licensee will be liable for unauthorized disclosure or use of Confidential Information by any employee, contractor or third party with whom it shares Confidential Information. Licensee shall not make any copies of the Confidential Information received from WDT except as permitted under this Agreement. Licensee shall ensure that each copy of the Confidential Information allowed hereunder contains a notice or legend indicating its confidential nature.

 

4.3 The foregoing confidentiality obligations will not apply to Confidential Information that (a) as conclusively proven by Licensee’s written records, is in the possession of Licensee prior to its receipt of the Confidential Information; (b) is or becomes a matter of public knowledge through no fault of Licensee; (c) is lawfully received from a third party by Licensee without a duty of confidentiality or other restriction on disclosure; (d) is shown by documentary evidence to be independently developed by Licensee without use or reference to the Confidential Information; (e) must be disclosed by law or court order, provided Licensee immediately notifies WDT of such law or court order, asserts any applicable privileges available to it with respect to such law or order and cooperates with WDT in seeking confidential treatment of such Confidential Information or other


appropriate relief from such law or order; or (f) is disclosed by Licensee with the prior written approval of WDT.

 

4.4 All Confidential Information is furnished “AS IS” with all faults, and WDT makes no warranty as to the accuracy of such information. In no event will WDT be liable for the accuracy or completeness of the Confidential Information.

 

4.5 Licensee may from time to time provide suggestions, comments or other feedback (“ Feedback ”) to WDT with respect to Confidential Information provided originally by WDT. Licensee agrees that all Feedback is and shall be given entirely voluntarily. Feedback, even if designated as “confidential” or “proprietary” by Licensee, will not create any confidentiality or other obligation for WDT. WDT’s right to use Feedback as stated in this paragraph will survive the expiration or termination of this agreement.

 

4.6 Licensee will not disclose the terms and conditions (including payments) of this Agreement to third parties without the prior written consent of WDT, unless such disclosure is:

 

  a. permitted under Section 4.3;

 

  b. necessary to establish rights under this Agreement; or

 

  c. to the extent reasonably necessary, on a confidential basis, to its accountants, attorneys and financial advisors.

 

5 Consideration

 

5.1 Payments by WDT. To compensate Licensee for its assumption of the support obligations in Section 3.3, WDT will pay Licensee one million four hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($1,400,000.00), which shall be paid as follows:

 

  a. seven hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($700,000.00) during the first year of the Agreement in four quarterly installments of one hundred seventy-five thousand U.S. dollars ($175,000.00);

 

  b. four hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($400,000.00) during the second year of the Agreement in four quarterly installments of one hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($100,000.00); and

 

  c. three hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($300,000.00) during the third year of the Agreement in four quarterly installments of seventy-five thousand U.S. dollars ($75,000.00).

Each payment will be made promptly after WDT receives the quarterly royalty report referenced in Section 5.6 (with the first payment being made promptly after the first quarterly royalty report is provided).

 

5.2 Up-front Payment by Licensee . As partial consideration for the licenses granted and Tools provided by WDT under this Agreement, Licensee will pay to WDT one hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($100,000.00) at the time the WDT Code is delivered to Licensee under Section 3.1.


5.3 Purchase of WDT Solid State Drives by Licensee . For so long as WDT manufactures solid state drives that are compatible with Licensee Products and such solid state drives are available for purchase, Licensee will not use any solid state drives other than WDT solid state drives in Licensee Products.

 

5.4 Per-customer Royalty . Licensee will pay WDT two thousand five hundred U.S. dollars ($2,500.00) for each new design win. A design win will be deemed to have occurred when a customer provides notice that it has selected a Licensed Product for purchase. The foregoing per-customer royalty does not apply to the Raytheon Opportunity.

 

5.5 Per-unit Royalty . Licensee will pay WDT five thousand U.S. dollars ($5,000.00) for each Licensed Product delivered to a Customer of Licensee. The foregoing per-unit royalty does not apply to the Raytheon Opportunity.

 

5.6 Licensee will provide WDT with a report within 30 business days of the end of each calendar quarter specifying in detail the royalties accrued during such calendar quarter. WDT will invoice Licensee for such royalties and payment will be due within 30 days of the invoice date. If any royalty, charge or fee to be paid by Licensee under this Agreement becomes overdue, it will bear interest until paid in full with the interest. The interest will accrue at the lesser of 1.5% per month or the highest annual rate allowed under California law at the time of the royalty, charge or fee becomes overdue.

 

5.7 Until Licensee has fulfilled its payment obligations under this Section 5, Licensee agrees to keep adequately detailed accounting records of its sales and/or sublicenses of Licensee Products. WDT has the right to designate an accounting firm or representative to inspect the relevant accounting records of Licensee to verify the accuracy of the royalties or other fees paid or payable to WDT. All inspected information shall be kept in strict confidence from all other third parties. WDT must give at least thirty (30) days written notice to Licensee before any inspection. All inspections must be during ordinary business hours. If any inspection discloses that the amount of royalties paid by Licensee is incorrect in either WDT’s or Licensee’s favor, then any amount due to WDT or Licensee, as the case may be, must be paid within thirty (30) days. If any inspection discloses that the royalties paid by Licensee for the period in question are less than 95% of the correct amount owing to WDT, Licensee must pay WDT’s costs of inspection.

 

5.8 All payments shall be made by check or electronic funds transfer as agreed to by the Parties.

 

5.9 Licensee shall pay all taxes or charges of any kind imposed by federal, state or local governments on the payments due to WDT under this Agreement, the licensing or use of WDT Code and Derivative Works or the sale of Licensee Products. For purposes of clarity, Licensee shall not be responsible for taxes based on WDT’s revenue, income, assets or business, which will be WDT’s responsibility.

 

6 Option to Licensee Products

 

6.1 At WDT’s sole option, Licensee will provide WDT and its present and future Affiliates a non-exclusive, transferable, worldwide, perpetual license under Licensee Products to make, use, offer for sale, sell, or import the Licensee Products in binary form, and to reproduce, distribute, perform, and display Licensee Products.


6.2 Licensee shall offer the foregoing license as soon as Licensee Products are available to customers, partners or other third parties, including as part of any early access programs made available to customers and partners.

 

6.3 Licensee shall offer the foregoing license at prices not in excess of the lowest prices offered by Licensee to other customers or partners for the Licensee Products. Licensee shall promptly refund or credit to WDT all excess amounts so charged.

 

7 Representations and Warranties; Limitation of Liability

 

7.1 Both Parties represent and warrant that it has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement.

 

7.2 THE LICENSED SUBJECT MATTER AND DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED TO LICENSEE “AS IS,” UNSUPPORTED, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. WDT EXPRESSLY EXCLUDES AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES THAT MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM, OR USAGE OF TRADE. WDT WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY ERROR, OMISSION, DEFECT, DEFICIENCY, OR NONCONFORMITY IN THE WDT CODE. WDT DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE WDT CODE WILL MEET THE LICENSEE’S OR ITS END USER’S REQUIREMENTS, OR WILL OPERATE IN ANY HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE COMBINATIONS WHICH MAY BE SELECTED FOR USE BY LICENSEE OR END USER, OR THAT THE OPERATION OF ANY SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE.

 

7.3 WDT DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH LICENSEE’S USE OF THE WDT CODE, AND ANY LICENSEE-CREATED DERIVATIVE WORKS IN ANY MEDICAL, NUCLEAR, AVIATION, NAVIGATION, MILITARY, OR OTHER HIGH RISK DEVICE OR APPLICATION. LICENSEE SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD WDT HARMLESS AGAINST ANY LOSS, LIABILITY, OR DAMAGE OF ANY KIND THAT WDT INCURS IN CONNECTION WITH BREACH OF THE WARRANTY IN THIS SECTION 7.4.

 

7.4 IN NO EVENT WILL WDT OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF LICENSEE ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, REVENUE, SALES OR DATA, UNDER ANY THEROY OF LIABILITY. IN THE EVENT THAT THE APPLICABLE JURISDICTION DOES NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY, BUT DOES ALLOW LIABILITY TO BE LIMITED, THE LIABILITY OF WDT IN SUCH CASES WILL BE LIMITED TO $100 US DOLLARS.

 

7.5 Licensee shall hold harmless and indemnify WDT, its officers, employee and agents from and against any claims, demands or causes of action whatsoever--including without limitation those arising on account of any injury or death of persons or damage to property--caused by, or arising out of, or resulting from, the exercise or practice of the rights and licenses granted hereunder by Licensee, its Subsidiaries or their officers, employees, agents or representatives, including the use or operation of the WDT Code and the provision of or failure to provide support and/or maintenance to users of the WDT Code.


8 Term and Termination

 

8.1 This Agreement is effective on the Effective Date, and shall continue in effect unless earlier terminated under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8.2 The licenses granted from WDT to Licensee under Section 2 will be effective from the Effective Date unless earlier terminated under the provisions of this Agreement. Subject to this Section 8, once all payments owed to WDT have been paid to WDT, the licenses granted by WDT to Licensee under Section 2 will survive in perpetuity.

 

8.3 Subject to Sections 8.7 and 8.8, a Subsidiary’s license under Section 2 shall terminate on the earlier of:

 

  a. the date such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary of Licensee; or

 

  b. the date of termination or expiration of the license under any other provision, term or condition of this Agreement.

 

8.4 If a payment set forth in Section 5 that is not subject to good faith dispute is not made by the date required, and if such payment, plus interest pursuant to Section 5.4, is not made prior to thirty (30) days after notice from WDT of Licensee’s delinquency and/or after resolution of any good faith dispute, then, at WDT’s sole option, this Agreement and all licenses and other rights granted herein to Licensee may be terminated. Licensee will remain obligated to pay all payments, and prorated portions of all payments, which had become due prior to such notice (plus interest thereon as provided in Section 5.4). WDT’s election of the option set forth in this Section 8.4 will be stated in such notice. Such notice shall be given as stated in Section 10 herein.

 

8.5 If Licensee breaches any material provisions of this Agreement, WDT will have the right to terminate this Agreement, including all licenses granted hereunder, in addition to any and all other remedies available at law or equity, unless Licensee cures such breach within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice of the breach by WDT. Licensee shall make commercially reasonable efforts to cure the material breach in the least amount of time possible within the 30-day notice period.

 

8.6 If Licensee (a) becomes substantially insolvent; (b) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (c) files or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy or seeking reorganization; (d) has a receiver appointed; or (e) institutes any proceedings for liquidation or winding up or have such proceedings instituted against it; then WDT may, in addition to other rights and remedies it may have, terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice.

 

8.7 Upon termination of this Agreement, Licensee’s right to grant further sublicenses under Licensed Subject Matter will terminate. All sublicenses granted prior to the date of termination shall continue in full force and effect. Licensee shall be entitled to use the WDT Code, associated scripts, and any Confidential Information (collectively, “ Archival Materials ”) solely for the purpose of fulfilling obligations entered into prior to the date of termination. Such Archival Materials may not be used for any other purpose without the express written consent from WDT, and will remain subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement.


8.8 Upon termination of this Agreement and fulfillment of Licensee’s obligations to third parties under Section 8.7, unless otherwise notified by WDT, Licensee shall within sixty (60) days (a) destroy all copies of the WDT Code, Derivative Works, all associated scripts, and all Confidential Information, and (b) certify such destruction in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee shall not be required to alter, modify, delete or destroy computer backup tapes or other backup media made in the ordinary course of business and Licensee may retain a copy of the Archival Materials for legal compliance and regulatory purposes, provided that any such Archival Materials remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.    

 

8.9 Termination of this Agreement will not release either Party from any obligations theretofore accrued. Sections 1, 2.4 to 2.12, 3.2, 4, 7, 8, and 11 of this Agreement will survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

9 Change in Control of Licensee

 

9.1 Licensee will provide WDT with written notice of a Change of Control that involves a WDT Competitor at least 30 days before the consummation of such Change in Control.

 

9.2 “Change in Control” means any (i) merger or business combination involving Licensee and a third party; or (ii) sale, lease, or other disposition to a third party, directly or indirectly of any business or assets of Licensee or its Subsidiaries representing 50% or more of the consolidated revenues, net income or assets of Licensee and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

9.3 “WDT Competitor” means Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., Intel Corporation, Micron Technology, Inc., Toshiba America Electronic Components, Inc., and SK hynix, Inc. and any Affiliates thereof.

 

10 Notice

 

10.1 Notices and other communications shall be sent by facsimile or registered or certified mail to the following addresses and will be effective upon transmission or mailing:

For WDT:

Attn: Legal Department

Western Digital Technologies

3355 Michelson Dr., Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92612, USA

For Licensee:

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street

Escondido, CA 92029

 

11 Miscellaneous

 

11.1 Assignment . Licensee may not assign, directly or indirectly, any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without WDT’s prior written consent, and any attempt to do so shall be void.


11.2 Integration; Modification . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous communications, oral or written, between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. No agreement or understanding varying, modifying, or extending the same, nor any subsequent course of dealing or conduct of the Parties, shall be binding upon either Party unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer or representative of each Party.

 

11.3 Severability . If any section of this Agreement is found by competent authority to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such section in every other respect and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in effect so long as the Agreement still expresses the intent of the Parties. However, if the intent of the Parties cannot be preserved, this Agreement shall be either renegotiated or terminated.

 

11.4 Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement shall be construed, and the legal relations between the Parties shall be determined, in accordance with the law of the State of California, USA, as such law applies to contracts signed and fully performed in California as without reference to those provisions regarding conflict of law. Any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any matter which is the subject of this Agreement will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and/or federal courts located in California, and the Parties consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of these courts and waive all defenses thereto.

 

11.5 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only, and will not affect the construction or interpretation of any provision in this Agreement.

 

11.6 Export Control . Each Party acknowledges that performance of all obligations under this agreement must strictly comply with applicable laws and regulations controlling the export, re-export, and transfer of technology, software, laboratory prototypes, and other commodities (collectively referred to as “ Items ”), including the laws and regulations of the United States. The export, re-export, or transfer of certain Items may require a license from the cognizant government agency and each Party agrees that it is responsible for determining whether the performance of its obligations under this agreement requires such a license. Licensee agrees that it will not export, re-export, or transfer any Item to certain foreign countries or nationals thereof without a license from the cognizant government agency when applicable legal authority requires such a license. Upon request each Party agrees to provide reasonable assistance to the other Party to facilitate compliance with such applicable laws and regulations. Without limitation, such assistance may include execution of written assurances.

 

11.7 Waiver . Failure by either Party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver or affect its right to require the future performances thereof, nor shall its waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or nullify the effectiveness of any provision. No waiver will be binding unless made in writing and signed by the Party making the waiver.

 

11.8 Publicity . Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, Licensee has no right to WDT’s trademarks, trade names, or to refer to this agreement, directly or indirectly, in connection with any product, promotion or publication, without the prior written consent of WDT. Neither Party will use the name of the other in its advertising or promotional materials without the prior written consent of such other Party. Licensee will make all reasonable efforts to remove references to ION,


Nutrino or WDT trademarks and tradenames in the WDT Code incorporated in Licensee Products and in any Derivative Works of WDT Code.

 

11.9 Relationship of the Parties . The relationship of WDT and Licensee established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors. Nothing in this Agreement creates any other relationship between WDT and Licensee. Neither Party has any right, power or authority to assume, create or incur any expense, liability or obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other.

 

11.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall be deemed one and the same instrument.

Signatures on next page.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

WESTERN DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:   /s/ Philip Bullinger
Name:   Philip Bullinger
Title:   SVP and GM, Data Center Systems
Date:   May 9, 2017

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:   /s/ Steve Cooper
Name:   Steve Cooper
Title:   President and CEO
Date:   May 9, 2017


Attachment 1: Tools

 

Git, Mecurial, SVN   These are source code repositories which contain source code for various ION modules.   Tools are 3rd Party, however WDC has paid for various instance - on premise or on cloud. The tools are shared by multiple teams.   OSS will need to get the appropriate source code repositories setup - on premise or in the cloud, export the sources from WDC systems and import it into their system.
Confluence   Collobrative documentation site which contains all of the engineering documents - design, processes description etc.   Tools are 3rd Party, however WDC has paid for various instance - on premise or on cloud. The tools are shared by multiple teams.   OSS will need to get their own Confluence - on premise or in the cloud, export conents from WDC and import into their instance.
JIRA   Bug database   Same as above   Same as above
Build Infrastrucutre   This consists of server, stoage and tools like Jenkins etc. which are required for build ION software binary images   Infrastrucutre is owned by WD and some of it is shared by multiple teams - like VSL.   Non-shared infrastrucutre can be transferred. OSS will need to acquire their own infrastrucutre to replace any shared resources.
Release Artifacts   An archive of all the previous release   Hosted on storage owned by WD   OSS will need to create storage space big enough to host these repositories.
Documentation & Associated tools   Product documentation and the tools that are used to create and review those documents.   Documents are owned by WD. Tools are 3rd party which have been licensed by WD   OSS will need to acquire license to these tools. And create storage space to hold the product documentation and associated repositories.
QA scripts, automation etc.   This is the automated test cases required for testing ION software.   The scripts are owned by WD but might use some open source software.   OSS will need to create storage space big enough to host these repositories.

Attachment 2

Description of Level 1 through Level 4 Support

 

1.1 Support Level – Definitions

 

    Level 1 Support means rudimentary technical assistance provided to end users via telephone, email and a website. Level 1 Support includes but is not limited to the following: (i) corresponding with end users regarding standard return material authorization procedures (RMA); (ii) providing spare or replacement parts, error corrections and maintenance releases to end users; (iii) determining whether an end user is entitled to support.

 

    Level 2 Support means the kind of intermediate technical assistance (but not including Level 1 Support) that an experienced support technician would be able to provide to end users. Level 2 Support includes but is not limited to the following: (i) verifying that a reported problem is not addressed in any on-line support document, including any frequently asked questions document or a known-bug list; (ii) verifying that a product installation in an end user’s system is according to proper specifications and applicable Product documentation requirements, and complies with basic configuration requirements (e.g., kernel version verification and proper location of files).


    Level 3 Support means the responsible party (or its designee) making available its Level 3 Support personnel for reasonable consultation to address incidents that cannot be addressed through Level 1 Support or Level 2 Support. To the extent necessary, Level 3 Support includes: (i) providing error corrections and maintenance releases to personnel for distribution to end users; (ii) performing diagnostic exercises to ensure a reasonably low level of no-trouble-found results; (iii) determining if the incident involves a supported release of the product; (iv) running and analyzing remedial diagnostic tests (e.g., log file dump, correct Linux file directories and the like) to determine whether improper installation or configuration contributed to the incident; (v) attempting to reproduce and document the incident; (v) providing a technical answer or procedure which resolves the end user problem or provides a suitable workaround that allows the end user to continue business; and (vii) characterizing the incident with sufficient detail and supporting evidence so Level 4 Support engineering can carry further the investigation and deliver an appropriate resolution.

WDT and Licensee will together be responsible to implement a process that provides a clean handoff between the Level 3 activities to the Level 4 process to create a seamless customer experience.

 

    Level 4 / Sustaining Support means Licensee (or its designee) employing its engineering resources to make reasonable efforts to resolve incidents (including through the issuance of a bug fix, patch release, workaround, notice of cannot fix (will not fix) or firmware release) reported to Licensee in connection Level 3 Support. Licensee (or its designee) will provide WDT with agreed upon metrics monthly and Level 4 / Sustaining program updates quarterly.

 

LOGO

Incident Severity

These are the definitions that will be utilized to manage incident severity. Reference table below.

 

Incident
Severity
Level

  

Definition

Severity 1 (Critical)    Production down


Severity 2 (Major)    Severe problem limiting operations
Severity 3 (Minor)    Little or no business impact, and where a workaround exists
Severity 4 (Cosmetic)    GUI issue or non-service affecting issue


Attachment 3

Named accounts for which Licensee will provide support

3E COMPANY

3G Com

AIA China Co. Ltd.

Amadeus Data Processing GmbH

Applied Signal

ARMY DCGS-A

Badan Intelijen Negara

Bitbrains

Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corp

Burgner King Korea (BKR)

Ceridian

China Mobile Group Shanghai Company

China Unicom Guangdong Branch

China Unionpay Co. ltd.

College Of American Pathologists

Comcast Corporation

Dell

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS (VA)

Deutsche Bank

DongLiang Financial Loans (XiaMen)

Evolving Solutions

EXTRON ELECTRONICS

Foreign & Commonwealth Office

Fox Television Stations Inc

GEA Process Engineering A/S

Global Computer Enterprises

Haaglanden Medisch Centrum

Hyundai PowerTech

Japan Space Systems

Kids-World

Korea Telecommunications Operators

Lynx Technologies Pty Ltd

McKesson Corporation (GA)

Miami-Dade County Public Schools

MPO

Nexus (A Stratos Company)

PAYMENTUS CORPORATION


Radboud University Nijmegen Medical

ROSEN Swiss AG (Rosen Group)

ROSEN Technology and Research

Seek Limited

Shenzhen University

Statistics Canada

STG Inc.

Switch Automatisering B.V.

SYNNEX

Sysrepublic Poland

Tata Steel (Corus Group)

US Army

US PACIFIC COMMAND (USPACCOM)

USG3

Vitacost.com Inc.

Welser Profile Austria GmbH

WetterOnline Meteorologische

Zennisshoku Chain

Exhibit 10.12

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of July 1, 2017 (“Effective Date”) between Western Digital Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having a principal place of business at 5601 Great Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95138 and its Affiliates (collectively “ WDT ”), and One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation, having a place of business at 2235 Enterprise Street, Escondido, CA 92029 (“Consultant”) . In consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. SERVICES, STATEMENT OF WORKS, AND CHANGES TO SOW

1.1 Services. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and at WDT’s request and direction, Consultant will perform for WDT the services described in one or more Statements of Work or SOW (as defined below) (the “ Services ”) on a non-exclusive basis, without any minimum commitment from WDT as to volume, scope or value. If any services, functions or responsibilities not specifically described in this Agreement or the applicable SOW are an inherent, necessary or customary part of the Services or are required for proper performance or provision of the Services in accordance with this Agreement or such SOW, they shall be deemed to be included within the scope of the Services to be delivered for the agreed upon fees, as if such services, functions or responsibilities were specifically described in this Agreement or the applicable SOW.

1.2 Statement of Work. The specific details of the Services to be performed will be determined on a per-project basis, and the details for each project will be described in a written SOW, substantially in the form of the SOW set forth in Exhibit A, that is executed by both parties (each, a “Statement of Work” or “ SOW ”). Once executed by both parties, each SOW will be a unique agreement that incorporates the terms of this Agreement and stands alone with respect to all other Statements of Work. If there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of a SOW, the terms of this Agreement will control unless the SOW states that a specific provision of this Agreement will be superseded by a specific provision of the SOW.

1.3 Changes to SOW. WDT may request reasonable changes to the SOW prior to completion. No such proposed changes, including without limitation any associated changes in the price, payment schedules, and projected completion dates, shall be effective unless accepted in writing by authorized representatives of both the parties. WDT may reasonably request in writing that revisions be made with respect to the Services or deliverables set

forth in a SOW (each, a “Change Order” ). If a Change Order recites revisions that materially increase the scope of the Services or the effort required to deliver deliverables under the applicable SOW, then within 5 business days after Consultant’s receipt of such Change Order, Consultant will deliver to WDT a written, revised SOW reflecting Consultant’s reasonable determination of the revised Services, deliverables, delivery schedule, and payment schedule, if any, that will apply to the implementation of the revisions. If WDT approves the revised SOW, then the parties will execute it, and upon execution, the revised SOW will supersede the then-existing SOW. If WDT does not approve the revised SOW within five (5) business days after its receipt, the then-existing SOW will remain in full force and effect, and Consultant will have no further obligation with respect to the applicable Change Order.

2. PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

2.1 Performance Standard. Consultant will diligently perform the Services in accordance with the applicable SOW, including any specifications in the SOW. Consultant will use its best efforts to complete the Services, including the delivery of any Work Products (as defined below), in accordance with the schedule of times and milestones specified in the SOW.

2.2 Subcontractors. Consultant shall not utilize subcontractors or third parties (each a “Third Party” or collectively, “Third Parties” ) to perform material parts aspects of the Services without WDTs prior written approval. If Consultant uses Third Parties in performance of the Services, the obligations in this Agreement (and any applicable SOW) shall apply equally to Consultant and Third Parties. Consultant shall inform such Third Parties of the obligations hereunder and ensure that such Third Parties cooperate and fully comply with the requirements of this Agreement and applicable SOW. Consultant shall be fully responsible and liable to WDT for all acts and omissions of Third Parties as if Consultant had performed the work of such Third Parties, and Consultant shall indemnify and hold

 

 

Page 1 of 11


WDT harmless from any breach of these obligations by the Third Parties. WDT, in its sole discretion, may restrict Consultant from using a Third Party or require that a Third Party be removed from the performance of Services, for any or no reason.

2.3 Compliance with WDT Policies. If Services are to be performed at a WDT site or using WDT systems, Consultant’s employees, agents, subcontractors, and Third Parties shall comply at all times with WDT’s health, safety, security, and electronic media policies and procedures, including WDT’s Worldwide Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy and WDT Supplier Code of Ethical Conduct available at http://www.sandisk.com.

2.4 Compliance with Data Usage and Protection. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant’s Personnel will comply with the Data Usage and Protection Exhibit attached as Exhibit B. The purpose of Exhibit B is to establish requirements for Consultant for the collection, use, retention, and disclosure of Personal Data (as defined in Exhibit B) related to WDT, WDTs customers, prospective customers, online visitors and business partners. Personal Data may not be added to any database unless it is collected in accordance with Exhibit B and with WDT’s prior written consent.

2.5 Materials. Except as otherwise specified in a SOW, Consultant will be responsible for and supply all necessary equipment, materials, and other resources required to perform the Services.

2.6 WDT Materials. Except for certain tools transferred to Consultant under the License Agreement, Any materials provided by WDT to Consultant are to be used solely to perform the Services. WDT will own these materials as well as any derivatives or improvements of these materials developed or derived by Consultant ( “WDT Materials”) . Consultant will treat the WDT Materials as WDTs Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4 of the License Agreement and Section 7 of this Agreement). Except for normal wear and tear associated with permitted use of the WDT Materials, Consultant will assume all risk of loss, damage, theft, or destruction of the WDT Materials while they are in Consultant’s possession or control or that of Consultant’s agents, and will reimburse WDT for any such costs of repair or replacement. Consultant will keep the WDT Materials free of all security interests, liens, and other encumbrances.

2.7 Audits. WDT may visit Consultant’s facilities, and Consultant shall ensure WDT has the right to visit Third Parties’ facilities, at reasonable times and with reasonable frequency during normal business hours to observe the performance of the Services and Consultant shall provide WDT access to Consultant’s records and other pertinent information, all to the extent relevant to the Services and Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement.

3. RESERVED

4. RESERVED

5. COMPENSATION

5.1 Fees. The fees to be paid by WDT to Consultant in consideration for the services and deliverables rendered pursuant to this Agreement will be set out in the applicable SOW.

5.2 Invoices. Invoices referencing the applicable WDT purchase order and SOW must be submitted to Western Digital Technologies, Inc., 951 SanDisk Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035-7933, ATTN: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, with a copy to the WDT manager as identified in the applicable SOW. Payment by WDT will be issued within sixty (60) days from WDT’s receipt of an undisputed invoice; provided, that (i) if any such invoices are due by the 5th of the month, such invoice shall be paid by the end of the first fiscal week of that month and (ii) if any such invoice is due after the 5th of the month, such invoice shall be paid by the end of the first fiscal week of the following month. Charges for freight expenses must be pre-approved by WDT in writing and billed at actual cost, and invoices containing such charges shall be accompanied by receipts and supporting documentation. WDT shall not be liable for any travel expenses unless such expenses are pre-approved in writing by WDT and incurred in accordance with WDT’s consultant travel policy (which will be provided upon request). WDT shall not be obligated to pay any invoice from Consultant or on Consultant’s behalf more than ninety (90) days after WDT has accepted the applicable Work Product. WDT is entitled to apply any credit or excess payment against other payments or obligations to Consultant.

5.3 Taxes and Withholdings. WDT shall pay all taxes relating to the Work Products, except franchise taxes or taxes based upon the income of Consultant. Consultant acknowledges and agrees that WDT has the right to withhold any applicable taxes from any payments due under this Agreement if required under the applicable law or by any government agency. All prices stated in an SOW

 

 

Page 2 of 11


under this Agreement is hereby deemed to include all applicable taxes, duties, tariffs and similar liabilities whatsoever for delivery of all Work Products to WDT. Consultant is solely responsible for all wages and other compensation, and for all federal, state, local, FICA and other similar withholding and payments required in connection with Consultant or Consultant’s employees, associates, contractors, agents, affiliates and other representatives (“ Consultant’s Personnel ”).

6. TERM AND TERMINATION

6.1 Term. This Agreement commences on the Effective Date and continues unless terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.

6.2 Termination by Either Party. Either party may terminate this Agreement and/or any SOW by written notice (a) if the other party fails to cure any material breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice of such breach; (b) if the other party becomes involved in any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding or any other proceeding concerning insolvency, dissolution, cessation of operations, reorganization or indebtedness or the like and the proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; or (c) if the other party becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature in the ordinary course of business or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

6.3 Termination by WDT. This Agreement and/or any SOW may be terminated in whole or in part, by WDT, at any time for convenience upon WDT giving at least five (5) days prior written termination notice to Consultant. In such an event, WDT shall pay to Consultant termination charges computed in the following manner for completed work: (1) undisputed invoiced amounts received by WDT but not yet paid; and (2) reimbursement of preapproved actual and reasonable costs incurred by Consultant prior to the date of termination; provided, however, Consultant shall endeavor to mitigate costs after receiving such termination notice from WDT. WDT shall not be liable to Consultant for any costs which would not have been charged had this Agreement not been terminated nor for any sum in excess of the total price stated in this Agreement for the terminated Services. In the event of any cancellation or termination of this Agreement and/or any SOW, Consultant will return all prepaid fees and credits in excess of the amounts due to Consultant under this Section 6.3. Consultant will return all such prepaid fees and credits within thirty (30) days of the termination effective date.

6.4 Survival . Upon termination, all rights and duties of the parties toward each other cease except that:

(a) Within 5 business days of the effective date of termination, Consultant will return to WDT any amount paid to Consultant as a retainer or prepayment that is not owed against Services; and

(b) Sections 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 13, and any other section, by its nature should survive, will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

6.5 Return of Materials. Upon the termination of this Agreement, or upon WDT’s earlier request, Consultant will deliver to WDT all WDT Materials (as defined in Section 2.6) and Confidential Information (in accordance with Section 7) that are in Consultant’s possession or control.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY. Section 4 of the License Agreement is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, the term “Confidential Information,” as used therein, includes information exchanged between the parties that relates to the Services.

8. RESERVED

9. CONSULTANT’S WARRANTIES

Consultant represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

9.1 Organization Representations; Enforceability.

Consultant is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Consultant and the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Consultant. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Consultant that is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9.2 No Conflict. The entering into and performance of this Agreement and all SOWs by Consultant does not and will not violate, conflict with, or result in a material default under any other contract, agreement, indenture, decree, judgment, undertaking, conveyance, lien, or encumbrance to which Consultant is a party or by which it or any of Consultant’s property is or may become subject or bound. Consultant will not grant any rights under any future agreement, nor will it permit any lien, obligation, or encumbrances that will conflict with the full enjoyment by WDT of its rights under this Agreement.

 

 

Page 3 of 11


9.3 Applicable Law. Consultant will perform all of its obligations hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

9.4 No Open Source. Any computer program provided as part of an Invention or a Work Product will not contain any software code that is subject to a license requiring, as a condition of use, modification, or distribution of the software code, that the software code or other software code combined or distributed with it be (a) disclosed or distributed in source code form; (b) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works; or (c) redistributable at no charge.

9.5 Services. The Services will be performed in a timely, competent, professional, and workmanlike manner by qualified personnel. For any defective or non-conforming services or deliverables, Consultant’s obligation hereunder shall be promptly to: (i) bring such service or deliverable into compliance with such requirements, at Consultant’s expense, or at WDTs election, (ii) grant WDT a full refund of the compensation paid by WDT relating to the defective services and/or deliverables.

10. INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Indemnification. Consultant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless WDT and its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, customers, agents, successors and assigns (“WDT Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable legal expenses) and settlements that Consultant might agree to resulting from or arising out of (i) the wrongful acts or omissions of Consultant or Consultant’s Personnel; (ii) employment claims; (iii) Consultant’s failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations; (iv) Consultant’s breach of its obligations with respect to WDT Confidential Information; and (v) claims of Intellectual Property Right infringement which alleges that any Work Product or any component thereof infringes upon, misappropriates, or violates any Intellectual Property Rights of a Third Party (each “Indemnified Claim” ).

10.2 Settlement. Consultant shall not settle any Indemnified Claim without the written consent of WDT unless the compromise or settlement unconditionally includes the claimant’s or the plaintiffs release of the WDT Indemnified Parties from all liability and the settlement does not impose any affirmative obligation on the WDT Indemnified Parties.

10.3 Remedies. In the event of an Indemnified Claim, Consultant will, in addition to its other obligations set forth in this Section 10, at its expense, at WDT’s option: (i) obtain and confirm to WDT, all rights required to permit the continued sale or use of the Work Product by WDT under this Agreement; (ii) modify or replace such Work Product to make them non-infringing (and extend this indemnity thereto) while still conforming to this Agreement, provided that any such replaced or modified Work Product are satisfactory to WDT; or (iii) at WDT’s request, promptly refund to WDT the fees, plus all shipping, storage and associated costs of any Work Product returned.

11. Limitation of Liability.

11.1 EXCEPT FOR (A) BREACH OF

CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS, (B)

CONSULTANT’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS, AND (C) CONSULTANT’S WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER IT ARISES, WHETHER FOR BREACH OR IN TORT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFITS, DATA OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, EVEN IF THAT PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

11.2 IN NO EVENT SHALL WDT’S TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER SUCH THEORY OF LIABILITY IS BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, EXCEED THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE PAYMENTS ACTUALLY PAID AND PAYABLE BY WDT UNDER THE AGREEMENT IN THE PRECEDING TWELVE (12) MONTHS PRIOR TO THE DATE THE LIABILITY FIRST AROSE.

12. INSURANCE

Consultant agrees to comply with WDT’s insurance requirements included in the attached Exhibit C.

13. MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Services and Information Prior to Effective Date. All services performed by Consultant and all information and other materials disclosed between the parties prior to the Effective Date will be governed by the terms of this Agreement, except where the services are covered by a separate agreement between Consultant and WDT.

 

 

Page 4 of 11


13.2 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither Consultant nor any of Consultant’s directors, officers, agents, employees, affiliates or other person associated with or acting on behalf of Consultant or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity or to influence official action; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee; (iii) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment; or (iv) violated, or is in violation of, any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act 2010, as may be amended, and any other anti-corruption/bribery laws and regulations (“Anti-Corruption Laws”) applicable to Consultant the Services provided under this Agreement. Consultant, Consultant’s directors, officers, agents, employees, affiliates and any other person associated with or acting on behalf of Consultant or any of its subsidiaries represent and warrant that they have conducted their businesses in compliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws, and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, compliance therewith.

13.3 The parties acknowledge and agree that a violation of Section 7 (Confidentiality) may cause immediate and irreparable harm to the other party for which money damages may not constitute an adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the parties agree that the disclosing party shall be entitled to seek appropriate equitable relief in addition to whatever remedies it might have at law, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, in connection with any breach or enforcement of the obligations hereunder or the unauthorized use or release of any such Confidential Information.

13.4 Sections 11.1 through 11.10 of the License Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

14. DEFINITIONS

14.1 “Affiliate” means any entity that Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with another person or entity.

14.2 “Control” means more than 50% of the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise; but in any such case: (i) such entity shall be deemed to be an Affiliate only so long as such Control exists, and (ii) such entities that would be considered to be under Control solely as a result of being controlled by a government of any sovereign country are hereby excluded.

14.3 “Intellectual Property Rights” means the collective, worldwide intellectual property and proprietary rights of a party now held or hereafter filed, issued, created or acquired, under statutory or common law in any jurisdiction, including under patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret law, or acquired by contract, and any and all other proprietary rights whether or not protectable by statutory or common law, including for and in (i) all classes or types of patents and patent applications; (ii) all works of authorship, including all copyrights and moral rights in both published and unpublished works and all registrations and applications; (iii) all mask works and all registrations and applications; and (iv) all discoveries, inventions, ideas, and designs (whether patentable or not), know-how, developments, improvements, trade secrets, and confidential and proprietary technical and non-technical information.

14.4 “License Agreement” means the Technology and Source Code License Agreement between the parties dated the same date as this Agreement.

14.5 “Work Product” shall mean all Services and deliverables to be provided by Consultant as set forth in this Agreement on a non-exclusive basis and as specified in the attached SOWs.

 

 

Page 5 of 11


Agreed to and accepted by the undersigned authorized representatives as of the Effective Date:

 

WESTERN DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.       ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Sign:

  

/s/ Philip Bullinger

     

Sign:

  

/s/ Steve Cooper

Print:

  

Philip Bullinger

     

Print:

  

Steve Cooper

Title:

  

SVP and GM, Data Center Systems

     

Title:

  

President & CEO

 

Page 6 of 11


Exhibit A

Statement of Work

This Statement of Work (“SOW”) between WDT and Consultant is governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of the Services Agreement dated the same date as this SOW between WDT and Consultant. Undefined capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Agreement.

1. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES; SERVICE FEES

a. Description

 

Description of the Services

  

Service Fees

See Section 3.3 and Attachments 2 and 3 of the License Agreement

  

See Section 5.1 of the License Agreement.

b. Delay

WDT reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend or delay the performance of the Services. If WDT elects to exercise such right and WDT’s decision is based, at least in material part, on Consultant’s failure to perform its obligations under the SOW, WDT shall not incur any charges or reimbursable costs in connection with such decision. If WDT’s decision is not based in material part on Consultant’s failure to perform its obligations under the SOW, WDT shall reimburse Consultant for any additional costs reasonably incurred by Consultant as a result of such decision (provided that Consultant notifies WDT in advance of such costs, obtains WDT’s approval prior to incurring such costs, and uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize such costs)

2. TERM

From the Effective Date through February 28, 2022.

3. PAYMENT SCHEDULE; PAYMENT TERMS

See sections 5.1 and 5.6 of the License Agreement.

 

Page 7 of 11


Exhibit B

Data Usage and Protection Exhibit (“Exhibit”)

 

1. SCOPE. Consultant and WDT agree to the terms in this Exhibit regarding the Processing of WDT Data. To the extent that Consultant Processes WDT Data, it will do so as a processor acting on behalf of WDT (as controller) and according to the terms in the Agreement and this Exhibit. Subject to such terms, WDT grants to Consultant a non-exclusive limited license to use WDT Data solely for the purpose identified in the Agreement. In the event of conflict between the terms of this Exhibit and the Agreement relating to data use and protection, the terms of this Exhibit will prevail.

2. DEFINITIONS. The terms “ controller ” and “ processor ” shall have the meanings given in the Directives.

2.1. “Consultant” shall have the meaning given in the Agreement.

2.2. “Data Breach” means any accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure or access or other unlawful forms of processing

2.3. “Data Protection Laws” means data protection and privacy laws of each country where: (a) a WDT entity responsible for WDT Data is established; and (b) WDT Data is processed, including, without limitation the European Data Protection Directive (95/46/EC) and the Privacy and Electronic Communications Directive (2002/58/EC) (collectively, the “ Directives ”) in the European Economic Area (“ EEA ”) including any laws which amend, replace and/or supersede the Directives, and in the United States, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, and any applicable rules issued by a competent data protection authority or governmental body.

2.4. “Opt-in” means an Owner expressly consents to certain uses of his/her Personal Data by taking affirmative action to indicate consent, such as in writing, by checking the appropriate option or box, by affirmative statement, or otherwise at the time of collection.

2.5. “Owner” means any person or data subject about whom Personal Data is Processed.

2.6. “Personal Data” means information on its own or when combined with other data, to enable identification, directly or indirectly, of a person, including but not limited to, email or physical address, name, title, phone number, employer, birth date, gender or other unique identifiers. Personal Data includes Sensitive Personal Data.

2.7. “Processing” (or verb variation thereof) means taking any action, actively or passively, in connection with WDT Data, including, but not limited to: collecting; receiving; using; transferring; disclosing; disseminating; making available; recording; organizing; storing; retaining; altering; accessing; processing; retrieving; consulting on; aligning; combining; blocking; making anonymous; erasing; disposing of; or destroying Personal Data.

2.8. “WDT” shall have the meaning given in the Agreement.

2.9. “WDT Data” means any and all data, information and content (including Personal Data) and whether confidential or not which is made available to or Processed by Consultant on WDT’s behalf.

2.10. “Sensitive Personal Data” means Personal Data identifying race or ethnic origin; religious or philosophical beliefs; political opinions; party membership; criminal records; geo-location data; financial data; health data; sexual behaviors; or other Personal Data which may subject the Owner to embarrassment or harm if disclosed.

3. COMPLIANCE AND COOPERATION. Consultant represents and warrants it will comply with Data Protection Laws in Processing of WDT Data. If the Data Protection Laws impose stricter obligations on Consultant than this Exhibit, the Data Protection Laws shall prevail. Consultant shall provide all cooperation to WDT regarding Processing of WDT Data to enable WDT to comply with any Data Protection Laws. Consultant shall nominate a representative within its organization to promptly and fully respond to WDTs queries regarding Processing of WDT Data.

4. SECURITY AND MANAGEMENT OF WDT DATA. Consultant undertakes, represents and warrants:

 

 

Page 8 of 11


4.1. to Process WDT Data only as instructed by WDT, as necessary to fulfill its contractual obligations to WDT and not for its own purposes;

4.2. that access to WDT Data will be limited to those with a legitimate need to know;

4.3. to process WDT Data only for the purpose of providing the tasks and/or services under the Agreement and in accordance with WDT’s lawful instructions;

4.4. to not divulge the whole or any part of WDT Data to any person, except to the extent necessary for the performance of the Agreement and this Exhibit or otherwise in accordance with WDT’s lawful instructions;

4.5. to not do anything relating to WDT Data which may result in WDT’s breach of Data Protection Laws;

4.6. that it has in place current disaster recovery plans in relation to any systems which Process the WDT Data;

4.7. to maintain appropriate technical and organisational security measures to protect WDT Data;

4.8. to immediately notify WDT of any Data Breach and to perform acts in order to remedy or mitigate the effects of the Data Breach and to continuously update WDT of developments. In the event that any WDT Data is lost, damaged or destroyed, Consultant shall promptly restore such WDT Data to the last available backup;

4.9. to promptly notify WDT of all data protection related inquires (including inquiries from any regulator, law enforcement or government agency) or complaints related to WDT Data;

4.10. to provide all assistance reasonably required to enable WDT to respond to or resolve any request, question or complaint received by WDT from any Owner whose Data is processed by Consultant on behalf of WDT; or any regulator, law enforcement or government agency;

4.11. to not disclose WDT Data or Processing details unless at the written instruction of WDT or unless legally compelled, provided that Consultant immediately notify WDT so WDT may seek a protective order;

4.12. to promptly carry out requests from WDT to amend, transfer or destroy the WDT Data; and

4.13. to bear the costs of complying with applicable requirements arising under Data Protection Laws.

4.14. Consultant represents and warrants that when acting on WDT’s behalf:

a) Personal Data will not be collected (including by cookies or other technologies) without providing the Owner with fair, lawful and sufficient notice pursuant to applicable Data Protection Laws.

b) Personal Data will be collected on behalf of WDT solely when the Privacy Statement (located at https://www.wdc.com/about-wd/legal/privacy- policy.html) is clearly available to Owners prior to collection: (a) if online, the Privacy Statement must be linked immediately adjacent to the “submit” (or similar) button and the consent of the Owner must be obtained (e.g., a box which the Owner may choose to check, stating “I understand and agree that my personal information will be used as outlined in the Privacy Statement”); or (b) if by phone, by providing a short and relevant collection notice with direction to the URL of the Privacy Statement for further information; or (c) for all other collections, the Privacy Statement will be made available.

c) Personal Data of a child under age 13 will not be collected.

d) Personal Data collected for marketing or specific targeting purposes may only be Processed for the specific purpose(s) for which the Owner either consented or for which the Owner was provided with adequate notice.

e) Any commercial emails sent by the Consultant will include a functional unsubscribe option.

f) Opt-ins obtained by the Consultant for text messaging must be by a written (such as electronic format), auditable consent by Owner; and text messages sent by Consultant acting on behalf of WDT to a mobile device must comply with the Global Code of Conduct of the Mobile Marketing Association (“ MMA ”) and any MMA region-based guide (for example, in the U.S., the U.S. Consumer Best Practices for Messaging) or any comparable and applicable in country guidance or best practice.

5. TRANSFER. Consultant represents and warrants not to Process, nor to permit any Sub-Processor (defined below) to Process, WDT Data outside of the jurisdiction in which WDT Data is made available to Consultant (a “ Transfer ”) except following WDT’s written consent and Consultant’s continued compliance with the terms of this Exhibit.

 

 

Page 9 of 11


6. SUB-PROCESSORS. Consultant shall not delegate or subcontract any Processing to another party (“ Sub-Processor ”) without WDT’s prior written consent provided at WDT’s sole discretion. Consultant shall provide WDT with the identity and role of the proposed Sub-Processor, details relating to security, the location of any data facilities and Processing activities and other data WDT may reasonably request. Consultant shall enter into an agreement with Sub-Processor containing equivalent terms to this Exhibit (provided that Sub-Processor not subcontract or delegate duties without WDT’s consent) which provides WDT with third party beneficiary rights sufficient to enforce any such agreement; or require Consultant to require the Sub-Processor to enter into direct terms with WDT.

7. INDEMNIFICATION. Consultant shall be responsible for all acts and omissions relating to Processing of WDT Data, including the acts or omissions of its personnel, agents and Sub-Processors (each a “ Representative ”). Consultant agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and, upon WDT’s request, defend WDT and its directors, officers, employees, shareholders and agents from and against any and all damages, liabilities, costs, expenses, claims, fines and losses brought by a third party, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with, in whole or in part, Consultant’s and/or any Representative’s breach of this Exhibit.

8. AUDIT, INFRASTRUCTURE AND NOTICES.

8.1. Audit . Consultant consents that WDT and its authorized representatives may inspect and audit Processing of WDT Data on Consultant

systems and at its facilities and by electronic monitoring without further notice. If an audit finds non-compliance with this Exhibit, Consultant shall take all reasonable steps to promptly remedy any breach, or provide a detailed report as to why such breach cannot be remedied and pay WDT’s reasonable audit costs.

8.2. Infrastructure Changes . Consultant shall notify WDT of any planned changes to its infrastructure or processes involving WDT Data prior to any change. If WDT believes such change may compromise WDT Data or lead to the breach of any applicable Data Protection Laws, Consultant agrees to modify or delay such changes until WDT’s reasonable concerns are resolved. WDT will have the right to terminate or suspend Processing by Consultant in whole or part without any liability to Consultant until WDT’s issues are resolved.

9. RETURN OF DATA. Upon written request or termination or expiration of this Exhibit, Consultant shall: (i) immediately cease Processing the WDT Data; and (ii) return to WDT in WDT’s preferred format, or at WDT’s option destroy or expunge the WDT Data and all copies or extracts within five days in accordance with the Guidelines for Media Sanitation (Publication 800-88) from the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Upon request, Consultant shall certify in writing its compliance with these obligations.

END OF EXHIBIT

 

 

Page 10 of 11


Exhibit C

Insurance

 

1.

During the performance of services and for one (1) year after termination of this Agreement, Consultant at its sole cost and expense will carry and maintain the following minimum insurance coverage from insurance carriers with an A.M. Best rating of A- VII or better:

 

  1.1.

Commercial general (or public) liability, including products/completed operations and personal injury coverage, with limits of not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence and $2,000,000 annual aggregate;

 

  1.2.

Automobile liability with limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident, bodily injury and property damage combined;

 

  1.3.

Umbrella/excess liability, including products/completed operations, with limits of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence;

 

  1.4.

Workers’ compensation insurance, or similar insurance according to applicable legal requirements, in compliance with all statutory regulations in any state or country where any of the products and/or services are manufactured or delivered, and employer’s liability limits of $1,000,000;

 

2.

Consultant’s insurance coverage shall be primary, and any insurance coverage of WDT’s will be excess and non-contributory, with regards to any loss applicable under Consultant’s insurance coverage.

 

3.

Consultant’s commercial general liability, umbrella, and automobile liability insurances shall name Western Digital Corporation, WDT, its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries, agents, and any other party which WDT may reasonably designate, as an additional insured.

 

4.

Consultant will provide a thirty (30) day notice period for cancellation, non-renewal or reduction in coverage or limits, in writing, to WDT.

 

5.

Consultant’s insurance policies shall waive subrogation against WDT, its officers, directors, employees and shareholders in the event of any loss suffered.

 

6.

Consultant will, upon WDT request, deliver to WDT one or more certificates of insurance showing evidence of the coverage required above upon award of contract, before commencement of work.

 

7.

Consultant’s policies shall not have a retention or deductible of over $1,000,000. Any and all deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to WDT and assumed by and for the account of, and the sole risk of, the Consultant.

 

8.

Certificates of Insurance to be mailed to:

Western Digital Corporation

Attn: Risk Management Department

3355 Michelson Dr., Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92612

 

Page 11 of 11

Exhibit 10.13

 

LOGO

This Agreement (“Agreement”) is made this 1st day of October, 2015, with effect as of 1 January 2015 (“Effective Date”) by and between d3 Systems, LLP, (“Buyer”), a company based in the United Kingdom; and d3 Technologies Ltd., a company based in the United Kingdom, (“d3 Tech”); and One Stop Systems, Inc, a California corporation (“Supplier”). In this Agreement, “Party” shall mean Buyer or d3 Tech or Supplier, and “Parties” shall mean Buyer, d3 Tech and Supplier.

Recitals

A. Supplier has agreed to manufacture and supply certain products to Buyer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement as it pertains to such production-released products. Prototype and pre-production products are not covered by the terms of this Agreement.

B. d3 Tech owns certain intellectual property rights in and to the aforementioned production-released products which d3 Tech has agreed to grant to Supplier for the purpose of Supplier manufacturing and supplying such products to Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

C. This Agreement does not require that Buyer purchase any products from Supplier, but sets forth the terms and conditions of any such purchases that may occur. All such quantities will be specified on Buyer’s purchase orders issued under the provisions of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION A : GENERAL BUSINESS OPERATIONS

 

  1. General Responsibilities of the Parties.

 

  (a) Specifications . Supplier and Buyer agree on a list of specifications (the “Specifications”) to which the products (the “Product(s)”) described in Exhibit A hereto will be manufactured and supplied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Exhibit A hereto may be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

 

  (b) Certain Responsibilities of Buyer . Buyer will distribute the Products purchased by it from Supplier only in connection with products which Buyer sells, leases and/or licenses, whether directly or indirectly, through resellers and/or distributors or otherwise. Buyer shall be responsible for securing any required U.S. export licenses relating to the Products.

 

  2. Term of the Agreement . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of this Agreement and shall expire on the Five (5) year anniversary hereof (the “Term”). Buyer may provide Supplier with written notice, no later than Six (6) months before expiration of the Term that Buyer desires to negotiate with Supplier in good faith for a Five (5) year (or any other period as Buyer may so determine) extension of the Term (the “Extension”). If the Parties hereto cannot agree on the terms for such Extension within a period of ninety (90) days following such notice, this Agreement will terminate at the end of the Term.

 

  3. Prices ; Payment of Invoices.

 

  (a)

The price for the Products are set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the “Price”). The Price shall be “not to exceed” pricing for the period set forth in Exhibit B (the “Pricing Period”).

 

Page 1


LOGO

 

  (b) The Price for the Products may be modified within the Pricing Period, subject to the mutual agreement between the Parties, should the specification of the Products change or should the volumes significantly change within the Pricing Period. Notwithstanding the generality of the forgoing, in the event that during any three (3) month/quarterly period during the Term, Buyer orders a total number of Products that exceeds the then current annual Product forecast (as agreed between the Parties pursuant to Paragraph 1 of Exhibit C hereto, Supplier shall pass on, through either a Price reduction or refund (as Buyer may so determine at its discretion), any and all cost savings that Supplier achieves, including, without limitation, any form of discounts, savings or similar cost reductions that Supplier receives from any third party suppliers or contractors either on a per order basis or under any longer-term or other arrangement.

 

  (c) The Parties shall review the Price for the Products at least annually (no later than on the anniversary date of the commencement of the Term of this Agreement). The Parties shall mutually determine and agree any modifications to the Price of the Products as part of the aforementioned review.

 

  (d) Buyer will pay for Products purchased and accepted by Buyer within forty-five (45) days after Buyer’s receipt of a correct and conforming invoice from Supplier.

 

  (e) The Product Price does not include shipping charges and sales taxes from the agreed upon FOB Origin / OSS Factory. Supplier shall arrange for shipping the Products in accordance with Buyer’s instructions. Buyer shall pay for such shipping charges; provided that Supplier ships the Products in accordance with Buyer’s shipping instructions, otherwise Supplier shall pay such charges and shall not be entitled to claim such charges from Buyer, nor shall it be entitled to set off such charges against any amounts owed by Supplier to Buyer. Buyer shall pay the aforementioned shipping charges and sales taxes upon Supplier submitting a duly specified invoice to Buyer, provided that Buyer has not submitted satisfactory tax exemption or resale certificates to Supplier, in which case such sales taxes shall not be payable or invoiced by Supplier.

 

  (f) In the event that Supplier owes any payments to Buyer in accordance with this Agreement, Buyer may elect, at its sole discretion, to allow Supplier to set off all or part of such amounts against amounts duly owed by Buyer to Supplier either at that time or in the future. Any amounts which may be owing to Buyer by Supplier upon the termination or expiration of the Term of this Agreement (subject to any Extensions) shall become immediately payable.

 

  (g) In the event that Buyer supplies to Supplier any parts or components (that Buyer has purchased from a third party supplier) for Supplier to include in the manufacture of the Products, then the Parties shall mutually agree on the applicable reduction in the Price for such Products resulting from Buyer’s supply of such parts or components. Supplier’s warranty for the Products shall cover the installation and integration and operation of such parts and components, but it shall not cover the operation of the parts or components themselves (which will be covered by the relevant warranty provided by the manufacturer of the components).

 

  4. Forecasts, Purchase Orders, Scheduling, and Logistics.

 

  (a) Buyer and Supplier agree to comply with the provisions set forth in Exhibit C hereto, “Forecasts, Purchase Orders, Scheduling and Logistics.”

 

Page 2


LOGO

 

  (c) Purchase Orders entered into by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement shall specify: (i) quantity of Product; (ii) destination and method by which Product is to be shipped; and (iii) any other reasonable ordering procedures established or as may be agreed between Buyer and Supplier from time to time.

 

  (d) The agreed period between Buyer’s issuance of a Purchase Order and the scheduled delivery date (“Lead-time”) is set out in Exhibit C hereto.

 

  (e) All orders shall be governed solely by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any terms or conditions contained in either Party’s Purchase Orders, invoices, packing lists, or other business forms which are additional to or differ from the provisions of this Agreement, shall have no force or effect whatsoever, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing between the Parties. A Party’s failure to object to any such provisions shall not be deemed a waiver of its rights herein.

 

  5. Term of Availability. In consideration for Buyer’s purchase of the Products, Supplier grants to Buyer the option to purchase the Products at the last revision Price level agreed between the Parties pursuant to this Agreement, for the period of five (5) years after the expiration date of the Term of this Agreement or any Extension hereof. Thereafter, Supplier may discontinue availability of the Product, provided that, at Buyer’s option, Supplier shall first:

 

  (a) Sell Buyer sufficient quantities of the Product as Buyer deems necessary; and

 

  (b) Grant Buyer a royalty-free, non-exclusive, worldwide Manufacturing License (as defined below) such that Buyer may make, have made, sell, modify or otherwise use the Product.

 

  6. Intellectual Property Rights and Grants of Licenses

 

  (a) d3’s Intellectual Property Rights: - Supplier agrees and acknowledges that d3 Tech is the sole and exclusive owner of all rights, title and interest in and to all intellectual property rights, whether now existing or that may exist in the future, including any and all copyrights, patents, design rights (registered or unregistered), trademarks (registered or unregistered), trade names or other intellectual property rights subsisting in respect of the Products or any designs, drawings, prototypes, drafts, plans, representations, models, flow charts, images, illustrations, sketches, models, photographs and documents relating thereto (whether or not stored electronically) and all applicable upgrades and modifications of any of the foregoing, with the exception of the OSS IP Rights, as defined below (“d3 IP Rights”).

 

  (b)

OSS’s Intellectual Property Rights: - Supplier is the sole and exclusive owner of all rights, title and interest in and to all intellectual property rights, whether now existing or that may exist in the future, including any and all copyrights, patents, design rights (registered or unregistered), trademarks (registered or unregistered), trade names or other intellectual property rights subsisting in respect of the Products or any designs, drawings, prototypes, drafts, plans, representations, models, flow charts, images, illustrations, sketches, plans, models, photographs and documents relating thereto (whether or not stored electronically) of the elements which are existing or have been developed, designed, adapted, modified, or otherwise devised by Supplier for the purpose of being incorporated in, added to or otherwise forming part of one or more of the Products (whether actually used for any of the Products or not) prior to or during the Term of this Agreement (including

 

Page 3


LOGO

 

  Extensions), including, without limitation, the elements described in Exhibit F hereto (“OSS IP Rights”).

 

  (c) d3 Tech hereby grants to Supplier an non-exclusive license of the d3 IP Rights for the Term of this Agreement and any Extensions ( “License Period” ) for the territory of the world (the “Territory” ) for the sole purpose of manufacturing the Products in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (the “License” ). d3 Tech hereby acknowledges and declares that the consideration that it receives through Buyer’s purchase of the Products for the Prices pursuant to this Agreement constitutes the full, global and definitive consideration for the granting of the License to Supplier.

 

  (d) Supplier hereby assigns to d3 Tech, on an exclusive basis, throughout the world, in perpetuity (or at least for the legal duration of all intellectual property rights and their renewals, including, but not limited to, copyright) and for all purposes, all of the OSS IP Rights, which assignment shall become effective upon the expiry of the Term of this Agreement (including any Extensions) or any earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and conditions. Supplier hereby acknowledges and declares that the consideration which it receives through the sale of the Products to Buyer during the Term (and any Extensions) in accordance with this Agreement constitutes the full, global and definitive consideration for the assignment of the OSS IP Rights to d3 Tech hereunder.

 

  7. Manufacturing Rights.

 

  (a) The Supplier agrees to provide the Buyer with the most recent copy of the Product manual, block diagrams and viewable mechanical model files (i.e. eDrawing) format for use as first level support documentation and Product data sheets, upon Buyer’s request.

 

  (b) Further design and manufacturing files will be made available to the Buyer as part of this Agreement in accordance with sub-section A.7(c) below:

 

  (c) In the event that Buyer decides to have any of the Products manufactured internally or by a third party after the relevant Product(s) has been designed and prototypes manufactured and delivered to Buyer, during the Term of this Agreement and Extension, then Buyer shall inform Supplier in writing of its decision to do so (“Alternative Manufacturing Notice”) and Buyer and Supplier shall thereafter enter into a manufacturing license agreement (“Manufacturing License Agreement”) which shall include, without limitation, the following terms and conditions:

 

  (i) Supplier shall grant to Buyer all licenses and rights necessary for Buyer to manufacture the Products or to grant the same rights to a third party to manufacture the Products in consideration for the following applicable license fees, payable upon the full execution of the Manufacturing License Agreement:

 

  a. a one-time license fee of One Hundred Thousand US Dollars (US$100,000.00), including any applicable taxes, if Buyer provides Supplier with an Alternative Manufacturing Notice within twelve (12) months of the Effective Date of this Agreement; or

 

  b. a one-time license fee of Seventy-five Thousand US Dollars (US$75,000.00), including any applicable taxes, if Buyer provides

 

Page 4


LOGO

 

  Supplier with an Alternative Manufacturing Notice between twelve (12) months and twenty-four (24) months after the Effective Date of this Agreement; or

 

  c. a one-time license fee of Fifty Thousand US Dollars (US$50,000.00), including any applicable taxes, if Buyer provides Supplier with an Alternative Manufacturing Notice between twenty-four (24) months and thirty-six (36) months after the Effective Date of this Agreement; or

 

  d. a one-time license fee of Twenty-five Thousand US Dollars (US$25,000.00), including any applicable taxes, if Buyer provides Supplier with an Alternative Manufacturing Notice between thirty-six (36) months and forty-eight (48) months after the Effective Date of this Agreement; or

 

  e. a one-time license fee of One US Dollar (US$1.00), including any applicable taxes, if Buyer provides Supplier with an Alternative Manufacturing Notice more than forty-eight (48) months after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

  (ii) Supplier shall provide and deliver to Buyer, free of charge, copies of all of the most recent design and manufacturing files and documentation which Buyer may require in order to manufacture the Product(s).

 

  (d) On or prior to first production shipment of the Products to Buyer and at Buyer’s written request for future Product revisions, Supplier shall deposit with an escrow agent, pursuant to an executed escrow agreement, a copy of the Manufacturing Documentation, all for the purpose of allowing Buyer to exercise its Manufacturing License. Escrow fees will be the responsibility of the Buyer.]

SECTION B . PRODUCT QUALITY

 

  1. Product Warranties .

 

  (a) Supplier warrants that it has the right to manufacture and convey the Product and that each Product will be free from all liens and encumbrances, defects in material, workmanship and design and will function in accordance with and will conform to the Specifications for a period of two (2) years from shipment of such Product to the Buyer (“Warranty Period”).

 

  (b) Supplier shall either replace or repair (as Supplier may determine at its discretion) any Products which do not perform in accordance with the Specifications during the Warranty Period. Supplier shall complete such repair or replacement and ship such repaired or replacement Products to Buyer or to Buyer’s customer at Supplier’s cost (for shipping) within thirty (30) days of Supplier’s receipt of such Products at its facility. Such replacement or repaired Products shall be covered by the warranty set forth in subsection (a) above for the longer of (i) ninety (90) days from shipment of the replacement Product and (ii) the remaining portion of the original Warranty Period.

 

  (c) Supplier’s full warranty terms can be found at www.onestopsystems.com . SUPPLIER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

Page 5


LOGO

 

  2. Inspection and Acceptance.

 

  (a) Supplier shall inspect all Products before shipment to ensure conformance with the Supplier’s applicable warranty provisions. In the event that Supplier’s conformance level falls below ninety-seven percent (97%) due to issues for which Supplier is responsible, for Products delivered during any consecutive three (3) month period, Supplier will provide a corrective action plan within ten (10) business days of Buyer notifying Supplier of such non-conformance. If the Supplier’s corrective action plan does not improve Supplier’s conformance level to ninety-seven percent (97%) or better during the month following the implementation of the Supplier’s corrective action plan, Supplier shall be deemed to be in material breach of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement and the provisions of Section 7 shall apply. Without prejudice to the forgoing, if the Supplier’s corrective action plan does not improve Supplier’s conformance level to ninety-seven percent (97%) or better during the month following the implementation of the Supplier’s corrective action plan, Buyer may adjust the deliveries of existing orders until Supplier once again achieves a ninety-seven percent (97%) conformance level for a consecutive three (30 month period. Supplier hereby agrees that it shall be liable to Buyer for any and all claims, administration of claims, demands, losses, causes of action, liabilities, costs damages (including consequential damages) and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) caused by, resulting from or in any way connected with Supplier’s failure to maintain a conformance level of ninety-seven percent (97%) or above resulting from the direct or indirect acts or omissions of Supplier or any of its suppliers, contractors or sub-contractors.

 

  (b) Buyer reserves the right to inspect the Products being supplied by Supplier to ensure that they meet the Specifications. Buyer shall have twenty-eight (28) days from receipt of Products to perform such inspection. Buyer may return Products which fail to meet the Specifications by first contacting the Supplier for a valid Return Materials Authorization (“RMA”) number that shall appear on any and all paperwork, packing lists, airbills, etc. pertaining to such shipment returned to Supplier. Supplier reserves the right to reject any shipment of returned Product that does not contain a valid RMA number. Supplier shall either repair or replace (at Supplier’s discretion) any such Products returned to Supplier and Supplier shall return such repaired or replacement Product to Buyer or to Buyer’s customer at Supplier’s cost (for shipping) within thirty (30) days of Supplier’s receipt of such Products at its facility.

 

  (c) Supplier shall provide, within thirty (30) days of Buyer’s request and in a mutually agreed upon format, the failure analysis and closed loop corrective action for each Product or group of Products with identical failures and corrective actions. The Supplier shall reserve the right to charge the Buyer up to $75 per Product that is returned for repair and for which the failure analysis is “No Trouble Found” (“NTF”). It is the intent of the Supplier to work with the Buyer to fashion a minimum test suite to be used by the Buyer before returning product to minimize NTF reports.

SECTION C . OTHER MATTERS

 

  1. Non-Disclosure.

 

  (a)

Each Party hereto acknowledges that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will require an exchange of confidential information, including, without limitation trade secrets, proprietary technological and other commercially sensitive

 

Page 6


LOGO

 

  information, customer lists and similar information which is of a confidential or proprietary nature (collectively, “Confidential Information”). With respect to such Confidential Information Supplier and Buyer agree as follows.

 

  (b) Each Party shall hold in confidence all Confidential Information of the disclosing Party and shall not disclose to any other person or use such Confidential Information for any purpose other than to as necessary under this Agreement.

 

  (c) The obligations of subsection (b) above shall not apply to information which is proved using tangible evidence to:

 

  (i) be or have become available to the public from a source other than the receiving Party;

 

  (ii) be or have been released in writing by the disclosing Party as being no longer Confidential Information which is subject to this Agreement;

 

  (iii) be or have been lawfully obtained by the receiving Party from a third party not subject to any nondisclosure obligation;

 

  (iv) have become lawfully known to the receiving Party prior to such disclosure; or

 

  (v) have been developed by the receiving Party completely independently of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

 

  (d) Each Party acknowledges that a violation of this Section C.1. would constitute irreparable damage to the disclosing Party and that any remedy at law would be inadequate and thereby consents to the entry of injunctive relief against such violation without the requirement of posting a bond.

 

  (e) The Parties acknowledge that the receiving Party shall obtain no rights of any kind in connection with the other Party’s Confidential Information and that any additional know-how, process, or improvements based upon the Confidential Information of the other Party shall be subject to ownership and other rights of the other Party, except as may otherwise be provided in this Agreement.

 

  (f) Upon the written request of the disclosing Party, the receiving Party shall promptly return or certify the destruction of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, (unless such Confidential Information is necessary for performance of this Agreement).

 

  2. Trademarks. Each Party hereby grants to the other Party all necessary permissions for the other Party to utilize the trademarks (“Marks”) owned by the granting Party as expressly instructed by the Mark owner, solely in relation to the manufacture and marketing of the Products. Nothing in this Agreement will create in the Buyer or Supplier any rights in the Marks of the other party.

 

  3. U.S. Customs, Marking and Duty Drawback Requirements.

 

  (a) Country of Origin.

 

  (i)

Supplier shall mark each Product with the “Country of Origin” (manufacture), in compliance with Section 304 of the United States Tariff

 

Page 7


LOGO

 

  Act (or any successor act). The Product and its container must be conspicuously marked with the Country of Origin.

 

  (ii) For each delivery against purchases made under this Agreement, Supplier shall furnish Buyer, at Buyers request, with a signed certificate stating Country of Origin (manufacture) by quantity and Supplier’s part number.

 

  (b) Commercial Invoices . Supplier shall provide a Commercial Invoice with each shipment made against any order placed by Buyer. The Commercial Invoice shall be used for U.S. Customs clearance. The Commercial Invoice shall be in English and contain the following information: name and address of manufacturer/Supplier (where the manufacturer is, not the Supplier); Country of Origin (manufacture) of the Product; name and address of Buyer; the quantity and unit price; the type of currency involved; the purchase price in the currency of the purchase; the terms of sale (i.e., FOB Escondido, CA); freight charges; Supplier’s part number; Buyer’s contact name; and Buyer’s purchase order number.

 

  5. Similar Products. Supplier acknowledges that Buyer (both itself and through its engagement of third parties) designs, develops and acquires hardware and software products both as stand-alone soft-ware and hardware products and for use with its own products and that existing or planned hardware and software independently developed or acquired by Buyer (or its third party contractors) may contain ideas, designs, features, specifications, uses and concepts similar to those contained in the Products. Supplier agrees that entering this Agreement shall not preclude Buyer in any way from using such ideas, designs, features, specifications, uses and concepts to develop or acquire similar hardware and software for any purpose without obligation to the Supplier, provided Buyer does not intentionally or knowingly infringe the OSS IP Rights, subject to the provisions of Sections A.6 and A.7

 

  6. Termination for Cause

 

  (a) Either Party may terminate this Agreement on thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party in the event the other Party materially breaches any of its obligations under this Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing a material breach shall include, without limitation, the following:

 

  (i) Supplier fails to deliver Products on time or in sufficient quantities in accordance with Buyer’s order and fails to remedy such failure within fifteen (15) days of Buyer notifying Supplier of such failure.

 

  (ii) Products delivered by Supplier fail to conform to the Specifications in Products in accordance with Buyer’s order and fails to remedy such failure within fifteen (15) days of Buyer notifying Supplier of such failure.

 

  (iii) Either Party fails to perform any other material obligation under this Agreement and where such failure is capable of remedy, fails to remedy such failure within fifteen (15) days of the other Party notifying the Party in breach.

 

  (iv) Any representation or warranty of either Party shall have been found to be false or misleading.

 

Page 8


LOGO

 

  (b) Buyer’s sole liability to Supplier for such termination shall be to pay Supplier any unpaid balance due for conforming Product delivered against Buyer’s Purchase Order(s) before receipt of Buyer’s termination notice.

 

  8. Indemnification.

 

  (a) Supplier hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer including its affiliates, officers, directors and employees, free and clear and harmless from, and against, any and all claims, administration of claims, demands, losses, causes of action, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) caused by, resulting from or in any way connected with (a) Supplier’s acts, omissions or negligence, or the acts, omissions or negligence of Supplier’s employees, agents, contractors or permitted assignees and (b) Supplier’s breach of this Agreement or any of their representations or warranties contained in this Agreement.

 

  (b) Buyer shall notify Supplier in writing of the existence of any such claim, demand or suit, which if sustained, would give rise to liability on the part of Supplier promptly after the Buyer has knowledge of such claim, demand or suit. Supplier shall have the option to designate counsel to defend such claim, demand or suit and it is understood that Supplier shall be responsible for the fees of such counsel designated by it and control such defense. Buyer shall cooperate in the defense of any such claim, demand or suit and may participate in the defense of any such claim, demand or suit with counsel of its own choosing (if Buyer does not approve counsel designated by Supplier) at its own expense, it being understood that Supplier shall not be responsible for the payment of any fees of any such counsel. Buyer shall not take any action to compromise or settle any such claim, demand or suit unless consented to in writing by Supplier.

 

  9. Survival. In the event of any termination of the entire Agreement, (a) the provisions of Sections A.3, A.4, A.5, A.6, B.1, C.1, C.2., C.4, C.7, C.8, C.9, C.10 and D shall survive as necessary to effectuate their purposes and shall bind the Parties and their legal representatives, successors, and assigns, and (b) the rights of end-user customers of Buyer under any licenses of Products granted during the term of this Agreement shall survive.

 

  10. Insurance. Supplier shall procure and maintain in full force and effect at all times comprehensive insurance policies covering all of Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, general liability insurance, product liability insurance and insurance against events of Force Majeure in the amount of Two Million US Dollars (US$2,000,000) in any one occurrence.

 

  11. Risk Management and Liability Release

 

  (a) The Supplier shall maintain a Business Resumption Plan for any event, such as natural or man-made disasters, that impact Supplier’s ability to deliver Products for a prolonged period of time.

 

  (b) The Supplier shall conform to all local, state, and federal laws, rules, and regulations in performing its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Page 9


LOGO

 

SECTION D. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

  1. Publicity. Any announcements or similar publicity with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein shall be only at such time and in such manner and shall consist of such contents as both Parties shall mutually agree to in writing.

 

  2. Independent Parties. Supplier and Buyer agree that their relationship is not that of joint venturers, principal and agent, or franchiser and franchisee. Supplier and Buyer are independent contractors acting for their own accounts and neither is authorized to make any commitment or representation, express or implied, on the other’s behalf unless authorized in writing.

 

  3. Assignments. Supplier may not assign this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder voluntarily or by operation of law without the prior written consent of Buyer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  4. No Waiver. The waiver by either Party of any breach of this Agreement by the other Party in a particular instance must be in a signed writing referring expressly to this Agreement and shall not operate as a waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or a different kind. Either Party’s exercise or failure to exercise any rights under this Agreement in a particular instance shall not operate as a waiver of said Party’s right to exercise the same or different rights in subsequent instances.

 

  5. Headings. The section headings contained herein are for convenience only and are not intended to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  6. Notices. All notices and demands of any kind, that either Supplier or Buyer may be required or desire to serve upon the other Party under this Agreement, shall be in writing and shall be served by personal delivery, confirmed facsimile, nationally recognized courier or U.S. first class mail, return receipt requested, at the following respective addresses:

 

Supplier:

  

Buyer:

One Stop Systems, Inc.    d3 Systems, LLP
2235 Enterprise St, #110    Unit 4, 127-129 Great Suffolk Street
Escondido, CA 92029    London, England SE1 1PP
Attn: Steve Cooper    Attn: Christopher Bird

If by personal delivery or courier, service shall be deemed complete upon such delivery. If by mail, service shall be deemed complete upon the expiration of the fourth day after the date of mailing. The above addresses may be changed at any time by giving ten (10) days prior written notice.

 

  7. Force majeure. Neither Party shall be responsible for failure to perform herein for a period of not more than one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to government regulations, work stoppage, fires, civil disobedience, embargo, war, riots, rebellions, earthquakes, strikes, floods, water and the elements.

 

  8.

Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had

 

Page 10


LOGO

 

  never been contained herein unless the deletion of such provision or provisions would result in such a material change as to cause completion of the transactions contemplated herein to be unreasonable.

 

  9. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any other documents and Exhibits incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof. Any and all written or oral agreements heretofore existing between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement are expressly canceled. The provisions of this Agreement shall supersede any contravening or inconsistent terms of any purchase order, invoice, packing slip, bill of lading or other commercial form issued by Buyer or Supplier in connection with the Product.

 

  10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts. All such counterparts will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

  11. Modifications Any modification of this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Party to be charged.

 

  12. Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of laws rules which would cause the laws of any other jurisdiction to apply.

 

Page 11


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.     d3 SYSTEMS, LLP.
By  

/s/ Kirk Anderson

    By  

/s/ Fernando Küfer

Name:   Kirk Anderson     Name:   Fernando Küfer
Title:   VP, Operations     Title:   General Manager
Date:   10/1/15     Date:   10/01/15
      d3 TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
      By  

/s/ Fernando Küfer

      Name:   Fernando Küfer
      Title:   General Manager
      Date:   10/01/15

 

Page 12


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

PRODUCT AND SPECIFICATIONS

Custom HD Video Processor: 4x4pro

Specifications Include:

 

    Dual E5-2643, 3.5 GHz, 6-Core CPUs

 

    1400w AC power supply

 

    32GB DDR3 1600MHz DRAM

 

    (2) 2.5” Internal 80GB SSD’s

 

    (4) 2.5” Toshiba 512GB SSD’s

 

    Windows 7 Embedded OS with custom Splash Screen installed (no licensing included)

 

    All 4x4 add-in cards included and installed

 

    MegaRAID 9270-8i

 

    AMD W9100 & S400

 

    Bluefish444

 

    Sonnet USB3/FW

 

    RME Audio

 

    Intel x540-T2 10GbE

 

    OSS HIB38-x16

 

    Black powder coat and custom d3 silkscreen

 

    Custom d3 packaging components & mouse pad

Custom HD Video Processor: 4x2pro

Specifications Include:

 

    Dual E5-2630, 2.6 GHz, 6-Core CPUs

 

    1400w AC power supply

 

    16GB DDR3 1600MHz DRAM

 

    (2) 2.5” Internal 80GB SSD’s

 

    (2) 2.5” Toshiba 512GB SSD’s

 

    Windows 7 Embedded OS with custom Splash Screen installed (no licensing included)

 

    All 4x2 add-in cards included and installed :

 

    AMD W9100 & S400

 

    Bluefish444

 

    Sonnet USB3/FW

 

    RME Audio

 

    Intel x540-T1 10GbE

 

    Black powder coat and custom d3 silkscreen

 

    Custom d3 packaging components & mouse pad

Sub-Assembly Kits: refer to Exhibit B

Spare Parts: refer to Exhibit B

 

Page 13


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT B

PRICE

The Pricing Period for the “not to exceed” pricing in this exhibit shall be 1 year for a minimum of 100 piece order or group of orders placed with the Supplier on the same day. All other pricing based on quantity discounts beyond the 100 pieces is valid only for Purchase Orders placed by the Buyer to the Supplier on the same day for scheduled delivery over the immediate 12 month period following the date of the Purchase Order. Quantities from purchase orders placed by the Buyer to the Supplier on different days may not be combined to meet any minimum quantity threshold for determining the Buyer’s price without prior agreement between the Buyer and Seller. Quantity discounts are not valid on forecasted quantities. Pricing is subject to change and should be confirmed by OSS Sales prior to placing new purchase orders.

 

LOGO

 

Page 14


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT C

FORECASTS, PURCHASE ORDERS, SCHEDULING, and LOGISTICS

 

  1. Forecasts . Buyer and Supplier shall agree quarterly on an annual Product forecast. In addition, Buyer and Supplier shall agree each month on a three-month rolling outlook. Neither of such forecasts shall be binding on Buyer. Supplier will manufacture and ship pursuant to Purchase Orders issued by Buyer the quantity of Products within the parameters set forth in annual forecasts and rolling outlooks. Supplier shall ship Products to such locations and in such manner and quantities as Buyer shall direct.

 

  2. Lead-times . Minimum Lead-times for the Product shall be 4 weeks after receipt of Purchase Order or Purchase Order Release (also known as “Call Down”), for production-released products.

 

  3. Purchase Orders. Buyer and Seller agree on the following:

 

    100 piece minimum order quantity

 

    5 piece minimum purchase order release (aka, Call Down) quantity to be provided monthly by the 10 th of each month.

 

    Buyer is liable for all materials purchased by Seller

 

  4. Rescheduling. Buyer and Supplier shall agree to the following rescheduling guidelines of approved and scheduled Call Downs. If a Call Down is scheduled:

 

    within 0-30 days: the Call Down cannot be rescheduled.

 

    within 31-60 days: 50% of the Call Down can be rescheduled up to 60 days from the original scheduled Call Down date. Call Downs can only be rescheduled once.

 

    within 61-90 days: 75% of the Call Down can rescheduled 75% up to 90 days from the original scheduled Call Down date. Call Downs can only be rescheduled once.

 

    91 +: 100% of the Call Down can be rescheduled up to 120 days from the original

 

  5. Billing / Title Transfer. Buyer and Supplier agree to the following Billing and Title Transfer of products and services provided by Supplier:

 

    Incoterms: FOB, origin

 

    Billing and title transfer will occur upon completion of the system acceptance test, packaging spec, and shipment to the One Stop Systems Distribution Center, located One Stop Systems, Inc., Ste. 110 Escondido, CA 92029 or directly to the Buyer’s end user / customer.

 

Page 15


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT D

SUPPLIER CHANGES TO PRODUCT

 

  1. Supplier agrees to provide Buyer’s designate development contact person with a written change notification (“Engineering Change Order” or “ECO”) of any changes to any designs, specifications or other documents or tooling relating to the Product within thirty (30) days of Supplier’s decision to implement any proposed change. Such notification will clearly state the reason for the change and the related cost of implementing the change. No changes to the Product will be implemented without mutual agreement of both Parties.

 

  2. If Buyer determines that any change may affect form, fit or function of the Product, Buyer will give Supplier written notice to such effect within seven (7) days of Buyer’s receipt of Supplier’s notification of change. If Buyer takes issue with any design change Supplier will agree in writing to either (a) defer a decision on the change for a mutually agreed period of time not less than sixty (60) days, (b) cancel the change, or (c) permit the change, provided that Supplier allows Buyer the opportunity to purchase the current version of Product for a period of twelve (12) months.

Supplier shall give Buyer written notification as to which of the above options Supplier has selected within seven (7) days after receipt of Buyer’s written notification that Buyer takes issue with the design change.

 

  3. Buyer may purchase at Supplier’s cost Product for evaluation and verification purposes once the change has been implemented.

 

Page 16


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT E

APPROVED REPAIRS IN THE FIELD

Approved d3 Field Repairs (that will not void OSS Warranty)

Must be conducted by certified technician

 

Item    OSS P/N    Vendor    Vendor P/N
Filter, front bezel    33-015-015    Universal Air Filter    33-015-015-A
Cooling Fan    60-092-003-RC    Sanyo Denki    9G0912P1H05
Power supply, 50W    25-040-031-RC    Mean Well    R5-50-12
Power supply cage, 1400W         
Power supply module, 1400W    25-040-032-RC    Compuware    CPR-1421-1M21
USB to MPSSE Serial Cable    25-059-106-RC    FTDI Chip    C323HM-EDHSL-0
Mini display port to DVI dual-link adapter    25-059-120-RC    Accell    B087B-003J
Cable Assy, USB 3.0 2-port    290-001-037-RC    Star Tech    USB3SPNLAFHD
Cable Assy, Firewire 800    290-001-038-RC    usbfirewire    RR-9S9FP-36G
Cable Assy, panel mount, USB 3.0    290-001-041-RC    DataPro    1698-01C
Cable Assy, BNC    290-001-043-RC    Cables to Go    40024
Cable Assy, TOSLINK, fiber optic audio    290-001-044-RC    PCH Cables    TT-50-01
Cable Assy, Mini SAS to 4 SATA    290-001-045-RC    The Mate Co.    13647-.5MC
Cable Assy, panel mount, USB 3.0, female extension    290-001-047-RC    OCP    62-00189-03
Cable Assy, CATSe, RJ45    290-001-048-RC    The Mate Co.    C-UTP5E-01-GRY
GPU hold down    80-520-5402-RC    CNC Machined   
Hold down bar    80-520-5398-RC    OSS   
Front rack ears    80-520-5393-RC    OSS   
Rear rack ears    80-520-5393-RC    OSS   
Front filter panel    80-520-5399-RC    OSS   
Bracket, add-in card, full height, blank    25-074-027-RC    Purcell    P100-0132
4GB DDR3 1600MHz memory module    25-059-109-RC    Crucial    CT51272BB160B
CPU    25-059-108-RC    Intel    CM8063501287403
CPU Heatsink w/ fan    25-059-095-RC    Dynatron    N82E16835114119
RAID Controller, 6G, LSI 9270-8i    25-059-097-RC    LSI    LSI00327
Audio Card, RME All In One    25-059-098-RC    RME    HDSPe AIO
Synchronization Module, AMD/ATI Firepro 5400    25-059-100-RC    AMD    100-505590
Ethernet converged network adapter, Intel X540-T2    25-059-101-RC    Intel    x540-T2
USB3.0 + FW800 card, Sonnet    25-059-102-RC    Sonnet    Tango 3.0
Dual link and quad channel I/O    25-059-104-RC    Bluefish444    Epoch 4k Supernova
OLED dispay module    needs OSS rework?      
Graphics card, AMD FirePro W9100    25-059-111-RC    AMD    100-505725
USB 2.0 flash drive, 4GB    25-059-112-RC    SanDisk    SDCZ33-004G-B35-4GB
SSD, internal 512GB, SATA    33-005-009-RC    Toshiba    HDTS351XZSTA

 

Page 17


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT F

OSS IP RIGHTS – PRODUCT ELEMENTS

as per Section A.6.(b)

Elements which are existing or have been developed, designed, adapted, modified, or otherwise devised by Supplier for the purpose of being incorporated in, added to or otherwise forming part of one or more of the Products:

General Description :

 

    Formal and informal design and re-design of the Products

 

    Improvements to the manufacturing and assembly of the Products

Time Spent (estimated) :

 

    3 engineers working on the original design effort; and

 

    2 engineers working on the re-design effort.

 

    Initial Effort: 16 weeks – 1 engineer

 

    Re-Design for New Panel: 4 weeks - 2 engineers

Standard charge rate :

 

    $125 / hour / engineer; or

 

    $5,000 / week / engineer.

 

    Total: $120,000

 

Page 18

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

One Stop Systems, Inc.:

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated November 9, 2017 relating to the consolidated financial statements of One Stop Systems, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Haskell & White LLP
HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

January 15, 2018

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors

One Stop Systems, Inc.:

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated November 9, 2017 relating to the financial statements of Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma (the “Company”) as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016, which report included an emphasis paragraph regarding the acquisition of the Company by One Stop Systems, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

January 15, 2018